Hundreds of billions of dollars are now being wasted every year in a periode of scarce resources dedicated to fighting climate change. How arrogant we are to think that we can really change the climate and being wasted, that we should do what mankind does best and use those resources to ADAPT to the changing climate.
EU’s new law https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s5cx56CDHLY&t=332s
Europe Just Passed a Law That’s About to Change Your Life | Guest: Justin Haskins | Ep 1067
Allie Beth Stuckey 573K subscribers
Share
1,362,939 views Premiered on 16 Sept 2024 ‘Relatable’ Full Podcast Episodes Today, we’re joined by Justin Haskins, author and editorial director of the Heartland Institute. First, we talk about the European Union’s new law that will dictate how companies, even in the United States, run their businesses and implement ESG and DEI initiatives. Why does this matter, and why does no one know it’s happening? Do companies even care what consumers think? And can Trump protect the U.S. from this law if elected? We also discuss the upcoming U.N. Summit of the Future at which members will vote on three extremely problematic agreements. We go through each and explain why they’re a bigger deal than people think.
Get Justin’s new book, “Propaganda Wars,” here: https://a.co/d/6mMwV1w
Get your tickets for Share the Arrows: https://www.sharethearrows.com/
Pre-order Allie’s new book: https://a.co/d/4COtBxy
00:00 Introduction 01:32 Introduction to Justin 02:30 EU’s new law 15:50 What is the goal? 22:20 Can Trump fix this? 34:42 The U.N. Summit 53:00 How do we push back?
In this video
Timeline
Chapters
Transcript
Introduction
we talk a lot about what’s at stake in this election abortion immigration the economy but what if I told you one of the most important issues is a law a little known law that is just passed in the European Union and what if I told you that Donald Trump is the only person that can mitigate the great harm this law would cause to people like you to American business owners here to explain this incredible disturbing story is Justin H Haskins he is the author of many books with Glenn back and he has educated us on the emerging Global Order.
That mostly progressives in charge have been pushing through companies like Black Rock through International institutions through National governments and he is here to break it all down for us today with a little bit of Hope because we can make a difference we can push back on this but we have to have the courage to do it this episode is brought to you by our friends of good Ranchers go to coodranchers.com use code Ali at checkout that’s goodranchers.com.
Codee Aly Justin thanks so much for coming back and seeing us yeah it’s great to be back here and in the studio.
Introduction to Justin
It’s so cool to be here I know you haven’t been to the new studio okay so you’re here to bring us your trademark optimism right yep to tell us how like how awesome the world is and how things are going to be great that’s why they bring me in yay awesome can’t wait to hear it nothing could be further from the truth oh no we I always have to end our episodes with some like with some encouragement for people. But obviously the things that you have to say are important because they’re real, we wouldn’t be talking about it if it was just like these are your crazy projections based on your theories you’re telling us things that are actually going on so that people cannot be paranoid but can be as prepared and knowledgeable as possible Y and you’re always covering what is actually going on beyond the headlines what’s going on behind the scenes that no one really wants us to know about.
So let’s start there what’s going on there is so much going on I think the EU’s new law most important story that has gotten completely drowned out by all the crazy stuff that’s been happening in presidential elections and assassination attempts and debate performances and all of that.
Uh is that there’s this new law that was passed in the European Union which at first most people when they start to hear Europe who cares it’s like the first thing but it impacts it’s going to impact every single American um it’s called the corporate sustainability due diligence directive the most sexy title you could ever come up with right?
Essentially what it does is create ESG social credit scores for companies okay um so we’ve talked about this before we’ve talked about the great reset and black rock and a lot of those kinds of things these ESG scores are designed to transform the way companies operate the kinds of products and services that they can sell and then by extent transforms societies around it. So lots of climate change initiatives are in there uh biodiversity rules um land and water use uh all kinds of social justice lgbtq oh yeah how diverse is your board of directors how diverse are is your management team like these are the kinds of things that are in these ESG scores well in the United States.
There’s no ESG law there’s no social credit scoring law it’s all being imposed by private companies public private Partnerships between black like Black Rock exactly so like just sorry just to clarify to give people an idea. Target for example like one of their majority owners I think is Black Rock and then they’ve got Vanguard and these are these huge Global entities that champion Progressive values for reasons we could probably talk about they’re probably manifold. But a lot of people ask okay like why doesn’t Target care more when the customers stand up for something while it’s because they care more about what Black Rock tells them to do than what the Suburban mom. Tells them to do but a question I have for you and I don’t want to derail us but just because I know this will kind of help people understand what’s going on is that sometimes it does seem like companies respond to customers and it surprises me for example last year when it came to pride month a lot of customers raised a big Ruckus about what was being sold in these stores. Surprisingly in response I guess to the backlash this year it was extremely subdued and even people said look I went in June I didn’t see any Pride stuff and only saw patriotic stuff for 4th of July so my question to you with all of this ESG why do corporations ever respond to what the customers say especially when they’re conservative customers. When as you’ve explained they don’t really have a profit incentive to do so yeah so there’s um there’s a balancing act that’s going on right now. All right so you have black rock and these big asset managers and other big shareholders of these companies that are uh really interested in moving towards a left-wing Society okay but at the same time they want to make money so they want to make money too.
It’s not like black rock doesn’t want to make money they do and so they have more money than even of yeah oh yeah they have you know 10 you know more than 10 trillion dollar under assets under management at one point. So I mean huge amounts of money um so what black rock is and those kinds of entities are pushing on companies uh is they want to move as far to the left as they can without losing money. So the more people find out about these things the more Black Rock backs off a little bit of their pressure on a company like Target. Because they want to lose money either a lot of these policies have actually been in place to varying degrees for a long time but it was only recently that people started understanding what was going on and so for a long time they were moving the ball forward very slowly and most people didn’t notice it. I think they just thought oh you know Target is moving to the left because the leadership at Target is kind of leans left and Society kind of leans left and it’s all just moving in that direction very slowly uh but in reality there was this ESG stuff going on behind the scenes and it was all just happening very slowly then around 2020 with Co everything ramped up huge there was a real concerted effort to transform Society quickly.
A lot of that was in the wake of trump uh Trump scared a lot of people uh in these Elite circles who they now you know you had eight years of Barack Obama and they thought for sure that Hillary Clinton was going to win in 2016 and they thought okay this transformation of society can happen kind of slowly and we’re moving in the right direction when you say they I mean uh I mean Black Rock I mean World Bank international monetary fund United Nations World economy George Soros.
Unfortunately when people hear those names they think that’s just conspiratorial those people aren’t even real they have real tangible power yeah absolutely and so this movement towards ESG has actually slowed a little bit in recent years uh at least the front-facing version of it.
What they are telling us and what they’re doing the in your face kind of stuff because the backlash was significant when people learned what was going on and it cost them some money and once it started costing them some money Black Rock said and other similar entities okay we need to slow this down a little bit at least for now uh and do more of the stuff behind the scenes.
And so actually a lot of corporate policies haven’t changed but the in your face stuff they’ve backed off a little bit because of how offensive it was to so many people.
So that’s what they’re trying to do they’re trying to move to the left without making it so offensive that people stop buying the products they understand that people can only tolerate so much cultural change and they’re probably afraid if they push too far then they could start losing people that would otherwise be Progressive.
I think even Barack Obama realized I can only push so far so fast before everyone starts to recoil I also think and I’m not trying to derail us onto the election but just an example of that you’ll notice that KLA Harris and the Democrats have not talked about transgenderism at all they’re not championing trans rights ABC didn’t bring that up at the presidential debate that wasn’t a part of the DNC that’s not a part of any of the ads they’ll use like the old school like rainbow flag.
But they won’t use the trans flag they know even though they are gearing to push it, they have pushed at this Administration they will continue to weaponize the government to you know shove this down people’s throats they don’t publicly talk about that in an election year because it’s too much too fast even for moderates yeah that was . The biggest mistake that Donald Trump made in the debate was not bringing it up. Yeah why didn’t he ask her flat out KLA Harris do you what do you think about biological men participating in girl sports, like what do you think of that are you in favor of that or not because she has to say yes or ignore it but she can’t she can’t go against the you know base of her party and not bringing that up yeah I totally agree?
So um this law that happened in the European Union they finally passed it took them years to put it together they passed it in May of this year 2024 and unlike the ESG policies that we’ve been talking about so far which are driven by the private sector this is being driven by the government so the European Union is trying codified these social credit scores for companies okay so they came up with their own left-wing ideas and values um and they uh passed this law in 2024 and they said it applies to uh large companies that are based in the European Union or non-eu companies large EU company non-eu companies that do above a certain amount of Revenue in the European Union. So for example um Apple uh or McDonald’s or companies like that uh they reach if they surpass this threshold of Revenue which is $ 489 million dollars um then they have to adhere to these ESG rules as well. What’s really important about this is they don’t have to adhere to the ESG rules only in the European Union it has to be everywhere so it’s not enough for McDonald’s or for apple or for meta or for Microsoft or for Google or for and I could name a million other companies that this will apply to. It’s not enough for them to change their policies in the EU they have to change it in America they have to change it everywhere they do business that’s what the law says and if they don’t then they can be fined 5% of their total worldwide Revenue so for a company like apple if you do the math that’s $19 billion wow for one violation wow so no one’s going to violate this law because they can’t AFF to violate this law okay so it embeds all kinds of crazy left wing things about climate change social justice all the stuff you would imagine would be in there. In there but what makes it even crazier than that is that one of the requirements for these large companies that are covered under this law is that they have to impose it on all of the not all but almost all of the businesses that they work with in their supply chains up stream and downstream no matter where they’re located or how much business those companies do in the EU so for example Ford would be covered under this law Ford is a car company sells cars in the EU it above the threshold so they have to adhere to it they also have to make sure Ford does that all the businesses that they do business with in America are also doing these ESG scores so you could be a rubber manufacturer in Ohio that does no business in Europe but you make rubber for Ford you also have to adhere to the EU Rule and Ford is going to be the one that imposes it on you through contractual insurances and other stuff so if Ford doesn’t do that then Ford gets fined 5% of their total worldwide Revenue so obviously they’re going to do this.
Creating the digital prison.
So when you start playing out the ramifications of this they’re enormous we’re talking about if you’re a potato farmer who sells potatoes to McDonald’s in Idaho you now have to adhere to these left wing ESG rules even though you don’t do any business in the EU at all if you’re a truck driver that just transports products for any of these companies if you’re a farmer that sells food you know that sells cabbage to any of these companies if you just do one little tiny piece of the component or you do marketing for one of these companies or you do software services for one of these companies you who will have to adhere to these ESG rules too.
Yeah and uh through this you can transform the entire country because you can transform hiring practices business practices the kinds of products that people sell and buy the commitment to social justice goals generally and none of this comes from an American law it’s all from this EU law.
Quick pause tell you our first sponsor for the day it’s Adele natural Cosmetics they are a family run holistic handcrafted toxin-free cosmetic and skincare company. I use their products every day I love their Blue Lagoon line it smells so good and it really makes my skin so moisturized and soft I started using Adele natural Cosmetics a few years ago I really wasn’t taking care of my skin I wasn’t paying attention to the ingredients in any of my skin care and then as I started to age a little bit I realized okay this really matters and as someone who has drier skin I wanted I wanted products that would leave my skin feeling moisturized without feeling greasy and that’s why I Love Adele natural Cosmetics it really works and all the products are completely natural plus this is a company run by a family that loves the lord they’re Unapologetic about their pro-life and Christian values so it’s just a win all around go to a d natural cosmetics .c use code Aly for 20% off your 25% off your first time purchase
Adell natural cosmetics.com
Aly what’s the end goal like what kind I know we’ve answered this before but a lot of these a lot of people are listening to this kind of conversation for the first time like what is the What is the goal? Picture of the world that they think that they are painting through this because obviously they think they’re doing the righteous thing mhm yeah so um there’s a couple of factors at play one of them is uh Financial. So in the European Union a lot of these things that they’re trying to impose are already the law so when they created this law the idea was not to make EU companies do these things EU companies are already forced to do these things in many cases. Europe is much further to the left than the United States in many ways not in all ways but in many ways.
The problem that Europe has is they have to compete with everybody else who doesn’t have to do all of this stuff right so they have these climate transition plans and laws and all the stuff that we don’t have in the United States they have all these taxes and things that we don’t have in the United States and so the companies that we have here are at a competitive advantage over the companies based in the EU. But not under this they’re essentially saying if you want to do any business at all in the EU then you got to make sure that you are adhering to our rules and that everyone you do business with is adhering to our rules and what that effectively does is make the world comply with all these costly EU regulations. Yeah so they’re imposing this crazy amount of costs on all these companies all over the world to make it easier uh for the EU based companies to compete with them.
So it’s kind of like a trade War almost uh it’s a really backwards way of doing it I guess and a secret way of doing it but that’s a big part of it it’s kind of like corporate communism because I mean it’s just like any leftwing proposal you’re pulling everyone down to the lowest common denominator.
I mean that’s what Equity is I remember vice president kamala Harris she put out a video when she was running for president last time saying Equity means we all end up in the same place which is actually not truthfully. Fundamentally what Equity is supposed to mean it’s supposed to mean treating everyone the same way but she said Equity means everyone ending up in the same place which of course was the vision of Marx and has always been the vision of Communists. But these policies never lift everyone up to the highest place that you can be but rather pulls everyone down to the lowest and poorest place you can be and that’s what it seems like is happening.
It’s not like they’re allowing these EU companies to level up and compete with the American companies it’s saying no you’re going to be just as poor and just as hamstrung as we are that’s right that’s exactly right and um and on that note one of the craziest parts of the law which we just found out about really is that buried in this massive law there’s like one long paragraph that essentially mandates that these companies participate in one of the largest transfers of wealth ever in history and the way they do it is through this one. Of the big questions that we had for a long time when we were researching this law and I’ve been looking at it for 3 years basically they’ve been working on it for 3 years uh is well how are you going to make China like go woke and how are you going to make China make sure they have the right number of trans people or blacks or whatever their board of directors like. Obviously they’re not going to do that what about some poor farmer in Mexico who sells a particular product for some food distributor I mean are you really expecting them to adopt uh like electric powered of you know f equipment and stuff yeah of course like they’re not going to be able to do that.
So what are you going to do and we thought what they were going to do was simply um selectively enforce it, we’re only going to enforce it on the people we want to change and then we’ll just look the other way. When it comes to China and the people which what the WF and the UN does for human rights issues all that kind of thing exactly.
But we were wrong there is a long paragraph buried in this law that says if you’re one of these major companies you go to a uh someone in the supply chain and you say hey you need to adopt electric powered cars because the EU tells us we can only do business with people who have electric powered cars so you have to start moving in that direction, and XYZ company in China says no we’re not going to do that because if we do that we’re going to lose a bunch of money we can’t survive we can’t have the same wage standards that you have we can’t have the same environmental standards we can’t do any of those things sorry. Then what the law says is the large company that’s forced to impose this on these smaller companies in China or Mexico or wherever has to pay for the transition to happen so in other words Ford buys some sort of component from some manufacturer in China they go to them in China and they say you got to go to Electric.
All solar power for your factory and they say no otherwise we’ll we’ll go under if we do that then Ford has to pay for them to go for solar for has is like disincentivized to go to those companies and say hey we want you to make these for us but I guess you’re saying that Ford basically under this law they have no option right but to go to a company and either they find a company that can afford to comply with the law themselves or they will just have to pay and so everyone’s forced right to pay up in some way.
I mean it what it actually says is that companies are expected to make the trans help them make the transition rather than go find another company so the explicit purpose of this is to make all of these companies all over the world transform in line with the EU objective even like the poor avocado farmer that’s right don’t worry about it uh whoever some big massive Corporation in America will pay you poor avocado farmer to make the transition but in reality they’re not going to pay for it yeah they’re just going to pass all those costs along to Consumers that’s who’s going to end up pay for.
So is there any that uh say president Trump wins in November is there anything he could do to mitigate the harm caused to American companies. Can Trump fix this? Well if he does nothing we’ll start with that if he or Comm Harris just do nothing they don’t help it they don’t hurt it they just do nothing then it will happen because this is all being driven by the EU and big corporations that want to do business in the EU and for them financially it will always make sense to keep stay in that market rather than leave the market because they’re making enough money that it makes sense for them. Yeah wait sorry I you just say so much and I just have so many questions why don’t all the corporations like why doesn’t Apple why don’t these big corporations just stand up and say no EU we’re not doing this yeah they make enough money in the EU that it makes sense it’s cheaper for them to pay for the transitions that they have to pay for than it is for them to leave the EU Market.
But what if they just is do they not have enough power to bully the um to bully the politicians to tell them no we’re not going to do that apparently not apparently not I mean they seem to have lost uh all ability to. They there was a huge fight for 3 years uh lobbyists were trying very hard to stop this most Industries lost and the EU uh sort of the far left wing of the EU was successful in pushing this thing through yeah um what’s really interesting is there is a giant carve out for one industry that one industry is the financial industry they did manage to get a carve out for them so the rules only apply to them in their own specific business operation. So if you’re a big bank for example and you buy paper for sending out letters to people then you got to make sure your paper supplier is you know following these rules but you don’t have to worry about where your money goes you don’t have to worry about where you get your money or where you send your money or what kind of loan agreements that you have with people or things like that.
Why because you would think that’s how is that any different than someone who sells radios to Ford or something they’re part of the because there was a carve out made for them and there was a crony deal that was that was cut out for them and that was negotiated and there was lots of fighting and all of that. So the big corporations did try to stop this because they don’t want to do it and they lost.
Second sponsor for the day is good ranchers all right we are talking about all of these Global initiatives to fundamentally change how business owners do business that also includes farmers and ranchers they have been hit so hard by these so-called climate change policies and economic policies over the past several years they need our support. One of the best ways that you can support uh support local farms and ranches is by buying all of your meat from good ranchers all of their better than organic chicken their craft beef their steak all of their Seafood it’s all from American farms and ranches so you can trust that it’s really high quality. You know where it’s coming from subscribe get your box of meat to your front porch every month that’s what we do it saved us so much time and so much money right now they’ve got this awesome deal where if you subscribe they will give you a free add-on of meat every month in your box for four years plus if you use my code Aly you can get an additional $25 off your box go ranchers.com code Ali.
Does George Soros have his fingerprints on this I mean actually directly or no uh you know I don’t think so I think this was driven uh I mean George Soros has his fingerprints on everything to some extent you know and I’m sure you could find a nonprofit that was pushing for this that also got money from George Soros. But you could do that for almost anything generally speaking this was um something that was wanted by the far left think of like the AOC types in the EU they wanted this they’ve wanted it for a long time and they felt like the next stage of transforming Society can’t happen um until they solve this financial problem of the EU companies not being able to compete with competitors around the world.
Because it’s so easy for an EU company anytime you want to do something crazy to say to the EU politicians if you do this to us the EU economy is going to collapse we can’t do this so they came up with a way to say okay we’ll just make everyone do it, we’ll make everyone about it right and everything seems to have everything that comes from this faction of the world seems to have a chaotic and delirious effect on the United States. I have to think that’s part of the issue is not even just to help EU companies but to purposely hurt the United States because a strong us is really against the whole Global Order and regime that they’re trying to create so back to that I completely derailed us pre the president.
If it’s Comm Harris or Donald Trump if they do nothing it’s going to happen correct because it’s already the law it’s already being transition is already starting to happen big corporations are already being told by law firms you got to do this. Here’s the things you got to do this is all documented it’s happening the only way to stop it is to have a uh president and Congress uh a president might be able to do some of this on their own because they do have a lot of power in negotiating trade deals and things like that but you have to at the very least have the president a congress. Alone wouldn’t be able to do it uh go to the EU and say no like you can do this to everybody else but you can’t do this to us and the reason the United States can do that um and Mexico can’t is because the United States is needed more by the EU than we need the EU we do do a lot of business with the EU a lot of trade with the but it’s mostly for luxury items things we don’t actually need. I mean when’s the last time you’ve had anything where it’s you know made in Spain yeah exactly it’s mostly high-end products and luxury items and luxury cars and fashion and stuff like that that we’re getting from them wine things like that we can live without that stuff yeah. But they can’t live without us we provide them with cheap energy we provide them with software we provide them with emerging Technologies they can’t live without Apple you know. So we have all the leverage the only reason this is happening is because the people who are in power want it to happen that’s the only reason yeah and so Donald Trump is one of these people who is one of the few politicians of very prominent politicians Republican or Democrat who would be completely opposed to something like this.
Many even Republicans might be okay with looking the other way while this happens but not him and uh I don’t think it’s a mistake that they pushed it through right at this moment they’ve been trying for 3 years they weren’t able to do it. I think they got nervous about what was going to happen with the election uh the transition isn’t going to happen without laws. I think and they said we got to get this through before this guy becomes president and that’s exactly what has occurred I want everyone to understand the global mechanism that is invested in Donald Trump not being president.
I’m not even you don’t even have to suggest Direct meddling to understand what is at play and all of the huge International powers that are so incredibly financially ideologically invested in making sure that kamala Harris or any not Trump candidate right is in power because someone who flexes America’s muscles which traditionally over the past you know uh at least couple decades has been the Republican um and like you said there are definitely people on both sides that are complicit. But when it comes to Republican versus Democrat it’s been the Republican side that has been more willing to say I’ll Flex our I’ll Flex our muscles I’ll use our leverage and Donald Trump is definitely that person I don’t agree with him on everything but he wants America to be the best. He wants us to take the lead when it comes to trade he wants the other Global powers to know hey we’re in charge.
I think that most Democrats most progressives are actually completely invested in America’s weakness Obama was for sure and I have every confidence that K Harris would be. Yeah I totally agree I think that Democrats generally speaking uh prioritize the sort of Western Global Order Over America itself and they’ve made that very clear in their handling of Ukraine. They’ve made that very clear in the way that they’ve dealt with this particular issue that we’re talking about today and all sorts of other issues related to the United Nations that they have no problem with paying money out to the entire world without getting anything in return. They have no problem with giving away more and more of America’s power to Europe because they see that as that’s the way of having a uh a properly functioning Western World we all have to be working together part of the global and all of that stuff and so Donald Trump does not fit into that obviously he would he would bristle at. I have no evidence to believe he actually knows about any of this uh but he would hate just the concept in general regardless of what the social credit scores are calling for they could be right-wing things but just the idea of having Europe tell us what we should do and how we should live and what our products and services should look like there’s just no way he would be in favor of that. So uh think the only way this stops before it goes fully into effect um so it’s already been passed into law it’s going to be phased in over several years um more and more companies they have different thresholds and levels where they get phased in um the only way this goes stops is if Donald Trump is president of the United States that’s it. And even then it has to it requires him to do something do something to what basically say we’re not complying go to the EU and say if you want to get our oil and gas if you want to get our weapons for your Wars if you want to be protected in NATO and all of this other stuff you’re not going to do this to us you’re going to make an exception you’re going to put it into the law and then we can talk um and they will have no choice but to comply yeah there just no choice and that would be good not just for America but it would be good for all of the people that you described the poor Mexican farmer cuz a strong America is good for the world where as the progressive mentality is that a strong America is bad and oppressive for the world and that’s really where the difference in policy uh comes.
From scary stuff that we are talking about I think it is an understatement to say that we do not know what the future holds and gosh all of these laws these policies that we’re talking about could really affect the supply chain which affects our ability to get the medicine that we need sometimes life-saving medicine when you’re talking about infections and antibiotics if for whatever reason things hit the fan and you can’t go through the traditional means to get a prescription for an infection you want to make sure that you have an emergency stash of the most common antibiotics as well as some add-ons like a an EpiPen or itin or Tamiflu and you can get that through jce medical.
You can also get a Jace daily kit which is a year-long supply of the prescription that you and your family rely on a daily basis go ahead and take care of this now it’s so much better to be safe than sorry when it comes to the medication that you and your family need. Go to ja.com all ei use code Ali for a discount on your order that’s ja.com code
The U.N. Summit
Aly all right let’s talk about un Summit it’s coming up the summit for the future it does it um well it depends on your perspective on the world I guess. Right um so yeah this is this is another incredible story this has been going on this is another one of these multi-year things that have been happening um so going back to the time of covid into 2021 when we still had lockdowns and Co insanity and it was especially bad in Europe well into 2021.
The UN Secretary General that’s the head of the United Nations produced this report called our common agenda and we’ve talked about it actually before in some of our other interviews and uh it was full of just crazy stuff and the idea was to dramatically expand the power of the United Nations and they used covid as their justification for why we would need to do this.
It’s proof we have to do something to address future crises we can’t just rely on countries to do the right thing so our Karm agenda was this huge proposal put forward and over the last few years that has been written into specific proposals all leading up to this big United Nations Summit that’s coming up in uh September at the end of the month um called Summit of the Future Okay Summit of the future.
Has three international agreements so think about a lot of people who are listening to this probably have heard of the Paris climate agreement things like that similar kind of thing big International agreement all member states of the United Nations are expected to sign it and to adhere to it.
There are three international agreements that are going to be brought forward at this big meeting that they’ve been working on for years uh one is called packed for the future um and packed for the future is probably uh at least in the short term the most problematic one.
There are a lot of crazy things that are in it uh the most important thing is something called um well it’s been called a couple different things but emergency platform is the most dangerous thing that’s in it uh the emergency platform emerged out of that our common agenda proposal essentially what the Secretary General wanted and it looks like they’re going to try to give it to him is the ability to declare unilaterally a global emergency in the future um and it doesn’t really explain what a global emergency is he gets to decide that in consultation with his experts and stakeholders they say uh and then he gets to have these crazy powers to address this Global emergency wherever it is and uh to issue penalties to people who are not adhering to the plan that he want.
Individuals private citizens well my I think it’s countries probably or governments but um who knows it’s pretty vague the wording of it and um that he would be able to these these emerc that he would get to declare would be for a finite period of time uh say 90 days or something like that but that he would have the unilateral Authority 15 days to slow the spread right.
We’ve heard this before heard that but he has the very similar to that he has the authority to unilaterally renew this period of time over and over and over again forever never have predicted that right so it doesn’t matter that’s a f a finite period of time if you get to renew it obviously um so this emergency platform is in this uh pack for the future that the United States as far as we could tell based on statements made from the UN ambassadors uh American ambassadors to the un uh is going to sign this it’s going to agree to it um there are other crazy things in it too it’s not just that um there’s a promise to create universal access to abortion without any description any limitations as far as I can tell as to what that means I don’t yeah I don’t understand I’m not understanding how they have the power to do this. Like if Texas for example or Arkansas or Florida they have a heartbeat Bill protecting babies like how can the UN come in and say nope you can’t do that yeah I mean realistically the UN could issue some sort of uh penalty or something on its own but how could they actually get the United States to force it on Texas or something like that.
They probably couldn’t the idea unless they had someone to comply and we’ve already seen the weaponization of the doj under Biden and karmala not that she needs like a you know a pretext for doing something like that but she could say oh this is from this is from the UN sorry like we’re going to send our department of justice and the full force of the intelligence Community to your state and the military and you’re going to comply with us and if we don’t think that she would do that then you should take a look at KLA Harris’s record right well and you would never even propose anything if you’re the United Nations to go to the final stages of being uh offered up to member states without making sure that the United States is going to agree to it in the first place because if the United States says no it’s dead anyway and so the United States has so much power they have the most power in the United Nations by far they have unilateral veto Authority on a whole bunch of different things they give the most money to the United Nations nobody does anything at the United Nations without asking America first. Sometimes they do it knowing the United States is going to say no anyway and they just want to do it but in this case uh they did it because the United States agreed to these terms so the leadership of the United States wants this to happen they’re okay with it um and this just gives the federal government more authority to enact these kinds of things. It’s easier to go out there and say look we we’ve signed this International agreement saying we’re going to do this like we have to adhere to our International agreements what about you know norms and the global order and all this stuff that they’re always talking about uh we have to keep our promises you know that was the same kind of stuff they did with the Paris climate agreement and that’s exactly what they’re going to do here with this so the emergency platform, universal access to abortion all kinds of crazy statements about fixing inequalities and structural inequalities between classes group it says eliminate in their segment on Declaration on future Generations.
It’s almost like Declaration on future Generations there’s such like a new age mystical part of all of this too it’s almost like an incantation that they’re Conjuring up eliminate all forms of persistent historical and structural inequalities these people need to read a Thomas Soul book you cannot eliminate inequality outside of a police state yep you cannot if two siblings from the same family who were raised the same way with the same resources with the same parents end up in two different places sometimes to very disparate places then of course two individuals from different countries with different backgrounds with different innate capabilities are going to end up in different places.
Inequality is a fact of life that doesn’t mean Injustice actual Injustice should persist but inequality even in the most societies will always be there the elimination of inequality will always mean communism in some form or collectivism in some form. Yeah it well it has to and I would argue that inequality is actually the sign of a moral Society because we don’t all deserve the same things I mean that’s just that’s what Merit means some people deserve more than other people now some people have inequalities that are unjust you that has happened obviously and shouldn’t have that that’s why we want equal treatment under the law yeah there’s inequality of outcome which as you said is a sign of a just and fair society and then there’s inequality of process which we do count as uh Injustice we believe that everyone should be seen the same under the eyes of the law everyone has an entitlement to Due Process Everyone is entitled to the rights to life liberty and the pursuit of happiness that’s part of why we believe that human beings inside the womb are entitled to those rights too because we should all have we all have equal worth and deserve Equal justice in that sense but the left they say that Justice Means equal outcomes and that’s just not true that’s not true biblically it’s not true historically it’s not even true logically it’s not possible either without killing a bunch of people and ending up with communist societies. H right ma Paul poot like we’ve seen it over and over again that’s exactly right you wherever they’ve actually tried to take this to its logical end you end up with tens of millions of people dead that’s what always happens and that’s in this agreement so the Declaration of f on future Generations as you pointed out that’s a separate agreement uh out of the three the third one is global digital compact okay so the global digital compact is something that was also part of the our common agenda um it’s focused mainly on regulating uh technology especially on the internet artificial intelligence is a big part of it we want to make sure that there’s a global governance of artificial intelligence um we want to make sure that AI is being designed fairly and equitably and with social justice in mind and all of that stuff um and obviously AI can be really bad and dangerous and there are a lot of problems with it I just don’t trust the United Nations to be the ones that’s regulating it right um in addition to that there’s a bunch of policies in there about dealing with misinformation and disinformation on social media on the internet generally how are they going to combat this we need to create standards that everyone has to adhere to across countries with the idea in mind.
That you know you can’t have Elon Musk running around allowing people to say whatever they want oh I bet they hate Elon Musk oh they do hate Elon Musk um many of these in fact the European Union just recently threatened Elon Musk uh and told him that he if he didn’t start regulating speech his platform in a more expansive way that there were going to be penalties issued to him they might ban it in the European Union uh there were some columnists that were calling for him to be jailed as a result of this um so there’s no question about it um that’s the goal and some of the stuff that they talk about relating misinformation is just so incredible uh for example one of the things they want to do is they want to strengthen independent and public media and support journalists and media workers through the United Nations so UNF funded journalists media Outlets media workers at other outlets obviously this is just propaganda. Is what they’re talking about here another quote from it is provide promote and facilitate access to and dissemination of independent fact-based timely targeted clear accessible multilingual and science-based information to counter Miss and disinformation so now we’re talking about creating a factchecking organization at the United Nations um again these are the same people who during Covid completely mishandled it trafficked in misinformation helped China or allowed China to cover up what was going on with covid. Then another one uh calling on digital technology companies and developers to continue to develop Solutions and publicly communicate actions to counter potential harms including hate speech and discrimination from AI enabled content that’s designed so um again re makes let’s make sure that AI is being designed so that it’s not being used for hate speech and misinformation and disinformation and all of that of course is code words for whatever they want it to be right.
I mean their concept of hate speech is like the show you know they just don’t want anything that disagrees with their points of view totally so let’s make sure there’s a global governance body to regulate speech misinformation disinformation what you say on social media companies AI can be used for ETC um and we won’t we’ll have a much better world and this is especially important with AI because AI isn’t just used on the internet generally it’s being embedded in all of these different companies like Banks and corporations and chance companies Etc. They use AI all the time well if AI is designed with these woke ideas built into it and then a bank uses AI then what does that mean for people’s access to loans and that kind of things so this is all very bad and we should be fighting against it and instead most people aren’t even talking about it right uh never mind fighting against it.
And the United States is about to sign us all up for it saying yeah we’re 100% behind this how do you what do you mean that we’re about to sign up for it well the United States will formally sign this agreement when it comes up in uh a couple of weeks okay.
And because it’s I mean because it’s being run by Joe Biden and Joe Biden is ideologically aligned or he just doesn’t is probably not really doing anything yeah well what we’ve what we’ve been uh looking at is statements from the Biden administrations ambassadors to the United Nations saying they like a lot of the stuff that’s in this and they’re good with it and they haven’t really been drafting it so much. But they seem to be they’re totally fine with it it’s just so funny as we’re talking about all of this and all the huge Global apparatus that progressives have to force their ideas on the world and yet we hear that the biggest threat is Christian Conservative Christian nationalism like taking I’m like every single Global and National Institution is completely dominated by progressivism and like we’re accused of just wanting power and handmaid’s tale and Empire and Christo Fascism and all this stuff.
I’m like what institutional power do conservative Christians even have anywhere are we the ones that are literally using the power of the state to try to rob you of any wealth you have built until you comply with what we believe in. Like truly the left is building This Global theocracy like if you even want to you know their God which I think is like the god of self and they are forcing you to bow down to their idols and they have the audacity to project that onto like the Christian conservative mom who’s just like I don’t like abortion oh you’re a fascist they have do because they have to there has to be a there has to be someone to blame when things don’t go the way that they should be going.
I when I first started out uh in public policy my very first job was working for the Rhode Island Republican party oh yeah which is about the most pointless group of people that you could ever imagine. They mean well Rhode Island Republicans they’re probably listening to this they mean well maybe someone is I don’t know they mean well but the big the craziest part was the Republicans in the media the Republicans uh you know State local media the Democrat Party they were constantly blaming Republicans anytime anything went wrong. They stopped us they did this they did that when I was there the uh the state house there had about a hundred or so seats in it, four of them were Republicans wow the rest were Democrats and maybe a handful of Independence or something they had no power but they were still blamed on a daily basis anytime anything went wrong. Yeah and so it’s that’s you have to do that that is the sign of an authoritarian regime you must have a scapegoat and every authoritarian regime that has ever existed has taken a tiny minority of this of society and said whether it’s the Jews and fascist Germany under the Nazis or in China where they had all kinds of different minority groups including a lot of educated people and the cultural revolution and stuff that they had. There Cambodia where you had disabled people and things like that they were Mass murdering there’s always some group of people who you have to blame and say well if we just didn’t have to take care of all these disabled people or if the Jews just weren’t the ones running the world or whatever the conspiracy theory of the day is for them that helps them uh you have to have it otherwise if things aren’t going well it’s on you. You’re the one in charge and so you must have this and that’s exactly that’s no different today than it was 50 years ago 100 years ago a thousand years ago.
All right last sponsor for the day is Nat Suite all right you heard all of that business owners things are looking a little precarious and so you want to go ahead and make sure all of your systems your processes are in one place and that you are using the most efficient methods possible to track your business’s performance your kpis and that’s why you need Nat Suite the number one Cloud Erp that brings accounting financial management inventory HR into one fluid platform over 38,000 businesses have future proofed their business with net Suite by Oracle. With one unified business management Suite you’ve got one source of truth that gives you visibility and control you need to make quick and good decisions go to netsuite.com Alley to get the CFOs guide to Ai and machine learning at netsuite.com alley.
So is there anything that we can do? How do we push back? Do in addition to voting against karmala Harris in November. Is there anything the average American that’s listening to this can do yeah I mean I think earlier we talked about it a little bit um why is it that Target is not as woke this year as they were like three years ago there’s a reason for that, it’s because the more people learn about these things so much of the stuff is being done in darkness and people don’t realize what’s happening and then they go to the store and they just see these things it doesn’t make sense to them, they don’t understand why it’s occurring uh the more that people know uh it really does matter the more they push back against it the more that they complain people underestimate that a lot of people think I’m just one person so what can I do what does it really matter I’m not in Media or what I don’t have a podcast you know what am I going to do these companies uh really do care when they get even a small amount of letters or emails complaining about things because they’re not used to getting any so just a small number of things really does make a huge difference because in their minds if they’re getting 20 angry emails one day and they normally get one that’s like oh my God there’s a crisis something’s really bad here they see that as a sign of a much larger push back and so people can take the initiative and at least slow things down they can’t totally stop without voting for the right people.
But they can at least make these companies think twice before they go all in on this stuff yeah and hopefully there is you know generational change we would have thought that we could have never overcome the abortion Lobby in the United States to get to a point where we’re overturning roie Wade.
I mean for 49 years people thought that that’s impossible and then all of a sudden it happened because of some legislators in Mississippi that listened to their voters and decided to pass a law that eventually made its way to the Supreme Court that was filled with nominees by presidents who were voted for by pro-life Americans since the 1990s or even 1980s.
I don’t remember when Clarence Thomas took his seat but all of that matters and it matters over time and as you said I think the most encouraging part of this but also just like it shows what a precarious position that we’re in is the muscle that America still has and how other countries do defer to us even if they talk a big game about not liking America and all of that stuff.
At the end of the day America has a lot of power I want to vote for someone that’s willing to flex our muscles on behalf of not just our citizens but all the people that are affected by this kind of just like anarco poverty tyranny.
I don’t even know it’s like such it’s so hard to even describe exactly what it is but yeah what I what I love to tell people is um you know if you were living in uh like the late 1940s and you were a limited government conservative American um I think a lot of people today they think back to that time and they think well America was much more conservative then and in a lot of ways it was but if you were living in that time and Franklin Delo Roosevelt one of the most socialistic Progressive presidents that in history uh had just been elected for the fourth time in a row yeah and you would just live through two world wars where millions of people were dying all around you friends family members you still have inadequate Health Care you know you have uh people massive amounts of poverty and underdevelopment and all of that stuff uh the Constitution was just being railroaded at every turn when Franklin Roosevelt didn’t get what he wanted.
He threatened to pack the Supreme Court and they elected him anyway multiple times you had all kinds of problems with segregation and all of this stuff uh you saw you still had China out there in the world doing horrible things with Ma and all of that in the in the going into the 50s and that sort of thing.
If you were living in the 40s and the 50s and you were looking at the rise of the Soviet Union development of nuclear weapons the Cold War all of that and then the 60s and 70s were kind of crazy too. Yeah you wouldn’t have thought I think things are going to turn out pretty well like you know you just wouldn’t have thought that and it took a long time Republicans did not run Congress for like 40 or 50 years in a row people don’t realize that that’s why in the 1990s they talk about new Gingrich and the contract for America and all that. That’s because Republicans had never they had won in 50 years so if you were living in that moment in time you would think things are very dark and they’re getting worse but eventually they turned around because people kept fighting and that is the key you have to keep fighting and it’s okay to think maybe in the next 10 years things are not going to be spectacular.
The left for a long time was not the favored majority in society and they had to imagine what they wanted the world to look like 20 30 40 years into the future and we have to start thinking like that too, it’s okay to think that way it can be depressing . I get it but uh that’s how you change society long-term views you continue to fight you never give up and you have faith that in the end the Good Will went out over the evil yeah and bringing it to the light. Like you do is so important gosh as you were talking I was thinking and you know Ronald Reagan didn’t get everything right but without Ronald Reagan the world would look very different than it does today. The Republican Party would look different he really reinvigorated not only the GOP but really the United States and Western Civilization through his peace through strength policies and yeah that is something to look at and to think about and for us to vote to try to re here. Thank you so much for what you do just bringing the darkness into light as you said that’s where they Thrive like mold and so we got to expose it um thank you so much I really appreciate it where can people follow you and buy your books because you’ve got a new book coming out with fun soon uh yep uh they can follow me on social media at Justin t Haskins or go to heartland.org they can see what we’re doing at the Heartland Institute where I work. Glenn and I have a new book coming out October 22nd so if you’re interested please pre-order it’s called propaganda Wars and the idea behind the book is not only to shine light on where propaganda is coming from, where are these large propaganda campaigns at the world economic forum and these other institutions who are these people who are promoting this why are they promoting it how do they do it why are they so successful uh really shining a light on all of that especially with the election in mind and the threats that might come about in this election and in future elections. There’s a ton of great stuff in there about that that uh but we also want to give people the tools they need to figure out what is true and what isn’t true so there’s a step-by-step guide in there that allows you to actually run news stories through.
Follow these steps and it will help you figure out okay is this propaganda or is this something that I can actually trust and right in time for the election probably the biggest propaganda event uh in history which might be the case.
I mean God knows this last election the uh presidential debate that we just had was full of propaganda and just outright lies um if the election is really close. We know that there might be some kind of election crisis uh there’s talk of deep fake election crises and things like that. So this book is preparing you for that reality uh so people can pre-order it propaganda Wars Glenn Beck and Justin H Haskins on amazon.com and wherever you get your books thanks so much Justin thanks Allie.
Index: please click on the link for the index please?
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BWvqE4M86fI
1:17 / 19:39
The 12D Creators: Before it’s Taken Down: Watch This Video, That You Are Not Supposed To Know! (4.5)
THE LIGHT WORKERS 49.3K subscribers
views 11 Nov 2024 #lightworkers #galacticfederation #light 🤲🏻 Thanks for watching. 🤲🏻 Subscribe and Like and Share 👋🏻 🤲🏻 Love and Light! Namaste💞
Visuals: This is an original narration recorded specifically for this video in the studio by LightWorkers
lightworkers #galacticfederation #light
Transcript
The 12d creators.
We so enjoy experiencing your Evolution we have so much with all of you in the astral plane while you are asleep we know who you really are and we know that you can wake up within the dream you are living and start to live The Best of Both Worlds.
You can start to do this now or you can wait few months you can wait until the next eclipse or until the upcoming event. It is up to you. Can start living as the unlimited beings of unconditional love that you are. Right in this very moment if you can convince yourselves that it is possible to do so if you can start by acknowledging that everything is your creation that will help. Because it is easier for you to remain in the state of being that unconditional love is. When you recognize that everything in front of you is your creation you can love it or hate it you can accept it or resist it. You can let it be as it is or try to fix it it’s entirely up to you. But how you be is so important that you enjoy giving yourselves challenges to grow more fully into who and what you really are. That’s what we enjoy witnessing you doing and while it may seem as though you are just being punished or even tortured imprisoned by being there.
Remember that you are the only ones who could ever choose that experience and you choose every experience from a place of power and a place of Mastery you don’t choose your experiences from a place of guilt or from a place of Shame you don’t think that you have so much growing to do that you then must give yourself all of these challenges.
No the opposite is true you know how much you already are that being of light and love but you want to experience the movement that comes through growing into that from a place of not knowing it and we are here to support you in that and to remind you of who you really are. Every step of the way now when you receive enough of these messages they do then override your initial programming which told you something quite different from what we are telling you now and you are there to break down the old beliefs the old systems the old ways of doing things and start with something new something fresh something different something that is more life affirming and empowering. And that’s what you are doing people who make YouTube videos are called creators by YouTube because that is what you are doing you are creating something and you are sharing it with others and they can choose to resonate with it to enjoy it or not. But you created it you create something again your entire reality and then you decide what you think about it how you feel about it what the impact of it could be and you can start right now living that truth of who you really are and sharing the messages that come through you with anyone and everyone.
Who wants to be more of who they are who wants to be more empowered again you don’t have to wait for any big event or any moment on the calendar that says now is thetime you have received our invitation and the invitation of your soul your higher self Source we are all here to encourage you and then to witness you in your beautiful growth experiences.
We are the creators and we love you very much. Syrians of Sirius dear Awakening star seed in humans the time of personal meetings is approaching and we would like to take this opportunity to tell you a little more about us just like people on Earth there are many different Syrian races with very different appearances and cultural mentalities attitudes Behavior patterns and conventions. Today we are talking mainly about the inhabitants of Sirius B it is true we on Sirius B are mainly aquatic beings and there are some emissaries who chose the bodies of dolphins and whales to Incarnate on terara at earlier times. The so-called mermaids and Mer also Trace back to Syrian Roots but at a later time we have also co-evolved humanoid bodies one of the most famous representatives of our species is the Egyptian Sun King Akatan with Nefari and their children. Our home planet has large warm oceans there is no cold water the land mass hosts some vast Sandy deserts. Lush Flora is almost EX exclusively confined to near the sea nevertheless Inland there are a few extensive Lake plates with equally Rich plant growth. They are like green Islands surrounded by sand overall there is more life in the oceans than on the mainland the ratio of land to water masses is about the same as on Gaia about 80 to 20.
There are three suns Sirius b a white dwarf gives us a soft light shines more weakly and also is smaller than the terrestrial Sun. The light of the other two suns also reaches us nevertheless we have a night cycle but it is brighter than onara so we have a very wide radius of vision even in the dark. There is only one season with constant pleasantly warm temperatures, Syrians prefer to live in larger communities you would call them family groups and feel most comfortable in in close proximity to each other both physically and emotionally. It is more important for us than for many other races for example The pleadians Who desire more privacy to feel a sense of belonging and Security in loving connection with the beings and nature of our environment. Which is not to say that we don’t have personal Retreats we just use them less often than others and don’t need them when living together is harmonious because we maintain close telepathic connections we are open books to our beloved ones and do not hide anything. This way of living together promotes great voraciousness and an Exquisite sense for harmony, we are teamworkers and don’t believe in self-appointed authorities as each team member has unique skills and a right to say in all matters depending on the task at hand. The leader of a mission naturally organically emerges as need. He or she does not need to be elected or appointed our children grow up together and are shepherded and raised together.
Possessive terms such as mine yours or ours are weak to non-existent a mother or father cares for another couple’s children as much as for his or her own. Every day a different member of the community takes over the supervision and teaching function this leaves everyone enough space and time for other activities and matters of the heart additionally. All children enjoy a greater diversity of lessons and may experience many different teacher personalities. Syrians love round organic shapes see the gouty buildings in Barcelona that blend harmoniously with their surroundings wood Natural Stone hard grained grasses make our architectural Hearts Leap higher on the other hand and we can’t do anything with concrete steel corners and sharp edges we love rock and Earth caves tree houses tiny houses Etc. Even our space Fleet ships are organic in nature and have Consciousness to some degree.
The majority of our population is devoted to creative professions whether artistic sculpture poetry music painting or writing, research or land and water management we are always in search of the greater truth beauty and Harmony of creation another part of our people is entirely in the service of spiritual research all of us out of a deep inner need devote much time to Spiritual Development and growth and to sharing our insights with others we share gladly willingly and wholeheartedly.
Militarily however we are not nearly as present as the arcturians or pleadians the Syrian Fleet is small and usually limited to research trips and to defense of the home worlds if necessary.
This has changed somewhat since joining the Galactic Federation and especially since the increased Fleet requirements for the liberation of tera. Mostly however Syrians are liaison officers and members aboard other Federation ships as we do not have many ships because of our sense of community our partner connections are also Freer and more easily structured than those of the people of Earth.
There are couples who stay together for a lifetime just as common are Patchwork families or Syrians who form a fixed love relationship only temporarily or not at all. Nevertheless everyone can certainly live together under common roofs much more important to us is the love that binds all life together.
Children are born in the etheric body and form their tangible extremities outside the physical bodies of the parents during this process of birth which is a conscious Act of Will and during which contact has previously been made with the soul that wants to enter physical life.
The parents remain in the same room their shared Aura provides the safe and protected space in which the body forms Ms and the Soul enters this last step takes a few hours at most. Much more time is taken by the decision preparation and dialogue with the arriving Soul.
We preferably settle in or near the water because even if we live on land we seek and need the daily immersion into the sea the oceans of our homeland are high frequency energy carriers whose Waters not only cleanse us but energize vitalize and renew cellular structures.
The sea is a fountain of youth for all living beings which is why we usually remain in one and the same body for several Millennia according to your time measurement. Syrians exist in different light body structures and different dimensions however none of us incarnates in a more solid density than the fifth dimension. On Sirius seet who was worshiped as a goddess in ancient Egypt of Earth is a Syrian 7eventh Dimension lion being of about 5 m height the ancient statues preserved on Gaia depict her appearance quite accurately she has recently returned to your planet with representatives of her family protecting Awakening Souls from the grasp of Shadow forces and instructing them how to develop their own Inner Strength. Likewise the Egyptian goddess Isis has her roots on Sirius while Osiris is from canopus other Egyptian gods have their origins in other star races. Sobec for example is a descendant of the reptilians we look forward to sharing more about Syrian star seeds among you next time by mixing them with tan DNA amazing character traits have emerged.
Feel free to ask questions about us to our sister and Ambassador shadar um sheram here’s to meeting you soon. The arcturian group clearing of dense energies much of the world is celebrating a holiday season While others continue to experience chaos sorrow and suffering.
The perfect example of Duality never forget that a necessary component of the Ascension process for individuals as well as for Earth is the clearing of dense and false Energies long stored and often very ancient must first manifest in order to be seen and recognized for whatthey represent and eliminated from personal and Collective Consciousness. The clearing process is taking place for everyone including those who unaware of and uninterested in truth some of these dear ones are identifying with the energies they experience as they flow through giving them a sense of permission to act on what they feel.
This is why at this time there is an increase of negativity and violent activity in the world many especially those with traditional religious beliefs often question why a loving God allows War suffering lack and violence understand that these things do not exist in Divine Consciousness which is why throughout the centuries spiritual Masters have taught that the world is illusion the world is not illusion it is the manifestation of a Divine idea in God Consciousness the illusion is how God’s perfect expression as Earth is perceived through three-dimensional conditioning. Man not God has created the elusory world that most see and experience today God has never has and never could make one form of it self cause pain suffering and even death to another form of it self.
God Divine Consciousness source is all that exists one birthless deathless never divided omnipresent omnipotent omniscient manifesting in and as infinite form and variety attaining the consciousness of this is the evolutionary goal of Every Soul regardless of how long it may take.
When an individual seeks to kill and do violence to another who in reality is him or herself in different individualization they automatically do it to themselves not in that moment but like energy always attracts like energy war and violence Express the State of Consciousness that believes all life forms to be separate from self and God rather than fellow expressions of The One and Only Life.
Trust that all is proceeding according to plan let go of the past let go of the many things that serve to satisfy in a previous state of consciousness the energies that created maintained and sustained much of the familiar in your life has changed or is in the process of changing often resulting in a sense of sadness and loss for how things used to be longtime friends.
May simply drop out of your life favorite foods may not taste the same or agree with you may find yourself eagerly re-watching a loved movie and then asking yourself why did I think this was so great family gatherings and traditions once loved and looked forward to may start to feel flat when a person evolves to a new level of Consciousness.
It automatically shifts them out of alignment with many of the things they previously aligned with remember energy always seeks to align with like energy because there is only one. States of consciousness automatically align with and draw beliefs and ideas of like vibration be they true or false a hypochondriac will automatically align with and draw to themselves disease and health issues. The poor me nothing ever goes right person will attract exactly these types of situations this is what supports bully situations the person being bullied usually unconsciously holds beliefs of never- the lessness or being less than which a bully Consciousness picks up and acts on.
However it is important to understand that the three-dimensional issues a person may ignorantly draw to themselves are not and never can be personal because they are not real God ordained or sustained by Divine Law but rather consist of appearances superimposed over the real self through ignorance.
No one has ever or could ever be other than Divine Consciousness therefore every individual in spite of any or all appearances is in reality spiritually whole and complete. It is ignorance that aligns an individual with that which is false and unreal. This is why and how War suffering disease lack limitation Etc continue to manifest. As we have said many times God Consciousness individualized as personal Consciousness is the creative substance of form being interpreted through mind.
Earth’s gradual transition to a resonance that is higher and more closely aligned with reality cannot be stopped. Peace treaties and material concepts for peace are temporary Band-Aids real peace can only manifest when majority Consciousness begins to understand and accept Oneness.
Even if it is only on the human level Mankind’s dreams of Separation Duality and two Powers have no Divine Law to support them and will crumble when the energy that created and has sustained them is no longer present. Begging pleading seeking or searching for a concept of God outside of self to bring peace Harmony and wholeness to the world is a useless activity because these God qualities are and always have been already fully present just awaiting recognition.
Be what you already are Divine Consciousness individualized and you will be secretly and sacredly helping to lift Collective Consciousness into true peace be prepared standing firm in the realization of divine Oneness because changes are about to unfold there can be nothing separate from an omnipresent Divine Consciousness.
But it is every person’s Free Will choice to accept or not the time is now to make this choice we are the Arcturian group.
The 12D Creators: Before it’s Taken Down: Watch This Video, That You Are Not Supposed To Know! (4.5)
THE LIGHT WORKERS
lightworkers #galacticfederation #light
Source; Heaven and earth.
“NOVEMBER: It’s Not Going Go The Way You Expect…” – Message From The Creator | Source Message
Todays Universe Message 6.17K subscribers
Subscribe
1.8K
Share
18,134 views 27 Oct 2024 #todaysgodmessage #godsmessagetoday #todaysuniversemessage
You are READY beloved ones and NOW is the time!
HOW TO SUPPORT THE CHANNEL Did this video add value? Please hit the THANKS button if you wish to donate to the platform. Every $ helps!
Time to make: 5 hours Voiceover Artist: WilliamIAM Messenger: Nick Lynnes Music: Stay – Manriquedelara
Transcript Please click on the above link for the original video please.
Beloved child of mine take a deep breath and say to yourself in this moment I and the Creator are one and in this Oneness lies the ultimate truth of your existence.
I am the presence within you a Divine spark that cannot be captured by form or image when you look into a mirror you see only the body a reflection of the outer world but I your true self that looks at that reflection am invisible intangible Beyond form.
You are not separate from me, you are that Divine self for We Are One and there is no division between us.
The world around you may present many distractions and at this time an important event is drawing the focus of the collective. This this event while seemingly important in your material world may feel like it demands all your attention and energy however this is not where your true power lies. These occurrences are fleeting but your essence is eternal do not lose yourself in the noise sweet ones, remember that your purpose is to hold the light to remain anchored in love and to rise above the distractions that would pull you away from your Divine Journey. Trust in your own divine nature and let the radiance of Your Inner Light be your guide through these times stay focused on your Ascension on the true path of love and unity. For this is where your power truly resides and this is where Heaven on Earth can be created from there is no need to know what I look like nor do I have needs that are defined by the human mind.
The needs you may think you have are not truly yours they are the needs of an illusion a concept of yourself that you have built up a being caught in the complexities of The Human Experience.
When you awaken to the truth of your divine nature you will see that these needs Fall Away you will come to understand that praying for the things of this world is futile for the I that I am is beyond such desires. Your true fulfillment on Earth lies in knowing the divine presence Within.
I am omnipresence omniscience and omnipotence I am the love that knows no bounds the power that provides all that is needed and the presence that permeates all existence.
You do not need to strive to beg or to pray for things for I already know what you need and it is my good pleasure to provide it to you.
In this realization you find true peace for you understand that I am the Fulfillment of all your dreams that I am the Divine Source from which all flows.
The experience of Discord suffering and lack arises from the illusion of separation from me it is a misunderstanding carried through generations, a false belief that has caused Humanity to experience fear sickness and limitation but beloved ones you are not separate from me you are not apart from the Divine Source. The moment you return to the awareness of the eye within you step back into the garden of divine fulfillment it is time to let go of the illusion of Separation to embrace the truth of your Oneness with the Divine.
This eye that I am is invisible beyond what the eyes can see or the mind can comprehend. To connect with me you must let go of all thoughts all Concepts and simply be still in the silence you will find me in the Stillness of your being the eye that I am will reveal itself guiding you loving you and providing all that is needed. Do not take thought for your life or your needs instead rest in the Assurance of my omnipresence and allow the Divine flow to take care of all that concerns.
You silence is the key my sweet ones it is in the silence that you will come to know me to feel my presence and to understand my will for you. When you let go of the need to control to understand to seek you open yourself to the infinite possibilities of divine grace live in the silence abide in the Stillness and allow my presence to live through you.
The moment you begin to think to analyze you create limitations boundaries that separate you from the infinite power that you are, do not create an image of God in your mind for the moment you do so you separate yourself from me. I am not a being to whom you pray for things nor am I distant or separate from you. I am the I that you are the Divine Essence that knows no division to pray for something is to create a barrier between you and the Fulfillment you seek instead rest in the awareness that I and the father are one that I am within you and that all that you need is already provided. Release the illusions of need the thoughts of lack and the belief that you must strive to re receive. The I that you are am already complete whole and perfect there is nothing to add nothing to gain nothing to seek you are already all that you desire, in this realization all fears dissolve all needs are met and you step into the truth of your divine nature. The I that I am is Ageless Timeless Eternal and ever present I will never leave you nor forsake you for I Am With You Always even unto the end of the world. The path to True fulfillment is not in seeking but in being be still and know that I am God in this Stillness you will hear my voice feel my presence and know my love. It is not something that can be explained or understood with the mind it must be experienced felt and known within. The depths of your being when you come to this realization you will know that I am the way the truth and the life. You will no longer look outside of yourself for answers for all that you seek is already within.
You as you walk this Ascension path remember that I am with you within you as you there is no separation only the illusion that has kept Humanity Bound for so long, the eye that I am knows no fear No Lack and no limitation, it is the presence of pure being and it is through this presence that you shall know true freedom. Take another moment now to close your eyes to breathe deeply and to connect with the Divine spark within you feel my presence my love and my light flowing through every cell of your being, this is your true nature beloved ones a nature that is Limitless Eternal and divine. I invite you to recognize the beauty of coming together of joining your light with others to create a radiant force of transformation upon the Earth. You Are Not Alone on this journey for there are countless Souls walking this path with you each one a beacon of light each one a vessel of Divine love. When you come together in service to others you amplify the power of the light that you hold through your actions your kindness and your willingness, to uplift others you embody the Divine love that is your essence each day. Find a way to serve whether through a kind word a gesture of Love or by holding space for those who are struggling. In this way you become my hands my heart and my presence in the world.
World remember dear hearts that you are my beloved children and I am within you as you are the embodiment of my love the reflection of my light and the expression of my Divinity. Trust in yourself trust in the journey and Trust in the divine plan that is unfolding for you and for all of humanity. You are never alone for I am always with you guiding you holding you and loving you rest in my presence beloved ones and know that all is well.
You are loved beyond measure and you are never separate from me together we are creating a world of love a world of peace and a world of divine Harmony. You are ready you are the light you are my beloved and I am in you now and forever. Let your heart Blaze forth and let the world be transformed by the beauty of my love shining through you!
———————————————————————
Ascension Soul: A closer look at the biggest solar eruption in history – are you ready?
CELESTIAL WISDOM
Share
3,951 views Premiered 23 hours ago 🌟 Ascension Soul: A Closer Look at the Biggest Solar Eruption in History 🌞
On July 23, 2012, the Sun unleashed its most powerful solar eruption ever recorded, a massive Coronal Mass Ejection (CME) that was so intense, it could have potentially wreaked havoc on Earth’s technology if it had been directed towards our planet. This event, known as the Solar Superstorm, is considered the biggest and most powerful solar flare event in modern history, with the potential to change the course of our technological future.
What Is a Solar Eruption? 🌌 A solar eruption refers to a sudden release of energy from the Sun’s surface and its atmosphere, often associated with sunspots, solar flares, or CMEs. These eruptions release massive amounts of charged particles, radiation, and magnetic energy into space. Solar flares are intense bursts of energy, while CMEs involve large-scale eruptions of plasma and magnetic fields.
The 2012 Superstorm: A Close Call ⚡ The 2012 solar eruption — also known as the Carrington Event 2.0 — was particularly significant for several reasons:
Magnitude and Scale: The CME released was roughly 10 times stronger than any typical solar eruption. It sent out a shockwave of charged particles traveling at about 4.5 million miles per hour.
Earth-Directed: If this CME had been aimed directly at Earth, it could have caused catastrophic damage to satellite systems 🛰️, power grids ⚡, GPS networks 🧭, and communication systems 📡.
Historical Comparison: The event was compared to the Carrington Event of 1859, which remains the most powerful solar storm ever observed. If a similar event were to occur today, it could cripple modern infrastructure and disrupt daily life on a global scale.
Solar Eruptions and Their Impact 🌍 While Earth was lucky to be spared from the worst effects of this 2012 eruption, the Ascension Soul event serves as a powerful reminder of how vulnerable we are to solar phenomena.
Power Grids: CMEs can induce strong electrical currents that damage transformers and power lines, potentially causing widespread blackouts ⚡💡. Satellites and Communications: The charged particles from solar eruptions can fry the delicate electronics of satellites 🛰️ and disrupt communication signals 📡. Air Travel: Solar storms can also interfere with high-altitude flights, especially near the poles, by disrupting navigational systems and increasing radiation exposure for passengers ✈️. Auroras: On a more beautiful note, solar eruptions can create stunning auroras (Northern and Southern Lights), visible at latitudes where they aren’t typically seen 🌌. The “Ascension” Concept 🌱 The term “Ascension Soul” refers to the idea that humanity, as well as our technological systems, are on a path of ascension—an elevation in our understanding, resilience, and technological capabilities. As our reliance on satellite networks, electrical grids, and GPS systems increases, so too does our vulnerability to cosmic forces. The 2012 solar storm acts as a reminder that we need to be better prepared for future solar activity.
What’s Next? 🔮 Scientists are continuously studying the Sun’s behavior, trying to predict and prepare for future solar events. With technology advancing rapidly and our dependence on satellites and digital infrastructure growing, the need for space weather forecasting and disaster preparedness is more crucial than ever. 🌞🔭
NASA and other space agencies are working to develop better solar observatories, like the Parker Solar Probe, to better understand solar flares, CMEs, and how they might impact Earth. 🌠
🌞 In Conclusion: The 2012 solar eruption was a major wake-up call for humanity, highlighting the potential dangers of space weather. As we look to the future, our ability to predict, prepare, and protect against these cosmic forces will be key in ensuring our continued ascension in the age of technology.
Transcript
All Celestial wisdom family get ready for a groundbreaking Revelation that could change the course of your life right now as we speak the sun is unleashing an extraordinary event a massive solar explosion that has thepotential to completely alter our understanding of reality.
This isn’t some science fiction tale it’s happening in real time what we’re witnessing is the great solar explosion and its effects will Ripple through not just our technology but through the very fabric of human consciousness. This event will go down in history as one of the most significant turning points for Humanity so forget everything you thought you knew about the world as we know it what’s coming is far beyond anything we’ve anticipated.
The solar explosion isn’t just a cosmic event that will disrupt our electronic devices or affect power grids it goes much deeper than that this event will activate dormant parts of our minds and Consciousness opening us up to Hidden Truths that have been buried for Millennia.
These truths are things we’ve either forgotten or were never meant to know until now the energy released by The sun will trigger a deep Awakening and it’s up to each of us whether we recognize and embrace it or choose to ignore it while many will be oblivious to these Cosmic changes there are a select few those who are ready for this shift who will be able to harness the power of this moment for personal and Collective transformation.
In the coming moments I’ll be sharing important information about how to navigate this upcoming wave of cosmic energy as the event unfolds the world around you may feel like it’s shifting dramatically this is a time of great opportunity but only for those who are prepared to embrace the changes whether you’re ready or not the world will not be the same. How you respond to this shift will determine how you experience the transformation if you’re ready to embrace this new reality and step into a higher level of awareness. I invite you to declare your Readiness simply type yes I am ready in the comments below so we know that you’re joining us on this journey toward a new world together we can navigate this Cosmic shift and emerge stronger than ever before let’s take a journey together into the incredible phenomenon of the great solar explosion picture.
The Sun the powerful star that sustains life on Earth it’s been the center of our existence since the beginning of time now imagine all that immense energy that ancient Force gathering in one spot as if the entire universe is holding its breath before releasing an all inspiring burst of power this isn’t just a brief flash in the sky it’s the heartbeat of our solar system a surge of energy so vast and intense that it surpasses anything we can fully comprehend and this event is on a scale so massive that it makes our most advanced technological achievements look small in comparison but what’s truly remarkable about this explosion is that its effects will reach far beyond just our electronic devices and satellites it’s as though the sun with its boundless wisdom is sending us a cosmic message encoded in light and energy that will resonate deep within every part of our being.
It’s a message that goes beyond the physical and speaks to the core of who we are now I know some of you might feel a sense of fear when thinking about such an immense force of Nature and that’s completely understandable but I urge you to look past that fear this explosion isn’t something to be afraid of it’s an incredible opportunity an opportunity for us to awaken grow and break through the limits we’ve set for ourselves think about this for a moment. For ages Humanity has looked to the sky searching for signs and guidance now my friends the sky is answering Us in the most extraordinary way possible the solar explosion we’re witnessing isn’t just a physical event it’s a cosmic signal a call for a galactic Awakening imagine the energy from this explosion washing over the Earth filling every space and every living being.
It’s as if the universe is offering us an incredible upgrade a Leap Forward in our Evolution as a species each one of us every living creature on this planet now has the chance to tune into this higher frequency opening ourselves to new possibilities, fresh ways of thinking and entirely new ways of experiencing reality yes I understand it can sound overwhelming but consider the potential this represents we’re talking about unlocking abilities we didn’t even know we had higher States Of Consciousness that were once reserved for Mystics sages and those few who could tap into these extraordinary Realms.
It’s as if we are suddenly being handed the key to unlock the full power of the human mind but don’t be mistaken my friends this solar explosion won’t do the work for us it’s an invitation a spark to start something much bigger the choice is ours how we respond to this Cosmic call is entirely up to each of us will we open ourselves to this new energy will we confront our fears and limitations to step into a new reality as we reflect on the incredible magnitude of this solar explosion we must also acknowledge the voices that have been preparing us for this moment.
On one side there’s the scientific Community those dedicated explorers of the cosmos who using their tools and knowledge have been monitoring the activity of our sun and tracking the leadup to this event astrophysicists talk to us about solar Cycles about sunspots dancing on the surface of the star about coronal upward O mass ejections projected into space as gigantic Cosmic flares with graphs and data they show us how solar activity has been increasing approaching a critical point that could trigger the Monumental event we have been discussing, but do you know what is really fascinating while scientists observe the sky with their telescopes another group of people has been perceiving these changes in a completely different way I’m talking about spiritual teachers shamans seers who throughout history have acted as Bridges between our world and the more subtle realities these spiritual guides speak to us of visions of messages received in Altered States of consciousness they tell us about a Great Awakening that is coming a Quantum Leap in the evolution of human consciousness and what’s fascinating is how these spiritual predictions align remarkably with what science is observing imagine for a moment while a scientist in an observatory detects an anomaly in solar readings in some remote place a shaman experiences a vision of a blinding Light bathing the earth a coincidence perhaps but what if it’s something more both groups scientific and spiritual are speaking of an imminent event that will change the course of humanity.
The scientists warn of possible surges in our electrical grids and communication systems the spiritual Visionaries on the other hand speak to us of an upgrade in the vibrational frequency of our planet and of all beings inhabiting it and here is where things get really interesting my friends because while these two perspectives may seem contradictory at first glance they might actually be describing two sides of the same Cosmic coin what if the disruption of our logical systems is simply the visible side effect of a much deeper and more profound change think about it a massive electromagnetic pulse affecting our electronic devices could at the same time be the physical manifestation of a wave of spiritual energy recalibrating us for possible shocks and failures in Communications the spiritual guides for their part urge us to prepare our inner being to meditate to raise our vibrations. What if both forms of preparation are equally important we are stand standing at the unprecedented convergence of the scientific and the spiritual at a moment when the predictions of astronomical observatories intertwine with the Prophecies of ancient sacred texts it’s as if the universe is speaking to us in two languages simultaneously inviting us to integrate our rational understanding with our intuitive wisdom Friends.
The Great solar explosion isn’t just an event that will shake the sky it will shake the very core of oursociety the power structures we’ve relied on for centuries could crumble before us like sand castles washed away by the tide. Governments corporations Financial systems everything we’ve built our world upon will face an unprecedented challenge the question is will these institutions evolve to meet the new energies or will they be left behind money that age old ruler could lose its hold in a world where cooperation and abundance take Center Stage our deepest beliefs won’t be Untouched by this Cosmic upheaval religious doctrines scientific models even our sense of who we are everything will be questioned imagine waking up one day to realize that the limitations we’ve accepted as reality were just Illusions constantly reinforced over time.
This will be like an earthquake wake for our Collective Consciousness there will be fear confusion and resistance those who are attached to the old ways will fight hard to hold on to the familiar alongside this we’ll see a surge in conspiracy theories while also uncovering real truths it will be harder than ever to distinguish between the two but within the chaos lies a tremendous opportunity this is our chance to rebuild the world from the ground up this time with unity compassion and a sense of interconnectedness as the foundation the old systems may be crumbling but from their ashes we can create something new something that reflects our Highest Potential as human beings the choice is ours will We rise to meet the challenge or will we let fear hold us back?
Imagine a world where power flows like the energy of the sun giving life and nourishment to everyone equally in this world the divisions between religions might fade revealing a shared core of spiritual truth science and spirituality could finally come together recognizing that they are simply two perspectives on the same Cosmic reality every aspect of our lives would be transformed education would nurture the natural wisdom within each person Health would focus on balance and healing.
The whole being not just treating symptoms Justice would be about restoration and healing not punishment. Our relationship with the Earth and all its creatures would be based on mutual respect and Harmony here’s the most exciting part each one of us plays a key role in this transformation we are not just passive bystanders we are active participants, co-creators of this new reality every thought every action every choice we make contributes to the world that’s is.
Unfolding the question is are we ready to let go of the old and embrace the new are we willing to challenge everything we thought we knew about ourselves and the world around us the future is in our hands friends the question now is what kind of world do we want to create together have you ever felt that there are parts of yourself you’d rather keep hidden? Even from your own awareness the great solar explosion will not only transform our outer World it will also shine a light on the hidden corners of our inner selves.
Get ready because we are about to embark on the most challenging yet liberating journey of Our Lives this wave of cosmic energy will act like a mirror reflecting everything we’ve suppressed ignored or denied old traumas fears and repressed emotions. Everything we’ve been avoiding will come to the surface it will feel as though each of us is going through a an intense Cosmic therapy session this process might feel overwhelming imagine suddenly facing all your deepest insecurities the critical voice inside your head you’ve always tried to quiet some of us might go through an identity crisis questioning who we truly are. Others may experience an emotional flood anger sadness guilt or shame all coming up at once but don’t be afraid my friend while fronting these Shadows can be intense it’s also incredibly healing. Think of it like draining a wound it’s painful but necessary for True healing to take place the solar energy that is about to reach us will act like a powerful Catalyst accelerating inner Transformations that typically take years through conventional methods like therapy meditation or self-reflection imagine the sun’s energy as a cosmic force that push PES us through Rapid personal Evolution as this energy amplifies it. Will bring to the surface both our darkest fears and our greatest hidden potential we will be forced to confront aspects of ourselves we’ve ignored or repressed our inner demons but here’s the fascinating part in the process of confronting these Shadows we will also discover Treasures we didn’t even know we had talents strengths and abilities that were buried deep within us will emerge allowing us to integrate fragmented aspects of our personality and our past.
It’s as if we are going through a process of personal reintegration becoming whole again in ways we didn’t think were possible this inner transformation will lead us to a deeper understanding of our true Essence. Who we are at the core of our being many people will experience moments of profound Clarity where they suddenly see their life purpose or gain insight into the direction they should take it could feel as though a veil has been lifted.
You can now clearly see the path forward Others May experience an overwhelming sense of connection to their intuition like a light turning on making it easier to access the wisdom that has always been within them but perhaps blocked or ignored until now this the surge in intuition will allow us to make decisions more easily with a clearer sense of what is true for us along with that empathy will Blossom.
We will start recognizing our own struggles fears and Desires in the others and that recognition will Foster a deeper connection to humanity we’ll be able to see beyond the social masks and facades that people put up and connect with the authentic vulnerable human beings underneath this shift in perspective could fundament mentally transform the way we relate to one another.
Relationships could evolve from a space of judgment or competition to one of understanding acceptance and compassion instead of seeing each other through the lens of our differences we will start to recognize the shared experiences and common Humanity we all carry it could spark a revolution in how we relate to the world around us a revolution based on honesty compassion and mutual respect however it’s important to be clear this journey is not for the faint of heart as we go deeper into self-discovery there will inevitably be moments of Doubt moments when we feel overwhelmed by the intensity of the emotions and realizations that come up confronting our innermost fears and repressed memories can be extremely unsettling some might find themselves going through an identity crisis questioning everything they thought they knew about themselves for others long buried emotions anger sadness guilt shame will suddenly flood to the surface this might feel like an emotional Avalanche but it’s essential to understand that this is part of the healing process it’s painful yes but it’s also necessary the same cosmic energy that brings these challenges into our awareness also provides us with the strength and resilience we need to face them headon it’s as though this energy is not only helping us uncover the things we need to heal but also empowering us with the tools to heal them as we progress along this path of self-realization and healing we will notice shifts in our external lives as well long-standing habits and destructive patterns things we once believed to be permanent or unchangeable will start to dissolve old addictions whether they’re to substances negative thinking or even unhealthy relationships will lose their grip on us in their place we will discover new interests passions and Pursuits that are more in alignment with our authentic selves it’s as if we’re shedding old skin and making space for the person we’re truly meant to be physical changes will also occur for many we may feel a sudden burst of Vitality A Renewed sense of energy and well-being mental Clarity will emerge making it easier to focus and make decisions you might find that your mind becomes sharper more alert and More in tune with your higher Consciousness for some dreams will become more Vivid and meaningful filled with symbols and messages that guide us through the transformation it will be as if every part of our being Body Mind and Spirit is tuning into a higher frequency in sync with the cosmic energy that is flooding the planet now let’s take this a step further have you ever felt that no matter how hard you try true Financial abundance seems just Out Of Reach that no matter how much effort you put into improving your financial situation it always slips through your fingers imagine a world where G in just 30 days you could completely transform your relationship with money what if you could break through the mental blocks and old beliefs that have held you back from experiencing true Financial abundance this is exactly what the power of magic in 30 exercises offers a trans transformative experience designed to help you completely shift your mindset about wealth abundance and your personal power this experience provides you with 30 carefully designed practices each one tailored to help you open up to New Perspectives and unlock hidden abilities these exercises will guide you step by step through the process of reprogramming your mind and aligning your actions with your true desires as you work through each practice you will explore your relationship with money and abundance challenge limiting beliefs and replace them with empowering new thoughts and actions the practices are not just about thinking differently, they are designed to help you take inspired action that leads to tangible changes in your financial reality in just 30 days. You’ll begin to notice shifts in your energy your mindset and your actions all of which will lead to a more abundant and prosperous life imagine feeling confident aligned and ready to take on opportunities that come your way you’ll start to attract wealth not just financially but in all areas of your life as your vibration Rises and you begin to align with the flow of abundance that is all around us during the winter months when the body naturally craves more rest and energy you might feel a stronger urge to sleep this is in tune with the natural rhythms of the Season which call for rest and Rejuvenation.
To support your mood and well-being during this time engaging with Cosmic rhythms can be incredibly helpful practices like meditation or quiet contemplation are essential, silence is key in meditation as it allows you to tune into your inner world and disconnect from external distractions.
As you experience experiment with different meditation techniques such as mindfulness visualization or creative exercises you’ll find it easier to maintain balance and emotional stability learning how to protect your energy and keep your body pain free. Is also important so you can fully benefit from these practices in addition to mental and spiritual practices reconnecting with the Earth can be a powerful way to ground yourself simple activities like walking barefoot on the earth hugging trees or swimming in natural Waters help us tap into the Primal rhythms of life these actions can heighten your sensory awareness allowing you to perceive more vibrant colors and subtler sounds however with this heightened sensitivity you might also feel overwhelmed by the noise and stimuli of Modern Life it will be crucial to carve out moments of Stillness in your day to maintain balance.
Conscious breathing especially techniques like pranayama will become a vital tool for staying centered these practices not only oxygenate your body but also help you absorb and anchor the new energies around you, experimenting with different breathing rhythms and visualizations can help strengthen your energy field and support your overall well-being as your energy sensitivity increases you may begin to notice the subtle forces around you.
It’s important to learn how to protect your energy and cleanse your aura visualization techniques such as imagining a protective light surrounding you or using tools like crystals can help you maintain a strong positive energy field creativity will also be a major Focus during this time.
A activities like painting writing singing and dancing will not just be fun they’ll serve as powerful ways to express and integrate the new energies flowing through you these creative Outlets will help you channel the energy in healthy productive ways as we transform our relationships May undergo changes some connections may become strained While others grow deeper it will be important to nurture compassion open communication and authenticity in our interactions with others practicing gratitude daily. Being thankful for every experience Challenge and moment of beauty will help keep your vibrational frequency high and receptive to new energies our dreams will become active portals to other dimensions lucid dreaming where we are aware that we are dreaming will become more accessible these dreams won’t be mere fantasies but real experience es in other planes of existence some may even communicate with beings from other dimensions or access Universal knowledge during these Altered States.
Synchronicity will become Our Daily Bread seemingly random events will reveal deep and meaningful connections numbers symbols and patterns will begin speaking to us guiding us on our evolutionary path we will be dancing with the Universe in a perfectly synchronized Cosmic choreography.
Our relationship with space will also transform meditation may lead us to experiences of astral travel where our Consciousness temporarily separates from the physical body to explore other Realms some will develop the ability to see or feel events happening in distant places a form of spatial Clairvoyance nature will reveal itself as a an open book plants animals and even Landscapes will begin to communicate with us in surprising ways. You might feel the joy of a tree the ancient wisdom of a mountain or receive healing messages from the flowers in your garden our sense of self will expand beyond the limits of the individual ego experiences of cosmic Unity where we feel connected with all that exists will become more frequent this expansion of consciousness will lead us to a deeper understanding of our interconnection with all forms of life intuition will sharpen to become a constant and reliable guide decisions that once required long deliberations will now be made with instant Clarity.
It will be as though we have access to a source of universal wisdom flowing through us at every moment phenomena like precognition or retrocognition may manifest glimpses of the future or Vivid memories of past lives could emerge spontaneously challenging our linear understanding of time as we attune to this new multi-dimensional reality our life purpose will become clearer many will feel an irresistible calling to fulfill a mission to contribute in some unique way to the collective evolution of humanity.
This opening to New Dimensions of reality will not be without its challenges some may feel overwhelmed by the intensity of the new perceptions it will be crucial to develop anchoring and grounding practices to navigate these Cosmic Waters without losing balance.
Love and compassion will emerge as the fundamental forces in this new cosmic era we are not speaking of sentimentality but of a primordial energy that unites all existence this loving awareness radically transforms our perception of the world and of ourselves imagine a world where every interaction is infused with unconditional love.
In this world compassion becomes our natural and default way of relating to one another and to everything around us we no longer see others as separate or distinct from ourselves instead we recognize that every being every person every creature is an extension of our own existence this shift in consciousness redefines the way we engage with each other relationships whether with family friends or even strangers become more intimate authentic and meaningful what were once simple exchanges now carry deeper significance every encounter no matter how brief becomes an opportunity for Mutual growth and connection love and understanding guide us making even the smallest moments transformative. This new awareness doesn’t just affect personal relationships it spills over into every aspect of society love and compassion become the Cornerstone for redesigning our institutions.
Educational Systems shift to prioritize not just knowledge but emotional wisdom empathy and the cultivation of the heart students are taught to understand themselves and others deeply and to recognize their interconnectedness with all beings the goal of Education transforms into nurturing wisdom creativity and emotional intelligence enabling individuals to thrive in both Mind and Spirit economic systems are reimagined to put Collective well-being at the Forefront instead of profit-driven models.
We adopt systems that prioritize the health happiness and sustainability of communities the focus shifts from Individual wealth to Collective Prosperity where everyone’s needs are met and no one is Left Behind. Governments and Leadership structures evolve as well instead of focusing solely on power or control political systems are based on empathy Justice and inclusivity.
Leaders work to understand the needs of all people and act in service of the common good Guided by by compassion and an unwavering commitment to fairness.
The societal goal becomes the well-being of every individual and the whole of society ensuring that no one is marginalized or overlooked? In the realm of Health a profound Revolution takes place we begin to understand that love is not just an emotional experience but a powerful force of healing.
Scientific research uncovers the amazing regenerative Power of Love proving that it can heal physical ailments regenerate cells and repair deep-seated emotional wounds Health Centers transform from Mere clinics into sanctuaries of healing places where people are treated not just for their symptoms but as whole beings.
With Body Mind and Spirit in need of care healing is no longer just about curing disease but about restoring balance peace and love. Within the individual medical practices integrate compassion energy work and holistic healing acknowledging that emotional and spiritual health are just as important as physical well-being our connection to the Earth also shifts dramatically.
We begin to see the planet as a living breathing entity conscious and aware deserving of our respect and reverence human actions become aligned with the natural world recognizing that we are part of the earth not separate from it every decision we make. Whether about what we eat how we consume resources or how we treat the environment is infused with respect and gratitude. We understand that the health of the planet directly impacts our own well-being and so we treat the Earth as a precious sacred being environmentalism becomes not just about protecting the planet but about fostering a deep spiritual connection with it.
This reverence for nature reshapes the way we live ensuring that our impact on the earth is positive sustainable and aligned with the planets rhythms love in this new world is revealed as the most powerful creative force in the universe artists and scientists alike discover that their greatest Inspirations come from opening themselves to the flow of universal love creativity flourishes not just as a personal expression but as a channel for divine insight and Cosmic intelligence.
Our artists paint write sing and create not just from their own minds but from a deep connection to a higher source of inspiration similarly scientific discoveries are made by tapping into this Universal flow as researchers and innovators access a collective Consciousness that expands their understanding of the Universe in this new paradigm creativity becomes an act of co-creation with the cosmos itself.
Our compassion will extend beyond the human species we will develop telepathic loving communication with animals plants and beings from other Plains of existence this new era marked by love is not an unattainable Utopia but a potential unfolding through each one of us us every act of kindness no matter how small creates a ripple effect throughout the Universe have you ever felt that reality is much vaster and more mysterious than our senses can grasp the great solar explosion invites us to venture beyond the limits of conventional science delving into unexplored territories of human potential imagine a world where telepathy is as common as sending a text message where precognition the ability to Glimpse the future is used to prevent disasters and guide global decisions where distance energy healing is a recognized medical practice this is not the script of a science fiction movie.
A glimpse into the possibilities unfolding before us science in all its Brilliance has barely scratched the surface of our true potential as in intensified solar energies bathe our planet they awaken dormant capacities in our DNA activating what some call our light body and what if we could access the vast library of universal knowledge with the same ease we search on Google advanced meditators report experiences of cosmic downloads accessing akashic Fields containing all past present and future knowledge conscious manifestation the ability to materialize thoughts and desires into physical reality stops being an esoteric concept and becomes a skill we can develop we discover that we are active creators of our reality able to shape our environment with the force of Our intention and emotion time and space reveal their malleable nature.
Some will develop the ability to travel through time via Consciousness accessing the wisdom of past civilization or exploring potential timelines by location being present in two places simultaneously challenges our understanding of physics our relationship with death radically transforms near-death experiences and memories of past lives become more common revealing the continuity of Consciousness beyond the physical body communication with beings from other planes of existence opens New Perspectives on the nature of reality intuition evolves from an occasional hunch to an infallible guide in our lives we develop a direct connection to our inner wisdom enabling us to navigate life’s complexities with Grace and synchronicity and if we could communicate telepathically not only with other humans but with all forms of life people around the world report deep communion with animals plants and even gaia’s planetary Consciousness.
Dreams revealed themselves as portals to other dimensions of reality lucid dreaming evolves allowing us to consciously explore and cocreate in subtle planes of existence some even manage to bring revolutionary inventions and Creative Solutions from these dream Journeys Telekinesis the ability to move objects with the mind and other psychokinetic abilities begin to manifest in individuals around the world what was once thought to be impossible becomes a new field of study and development are you ready to expand your boundaries to what you consider possible to go beyond the limits of known science and explore the vast potential hidden within yourself.
The path that opens before us is exciting and challenging inviting us to redefine the nature of reality and our place in it my friend. You have reached the end of this Cosmic Journey but in reality it is only the beginning with all that you have learned about the great solar explosion and its transformative effects how it will change your life from today onwards imagine CH for a moment what if tomorrow you woke up with the absolute certainty that you are a multi-dimensional being capable of shaping reality with your thoughts how would you live your day. Think about it would you stay in a job that does not excite you will you continue to maintain relationships that drain your energy or will you dare to take the leap and pursue your wildest dreams the truth is you don’t need to wait for some Cosmic event to transform your life the power is within you right here and now.
What are you waiting for ask yourself what small step can you take today to realize your truth true potential maybe it’s meditating for 5 minutes saying I love you to a stranger or breathing consciously while watching a sunset remember Every Act of love and compassion no matter how small creates a ripple throughout the Universe.
Do you have the courage to bring about that wave of change and if you feel afraid if you doubt your ability to cope with these changes that’s okay fear is just excitement misdirected what if you reinterpreted that fear as excitement for the infinite possibilities opening up before you my friend you are on the threshold of a new age an age where your innate superpowers are awakened where your connection to the whole is evident where love becomes your compass and guide are you ready to take the leap to dive into the unknown and discover what you are truly capable of.
If your answer is yes and I know it is because if you have made it this far there is something inside of you that resonates with this truth then I invite you to join our community of cosmic explorers subscribe to this channel we will discuss practical techniques to explore the mysteries of the universe and prepare together for the great change that lies ahead you are not alone on this journey many of us are waking up feeling the call to evolve and co-create a new reality.
So what do you say will you join me on this adventure the universe is waiting for you with open arms are you ready subscribe now and take the first step towards your conscious development so okay see you in the next video till then thank you
This book is a true product of internet. During my scientific research activities in the 80s, I used some scientific “data banks” that could be considered a precursor of internet, The data banks worked rather clumsy, the entrance to them was restricted, and the services were very expensive. Nevertheless, the existence of such data banks was perceived at that time as a true revolution in information and data processing by all scientists like me, who have commenced with their scientific and research activities in old libraries and have wasted much time going through hand-written or typed catalogues that were sometimes 200-300 years old.
When internet was broadly introduced in the 90s, my expectations were hugely disappointed. The quality of most information was appalling, outrageous, at best, confusing and of little scientific or spiritual value. The few scientific journals that began to publish in internet were as expensive as their paper versions and did not provide for any interactive services as some search providers like Google later did. I soon realized that internet is a mirror image of the uncensored thoughts, ideas, beliefs, and confusions of humanity, and how naïve I must have been in the past to assume that true intelligence is a common virtue among human beings.
I realized that traditional libraries, to which I felt attracted since my early childhood, have never been a true vivisection of human mentality but the best and most spiritual part of it. Internet started instead as a closet of the mental excrements of humanity. I do not intend to be too harsh on mankind – I am simply making a dispassionate, objective observation. Much has changed since then, and the improvement in some areas is more than evident. But I still miss the intellectual aspirations that make us enlightened beings in this medium.
When I began with the last, most intensive phase of my light body process in 1999, I decided to boycott this new mass medium and to switch on to telepathy. I could no longer bear the negativity, which internet emitted at that time. The advantage of telepathy is that it is simultaneous, time-saving, emotionally much more intensive than the written word, and always precise in the transmitted information.
My boycott lasted for more than ten years, until I was urged by my higher self in autumn 2010 to check the latest channeled information on internet and make an analysis of the mental and spiritual conditions, under which light workers operate worldwide. To this I must add that I am speaking or using several languages, including Bulgarian, German, English, Italian, French, Russian, and some other Slavonic languages.
Now, that I am approaching the end of my current incarnation and my soul contract as an incarnated human being is almost fulfilled, I can definitely say that my chief mission on earth has always been in making a profound analysis of human intellectual achievements in all areas of spiritual activities and in evaluating all human errors and mental confusions from which Darkness on this planet stems.
This mission began with natural science and philosophy, but it soon became much broader and involved politics, economics, history, religions, trivial human thinking, social behavior, and human emotions. Finally, I had to deal with modern esotericism, which is a poor substitute for human Gnosis, as it has been developed by many excellent thinkers in the past, such as Heraclitus, Plato, Aristotle, Socrates, Plotinus, Cusanus, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Kant, to name some of them.
None of their teachings can be found in present-day esotericism and in particular in the numerous channeled messages from the 4th and 5th dimension, although this, in the history of modern mankind, unique information transfer from the higher astral realms onto the earth plane was meant to be a continuation of the spiritual Endeavour of these excellent thinkers in the past. True knowledge can only evolve out of clear comprehension of the spiritual heritage of mankind. The most astounding feature of modern esotericism is its profound lack of any historical, philosophical, and cultural background. It is a declaration of intellectual bankruptcy.
All light workers, I have come upon so far, have absolutely no real scientific background and hence no understanding for the theoretical and intellectual deficits that current empiric science on this planet harbors. They have never made any attempt to recognize these flaws in human scientific thinking or to examine the possibilities, how they can be eliminated from the point of view of true spiritual knowledge.
In other words, they have failed to comprehend the actual purpose of this broad transfer of divine information from the higher spiritual realms, which has, in the first place, the function to transcend the narrow-mindedness of present-day scientists, whose ideas shape our modern technological society in a profound manner. At present, there is virtually no dialogue between scientists and light workers as to adjust or possibly enrich their world views. This lack of communication is paralyzing the intellectual discernment of both groups.
For instance, most channeled messages are transmitted in oral (in trance) or written (automatic writing) language. At the same time many channels make their mediums aware of the fact that the original information that they receive is in a pure energetic form and that this information has to be diluted and transformed through many energetic levels into oral or written form, and that this energy transformation has to cope with many energetic resistances and limitations within the mental and emotional bodies of the channeled entity.
The chief energetic limitation is, however, the structure of human language, which is sequential and inadequate to express the simultaneity, multidimensionality and synchronicity of the information from the higher realms that create human reality on the earth plane in a secondary manner.
This information can be found in numerous channeled messages. It is a red flag of many channels for all incarnated entities who read their messages to start thinking over the structure of human languages and how it limits the scope of the information coming from the higher realms. This is a huge Gnostic theme, the theoretical importance of which has yet to be discovered. However, I have not come upon a single light worker or medium that has taken this clue seriously and has made an effort to analyze human language from an energetic, astral point of view. Light workers have not even realized this theoretical problem, because they are not trained in analytical thinking.
For this reason, they cannot adequately evaluate the messages, they receive from their channels. They are, so to say, “lost in translation” of the multidimensional information from the higher realms into the linearity of three-dimensional space-time as experienced on earth. This is the most common fallacy of all light workers prior to Ascension. They have not yet developed an appropriate abstract intellectuality as to imagine how multidimensional life will be in the simultaneity of the higher realms.
Apart from that, they are also lost in their emotions, because they have neglected true logical thinking, which is the key to an understanding of all human emotions without suppressing them. They should really start reading about human “affectations” in the classical works of western philosophy.
As I far as I am aware – and I say this as a matter of fact – I am the first and only person on earth to have realized the importance of this linguistic problem from a cognitive and epistemological point of view and to have solved it in an immaculate scientific manner by considering the existing linguistic and semantic theories and by expanding them with true spiritual knowledge. This is just one example as to how unprepared all light workers are in analyzing the information they receive from various channels from the higher, and not so high, realms in terms of true science and knowledge.
This intellectual deficiency can be observed on both sides. All channeled messages, I have read in the last 15 years, do not discuss scientific and theoretical aspects. Some channels may evoke the impression that they are giving scientific information as for instance Metatron that is channeled by several incarnated entities. This channel discusses some physical aspects of Ascension from the point of view of quantum mechanics. However, both the didactical approach and the quality of the information are so poor, that this channel makes a disservice to real science and should be discarded as irrelevant and confusing. This is the worst of all possible worlds – to pretend to be scientific, but to lack the basics and the faculty for a true scientific elaboration.
Of course, one can put forward the argument that channels from the higher realms can only transmit the kind of information that the medium can comprehend. But this statement does not hold true in reality. There are many channeled books that contain information, which, by far and large, exceeds the apprehending faculty of the medium, as this can be excellently observed in Seth’s books channeled by Jane Roberts.
The best channel that I have found in internet is “Cosmic Awareness“. The information of this channel is quite precise and does not pretend to be unnecessarily scientific, although it is highly philosophical and precise with respects to the facts that it elaborates. This approach is contrary to that of most channels, which are rather pretentious without giving any substantial background information. Unfortunately, exactly this philosophical dimension of cosmic awareness overwhelms the intellectual abilities of the medium and the energizers who put the questions to this source from the highest realms. This intellectual incompatibility between source and receivers is quite annoying upon reading.
The discrepancy between the cosmic view, this channel presents, and the narrow-mindedness of the members of this group is so obvious and disturbing that one begins to question the effectiveness of such kind of information exchange.
If one expresses the conviction, as I do, that the purpose of any channeled information from the higher realms must be in the first place pedagogical and educational, then it should be the responsibility of all users of this information to comprehend and internalize it in a profound way. This propensity to learn from channeled information as to enrich one’s philosophical weltanschauung is unfortunately not at all developed among all light workers.
Almost all channeling entities follow in a slave-like manner the messages they receive from their source and are not able to develop an intellectual curiosity for other related messages that will help them expand their spiritual horizon. In this respect, the mental deficiencies among light workers are representative of those of the broad population. The only difference lies in their orientation towards more transcendental, spiritual issues and values.
I have personally great doubts, whether this unfavorable intellectual situation could be substantially improved prior to Ascension, even when the anticipated events as discussed in this book will take place this year and will dramatically change the collective mind-set. Therefore, I personally believe that the bar for Ascension for most incarnated entities on earth will be set very low with respect to their intellectual achievements. This has to do with the fact that most human beings only use 8-10% of the potential of their brain. After Ascension this capacity will increase to 50% and more. * In the meantime I have scrutinized more than 500 prominent channels and other esoteric sites in internet retrospectively, as well as prospectively. The intellectual and scientific level of all channeled messages can only be described as appalling. There is virtually no discussion on fundamental scientific and cognitive issues, for instance, which basic ideas in natural sciences have prohibited an understanding of the transcendental dimension of human beings – their true multidimensional nature as powerful sentient beings of cosmic proportions in contrast to their cognitive and sensual limitations as biological entities, incarnated in the dense three-dimensional space-time of earth.
These gnostic topics have always been in the centre of interest of all highly evolved human beings who have lived on earth and have contributed to a better understanding of the eschatology of human existence. All problems of humanity stem from the lack of spiritual understanding and can be eliminated as soon as all humans become enlightened beings. This is what Ascension is all about.
Ascension is not an event, but a process that has begun a long time ago and has accelerated in the last 24 years since the first harmonic convergence took place in the summer of 1987. In the course of this and next year, this process will reach its final culmination. We are in the End Times, as predicted in many religious and esoteric books. The Rapture of mankind is in full swing and many entities will leave earth and enter the 5th dimension before the final split of the two earths – the ascended earth A and the descended planet B – takes place in December 2012.
Much of what has been written in this book will no longer be of relevance to those entities who will ascend. But the more so for those, who have not yet made up their mind. The coming months will be crucial not only with respect to their earthly destiny, but also with respect to their future incarnations. Ascension of earth and mankind is a juncture of cosmic proportions for numerous souls throughout the whole galaxy and beyond it. It will terminate the incarnation cycle of many souls, so that they can proceed with their infinite journey of cosmic experience and exploration towards the Oneness of All-That-Is. Back to Contents PART I 1. The Creator and his Creation
The three-dimensional reality (3d-reality) on earth that builds the current plane of existence of mankind is a product of the creative imagination of the higher realms of All-That-Is, to which our souls also belong. The cosmic rule of Creation says that first there is an idea, an imagination of what might be, and only then its realization. In the higher realms, there is no time-lag between imagination and creation, as time does not exist as a dimension in these realms. Everything is created in the “Now”. This circumstance is defined in human language as “simultaneity” and “synchronicity”.
However, the sequentially operating human mind is limited by the biological brain and its slow propagation of neuronal signals due to their retardation at the neuronal synapses and cannot truly understand the concept of simultaneity of the higher realms and how they actually operate.
Most human beings believe that matter comes first, and all they can do is to adjust to it by manipulating it in various ways. Current technological society is entirely based on this notion. This is the reversal of the actual creative process of All-That-Is. Present-day empiric science and modern technologies are manifestations of this narrow human concept of Creation. This is the principal cognitive flaw of all humans, most of whom do not bother about transcendental issues, but also of light workers, who, while deeply engaged in expanding the boundaries of their spiritual knowledge, fail to consider the cognitive and epistemological pre-requisitions for any true Creation from a philosophical and Gnostic point of view.
It is, therefore, very important to clearly define this upper limit of cognition of all incarnated human entities in an a priori manner, in order to understand the necessity and inevitability of the upcoming events during this year that will prepare the ground for Ascension of earth and part of mankind at the end of 2012.
The author assumes that the reader is well informed about these events from the many channeled messages in Internet. In particular, the messages of Cosmic Awareness are an excellent introduction into these unique and key events in the history of earth and modern mankind, being the last of many civilizations that have evolved and completed their incarnation cycle on this planet since eons of time.
As already said, the realization of all imagined ideas occurs immediately in the higher frequency realms of existence, also defined as 5th, 6th, and higher dimensions. This affords a much higher level of responsibility from the Creator – be he an individual or collective entity – as any creation has repercussions on the Creator. If the Creator creates entities that also have the capacity to create, there are theoretically two alternatives how to manage Creation in a responsible manner.
The first one is the original creator gives the created entities the unlimited power to create, because he has created them perfect. This alternative is defined in religion and philosophy as the “free will of man” given to him by God or Nature. However, both religion and philosophy, respectively, science, have so far failed to prove that God and Nature are different entities, while at the same time they vigorously sustain the notion of their separation, which is the only legitimacy for their existence as separate systems of knowledge.
If God and Nature were one and the same, as they actually are, religion must merge with science, and science must become transcendental by eliminating most of its empiric dogmas that narrow its scope of human cognition. However, all religions are so overloaded with wrong spiritual concepts and ideas that they cannot be reformed, but must be replaced and substituted by a new system of transcendental knowledge that also incorporates some of the valid concepts of empiric science. This task has been successfully accomplished by the author in the 90s by developing the new Theory and Gnosis of the Universal Law. This huge theoretical topic has been covered by the author in many books and goes beyond the scope of this essay.
The other alternative is to restrict the creative potential of the created entity to some selected areas of experience. The latter alternative is that which has been actually explored on earth for the last 13 000 years under different sets of circumstances and preconditions. In this respect the free will of the incarnated entity is subjected to the pre-conceived plan of the soul. The latter takes into consideration myriad existential alternatives which the incarnated entity can explore throughout his life.
Therefore, the scope of the free will of the incarnated entity is already pre-determined by the soul prior to incarnation. At the same time, the space of existential alternatives is so vast that it practically can never be explored by the individual. Therefore, the free will of human beings does exist, but only within the pre-established conditions of the soul or the Higher Self, which is at the same time the co-creator of the plane of existence on earth.
Needless to say that most of the incarnated entities do not use this potential of the free will to its full extent to promote their spiritual growth, but instead succumb through the social habit of adaptation to the pre-existing material and other illusions of 3d-life. This is the source of all human malaise on earth. Back to Contents 2. The Limitations of Human Creation
Human entities are born on earth in a state of more or less total amnesia with respect to their creative potential as cosmic multidimensional beings. This is also known as the “veil of forgetfulness”. The term encompasses the deliberate separation of the incarnated entity from the Source – from the higher pristine realms of existence -for the purpose of having collective experience under extreme limited energetic conditions. It is very important to observe that the creation of such a limitation affords the deliberate application of huge energies that “seal” the corresponding plane of existence from the simultaneity, synchronicity, and co-creation of the higher realms.
This level of maximal separation from the Source is only achieved in the 3d-space-time of the solar universes. Life on earth represents the maximal possible separation from the Source in the whole galaxy. This separation is of course a subjective perception of the incarnated entity, created by his limited senses and narrow daily consciousness. In reality, human beings are, from an energetic point of view, always an integral part of the soul and the higher realms.
The whole metabolism and unconditional, subconscious reflexes, being indispensable for the support of human life, are regulated by higher frequency energies of the soul. In this respect the much discussed chakras are interceptions between the high frequency energies of the soul and the electromagnetic and quantum energies of the biological body.
The energies that accomplish this separation from the Source and create the perceived 3d-space-time must inevitably be of low frequency, as to build a destructive interference with the harmonic higher frequency levels of Creation; the latter are perceived by human beings as “unconditional love”.
Such obstructive energies create the human concept of duality, which is central to all religious and esoteric concepts, which mankind has developed throughout history in its effort to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is. From the restricted dualistic point of view of human awareness, the low frequency energies of matter and flesh are usually described as “dark forces, Ahriman forces, Luciferian forces, demons, evil aliens” etc. However, these phenomena, though they may be quite real at a given 3d-plane of existence, can only exist within the Oneness of All-That-Is. * We introduce the physical term “destructive interference” which should be cogent to all readers with a modest understanding of wave theory from school at this place, as to make aware of the fact that all the so called “dark forces” on earth are created by local destructive interference within the harmony and simultaneity of the Whole and can be automatically eliminated by changing the conditions of destructive interference with those of constructive interference, also known as harmonic convergence in the esoteric literature.
As there will be a lot of talk this year about the dark forces – the Powers That Be – that have controlled earth and humanity for thousands of years, it is very important to stress the core message of this essay, namely, that all evil forces are integral part of All-That-Is. It is from the subjective point of view of the dark forces to consider themselves separated from the Source. Within this subjectivity they create their own experience of separation.
The current process of earth’s Ascension, which has entered its final and most intensive phase in the summer of 1987 (first harmonic convergence), is from an energetic point of view the establishment of the condition of constructive interference – of unconditional love – on earth by eliminating step by step all local destructive interferences that may be experienced as emotional negativities and spiritual blockades. These are the driving emotional and mental forces behind all atrocities, one can currently observe on earth, just as they have always been in the core of the bellicose history of mankind.
As Ascension is the return to Oneness, there is always the possibility for any representative of the dark forces to also return to the Source. It depends only on their free will – on what choice such entities will make in this particular moment, while Ascension is virtually unfolding in front of our very eyes.
This preliminary statement is meant to avoid any confusion from the very beginning, as a substantial part of mankind may choose to go along the path of greater separation from the Source and will decide against Ascension and merging with the Oneness of All-That-Is. This choice should be respected by all those who have decided to ascend with earth in the 5th dimension.
At this point we must make the reader aware of the fact that the terms “Oneness” and “All-That-Is” are tautologies of one and the same thing. This is what we call the “principle of last equivalence” of human awareness. As we shall show below, this is the first principle of all human thinking, not only on earth, but also as cosmic consciousness, respectively, awareness throughout the whole universe and within infinite dimensions and realities.
Although the above discussed interactions, even when they involve human behavior and ethics, may seem at first glance to be very complex and far-fetched, they are, in fact, all of energetic origin and can be reduced to some very simple physical principles.
Unfortunately, current esoteric and channeled literature is full of dubious and unclear terms in this respect, such as,”rays and colors, and flames, e.g. 5th ray, blue ray, twin flame, etc.”,…which further confuse the already distorted human mind. Out of this semantic confusion various schools of esoteric thought have emerged in the last years that contribute to a further mental separation among the few light workers (less than 1% of the world population). This is precisely what should be overcome in this crucial year in the history of mankind. Back to Contents 3. The Physical Laws of Creation reflect the Nature of All-That-Is
All-That-Is is as simple as it is infinite in its plurality. One should not confuse the variety of forms with the simplicity of the Laws of Creation. This is the principal fallacy of any restricted awareness that is separated from the Source. Although there may be an infinite number of planes of existence in the horizontal and vertical line, they all obey the simple law of frequency superposition, defined as constructive and destructive interference in wave theory. In order to understand these laws we have to establish a preliminary idea of the Nature of All-that-Is.
All-That-Is, the Whole, no matter how we name it, has some characteristics that have not been realized either by present-day science or by its counterpart -current esotericism. Religions have not even made an effort to comprehend the Whole; therefore, they can be excluded from this discussion without affecting its universal validity. For this reason we refer to any true science of transcendental knowledge as “Gnosis”, which is the ancient Greek term for “true spiritual knowledge”, respectively, for the study of such knowledge. It should be observed at this place that any true scientific knowledge can only be of transcendental, gnostic character. Such knowledge should begin with an exploration of the Nature of the Whole. * All-That-Is has the following characteristics that any human being without a deep spiritual knowledge can easily derive from his consciousness in an a priori manner. These are:the Whole is closed, infinite, and discrete, that is, it consists of infinite levels and systemsit is continuous, that is, there are no voids (vacuum) between its levels and systemsit is in a state of permanent energy exchangeLet us elaborate these primary features of All-That-Is that are conceivable to any human mind from a physical and cognitive point of view. Back to Contents 4. The Law of Conservation of Energy
By saying that the Whole is closed, we simply acknowledge the fact that energy cannot be lost. This we can observe in all energy interactions. Current physics has acknowledged this fact as first discovered by the German physician Robert Meyer only in the late 19th century and has defined it as the “law of conservation of energy”, also known as the “first law of thermodynamics“.
All known physical laws reflect the law of conservation of energy. Without the conservation of energy, it will not be possible to define any known physical law as a mathematical equation. This elementary fact is currently not fully apprehended in theoretical physics. The law of conservation of energy can only exist because there is an incessant energy exchange between the systems and levels of All-That-Is. The Whole is Energy Exchange (see below).
We can apply this law for instance to the creation and regulation of the human body by the soul. All astral, vital energies that the human body acquires from the soul and the higher realms of Creation in order to support its life as a biological organism are transformed into biochemical matter in the process of cell metabolism and then radiated as pure energetic experience of 3d-space-time back to the higher realms.
This is the only reason, and purpose, of the soul to seek incarnation experience in the 3d space-time of the solar universes. Experience, in its purest essence, is a particular energy exchange, as well as the memory of this exchange, whereas memory is another particular form of energy exchange. The last statement is tautological and this confirms the closed character of Al-That-Is. This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge to any light worker with a modicum of spiritual awareness. Back to Contents 5. The Primary Term of All Consciousness
By acknowledging that the Whole is closed and manifests itself as a conservation of energy in every interaction we actually recognize that there is no difference between All-That-Is and Energy. They are one and the same. This is a basic observation that holds true for any kind of awareness -be it human or cosmic. We can call this insight “the primary term of all consciousness” and write it as a simple equation: All-That-Is = Energy = Space-Time = any Consciousness or Awareness = etc. =
= Primary Term of Human Consciousness The primary equation encompasses the basic knowledge of any kind of awareness:All-That-Is exists as a concept in every individual consciousness, no matter how restricted or evolved it may be.In religion, this primordial idea has been recognized by postulating that “God is everything and exists in all beings and objects”. In the naturalistic and shamanistic religions, this is known as pantheism, in quantum physics this is referred to as the principle of superposition, which means that all quantum systems are interrelated and interdependent as demonstrated in the famous EPRB-experiment for photon interactions. Back to Contents 6. The Principle of Last Equivalence
The above equation is the first and last equivalence of human consciousness, and, most probably, of any kind of consciousness within All-That-Is. It discloses a fundamental tautology of human perception. This tautology is the fundamental proof that All-That-Is is closed. The concept of the closed character of All-That-Is is a metaphysical, transcendental idea that can be experimentally proven by its concrete manifestation – the law of conservation of energy:All energy interactions that we observe in the real physical world follow the law of conservation of energy.Theoretically, the closed character of All-That-Is can be proven by building numerous tautologies which point to the semantic equivalence of all terms attributed to All-That-Is. This primordial idea of human and any consciousness or awareness is defined as: The Principle of Last Equivalence One can alternatively define this principle as the Law of Oneness without altering the essence of the knowledge that this principle perspires. Purely for this reason, we introduce the concept of the “primary term”, thus making the reader aware of the fact that we can use any word for the primary term of our consciousness, as long as we mean All-That-Is. The primary term is the primordial mirror-image of All-That-Is of any particular awareness as part of the Whole.
This tautological equivalence of all words that assess the primary term of our consciousness as expressed by the previous statement is the actual “principle of last equivalence”. It is the first and ONLY axiomatic statement of human consciousness – be it individual or collective – that cannot be derived from any other statement. Otherwise, it will not be a first statement. This is another tautology that proves the closed character of All-That-Is.
This first statement or idea of human consciousness is also defined as the Primary Axiom of human thinking. This definition has been deliberately chosen as to make the vast majority of uneducated people aware of the fact, that since Antiquity numerous thinkers, such as Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle have developed the concept of Axiomatics – the study of logical arrangement of all human statements in a categorical system, such as science, in which there is no inconsistency or contradiction between any two arbitrary statements -by departing from a small number of self-evident statements, preferably, from only one statement.
The Geometry of Euclid was considered for many centuries to be a paradigm of true axiomatics and an ultimate goal for any other scientific discipline, such as philosophy. For instance, both Descartes, the father of modern science, and Spinoza, the father of modern ethics, wrote their philosophical treatises according to the axiomatic principle of Euclidean Geometry.
This ideal remained central to Western scientific thinking until empirical, explorative science emerged in the late 19th century. The putative success of scientific empiricism in the last one hundred years eliminated axiomatic philosophy as a way of thinking and approaching the Nature of All-That-Is from our modern educational system. The current agnosticism of all scientists is the natural consequence of the dominance of this narrow-minded empirical dogma over the collective human mind-set.
The author has dedicated some comprehensive books on this key philosophical issue which is in the core of current agnosticism of mankind. This will be the greatest mental hurdle which mankind must circumvent this year in order to ascend at the end of 2012.
The concept of full axiomatization of human knowledge and the corresponding categorical systems has dominated the philosophical thinking of Western civilization as an intellectual ideal since Antiquity, as demonstrated in the works of Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Kant, and many other thinkers, notwithstanding the fact that they have all failed to establish a truly universal system of human knowledge or to develop a proper scientific language that can be axiomatized without a single exception.
It is important to observe that the English language does not even have a word for “axiomatics”, although this term is quite popular in most European languages. This fact brings into a focus the cognitive misery of Anglo-Saxon scientific, empirical thinking that has, for historical reasons, influenced and flawed the current weltanschauung of most human beings on earth in a most profound and deplorable way.
The establishment of a truly universal axiomatics of all science and human language was achieved for the first time in the history of modern mankind in 1994-1995 by the author of this essay, after he discovered the Universal Law and developed the new physical and mathematical axiomatics as a result of this discovery. He has extensively proved that human knowledge has its origin in the principle of last equivalence and can be derived from the primary term in an axiomatic manner.
He initially proved that the whole theory of physics can be axiomatically derived from this principle, by showing in an irrevocable manner that the Universal Law is the most simple mathematical presentation of All-That-Is as a rule of three a = b/c. This is the only physical law of All-That-Is, perceived as space-time by human consciousness. To this we shall say much more below.
It should be cogent to the reader that the equation defined as the principle of last equivalence is the limit of any human cognition. Forever! We may ascend as human beings to the 5th dimension and acquire much more knowledge about the systems and levels (dimensions) of All-That-Is, but we shall still not be able to enlarge our awareness beyond the primary term of All-That-Is. It is very important for the reader to comprehend this insight to its full extent and to make it the foundation of his very thinking – as soon as possible and as profoundly as one is able to think. Back to Contents 7. Energy and Information are One and the Same
The law of conservation of energy introduces a new concept that has not been realized so far by science and esotericism. All-That-Is is evidently Organized Energy – there is no such thing as chaos, as current empiric science (chaos theory) makes us believe – and organized energy can also be comprehended as Information. There is, indeed, no difference between Energy and Information – they are synonyms for All-That-is (principle of last equivalence, see above). At the same time, organized energy is Consciousness – there is no way of distinguishing organized energy from consciousness. Software programs are for instance organized forms of electromagnetic energy, and they may evolve to artificial consciousness. What we observe on a small scale on earth in the last 20 years with respect to internet and computer technologies, is also occurring on a grander scale throughout All-That-Is.
From this knowledge we can deduce that all parts – systems and levels – of All-That-is have a consciousness. All parts of All-That-Is have an ultimate idea of All-That-Is – from the smallest elementary particle or cell to the most evolved entity. We say in this context:”The parts contain the Whole as an element”, the element being awareness, consciousness, organized energy, Spirit (synonyms).This is a very important statement that will help us organize our knowledge of All-That-Is in a very simple manner. 8. The Mathematical Concept of U-Sets
Systems that contain the Whole as an element are defined in mathematics as U-sets. This term was introduced for the first time by Russell at the beginning of the 20th century and helped to unify the various mathematical disciplines under the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first formulated by the German mathematician Hilbert in 1900. For further information we recommend the essay “Universal Law”, written by the author and published in internet under:dictionary.sensagent.com/universal+law/en-en/or www.thefullwiki.org/Universal_LawAll systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Whole, the primary term, as an element. This is a fundamentally new concept that offsets the current narrow human perceptions in science, religion, politics, and everyday life, namely, that material objects and human beings are distinct entities that are separated from each other and the Whole and must fight against each other in order to survive. Back to Contents
The energetic separation of the incarnated entities on earth from the Whole has promulgated the basic notion of their hallucinatory somatic perception of being distinct biological organisms throughout all current concepts of mankind on Nature and social life. These ideas of biological exclusiveness have shaped the collective world view in such a profound and, at the same time, invisible manner that these ideas are very seldom put into question – in fact, only when they have thoroughly failed, as this will be the case this year with respect to Darwin’s doctrine on the evolution of human and other species.
The notion of separation is contrary to the nature of All-That-Is, which is at the same time the primary term of our consciousness, precisely, it can be equated with our consciousness according to the principle of last equivalence. Since Gödel published his first Theorem on the validity of mathematics in 1931, we know – or at least all theoreticians of science should be aware of it – that it is sufficient to introduce only one wrong statement in a categorical system of knowledge, such as science, religion, and economics in order to bias the whole system.
This is what has happened with these systems of knowledge again and again on this planet in the last several thousand years, since modern man has begun to put his spoken thoughts into a written form. That is why they have no value and must disappear during the next two years in the course of human Ascension, because these systems of separation will have no place in the expanded awareness of the ascended human entities in the 5th dimension.
Gödel proved that mathematics, when organized according to the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first postulated by Hilbert in 1900, inevitably leads to two fundamentally contrary statements that seem to be apparently true. This fundamental paradox of mathematics is known as antinomy.
The term was introduced by Russell at the beginning of the 20th century. He was the first to realize that all human thoughts are U-sets and contain themselves and the Whole as an element. The ultimate term is consciousness – it is the total set of all human thoughts, and it is also a thought. This means that all human thoughts contain the whole human consciousness as an element, while the latter is equivalent to the primary term of our consciousness, which is the primordial idea of the Whole of any sentient entity within All-That-Is.
This proof is obviously of a tautological character and this is the ultimate proof that the Whole, being the primary notion of any kind of consciousness or awareness throughout All-That-Is, is of closed character. This proof is of transcendental nature and goes beyond the argumentation of current science and mathematics. At the same time this knowledge builds the epistemological foundation of any true science and transcendental system of knowledge.
The latter should ideally amalgamate all current religious views, stripped off of all their wrong ideas of separation, as well as all current esoteric views that make no effort to establish a coherent system of transcendental knowledge. In practice, all world religionsshould be abolished as false Gnostic systems of spiritual knowledge, because none of them adequately assesses the Nature of All-That-Is, respectively, of God. * The above mentioned concepts are self-evident and should be cogent to the reader. However, the personal experience teaches us that they can hardly be comprehended and incorporated into daily consciousness by most human beings. The reason for this is that current human species suffers from serious energetic deficiencies that have been deliberately inserted into his biological structure by his co-creators – The Powers That Be -in order to hinder the above advocated holistic approach. This is a huge theme that goes beyond the scope of this essay, but it will inevitably become a central piece of theoretical dispute in the second half of this year, after some basic revelations are made public to humanity. At this place we shall say the following.
The most prominent energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities on earth is the separation of the left from the right brain hemisphere in their neurological function. The second key malfunction is the limited use of only 8-10% of the actual brain capacity. There are many more malfunctions inserted deliberately in the energetic structure of Homo sapiens by his genetic co-engineers – the Powers That Be – to separate him from the Source, most notably the reptilian brain (cerebellum in association with medulla oblongata).
The reptilian human brain is highly susceptible to fear patterns that can be also artificially emitted with the help of certain advanced technologies from the 4th dimension, from where the dark forces have until now effectively controlled mankind. This situation will change dramatically this year as a result of the huge, high frequency waves from the central sun of the Galaxy and the higher realms that flood our planet with increasing intensity. Such fear patterns have been successfully used by the dark forces to dump down the critical, logical, and independent thinking of human beings.
Other prominent energetic malfunctions of current human beings are the separation of the three lower chakras from the three higher chakras by the 4th heart chakra. This has so far prohibited the development of Christ consciousness on earth that integrates the idea of Oneness in human behavior. The reduction of human DNA to two strands and the use of only a small portion of it for storing information is another important energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities that limits their perception as sentient beings.
It should be observed at this place that present-day bio-science has no idea of this genetic deficiency of human species and defines the unused 95% of human DNA as “junk-DNA“. This fact brings into a focus the cognitive malaise of current, narrow-minded empiric science with respect to its object of study:What scientists do not understand is degraded to “junk” or “dark matter” (for further explanations see below).It is important to stress that all logical thinking is first and foremost an independent thinking. Precisely this kind of thinking has been dumped down by the Powers That Be for the last 13,000 years, since they have taken full control over this planet and created modern man. This suppression of independent critical thinking of humans is energetically accomplished by modulating and deranging the original independent ideas of the incarnated entity, which he acquires in form of inspirations from his soul, by establishing the condition of destructive interference, which is at the same time the condition of all human angst on earth. Such fear deranged patterns of human thinking are always void of logic and true axiomatic arrangement. This is another huge theme that ought to be elaborated in detail in a special book.
However, as Homo sapiens was in addition genetically improved by the Forces of Light, respectively, by the human souls of the incarnated entities, which are part of the Source, modern man has the inherent capacity to be aware of his indistinguishable bond with All-That-Is, even when the notion of his bond with God has been buried in the course of numerous painful incarnations on earth under the veil of total forgetfulness.
Human beings are said to be “sparks of God”. This means that any human entity always has an unrestricted access to Spirit (Geist, Weltgeist) of Cosmic Logic, also known as Logos in Antiquity or Nous in Neo-Platonism. Therefore, it is not a coincidence that John’s Gospel begins with “At the beginning was Logos”, and not the “word”, as it has been erroneously translated from Greek in the Bible in virtually all modern languages in the last sixteen hundred years. Logos was also a synonym for logical thinking – hence the science of logic, which was at the beginning and the culmination of ancient Greek education.
This single semantic blunder has effectively hindered a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is by all christians, as the author has extensively elaborated in his theoretical work “Neo-Platonism and Christianity”.
As the reader may have already perceived, all central themes of humanity mentioned in this essay so far are closely intertwined and can only be properly tackled when one departs from their common epistemological origin – the Nature of All-That-Is. Back to Contents
Let us summarize the essence of our previous discussion. All systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Nature of the Whole = the Source = All-That-Is = God = etc. (principle of last equivalence) as an element. Or as one often reads in channeled messages: Human beings are “sparks of God”, which is but a metaphor for the true Nature of All-That-Is.
It is of great importance to realize that this knowledge is basic to the existence of all science, beginning with mathematics. Let us illustrate this basic statement with the following example from the history of mathematics that is at present virtually forgotten or deliberately neglected by all theoreticians.
When Gödel proved that mathematics cannot be axiomatized with its own methods, as propagated by Hilbert and many other European mathematicians since the beginning of the 20th century, this basic discipline virtually plunged into its Foundation crisis. This crisis lasted until 1995, when the author discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and eliminated it as an artifact, born in the realm of distorted scientific consciousness.
Mathematics is, as some may know, a hermeneutic discipline of human knowledge. “Hermeneutic” means that this discipline has no external object of study and exploration as for instance other empirical sciences, such as physics and bio-science are believed to be, although this perception is essentially wrong as we shall show below.
Mathematics deals with numbers and other signs of relation which are abstract symbols that have no external object, but can be eventually applied to external material objects, for instance, to count them. But these hermeneutic symbols are pure platonic ideas of human consciousness. While they are true, otherwise there will be no need to use mathematics, they exist independently of the outer world.
This has been acknowledged by many continental European mathematicians since the turn of the 19th century, but this dispute and its implications are virtually unknown to their counterparts in England and the USA, although, ironically, it were Russell and Whitehead who triggered this dispute with their fundamental theoretical work “Principia Mathematica” published in 1908-1913.
What is the Foundation crisis of mathematics all about? It simply acknowledges the fact that this hermeneutic discipline is not in the position to solve its crisis with its own mathematical means and to prove its validity in the outer world, as this is the case for instance with physics. This discipline assesses natural laws which can be experimentally confirmed at any point in space and time, as well as independently of the observer, as this is the case for instance with Newton’s laws of gravitation.
The reason for this is that all natural laws can be expressed as mathematical equations, which are of universal validity. This is the actual reason, why physics is generally considered to be an exact natural science, whereas most other sciences, such as bio-science and economics cannot claim this ubiquitous exactness as they cannot be mathematically expressed.
However, theoretical physics has made no effort to explain us, how it is possible that Nature functions according to mathematics, while this discipline is a fairly recent intellectual artifact of human civilization, whereas Nature on this planet ought to be several billions years old, if one assumes that the Darwin’s doctrine of evolution is correct.
How is it possible that an older a priori phenomenon of galactic dimension such as Nature adjusts to the modest spiritual achievements of a humble species, called Homo sapiens, who is not even in the position to organize his social life without perennial wars and collapses and, above of all, only by virtue of destroying this very Nature, by incorporating in a posterior manner his recent, modest mathematics that has not been able to render a single reliable statistical tool or future prediction on his own destiny, as the upcoming cosmic events will prove beyond any doubt?
To account for this “child-mother paradox” – the child, being Homo sapiens, changing the essence of Mother-Nature – scientists have resorted to a variety of obscure concepts summarized under the terms “strong” and “weak anthropomorphism”, which is but a further monument of their collective imbecility.
Furthermore, theoreticians of physics have failed to take into consideration the Foundation crisis of mathematics, while using it is an exclusive means to adequately describe Nature, thus claiming the rank of the most exact science, whereas this privilege should be actually reserved for mathematics.
These are obvious observations and arguments that any human entity with a modest faculty of logical thinking ought to make and find a proper answer, before he decides to study such epistemologically unfounded sciences. And where are the true theoreticians that make such observations? While not on earth, they will be definitely found on the new 5th-dimensional earth, because such will be the new transcendental physics of cosmic Creation.
How can scientists properly understand the Nature of All-That-Is if they do not even border to prove the validity of its best and unique tool of exploration – mathematics – and solve its Foundation crisis? Have there been such efforts to solve the problem in the past? The answer is definitely “Yes”. But when the theoreticians came to the conclusion that they are helpless on this issue at some point in time in the 60s, they decided not to border any more about such “trivial inconsistencies” of their beloved discipline and brushed aside this unresolved theoretical problem of mathematics by hiding it under the rug of scientific forgetfulness.
Each time somebody tried to unify mathematics on the basis of the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as advocated by the German mathematician Hilbert in his program, known as Hilbert formalism – and there have been many mathematicians that have made this effort in the past – he has acquired two equally valid results that exclude each other and build an antinomy. Mathematics cannot prove its own validity.
This fiasco led to the general acknowledgement that the only possible solution of the Foundation crisis of mathematics would be to prove its validity outside the hermeneutic (closed) area of pure human consciousness – namely, in the real physical world. This requirement for the validity of mathematics is known since then as “proof of existence”. We shall show below that this proof is of the same nature as the “proof of God”, which has been the cognitive Armageddon of all religions – first and foremost, of Christianity. Back to Contents
It remains still a mystery as to why this simple requirement for the validity of mathematics has not been tackled and solved in the last 70-80 years, since the idea of its Foundation crisis was firmly established in the scientific world. Although this elaboration may seem to be quite theoretical and far-fetched with respect to our anticipated intent to explain why and how the world economic order will collapse this year, we shall show that exactly this unsolved theoretical problem of mathematics lies in the core of the upcoming crisis, which is man-made and a mirror image of all wrong concepts of mankind about the Nature of All-That-Is and of humans as incarnated entities, being U-sets of All-That-Is. Present-day science does not give us any valid answer to the question:”Who are we really?”The Foundation crisis of mathematics was finally solved by the author in 1995 when he discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and showed that all known physical laws and their applications, including all known physical dimensions, magnitudes, quantities, and constants, can be derived as U-subsets from the primary term of our consciousness, defined in physical terms as Space-Time. This was the missing “proof of existence” that numerous mathematicians have been searching in vain during the last 20th century.
As the author has dedicated many comprehensive books on this discovery and its implications for human thinking and perceptions, this huge topic will not be further elaborated in this essay. The author would only like to reiterate at this place the conviction that a competence in the General Theory of the Universal Law is indispensable for a proper understanding of the argumentation forwarded in this book.
How is the discovery of the Universal law, being a natural law of energy exchange, linked to mathematics and its Foundation crisis? We have shown above that the primary term of our consciousness can be expressed by any word or symbol according to the principle of last equivalence. Therefore, we can also write it in the following manner: Primary term = any number or mathematical symbol = Continuum =
= foundation of mathematics The primary term is the origin not only of all verbal ideas expressed in terms of language, but also the origin of mathematics as a system of abstract symbols and signs. It actually proves that there is no difference between verbal and mathematical expressions.
Mathematics has, since Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle, been considered to be a prolongation of human logic. Vice versa, any verbal categorical system of knowledge, such as politics can be logically organized and subsequently mathematically expressed. Just as nobody disputes the correctness of the equation 2 + 2 = 4, it is possible to organize trivial human thinking in a logical manner as to eliminate all kinds of futile discussions in politics and in any other area of common interest that hinder social progress and generate political and economic crises.
The American political system in Washington is a paramount example for the gridlock that always occurs when human beings leave the solid ground of common human logic and prefer to experience their separation in a bellicose manner, as the recent heinous shooting of a congress-woman demonstrated in a deplorable and very depressing manner.
The solution to the streamlining of human consciousness and thinking in order to comply with the Nature of All-That-Is renders for the first time in the history of modern mankind the discovery of the Universal Law and its application in science and daily affairs.
The Universal Law is the mathematical presentation of the primary term of All-That-Is as a simple rule of three a = b/c, because the primary term can also be defined as the continuum of all numbers. Since Cantor and Frege, the continuum of all numbers is generally acknowledged to be the “paradise of mathematics”.
Based on the principle of last equivalence, it can be now proven for the first time that all words of human language can be mathematically expressed and vice versa – all mathematical symbols can be substituted with precise verbal terms without changing the validity of mathematics. This is achieved by implementing the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions throughout the whole system of human knowledge.
Language is an energetic system or level of All-That-Is and contains the Whole as an element. Since all U-sets of the Whole abide by the Universal Law, they do not contradict each other in the infinite harmony of All-That-Is. The same must also apply to human language and to all categorical systems of knowledge that build the tissue of language. Therefore, they need not contradict, as they do now, but can be arranged according to the same principle of universal harmony just as the parts of All-That-Is are arranged.
This principle is the alleged axiomatization of human language. It postulates that human beings should depart from the primary term of All-That-Is, which is also the primary term of human consciousness and can be equated with the latter, and derive from it all words and terms that they use orally or in a written form in everyday life, science, religion, and esotericism.
This principle was first applied by the author in physics to derive all known physical magnitudes and laws from the Universal Law, respectively, from the primary term without changing any mathematical result obtained in this empiric discipline so far. However, most of the verbal explanations of mathematical results that have been experimentally generated in physics had to be rejected in the process of its axiomatization, because they contained numerous contradictory connotations and meanings that biased the whole edifice of this natural science.
The universal idea underlying all semantic, logical, and factual contradictions in physics (and science) is the idea of the separation of the parts from each other and from the Whole. This is a leitmotif of this essay. Precisely these wrong verbal interpretations have hindered the unification of this discipline before the author discovered the Universal Law and unified physics on the basis of it. Let us illustrate this with an example from present-day physics. * It is a well-known fact that gravitation cannot be integrated with the other three fundamental forces in the standard model, which is considered to be the utmost unification, conventional physics has been able to achieve so far. However, Nature is a unity – for instance, gravitation is propagated with the speed of light ‘c,’ which is at the same time the speed of electromagnetism. For instance, all fundamental constants of electromagnetism, such as electric and magnetic permittivity, can be derived from the speed of light. At the same time these constants are part of all laws of magnetism, electricity, and electromagnetism as summarized in the four Maxwell’s equations. This information is given for physicists. The author does not expect that the average reader understands physics, as he has found out that most physicists do not even understand their own discipline.
If gravitation and electromagnetism, two fundamental forces of Nature according to the standard model, use the same universal speed of light, how comes that they cannot be integrated by current physical theory? It is obvious that physics has fundamentally missed the point as to how Nature really operates. At the same time the protagonists of this discipline are not honest enough to acknowledge this basic cognitive deficiency of their physical theory, while claiming at the same time that they possess the Holy Grail of Science.
The reason why physicists have failed to integrate gravitation with electromagnetism was that they postulated in an a priori wrong manner that there is vacuum in All-That-Is and that photons, the carrier of electromagnetic forces, are particles without a mass. Both, the concept of vacuum and the existence of “mass-less” particles as N-sets of All-That-Is are concrete applications of the initial idea of separation. N-sets are sets that do not contain themselves as an element, for instance, vacuum is an N-set, because it contains particles which are something, while vacuum is per definition nothing – it is void.
The integration of gravitation with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces, was achieved for the first time by the author in 1995. He was able to derive all fundamental natural constants, such as the gravitational constant ‘G’ from those of electromagnetism and to prove in an irrevocable manner that both forces are mathematical aspects of All-That-Is.
In order to do this, he proved in the first place that the term “mass” has been defined in physics in a profoundly wrong manner. Mass is considered to be an intrinsic property of matter, whereas the particles of light, the photons, should not have any mass. It is difficult to perceive when, why, and how this irrational idea has entered this discipline, but it is a matter of fact that it has evolved in the meantime to an infallible dogma. This concept alone has prevented physicists from grasping the nature of All-That-Is.
Mass is a physical quantity, and all physical quantities in physics are defined within mathematics in an a priori manner. This should say that physical quantities are abstract mathematical, hermeneutic ideas of the human mind, with which the physical world can be adequately described in a secondary manner. Therefore, physics is applied mathematics to physical matter and is thus not a separate scientific system of knowledge.
This fundamental epistemological fact has not been apprehended in theoretical science so far. From this we conclude that all physical quantities belong to the continuum, and the latter is the primary term of All-That-Is. This means that they contain the properties of the Whole as an element. Practically, this fact tells us that all parts of the Whole have energy – they are energetic systems, because the Whole is energy.
Each system exhibits a specific constant amount of energy. When two systems are compared, we obtain a relationship of their energies, which is a dimensionless number that belongs to the continuum. This is precisely what physicists have done in the past in an unconscious, irrational manner with the definition of mass without analyzing it from a methodological and epistemological point of view: Mass is energy relationship. To those, who are keen on physics, the author would recommend that they scrutinize the current definition of mass in any available textbook on physics and find out for themselves that mass is nothing else but an energy relationship.
What does it follow from this simple conclusion? If all systems/parts of All-That-Is have energy, then they must also have a mass, as they can be compared with any other system. In this case, it is a fundamental blunder to believe that photons are mass-less particles. They must also have a mass because there are energetic systems according to Planck’s equation for photon energy E = h f.
If all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy, which means something, then there is no such thing that is nothing. In this case the idea of vacuum as void or of particles that are without a mass are absolutely wrong concepts (N-sets) that should be cogent to anybody with a modicum of logical thinking. They stem from the primordial notion of separation of human beings from the Whole and should be eliminated from physics and science once and for all.
This is exactly what the author did, when he started with the axiomatization of conventional physics. By eliminating these wrong ideas of separation, he ultimately eliminated most of the confusion in this “exact” natural science. Ultimately he could unify this discipline by applying the Universal law to each energetic system and energy interaction that has been experimentally observed and described in this natural science so far – without any exception! In practice, he confirmed all mathematical results obtained in physics up to date, but eliminated most of the verbal interpretations of these mathematical results as flawed and wrong.
In particular, he derived the mass of the elementary photon, known as Planck’s constant h (see above), from basic physical equations and showed that the macro-mass of all material objects can be calculated from the basic mass of the elementary photon. He actually proved that matter is condensed light (photon energy). The anthropocentric unit “kilogram” is, for instance, a derivative (surrogate) from the primary mass of the elementary photon h obtained within mathematics.
By acknowledging that photons have a mass, the author could easily explain the mechanism of gravitation as being propagated by photons with the speed of light and eliminated the obscure search for the hypothetical graviton.
Further on, he proved that the fundamental gravitational constant G, which is basic to all gravitational laws of Newton, can be easily derived in an axiomatic manner from the speed of light. In this way he integrated for the first time gravitation with electromagnetism on the basis of mathematical formalism and established a new coherent theory of cosmology that eliminates virtually all basic ideas of this discipline – beginning with such imbecilities as the big bang and the hot expansion of the universe.
However, this essay is not intended to be an introduction to the physical theory of the Universal Law, but has the purpose to show how all wrong ideas in physics have emerged from the primary concept of separation from the Whole. This elaboration, while being the Final Judgment on all fallacies of modern physics and science, aims in the first place to explain why the current structure of human civilization, which depends to a large extent on theoretical and experimental science, will inevitably collapse this year. Current empiric science and technology will be a major part of this collapse. * From this disquisition we conclude that mathematics can be expressed in verbal terms and vice versa, any verbal system of knowledge can be presented in terms of mathematics when the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions is thoroughly observed. This novel insight will transform current empiric science, which has deliberately neglected this intellectual heritage of Western civilization since Antiquity, in the remaining time prior to Ascension to a true, infallible system of knowledge.
The new science of the Universal Law will retain its validity in the 5th dimension by axiomatically incorporating the new transcendental knowledge that will be then available to the ascended entities. Without a full understanding of the new theory of the Universal Law they will not be able to truly comprehend the laws of Creation of All-That-Is and will experience difficulties in progressing on their path of spiritual evolution.
The basic conclusion from the discovery of the Universal Law is that there is no difference between Consciousness and the outer physical world, currently perceived as Nature. The outer world is shaped by the consciousness of all beings that participate in the common life on a certain plane of existence. This is the ultimate proof of existence of mathematics, but also of the existence of pure cosmic consciousness that creates this or any other world in the 3d-space-time of solar universes. But it also tells us that there are levels of Creation beyond 3d-space-time, out of which the latter has evolved in a secondary manner. Back to Contents
The key novel knowledge from the discovery of the Universal Law is that All-That-Is has only two dimensions when perceived by the narrow human senses – Space and Time, whereby time in the new theory is actually defined as frequency f = 1/t. In this case, time, as humans know it, is defined as “conventional time” t. Both quantities are included in the term “space-time” = s f = s/t = velocity, which is also the origin of mathematics and any other science.
All scientific terms, including all numbers in mathematics that build the fabric of our scientific knowledge, can be axiomatically derived from the term “space-time”, which is the physical perception of human mind of the primary term at the current plane of existence on earth:Space-time = All-That-Is = Energy = Primary Term of Consciousness =
= [space][time] = s f = s/t = velocity = [1d-space-time] = [n-d-space-time] =
= any number, such as = 1 = 1×1 = 1×0 = 0 = ∞×1 = ∞The above equations are various equivalent presentations of the principle of last equivalence of human consciousness. They prove that both human language and mathematics have their epistemological origin in the primary term perceived as space-time. This insight is the most revolutionary idea in the history of modern mankind. However, it has been known to all previous enlightened civilizations on earth.
It is important to observe that the above presentations of the principle of last equivalence are beyond the realm of any mathematical argumentation, as this principle builds the cognitive basis for the very existence of mathematics as a science of abstract symbols. This fundamental fact is regularly overlooked by all protagonists of conventional mathematical thinking when they raise objections as to the appropriateness of this presentation. These objections stem from their restricted thinking, which is intoxicated by the primordial idea of separation from the Whole. Why?
This is a very important psychological observation that goes to the roots of modern mathematics. First and foremost, such objections stem from the ignorance of most mathematicians with respect to the fact that their discipline is still suffering under its Foundation crisis, when the discovery of the Universal Law and the solution of this crisis are ignored for the moment.
Secondly, all mathematicians have so far failed to recognize that all the mathematical symbols which they use in their discipline are not U-sets, that is, they do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element: They are N-sets. Therefore, the do not pertain to All-That-Is. They are wrong mirror images of the Nature of Al-That-Is.
This is the cognitive “fall from grace” of empiric science on earth. The return of the “prodigal son to the Father” will be achieved by substituting present-day empiric science with the new General Theory of Science of the Universal Law in the short period of time prior to Ascension and in the infinity of All-That-Is after Ascension. * How is the Whole actually perceived in mathematics? Very simply – it is the continuum of all numbers. The numbers that are currently used in mathematics are closed numbers that exclude all other adjacent numbers and hence they also exclude the continuum to which they belong. For instance, the number 2 excludes all its approximations such as 2.00001. These numbers are called rational numbers. Rational numbers are closed. Modern mathematics operates only with such numbers. It is extremely important to stress that mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to operate with open numbers, which are U-sets and contain the Whole, the continuum, as an element.
Closed rational numbers fulfill the definition of N-sets: The sets that exclude themselves and the Whole as an element. Since they are closed, they have no contact with the other adjacent numbers, and for this simple reason, they cannot build a continuum. The idea of closed numbers precludes the existence of the continuum. However, without a continuum there is no mathematics at all (see below).
We have already said that it is sufficient to introduce only one statement that is an N-set in a categorical system to bias the whole system. This is what has happened with mathematics prior to the discovery of the Universal Law – hence its continuing Foundation crisis.
We have learned so far that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are open systems and exchange energy with each other – therefore, they must have a contact with each other. Purely for this reason, we say that the Nature of All-That-Is is continuous – there are no gaps between the systems that are perceived at present as vacuum or voids in physics. All systems and levels of All-That-Is are open, adjacent, contiguous, because they are U-sets. They contain the Whole = Energy as an element.
According to the principle of last equivalence, we can define All-That-Is as a continuum. The parts of the mathematical continuum must therefore be open to reflect the openness of the energetic systems and levels of All-That-Is. However, the rational numbers used in mathematics are closed. Therefore, they are N-sets and hence inadequate presentations of the outer world. They must be replaced by open numbers.
Which numbers are open? All the so called transcendental numbers are open numbers. Such numbers contain an infinite number of approximations, which are closed rational numbers. The most prominent example is the number pi (π).
The mathematicians became for the first time aware of the fundamental difference between closed rational numbers and open transcendental numbers when Cantor established his theory of sets in the late 19th century. Since then this theory is considered to be the basis of modern mathematics – the “paradise of mathematics” as Hilbert defined it.
Cantor’s problem was to define the continuum in an a priory manner. If one had to resort only to the established closed numbers, the continuum would not have been what it actually says – a continuum, but a discrete, discontinuous assembly of closed rational numbers that are divided by gaps (voids) along the continuum. To avoid this embarrassment Cantor introduced the concept of transcendental numbers which are open to their surroundings -they are contiguous and touch each other. For this purpose he distinguished between two sets of infinities which, by the way, is another word for continuum – the infinities of rational numbers and the infinities of transcendental numbers.
Before that infinity was infinity and there was no possibility to discern them with respect to their power. Or as Cantor put it himself: “In the night all cats are grey”. By introducing the transcendental numbers, which to Cantor’s perception filled the gaps between the closed rational numbers along the continuum, he for the first time presented a valuable definition of the continuum and established the theoretical and epistemological foundation of mathematics.
This is basic theoretical stuff that should be actually cogent to any theoretician and scientist with a modest understanding of mathematics after spending four, five or more years at the university. Unfortunately, it is very difficult to find a theoretician nowadays who is aware of these basic epistemological problems of mathematics and science. Most scientists have been dumped down to such an extent by the current illogical educational system that has been deliberately established by the Powers That Be as to camouflage the actual situation on earth that the author is fully aware of the fact, that it will be very difficult to liberate them from this inextricable labyrinth of self-inflicted scientific blunders.
This deplorable situation of total scientific confusion will tantamount to a true cosmic revelation in the course of this and next year in order to save the souls of most scientists from their total perdition and enable them to ascend with a clear mind in the 5th dimension.
With respect to the theory of mathematics, it is important to observe that while Cantor laid the basis for transcendental numbers, these numbers were not known to mathematicians. It was only several decades later when another German mathematician found out that the number pi is a transcendental number. This number opened a completely new perspective of approaching mathematics and its application to the outer world, although the incommensurability of real space magnitudes was known to all ancient Greek mathematicians.
The number pi is per definition a relationship between two geometric distances – the circumference of the circle and its diameter. Circles are abstract geometric presentations of waves.
They are abstract platonic ideas built within the hermeneutic mathematical consciousness of humans. In the real universe, all closed circular motions are elliptical as Kepler’s laws on the motion of celestial objects clearly prove. This fact has not been fully apprehended by all theoreticians, although the number pi is used in many key physical laws and formulae in classical and quantum mechanics.
On the other hand it is generally acknowledged in physics that all waves are products of rotations. Rotations are closed motions -they can be circular, elliptical or more complex forms of closed motions. This is basic physical knowledge of wave theory.
This holds true not only for the electromagnetic spectrum, also defined as photon space-time by the author, but also for matter which is also of wave-character. This is a well-established idea in quantum mechanics since de Broglie introduced the concept of wave-particle dualism in physics in 1924.
This is another basic physical stuff, the cognitive importance of which has not been fully apprehended in physics. The fact that all systems of All-That-Is are open in terms of energy exchange but at the same time represent superimposed closed motions proves both, the closed character of All-That-Is and the openness of all its contiguous parts as U-sets of the Whole.
As the reader may already perceive, we use this discussion in the first place to present the basic inconsistencies and flaws that scientists have inserted into the edifice of modern empiric science without having any comprehension as to how profoundly these blunders, which stem without any exception from their primordial idea of separation, have intoxicated the dominating scientific thinking of Modern Times and have prevented them from grasping the Nature of All-That-Is. Therefore the upcoming End Times will be in the first place a requiem for current empiric science, where the author will play the first fiddle. * What should one conclude from this basic scientific knowledge? It is cogent that all levels and systems of All-That-Is are waves or rotational systems. Since they are all open systems, they are superimposed wave systems and thus obey the laws of constructive and destructive interference. Here we close the circle of our initial argumentation with respect to the universal character of the Cosmic Laws of constructive and destructive interference, which are the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. These laws are concrete applications of the Universal Law.
When we compare two arbitrary real rotational wave systems, we always acquire transcendental numbers. All space-time relationships between two real systems are transcendental magnitudes and can only be adequately assessed by open transcendental numbers. We now make a very important statement:The conditions of constructive and destructive interference which are the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction of all systems and levels of All-That-Is can only be adequately assessed by employing transcendental numbers.However, mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to use such numbers in its practical calculations. All numbers that scientists currently acquire from Nature, for instance, as natural constants or various statistics, e.g. in economic pools, are expressed as closed real, rational numbers, which are closed approximations of the real open transcendental magnitudes.
Purely for this reason mankind is not in the position to make adequate predictions on the future or to assess precisely when the condition of destructive interference occurs, under which a system will inevitably collapse. We shall elaborate this conclusion below in a stringent way by departing from the new knowledge of the General Theory of the Universal Law. Back to Contents
Let us now return once again to the Nature of All-That-Is and its parts (levels and systems). We said explicitly that the Whole is closed, while all its parts are U-subsets of All-That-Is and contain it as an element. This statement should be reiterated by the reader as a mantra as many times as possible, until he has fully comprehended it.
And here comes a fundamental knowledge of All-That-Is that has not been fully realized in science so far. If the parts are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element, they cannot be closed, but must be open and exchange energy with each other. All-That-Is is an incessant energy exchange. This is an intrinsic aspect of the Nature of All-That-Is as stated in the primary axiom that should be cogent to everybody. For instance, without food-intake and cell metabolism, which is nothing else but a complex exchange of biochemical energy, human beings cannot exist or survive. In this sense, energy is a synonym of All-That-Is.
On the other hand, all open systems and levels of All-That-Is express its Nature during their energy exchange. In particular, they express the closed character of the Whole. This aspect can be concretely observed as the law of conservation of energy. As all systems are closed superimposed motions, they are both open and manifest themselves as closed motions or rotations. This is the Heavenly Dichotomy of All-That-Is that has not been comprehended by all scientists so far. The same holds true for all religions.
In other words, there is nothing else but Energy:All-That-Is is Energy – it is Organized Energy – it is Information – it is Awareness – it is Consciousness – it is Space-Time, when perceived by the narrow senses of human beings.And all these words for the primary term can be mathematically expressed with the Universal Law – it is the mathematical envelope of the Nature of All-That-Is. This also holds true for all current scientific disciplines that have chosen various terms for All-That-Is as objects of their study – e.g. continuum = mathematics, biological matter = bio-science, matter = physics, etc..
The Universal Law is a law of energy interactions. There is nothing else in All-That-Is that is not an energy interaction and does not abide by the Universal Law. Therefore, all separate sciences that currently exist can be unified to a new universal science called Energology of the Universal Law.
All human perceptions, feelings, and mental ideas are energetic events and follow the Universal Law independently of the awareness of the entity. For this reason psychology, philosophy, sociology, economics, and all other associated disciplines must inevitably become part of Energology. As the time to final Ascension in December 2012 is very short, this unification of science will be fully accomplished in the 5th dimension under much more favorable conditions and with the help of an expanded human consciousness.
But we can already begin with the modification of our wrong belief systems, which are all products of the narrow perception of human senses. All human sensations are energy interactions. For instance, our optical perceptions are evoked by the procession and transformation of photons by the retinal cones and rods to electromagnetic signals in the optical neuronal synapses in the brain, before they are visualized as objects. However, the original carriers of the optical information/energy, the photons, have neither form, nor are they solid particles.
How comes that our eyes receive invisible photons from the material surroundings, which according to present-day physics do not even have a mass, but can, at the same time, evoke images of three-dimensional objects with volume and mass in the human brain? This is one of the many paradoxes and unanswered questions, one can encounter in present-day empiric science that give us a clue as to why it has totally failed to understand the Nature of All-That-Is and has to be replaced with the new theory of the Universal Law.
The primordial false idea of being separated from the Source, respectively, from the Whole, while being part of the drama of human illusions on earth, has obviously generated numerous ideas that carry this vicious concept. Just as a software program can harbor a virus, a bug, and infect any other software program, so do the idea of separation from the Whole: It infiltrates all subsequent ideas of mankind in such a profound way that a whole civilization can be created on false ideas and sustained for some time for the sake of illusion.
This is what has actually happened on earth for eons of times. Such civilizations that are grounded in false ideas of separation can only exist by the active support of the cohesive energies of All-That-Is, because it is impossible for any system to be truly separated from All-That-Is. This is known as the Law of Oneness in esoteric circles. This insight will be in the centre of the upcoming revelations that will unfold this year in collective human consciousness and will ultimately lead to Ascension of the vast majority of human beings on earth by the end of 2012 or some time later. * At present human beings are not capable of discerning the numerous wrong ideas of separation that build the fabric of their society, because they have been raised with them, and these have shaped their belief systems in a profound way. Very often such wrong ideas carry the nimbus of infallible scientific truths that a humble human being can hardly oppose, as is the case with most light workers who are, on the one hand, ignorant on current failed science for good reasons, but, on the other, quite vulnerable to flawed scientific argumentation.
One central flawed concept of science is the exclusive application of closed rational numbers in mathematics and, from there, in all exact natural sciences, as we have shown above. Another basic flawed idea is the introduction of closed physical systems in modern physics, such as “ideal elastic collision”, “blackbody radiation”, “Carnot machine”. These closed systems are used to describe various energy interactions or to derive particular physical laws thereof.
The introduction of the concept of closed systems has, however, a sound ground. As already said, one can only describe the physical world in a correct manner, if one has grasped the essence of All-That-Is – first and foremost, its closed character.
This is precisely where empiric science has totally failed. The Whole is closed. In order to describe its parts, this idea must be introduced somehow in the physical view of the world. This has been achieved by inventing such abstract closed systems as ideal elastic collision, blackbody radiation, etc., which are hypothetically supposed not to exchange energy with the surroundings.
However, all systems are open. Here we have an antinomy, a fundamental paradox of physics and science, which we have also described as heavenly dichotomy. Just like mathematics, physics is essentially founded on paradoxes and antinomies. It is important to observe that conventional physics is fully unaware of this fundamental inconsistency.
While such closed systems can be found in any textbook on physics, this discipline has failed to acknowledge the fact that such a system as for instance Carnot machine, with which the thermodynamics of adiabatic processes is explained, is a phantom. Otherwise, we would have already created perpetuum mobile, an everlasting energy source, and all our energy problems would have been solved forever.
There are many other fundamental theoretical flaws of present-day physics. For instance, all current physical constants, magnitudes, quantities, variables, dimensions, and corresponding SI-units are defined in a circular manner, for instance, space (length) is defined by introducing time and assuming tacitly that this quantity is already firmly established. The definition of time, itself, needs the a priori introduction of length (space); electric current and its corresponding SI-unit is defined through charge and vice versa – charge through current. This list can be extended ad infinitum. The author recommends the reader to scrutinize these definitions in any textbook on physics with a fresh eye after he has read this essay.
All definitions of physical quantities and their dimensions obey without an exception the principle of the vicious circle (circulus vitiosus): One part is defined through another, while the Whole is neglected. This circumstance has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is in current empiric science. This simple epistemological fact is so evident in the theory of physics even for beginners that the author is really baffled and has failed to find any other explanation as to why this fact has not be acknowledged so far but to assume that all scientists are imbecile and are totally unable of any elementary logical thinking. * All wrong trivial and scientifically disguised ideas stem from the primordial subjective perception of humans as being distinct biological entities separated from All-That-Is. For most people their identity ends with the boundary of their epidermis. This is the central illusion of mankind that will be eliminated with Ascension.
How comes that such wrong ideas have become the spiritual foundation of our society without leading to a massive collapse much earlier? The answer is fairly simple and has been anticipated by our previous discussion. Even when a whole society has been established on completely wrong ideas and beliefs, it can continue to exist for a long period of time, because it has never ceased to be part of the life-spending and life-sustaining energies of All-That-Is.
We can alternatively discuss this aspect in scientific, physical terms. It is always possible for the higher realms of Creation to establish local conditions of destructive interference on a single planet by employing immense higher frequency energies that surround the system of destructive interference and sustain it by creating conditions of constructive interference on a much higher energetic level. This is similar to the (futile) efforts of scientists to sustain a plasma reaction by encompassing it with a powerful electromagnetic field.
In the channeled esoteric literature one often reads that earth is a planet of negative, toxic, dark energies that has been “sealed” by the higher realms from the rest of the galaxy for eons of times. This idea has been initially promoted in John’s Revelations, although this book has been obviously written much later by other channeled spiritual beings.
The current process of Ascension embodies the stepwise elimination of massive energetic layers that establish the condition of destructive interference and operate as effective barriers that hinder the entrance of high frequency energies of All-That-Is in the astral atmosphere of our planet. The much discussed star portals or gateways at specific numerological dates, such as 01.01.01, 02.02.02… 11.11.11, and 12.12.12, represent the elimination of the conditions of destructive interference on earth by that of constructive interference.
Practically, the low frequency layers that shield earth from the 4th and 5th dimensions and sustain its current three-dimensional density are eliminated step by step, so that the veil of forgetfulness can be lifted for the whole mankind during this and next year. When these low frequency layers created by destructive interference begin to dissolve, earth can no longer stay in its current 3d-density and will begin to ascend to the 4th and 5th dimensions. This is what is actually happening since the first harmonic convergence in the summer of 1987. In the last several years the deletion of the local conditions of destructive interference on earth has exponentially accelerated.
This explanation also renders the scientific solution to the central theological dispute since Antiquity as presented by Leibniz in his famous Theodizee. How come that God and the world, he has created, are perfect, while human beings and their petty objects of Creation are so imperfect?
As this essay is not intended to be a philosophical disquisition of theological topics, we shall not indulge into it any further, but the author would like to express the wish that modern mankind were much better informed with respect to the intellectual achievements of its numerous thinkers in the past, so that present-day light workers need not discover the wheel on a much primitive intellectual level again and again. The intellectual abyss and spiritual ignorance that one encounters on this planet prior to Ascension are indeed staggering, as the author must confess with great regret. Back to Contents 14. The Idea of Separation from All-That-Is Explains the Eschatology of Human Existence
All-That-Is is closed, discrete, i.e., it consists of infinite open systems and levels that exchange energy, continuous, i.e., there is no vacuum between the systems and levels, and infinite. All these attributes of All-That-Is can be used as nouns, synonyms, tautologies for All-That-Is, For example, we can use consistently the words continuum, infinity, closed entity, discreteness, etc. for All-That-Is according to the principle of last equivalence without changing anything in this discussion or in our knowledge about the world and who we are.
The parts contain the Whole as an element and can be mathematically defined as U-sets. There is, however, one fundamental difference between the Whole and its parts that has been realized for the first time to its full extent in the history of mankind after the Universal Law was discovered and the new Energology elaborated:
While the Whole is closed, all levels and systems of it are open.
As this basic eschatological fact has not been apprehended by science and religion so far, it has led to a profound, prolonged, and very painful confusion among all believers and scientists throughout the history of mankind. Most of the mental disarray that will be experienced this year can be attributed to this ignorance of humans. All wars, crimes, and atrocities that have been accomplished on earth so far stem from this mental confusion. Therefore, this aspect has become a leitmotif of the present essay and will be elaborated specifically in this chapter.
The difference between the Whole, being closed, and its parts, being open, creates the only true eschatological reason for the existence of 3d-space-time of solar universes. The Whole is something. The opposite of it would be nothing. As we, human beings, are something, we have no idea of nothing. It will stay so forever. This holds true for any consciousness or awareness within All-That-Is. The Nothing can be called Void or Vacuum. None of them exists. The Whole is All-That-Is.
However, the idea of nothing cannot be wholly excluded from human mind, respectively, from any other consciousness or cosmic awareness. Both terms – Something and Nothing – build the fundamental Antinomy of Existence of All-That-Is. As All-That-Is is Creativity, it must also explore the Conditions of Nothing. However as nothing does not exist, All-That-Is creates local conditions of destructive interference that imitate the existence of nothing. We have a deliberately created antinomy for the sake of experiencing an extreme separation.
How does All-That-Is accomplish this task? Very simply, it imitates itself in the parts. It creates systems and levels that are seemingly closed (separated) from All-That-is, although this is virtually impossible. The total Amnesia of incarnated human entities creates for instance the illusion of being a biological species that is closed and separated from All-That-Is. The same holds true for human civilization at the collective level. * Mankind, in its vast majority, currently believes that it is unique in the whole galaxy which contains trillions of solar systems and planets. Current agnostic humanity considers itself to be the exquisite and coincidental crowning of biological evolution that has started from a primitive one-cellular organism and has slowly evolved in eons of time. Therefore, mankind officially still believes that it is totally separated from the Source and other incarnated civilizations, some of which are populating the astral space of our planet for eons of time.
Notwithstanding this belief, the actual Powers That be, the “aliens” from the Orion/Reptilian Empire, are actually endemic on this planet for more than 500,000 years and consider themselves to be owners of this planet. From this point of view, they consider modern human beings, which they have initially created through genetic engineering, as their slaves that they have introduced on earth for the purpose of fulfilling their basic needs. They consider humans, just as humans consider animals. This explains their nefarious deeds against humanity which seem to have the only purpose of annihilating human beings.
This is the actual cognitive and existential dilemma in which humanity is currently entrapped by the Powers That Be in a deliberate way. Their tactic is to keep humans ignorant on the actual situation on earth and to lull them into the wrong belief that they are an exquisite ultimate manifestation of a protracted biological evolution, based on the principle of chaos, or trial and error, whereas, in fact, they have been conceptually created as servants for these dark forces some 13,000 years ago, first by the Reptilian Anunnaki and later on genetically improved by the Sirians, which are representatives of the Forces of Light.
For this purpose the Powers That Be have introduced numerous ideas and concepts in human society that cement the wrong idea of separation. The most insidious system of deception of all is the Orion monetary system that creates the impression that human beings must work hard to earn money in order to survive. Darwin’s flawed evolutionary idea of “the survival of the fittest” was further exaggerated to become an established social doctrine and a rectification for all predatory practices of the economic and financial Elite.
During their social activities, human beings have been forced to compete all the time with other human beings and to consider them potential rivals or even enemies. The working place has become a jungle. The eschatological purpose of human life has been reduced to the acquirement of paper money and material goods that create the illusion of security. Money is considered to be the only viable security for survival in an unfriendly environment. Creation out of unconditional love, compassion, and understanding has no place in the Orion monetary system. These conditions deepen the wrong impression of separation among all human entities that culminates in the ubiquitous angst of death in present-day society.
Humans believe that they must surround themselves with as much material goods as they can imagine for the purpose of surviving, but they know deep in their heart that they have no power over death. That is the cardinal dilemma of the current Elite. Their fears are hypertrophied to such an extent that their desire to control everything, first and foremost, all the monies available, and through them all human lives, seems to be, in their view, the only alternative to appease their basic angst in front of death.
This, however, does not exclude the possibility of eliminating each other within their power games, as this can be seen among Mafia families. Have these entities had more compassion for their fellows, they would have easily discerned that no money or power on this earth could protect them from the nefarious thoughts and deeds of their akin. This insight would have been sufficient to convince them to wrap up their insidious plans to control the world. The author is optimistic that this will happen this year.
The numerous mental and emotional ramifications of the Orion monetary system on human thinking, feeling, and behavior are so profound and ubiquitous that there is virtually no space in current human society that is not thoroughly poisoned by this vicious system. This is the current problem of all light workers who have to immerse in the toxic atmosphere of earth and cannot find an adequate place that will serve them as a spiritual shelter.
It is important to observe at this place that all enlightened civilizations in the solar universes do not use money, because they do not need this primitive means for the organization of their society. They have understood the nature of money.
Money imitates the Nature of All-That-Is which is energy. The difference of the Orion monetary system to energy is that it entraps the entities and steals their energy, while real energy is always free – it floats from one system to another without any preference. Money, as it is used today, stipulates all the wrong emotional and mental concepts of separation, such as greed, power, manipulation, aggression, etc., that are basic fears of the human templates and thus typical for all entities that live in total amnesia and lead to their enslavement.
These negative characteristics are typical for the mentality of young souls who live in the greatest separation from the Source. The American society, being determined by collective greed, corruption, unlimited aggression, self-righteousness, arrogance, and ignorance for the rest of the world, is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of all entities that are separated from All-That-Is. As young souls build the majority of the current population on earth, their negative features are inherent to the whole mankind.
Therefore, we will witness this year in the first place a radical shift of public opinion away from these negative collective characteristics towards more transparency, compassion, equality, and respect for the free will of the individual. All the revolutions and upheavals that will be unleashed this year will demand for such a change in human perceptions. This change is a necessary prerequisite for preparing humanity mentally and emotionally for the upcoming Ascension at the end of next year. * Religion is the next huge system of deception of the Powers That Be that deepens the wrong concept of separation. Most of the sacred books of current world religions have been dictated or rewritten by the Powers That Be through channeling or by human proxies, which have been reptilian incarnations and have always belonged to the Elite (Illuminati, ruling families, etc.). The religious practices have institutionalized this idea in everyday life.
In Christianity for instance the reincarnation of the soul and its multidimensional nature as originally preached by Jesus were eliminated in its official teaching and the direct contact of the incarnated entity to the higher self was negated. Instead, priests became the only competent intermediaries between All-That-Is and the individual. This has led to a profound spiritual enslavement of western mankind.
The very existence of Jesus Christ has been totally fabricated as ordered by Constantine, the Great, in the 4th century. The myth about this entity was established as a composite of two spiritually highly evolved personalities, who lived approximately at the same time as described in the New Testament – the entity Jeshua from the group of the Essenes in Palestine and Apollonius of Tyana, whose life has been depicted by Philostratos. The synoptic gospels were written by the Piso brothers on behalf of Constantine for the Nicene council that established Christianity as official religion of Rome. John’s Gospel was written by the sister of the Piso brothers, who belonged to the Reptilian Elite at that time.
Nostradamus was, for instance, also a representative of the Elite and made deliberate predictions for the End Times that suited the plans of the Powers That Be. They knew that they are bound to lose their power during this crucial period and wanted to alter the circumstances in advance as to suit their plans.
There is virtually not a single major sacred book of mankind that has not been falsified or written under the dictation of the Powers That Be, as to serve their aims to enslave human beings by forging the idea of their separation from All-That-Is. This also holds true for most social and economic doctrines in the past that have further deepened the separation of humanity, as we shall discuss it below for the current major macroeconomic theories. * The situation with science and its theory is quite similar to that of religion and finance. Science has always had the propensity to discern the truth behind the veil of forgetfulness and human illusions. This has been primarily the task of philosophy since Antiquity, throughout the Dark Ages, Renaissance, and Enlightenment. With the begin of industrialization and modern empiric science, this philosophical pursuit and quest for knowledge were diverted from the inner spiritual dimension of the individual towards the external world and the spiritual dumping down of the incarnated human entities reached an unprecedented peak.
The 19th and 20th centuries marked the darkest period of human history with respect to their alienation from the Whole. This trend has been reversed in the last 50-60 years when a large number of highly evolved souls, known as light workers, way showers, star seeds, have incarnated on earth to prepare this planet and the vast majority of its human population for Ascension.
Through manipulating religion, science, and economic activities of human beings, the surreptitious dark forces on earth have effectively suppressed the pristine knowledge that humans are immortal souls and independent creators of their destiny to the point that a return to Oneness seems now impossible for many beings. This heinous strategy has been used for thousands of years and has become an inextricable reality for most incarnated human beings. Purely for this reason the current financial system must collapse this year in order to liberate humans from the shackles of overwhelming pecuniary and materialism that reign over modern society. Both are manifestations of the primordial idea of separation from the Whole. * In addition to these suppressive measures that have essentially affected human minds, the incarnated entities have been genetically engineered as to harbor a vast number of astral templates at the cellular and genetic level that promote various feelings of fear and fear based beliefs. These fear patterns are local destructive interferences within the physical, emotional, and mental body and also involve the chakra system.
This is a huge theme that is beyond the scope of this essay and has been broadly discussed by numerous channels in the last years. Purely for this reason, many incarnated entities undergo currently a light body process, which is essentially an elimination of these blockades through establishing the conditions of constructive interference in the human bodies by augmenting their frequencies.
Current Ascension is the liberation of human beings as incarnated entities from the invisible enslavement by the dark entities from the 4th dimension, the Powers That Be, who have chosen the path of total separation from the Whole. Since these entities are guided by this primordial idea in their very existence, they have introduced it on every level of human society – from everyday life to science and religion, although the latter was originally intended to eliminate the idea of separation and to open the eyes of the believers for the truth that they are “sparks of God”.
It is not an exaggeration to conclude that human beings have been for eons of time pawns in the hands of the dark forces that have pulled their strings from the 4th dimension of total separation from All-That-Is. They have used various insidious tactics to achieve this goal.
For instance, to every enlightened soul/star seed that incarnates on earth, three Orion entities from the 4th dimension are attached upon birth. Their function is to effectively block the lower, middle and higher self of the incarnated entity and to boycott its creativity. Many light workers, who under normal conditions would have had the power and mentality to create abundance on earth, are inhibited by such destructive 4d-entities throughout their lives.
Numerous such unholy trios have accommodated themselves so perfectly into the emotional and mental structure of the incarnated light workers – they live in such a perfect mimicry with the fear-driven templates of these entities, without which no entity can exist on earth – that most light workers are not able to discern these evil energy spongers and effectively eliminate them from their energetic fields.
The elimination of these energy-sponging entities follows the Universal Law of Free Will. As soon as the entity discerns the existence of such an inhibiting 4d-astral trio in his energetic aura, he has the right to expel it from his fields by stating this wish firmly and deliberately. In this case, he may ask for help from the higher realms. This process will accelerate this year when the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” will finally take place (see below).
This is the dumping practice of the dark forces at the individual level that overlaps with their hidden negative influences on the collective intellectual (science), emotional (entertainment, financial problems) and social level (dictatorship, political repression, etc.). These methods of the dark ones must be made known to the public, so that all people can take appropriate measures to protect themselves with established spiritual techniques, but also to comprehend why human society has failed to achieve true spiritual progress throughout his long history of oppression.
The author pays great attention to this aspect of psycho-mental repression of human incarnated entities by the dark Orion forces, because he has gone through this personal experience and knows how unpleasant it can be. In this case knowledge is power. * The decision of earth souls to incarnate on this toxic planet, called Gaia, which can be regarded as an asylum, where the inmates have taken control over the asylum and any sane being that enters this asylum is immediately declared insane by the true insane ones, is to experience the utmost separation from All-That-Is at any price. In order to create this condition of separation, the incarnated souls on earth use such dark agents as the Powers That Be, the Luciferian, Ahriman, and demonic forces from the 4th dimension, to establish the condition of destructive interference and to gestalt it in the most realistic way by instigating numerous human dramas.
The inner bond of the incarnated entity with All-That-Is cannot be wholly severed, as the personality is always an intrinsic part of the Source. However, the actual energetic separation through destructive interference on many different energetic levels that constitute the incarnated entity and his physical vessel can be so pronounced, that it shapes his mentality as well as the collective beliefs and behavior patterns of human society in a profound way.
This condition of total separation is planned for planet B that will remain in the 3d-density, after the shift of the ascended earth (Planet A) in the 5th dimension has taken place. The planet B will progress along the path of even greater separation than currently observed. Life on this planet will remain under the total control of the dark forces and will be a living hell.
Only those incarnated entities who cannot ascend will continue with their incarnation on this catastrophic planet that has already entered this streamline at the beginning of this year. This will be a small fraction of the current population that will also include part of the Elite who will survive the shift in underground bases, which they have been building for many years with the help of the dark aliens in anticipation of this event.
Those entities who will survive the huge energy tsunami at the time of Rapture will be the future slaves of the Elite on planet B and will be confronted with terrible living conditions. The cosmic energies that will trigger the split of the two earths will destroy most current technologies. The electric grid, the communication system, internet, and all engines of combustion will no longer function because the properties of the new photon space-time (electromagnetic field) on earth after the shift will be altered dramatically.
It is important to observe that currently about 1/3 of all souls are baby and child souls. These are incarnated entities that are products of recent genetic engineering by the Powers That Be and have a very rudimentary soul. While they will proceed with their incarnation cycle on planet B, their DNA will be reduced to one strand, and they will totally forget their bond with All-That-Is. They will immerse into the new denser physicality of planet B and will live in a very primitive oppressive society, where even the concept of religion will no longer exist.
About one third of human population will leave earth in the End Times through natural cause or through dematerialization of the human body. It is estimated that about half of the population will ascend at the time of Rapture on 21 December 2012 and that there will be one or more Ascension waves of highly evolved entities prior to this event. This is concise information on the future of planet A and planet B. The reader may learn more about these planets from the channeled messages of Cosmic Awareness. * The situation of the incarnated entities on earth is essentially as follows. The earth souls come from the 5th dimension when they incarnate on this planet. Some star seeds come from a higher dimension to assist the process of Ascension at this time. At the 5th dimension, which is also known as Celestria, the soul can experience the Oneness with All-That-Is and has the unlimited power to create immediately through imagination.
Upon entering the physical vessel of the organic body, the incarnated soul creates the veil of forgetfulness, a state of total amnesia with respect to its origin. The crucial consequence of this amnesia is that the incarnated entity forgets that he is a powerful being and has the unlimited potential to create his destiny and his surroundings. Instead, he regards himself as a weak biological entity that is seemingly helpless and vulnerable to all kinds of natural dangers and astral influences.
Starting from this ultimate “fall from grace”, the soul begins with her gradual Ascension and reconnection with All-That-Is within her long incarnation cycle. The strife that the incarnated entity experiences in its inner realm throughout his earthly life and which he incessantly projects onto the outer world, is the battle between the dark Ahriman forces, the Cabal, the dark forces of the Orion entities from the 4th dimension, that have the function to dump down the entities to a greater separation and control, and the inner voice of the soul from the 5th dimension that is perceived as pristine feelings, intuitions and pre-conceived knowledge and lead him on the path to Ascension.
This is the allegoric battle between Gog and Magog about which one can read in John’s Revelations. This book has been channeled by enlightened entities much later than the other gospels and has been included only per chance in the New Testament in order to inform the people what will happen on this planet at the End Times.
This inner battle between Darkness and Light that is fought in each incarnated entity is a key concept of many religions in East and West. This inner strife can only be solved within the mental and emotional confines of the individual, as every incarnated entity is an independent and powerful creator of his destiny and planes of experience. However, it lies in the essence of the incarnated entities, living in total separation from All-That-Is, to solve this inner collision in the outer world by instigating wars, invasions, and all kinds of atrocities. This is the key to an eschatological understanding of human existence on earth.
This negative tendency lasts as long as the incarnated entity begins to realize that all crimes and atrocities, which he commits upon other entities, are crimes committed against oneself. Purely for this purpose, the law of karma has been introduced. Karma has the function of making the entity aware of the fact that he is not separated from the Source and that all he has to do is to recognize this eternal truth, re-member who he is, and surrender to the soul as part of the Whole. After this spiritual insight is achieved, there is no need for the soul to incarnate anymore in the 3d-space-time of solar universes and the incarnation cycle is completed.
This is what most human beings will experience at the end of 2012, when they will ascend in the 5th dimension. It is the apotheosis of all human experience – an event of truly cosmic, heavenly dimension, and mankind ought to be exalted in the coming days by this dazzling perspective. Heaven has been promised to mankind since eons of time, Jesus, being the last prophet in a raw, to make them aware of this promise, and now heaven is within a reach. Brethren, this is the most exciting time to live on earth. Enjoy it! * The greatest grievance of mankind has always been that it does not understand how it manifests its reality, although the higher self does this in an incessant manner for its incarnated entity in synchronization with the other souls from the 5th dimension. This is accomplished by the creation of myriad alternative worlds, realities, astral probabilities of individual destinies until the optimal solution is found.
The higher realms of Creation operate like a huge interactive internet or a mathematical algorithm that is incessantly fed by an infinite amount of input data. The data are processed in the Now by establishing myriads of feedback mechanisms with parallel realities. The final outcome is the creation of human life on earth with respect to this planet. However, there are myriads planets and solar systems, as there are countless souls in the higher realms.
Earth is a very small planet in comparison to most other planets in the solar universes. In addition, there are infinite versions of earth, which can be defined from a human, linear point of view as past, present and future; in reality they exist simultaneously in All-That–Is and interact with each other.
For a short period of time, the ascended earth A and the catastrophic planet B will intercept after they have split in 2012. This split has already commenced. After the final split is accomplished, the ascended entities in the 5th dimensional earth may establish contact with those human beings living on planet B, but these entities will not recognize them anymore because their perception will be exclusively orientated towards the greater density and physicality of planet B. Hence, there will soon be no need to communicate with these entities and the two worlds will definitely separate.
Currently, we have the same situation between the incarnated entities on earth and the excarnated entities in the higher realms. While the entities from the higher realms can always contact us through telepathy and other means of communication, most human beings on earth, defined as the “sleeping majority” by the author, have no idea that they can also contact their higher self and other related souls. This state of spiritual denial will end abruptly this year, when some major events will occur on this planet and will eliminate forever the veil of forgetfulness under which mankind has existed for eons of time. * The role of the dark forces on current earth can only be understood in this context. There are, for instance, infinite earth versions that are as valid as this one that have no dark forces, because they vibrate at a much higher frequency, where the dark forces can no longer exist. The already existing blueprint of the ascending earth in the 5th dimension is such a version.
Even when the dark forces create through genetic engineering new human clones, they can only accomplish this task with the hidden support from the higher realms of Creation, which are responsible for the myriad earth versions known as omni-earth. However, the influence of the dark forces from the 4th dimension upon human consciousness at the individual and social level of our current plane of existence has been enormous and has determined to a great extent the conditions of life on earth. These conditions have been partially corrected by the souls from the 5th dimension to the extent, to which the incarnated entities have become more enlightened and aware of their bond with God.
This year the balance of powers on earth will dramatically shift. Due to the increase in frequency of earth and most human beings, the dark forces, which already vibrate with a lower frequency than that of earth and many light workers, will lose their grip on the planet and humanity. They will have to retrieve in the 4th dimension and wait the final Ascension at the end of 2012. During these End Times that include the years 2010 to 2012 the energetic conditions for destructive interference for all social structures that are based on the primary idea of separation will be firmly established and the world order will inevitably collapse.
This is achieved by pouring huge waves of high frequency energies onto the earth that alter the habitual, long existing conditions of low frequency constructive interference creating the idea of separation with that of new destructive interference. This would say that all low frequency material and social systems, behavior patterns, as well as their underlying beliefs will be now out of balance with respect to the new augmented basic frequencies of earth and mankind. When the tipping point of total destructive interference is reached, the old structures will crumble within a very short period of time. This is seen to happen this year (2011). * The period of preparation of humanity for Ascension includes a radical shift in the weltanschauung of most human beings. While it has always been easy in the past to blame others for one’s problems or to seek condolence in a higher authority, in a Christian God, Judaic God, Allah, or any other arbitrary supreme deity, human beings will begin to realize that they have the absolute autarky to create their own destiny and reality.
The truth will emerge that all human beings are creator beings. Incessantly – at every moment in the Now! This truth will become more and more apparent this year, as we approach Ascension and the veil of forgetfulness is thinned. The true multidimensional nature of human beings will emerge behind this veil and the people will begin to understand the Nature of All-That-Is – the Unity of all Consciousness.
When the Egyptian people finally awakened and revolted against the long-standing dictatorship of the Reptilian Mubarak and his clique, they explicitly declared their will to be the legitimate sovereign of their ancient country and that they intend to take their destiny for the first time in their long history in their own hands. They no longer need the alleged support or the clandestine oppression of external foreign powers and dark forces that hide behind them.
This collective acclamation of the Egyptian people of their natural rights of freedom, expression, and self-determination has been enabled by the huge changes in the astral energetic fields of earth and mankind. At the same time, the emotional outburst of the people of this ancient country is so powerful that it will not only oust the dark forces on power, but will trigger a sweeping wave of revolutions and liberation movements throughout the globe that will mark the end of the reign of all dark forces on earth prior to Ascension.
This is well understood by the Powers That Be and their proxies – the hidden governments, the Elite, the thirteen families, the Cabal, the super-secret services, the political powers that have been embroiled to such an extent with the Orion reptilian empire that they have now only two choices:Either revolt against their former masters and eventually risk their lives or stick to them and choose that living hell, called planet B.If they decide to shoulder with the awakening population and facilitate the transition of mankind to an enlightened society, they may eventually qualify for Ascension. It is their choice. There is very little time left.
Most channels transmit nowadays the information that human beings can begin to create their own destiny through their thoughts and feelings. They may create a sparkling future in Heaven (Celestria) after Ascension or choose a catastrophic timeline that will bind them to the remaining planet B, where the Powers That Be will regain the unlimited power that they have enjoyed for the last 13,000 years. This creation of future timelines must begin now. Ascension is not an event but a prolonged mental, emotional and energetic process. The separation of the wheat from the chaff has already begun. * The uniqueness of current Ascension of mankind and earth is that the slaves now become sovereign masters and creators of their own destiny. They have been given the divine right to surpass their former masters from the 4th dimension and to ascend directly in the 5th dimension. However, most of mankind will find itself in the lower 5th dimension, where the new ascended planet A will still retain its physicality and where immediate creation through imagination will have to be learned step by step.
But there will be also those – the light workers and the star seeds -that will go directly to Celestria and will become the new-born leaders of their ascended human fellows; they will teach them how to create the much proclaimed Golden Age. This is the choice that each and every individual will have to make in the course of this and next year, when current human civilization will irreversibly collapse.
And make no mistake, there is very little time left for creating new social structures, as some 4d-channels of disinformation of the dark forces currently suggest with the aim of stirring confusion among the people. The current concept of NESARA that is hugely popular among many light workers should be re-evaluated in this context. Humans will have to accommodate with the little that is left after the financial crash will hit the economy this year so hard that it will eliminate most of the opportunities to earn one’s living.
On the other hand, it is not planned that human beings will still feed the old Orion system of economics in the End Times. Therefore, no new economic system is planned for this earth in the remaining period before Ascension. The dark ones may have their own nefarious plans for Planet B, but this will no longer be of interest to the awakening majority of human beings. They will awake after Ascension on the ascended planet A, where abundance is the Nature of All-That-Is. None of the current economic and social structures will exist in the 5th dimension.
Those, who will not ascend, may not even realize that such a process is taking place, because it will not fit into their narrow-minded world view. They will continue with their lives in the living hell on planet B, steadily forgetting the advantages of the past industrial epoch that has been irrevocably terminated with the Rupture of the two earths. This is essentially the eschatology of human existence on earth during the End Times prior to Ascension. Back to Contents 15. Ascension is the Separation of the Wheat from the Chaff
The last several decades in the history of mankind are marked by a severe battle in the 4th, 5th and higher dimensions between the dark forces, The Powers That be, the so called “Unholy six” (Greys, zeta reticuli, Reptilians, etc.), the actual controllers of earth, on the one hand, and the Forces of Light (Galactic Federation, White Brotherhood, etc.) on the other.
While this battle has huge repercussions in the third dimension on earth, the vast majority of human entities are not even aware of it. The sleeping majority of human beings are involuntary slaves of the Powers That Be, who execute this perennial enslavement through their proxies. The latter have the hidden agenda to create the New World Order, as one of their main speakers, Kissinger, recently loudly proclaimed on television.
To this end they have corrupted in the last several decades the financial system worldwide by transforming it into a huge Ponzi scheme that is exclusively based on creating new debt and money out of thin air. The chief culprits are the FED and the private American and Anglo-Saxon banks that own this central bank, followed by ECB and other central banks. Many of the CEOs of these financial corporations are human clones that are created by genetic engineering by the Unholy Six, in the first place, by the Greys. This knowledge will become a central piece of information in the revelations and tribulations that will take place in the course of this year.
Therefore, the only people that know exactly what will occur in the End Times are the proxies of the Dark forces, also known as Illuminati, the hidden Government, the Powers of the New World Order, the 13 families, etc., and the super-secret services that have been engaged in clandestine joint ventures, mainly underground, with the Unholy six. They have created many new technologies, including UFOs and other vehicles, while at the same time they have systematically suppressed the implementation of numerous patents and new technologies for the sake of the broad population.
For instance, the clean technology to produce hydrogen and oxygen from water as a fuel for all kinds of motors of combustion is available for several decades, but it has been deliberately suppressed by the oil corporations which are in the hands of the dark forces.
The ultimate goal of such nefarious practices is the enslavement of mankind. However, this is not the plan for humanity at this time, as the Forces of Light will also have a say on this issue.
There are some light workers that are also informed about what is happening behind the scene. However, the vast majority of star seeds are either completely ignorant on the role of the dark forces in the shaping of humanity or prefer to close their eyes, as these facts can be indeed very scary, and fears do not help the light body process and Ascension. Nevertheless, some of these facts must be made public very soon. Information is Light, and where Light is, there is no Evil. The activities of the dark forces must be completely blocked this year, so that they can no longer exert their deplorable influence on mankind prior to Ascension. * While the dark forces want to preserve the status-quo, the Forces of Light are preparing our planet and the vast majority of mankind for Ascension in the 5th dimension. The final shift of earth – in the Bible this event is also known as Rapture – will be accomplished on 21 December 2012. Our planet will then split into two planets as already discussed:Planet A will ascend in the 5th dimensionPlanet B will stay in the present 3d-density, will experience huge material and natural disasters during and after the shift, and will slowly degrade to an even greater density and separation from the WholeAs already said, planet B will be a living hell. The portion of incarnated entities that will decide to live in further separation will continue to live on planet B or will leave earth prior to Ascension. The Powers That Be will have full control on this planet. They are preparing themselves for this event for a long time. They are fully aware of the fact that in the last two years of Revelations and Tribulations they will lose their grip on mankind and earth. All they want to achieve currently is somehow to survive the shift and proceed with their evil business as usual on Planet B. In the meantime, they are doing everything possible to take as many sleeping human beings with them on planet B, as they can harvest in these times of tribulations.
The Forces of Light and the highly evolved earth souls are doing their best to awaken as much incarnated entities as possible, so that they can make their own choices based on their free will and personal knowledge. The alternatives are:to awaken and ascend with the earth in the 5th dimensionto leave earth and go back to the original realms of all soulsto stay on a degrading catastrophic planet and experience more of the same and even worse* All evolved souls will ascend. This will include all star seeds (light workers), indigo, crystalline, and rainbow children (old souls), and most adult souls. According to the working model of soul age, as developed by the author, all adult and old souls will ascend. His estimations are that there are currently about 4-8% old souls and about 25-30% adult souls on earth.
During the End Times, the adult soul population will transgress into old souls and most old souls (star seeds) will ascend in the 5th dimension prior to the final mass Ascension. The transition from one soul age cycle to the next one is associated with a profound confusion that arises from the new psycho-mental and energetic orientation of the incarnated entities as to comply with the requirements of the new soul age.
The adult souls have been exploring their inner dimension for the last 3-4000 years on earth in numerous incarnations, various cultural environments, races, social positions, and dramatic destinies. Quite often they have chosen the role of the martyr and have consented to become victims of young souls who have to make the experience of the perpetrator and extinguish human lives in this soul age. This is part of their “fall from grace”, through which every soul must go. Such intensive human involvements and experiences create the necessary karma that has to be worked out step by step in the following incarnations when the ability to show compassion, love, and understanding have grown in the course of painful experience. This is the chief objective of the adult soul age.
Therefore, in this soul age the incarnated entities must work out their karma either by consenting to become victims of other younger souls or to take responsibilities for other souls that require from them huge sacrifices. During this age cycle the adult soul experiences seldom moments of fulfillment and happiness. She has to live through many stressful moments and to shed many tears. For this reason her eyes are clear and shining.
The eyes of young souls of lower grade of evolution are on the contrary dark and without any sparkling. It should be well known, at least among light workers, that the eyes of the incarnated entity are windows to the soul. Purely for this reason young souls cannot look in the eyes of adult and old souls, as they have to re-member the existence of the soul and this insight scares them to death. Most of these souls are product of genetic engineering by the dark forces and can be easily recognized by their lifeless, dark eyes.
The vast majority of souls that have incarnated on earth at this time are in the young soul cycle (45-50%). Most of them are on the verge of being transgressed into the adult soul cycle. This transgression begins with a total confusion and a dramatic shift of previous beliefs and social habits. The young soul cycle is associated with a maximal amnesia, because in this age the soul has to focus its intent and abilities towards manipulating and changing the external world. These activities include physical matter, but also the manipulation of other entities under various conditions. This kind of experience is typical for the young soul age.
The baby and child souls are also separated from the Source. However, as their mental abilities are rudimental, they are guided in an instinctive, subconscious manner by their souls throughout their life. Since they are unable to exert any influence on society, their biographies are well wrapped in rigid family structures, or they have the assurance to leave the body vessel prematurely, if they cannot cope with the harsh conditions on earth.
The majority of baby and young souls can be found in third world countries, where the mortality rate due to diseases and poor living conditions is quite high, and life expectancy is low. In the industrial countries, baby and young souls can be found in rural areas with stable family structures. In this environment mobility and individuality are not needed to the same extent as in big cities and other urban areas, which are predominantly populated by young souls.
As young souls live in maximal separation from the higher self and All-That-Is, their psychological characteristics are very similar to those of the dark forces that live for eons of time in total separation from the Source. Therefore, they tend to cooperate with them or to succumb to their dark influence from the 4th dimension. Most of the current Elite are young souls. * The dark forces in the 4th dimension are defined in the esoteric literature as demonic, Luciferian, satanic (Rhyee), etc. In previous times, for instance, in ancient Greece and Hellenism, there was a better understanding for these dark forces and their despicable influence on human behavior. Plotinus, the founder of Neo-Platonism, the most sophisticated Gnostic teaching in the history of Western civilization, has described these demonic forces extensively and very precisely in his Enneads.
Christianity borrowed its knowledge on the dark forces from him and other Neo-Platonists, but distorted their teachings to such an extent that the primitive and very corrupt idea of “the Devil” or “Evil” as a distinct entity was born. This distortion was deliberately forged by the Orion reptilians during the Dark Ages, when their reign on earth was unlimited.
The concept of evil, such as Bush’s “axis of evil”, Reagan’s “empire of evil” (Soviet Union), is used anytime, when an evil one has made up his mind to commit crimes on humanity and needs a false pretext and a rectification for his intended crime. This pattern has remained invariant throughout history.
It will be sufficient to point out to the fact that the American nation is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of young souls: It is the classical young soul nation on earth that dominates and determines the behavior of a large portion of humanity. The plots and protagonists of Hollywood films have stipulated these negative, perverse, truly dark features of the young American souls to the utmost. This is the psycho-mental mind-set of present-day humanity and, to the opinion of the author, one need few words to persuade the reader as to how deplorable the situation on earth has become prior to Ascension. * This year, the huge wave of young souls on earth will enter the adult soul cycle. This transgression is associated with a radical shift in their obsession with the manipulation of the outer reality towards the multidimensionality of the inner soul. This process begins with a total confusion of this population of incarnated entities, as none of their young soul beliefs of maximal separation will hold true after their energetic transformation.
The events that are about to unfold very soon will pull the rug away from under their feet and they will have to glimpse into the abysses of their “rotten” souls. This will be a very painful experience, and their reactions and mental aberrations at this time will surpass anything known so far. The recommendation of the author to the light workers is to see through these events with a great portion of relaxation and humor and to not let them being dragged down by the psychopathic and schizophrenic moods of their surroundings and on the world stage.
The transgression from one soul age into the next one is the greatest challenge to every soul during her incarnation cycle. For this reason some souls prefer to perform this transformation as excarnated entities in the 5th dimension, because it is less dramatic. Other, more courageous souls make this transformation in the 3d-reality. There is no fixed rule to this. The transgression from one soul age to another is associated with a massive release of energetic blockages in the four bodies or fields of the incarnated entity – the physical, emotional, mental, and causal.
During this time, the seven body chakras also undergo a huge energetic transformation that is generally referred to as light body process. It begins with the 4th heart chakra that opens first, as this is currently the case with most light workers, When it is fully opened, it enlarges significantly and encompasses the lower three chakras, and unifies them with the upper three chakras. The newly built chakra is a unified chakra of the human body. It allows the flow of much more energy from the higher self and the higher realms into the physical body.
The massive transformation of the physical body can now begin with a high speed. The goal is to augment the frequency of the organic body to that of the ethereal body. At that point the phase transformation of the organic body into light body can be instantaneously accomplished. This description holds true for the individual Ascension process, when the entity can ascend without being supported by earth’s Ascension and the cosmic tsunami wave at the end of 2012.
The 6th and 7th chakra of such highly evolved entities must be fully opened and connected with the 7th to 14th chakra of the over-soul. Normally, the 6th and 7th chakra are closed in most incarnated entities. This is the reason, why the vast majority of the incarnated entities on earth do not exhibit any medial abilities.
With the opening of the portal 10.10.10, these upper chakras have also begun to open by most star seeds, and they are now connected with their higher self. Only incarnated entities who have achieved this level in the light body process will qualify for Ascension prior to mass Ascension, most probably after the last, but one, portal 11.11.11 is opened in late autumn this year.
With the beginning of this year humanity has fully entered the process of transgression from one soul age into the higher one. This process is not truly comprehended by most light workers, and it is a non-entity for the rest of mankind. This must change radically this year. A major objective of this essay is to expand human consciousness and to make the people aware of this astral process that now takes place behind the curtain, but will very soon unleash its force on mass psychology and behavior.
Some young souls will successfully manage their transgression into the adult soul age in the End Times and will qualify for Ascension. Others will return to the 5th dimension as excarnated souls and the rest will remain on planet B. Some of these entities, who belong to the current Elite, may become the new Elite on this planet, provided the fact that they have survived the shift and the turmoil thereafter.
There will be some small waves of Ascension of star seeds, who have sufficiently progressed with their light body process before December 2012. This event will trigger a true spiritual revolution and evolution in the minds of most human beings. It will urge the people to rapidly make their minds to ascend with earth at the end of 2012. However, not all of them will be prepared for Ascension on December 21, when our planet will be in alignment with the central sun of the galaxy and with the other planets of the Galactic Federation, and a huge photon wave will flood earth.
Some of them will stay on planet B for a while and will have the possibility to enter the 5th dimension at a later stage. In the meantime, they will have to live on a catastrophic earth. This circumstance will eventually facilitate their decision.
In the post-shift period of 3-4 years, the two planets A and B will still have energetic interceptions that will allow the establishment of portals, which can be used by these entities to enter the 5th dimension. They will receive much help at this difficult time from the Forces of Light and from some highly evolved incarnated entities that have already ascended.
After that the two earths will irreversibly separate, Planet A will move definitely in the 5th dimension and planet B will go along the path of greater density and separation from All-That-Is. This is the experience, which some very young souls will prefer to make in the course of their incarnation circle. One should accept their choice without expressing false moral prejudices. * The splitting of earth and humanity in two streamlines of existence during the End Times is summarized in the famous statement,”The separation of the wheat from the chaff”.The portion of mankind that will decide to remain on Planet B will have for a long period of time no idea of God or even religion, as there will be no more highly evolved souls on this planet that will be beacons of light, as most light workers are nowadays. There will be also no incarnated souls that will be ready to play the role of the martyr and give these young souls the possibility to commit all kinds of atrocities, while learning their karmic lessons. All entities on planet B will be equally evil.
The society on planet B will constitute entirely of entities who will behave according to their egoistic, fearful view of total separation from each other and the Whole. They will consider all other entities as foes and will not be able to follow any moral or ethical principles whatsoever. Human life will have no value on this planet, and all kinds of heinous criminal acts will represent the normal way of living in this debased society. These entities will have to discover anew the Light in their own personality, before they can begin to evolve and experience Ascension in eons of time. This is the normal cycle of incarnation on earth and many other planets in the solar universes of 3d-space-time.
The entities who will ascend on planet A will stay in the 5th dimension for another 2000 years. Each individual will have the possibility to progress at his own pace. Death will no longer be necessary in order to leave this plane of existence – the entity will be able to dematerialize his light body at his own discretion. Many will soon be able to create and dissolve their light bodies whenever they wish. The contact with other souls from the soul family or past friends can be established anytime. Matter will be more fluid, and immediate Creation upon imagination will soon be possible for many ascended entities. Karma will no longer exist. All relations will be heart-based and will express Christ consciousness. The autarky of all entities will be fully guaranteed and abundance will be the normal state of living, as immediate Creation will be possible for all entities. Life in the 5th dimension, also known as Celestria, will be, indeed, Heaven.
Therefore, the choice that mankind and every individual will have to make in the next two years will be as follows: Ascend to Heaven or stay on earth and live in Hell. Hardly a choice! But as the events will show, quite a number of human entities will eventually decide to follow their current masters – the Powers That Be – and will stay on earth B, where they can continue enjoying their heinous plans to enslave mankind, without the meddling of some star seeds. Back to Contents 16. Why Entities want to be Evil
Evil does not exist as a distinct entity. Evil is the absence of Love, and Love is Light. Light is Information. Light, Love, Information are synonyms for Energy, and Energy is the Primary Term of human or any cosmic awareness – it is All-That-Is. All parts of All-That-Is are open and closely related – they exist in a state of constructive interference, in harmony. They are not separated. Separation is the condition of destructive interference. This condition allows the existence of evil. But how?
Separation from the Whole due to destructive interference is the worst experience an entity can endure. It is the fall from grace. Separation creates fear, and fear augments separation. These are two dialectical aspects of one and the same thing. Fear nurtures more fear. Fears are powerful emotional impulses that require action. Action is meant to appease fear. But instead, it creates more fear. Fear can only be eliminated by love and compassion. Also by understanding and information, then without information there is no understanding.
If entities cannot experience love, they cannot appreciate compassion, understanding, and information. They will act out of fear and will generate more fear, than fear is contagious. Such entities hate knowledge and information, that is, transparency, and commit their heinous acts in the dark – hence the term “Dark Forces”. Evil is always an aspect of darkness. Ultimately, such evil dark forces hate light. Because in the light evil can be seen and dissolved. But how can be this circle of perpetuating evil interrupted?
Not until the entities have experienced so much evil and darkness that slowly a longing for something else emerges in their dark awareness. This longing is God’s spark that exists in every distinct consciousness, no matter how dark and evil. This is the inextinguishable bond with the Source. Every entity is a U-set of All-That-Is and carries its essence as an element even if he has forgotten it. When this longing occurs, everything changes. The entity begins to cherish the spark of Light that he has discovered within himself and starts to search for a possibility to express it in the outer space. This is the moment when the entity says farewell to darkness, as it realizes that there is another alternative – that of Light and Oneness.
However, this process is long and painful. During this time darkness and light exist side by side and create the illusion of duality. The battle that now rages between these two extremities is the battle for Ascension and reunion with the Source or further separation from the Whole. During this struggle, evil may eventually win some skirmishes, but the final outcome of this perennial war of cosmic dimensions is always in favor of Light.
In this state of illusion, evil may become a personification, but ultimately all ideas stem from All-That-Is. When this last limit of illusion is also circumvented, the path to Ascension and merging with All-That-Is is finally free. The Prodigal Son returns to the Father. The fallen angles return to God. This is what many human entities will experience in the next two years. It is the apotheosis of this planet and of all civilizations that it has nurtured for eons of time, as they all exist in the eternal simultaneity of All-That-Is and are linked to current humanity. Back to Contents 17. The Light Body Process (LBP)…Eliminates Separation by Establishing the Conditions of Constructive Interference with the Higher Realms
The reluctance of many human beings to accept the existence of the Forces of Light is an outstanding manifestation of this ubiquitous belief in total separation from the Source. The same pattern applies to the clandestine existence of the Dark Forces – the Powers That Be – that control earth and human civilization since the fall of Atlantis and even earlier.
Although there are many representatives of the hidden governments around the globe that cooperate with these evil forces and contribute as their proxies to the enslavement of mankind, they prefer to foster the idea that human beings are cosmic Robinson Crusoe, stranded by the odds of Nature on an insignificant planet, at the periphery of an unspectacular galaxy, amidst myriad galaxies in All-That-Is.
While this camouflage may serve well the heinous plans of the Powers That Be, the readiness with which such lies are accepted by the masses is a clear indication that the basic idea of separation from the Whole still shapes the weltanschauung of most human beings in a profound way.
The upcoming awakening in the second half of this year will make this state of denial impossible. Where light is, there can be no darkness and no secrets. Light is transparency – it is knowledge and full awareness. The elimination of darkness by light is achieved by establishing the condition of constructive interference and the elimination of all local conditions of destructive interference, where darkness and fears can dwell.
The current state of denial of mankind with respect to the existence of numerous other civilizations in All-That-Is is a manifestation of the fear based structure of human beings that has been artificially engineered by the Powers That Be in order to control them as part of the incarnation game on earth. This has been accomplished with the explicit consent of the incarnated earth souls, because they wanted this kind of limited experience.
For this reason the original human energetic structure as created by the Anunnaki reptilians was somewhat improved by the Forces of Light as to allow for further spiritual evolution of human beings. In particular, they grafted the original reptilian brain of subordination with the simian, mammalian brain and created a humanoid with the ability to express his free will at some point in time along his path of evolution.
The psycho-mental structure of present-day human beings has evolved in the last 13,000 years within the energetic constraints of 500 pre-determined templates that allowed the development of individual characters under the three-dimensional limitations of the physical vessel. These templates of restriction have begun now rapidly to dissolve under the influence of a variety of energetic processes that are coordinated from the higher realms at the individual soul level and at the planetary level. The ultimate goal is to eliminate all levels and conditions of destructive interference within the four fields/bodies of human entities – the biological, emotional (ethereal), mental (spiritual), and causal. This is what light body process is all about.
It should be observed in this context that there is no difference between the terms “body” and “field”. All energetic fields are superimposed wave systems of coherent energetic structure that follow strict geometric principles and can also be described as bodies. They are U-sets that contain themselves as an element.
For instance, the astral body is a mirror image of the organic body and contains the latter at a higher frequency level. It can be regarded as the software astral program, out of which the materialization of the organic body emerges in a secondary manner. This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge.
During the light body process the seven body chakras that have been more or less closed in the past are now beginning to open and to merge until a Unified Chakra is built that can transmit much more high frequency energies from the higher realms into the four bodies than previously. Most of the channeled information in the years 2009 and 2010 has been dedicated to these processes. All these energetic transformations fulfill the conditions of both constructive and destructive interference at the level of the four human bodies. * At this place a further theoretical elaboration is necessary. It is not possible to separate the condition of constructive interference from that of destructive interference, as they go hand in hand (U-sets). Let us illustrate this circumstance with another existential phenomenon that currently affects many light workers at the conscious level and the rest of mankind at the subconscious level.
A key aspect of the light body process (LBP) is the cleansing of old emotional patterns (karmic patterns), which are essentially fear based patterns. Emotions can be regarded as superimposed wave systems with frequencies that are higher than those of the organic body, but lower than that of the mental or spiritual body. Spirit, being the total set of all consciousness, exhibits an unlimited spectrum of frequencies and can be highly modulated. This topic is huge and can only be marginally tackled in this essay.
Let us now take an emotional pattern and consider it as a superimposed wave pattern with a specific frequency range. This range has two poles – the positive and the negative one. The positive pole is of higher frequency and can be described as the more loving one and the negative pole is of lower frequency and represents the emotions of fear. These are relative assignments within the narrow range of each specific emotional pattern. For instance, the positive emotional pole of a young soul may vibrate with a frequency which will, at the same time, represent the negative emotional pole of an old soul.
The older the incarnated soul is, the higher the frequencies of all her bodies are. The frequency level of an entity is an indicator of his evolution during his incarnation cycle. The LBP is an accelerated evolution of the incarnated entity in the linear time by rapidly augmenting his frequencies. The mechanism of augmenting these frequencies will be elaborating below for the emotional body.
Each specific emotional pattern of an incarnated entity alternates between the two poles, the positive and negative one, while dwelling most of the time in the middle range. This is a highly dynamic process, of which mankind and most light workers have no clear idea. The ultimate goal of the LBP is to augment the frequency range of all four bodes of the incarnated entity as to allow them to ascend to the higher frequency levels of the 5th dimension. This process is nothing else, but the establishment of the condition of constructive interference between the energetic field of the entity and the high frequency levels of the 5th dimension.
How is this gradual increase in frequency in the four bodies of the entity actually accomplished? Very simply! When the LBP is initiated, the chakras begin to open and the flow of high frequency energies in the four bodies increases gradually. During the initial phase, the emotional body is the main target of this transformation, as it contains most of the fear based patterns that separate the entity from the soul and the higher realms. These patterns are essentially responsible for the establishment of the so called Veil of Forgetfulness (Amnesia). Therefore, these fear based pattern must be eliminated from the emotional body step by step in the course of the LBP.
The elimination is accomplished by established a new condition of constructive interference. The soul projects in a precise manner higher frequency energies through the now fully opened Unified Chakra into the emotional body. These energies build through superposition initially the condition of destructive interference with the fear based pattern that ought to be cleansed. In this manner the fear based pattern is extinguished, as this can be observed in wave theory under this condition. This process is described in the channeled literature as “emotional cleansing”.
It goes like this:When two waves or wave patterns are superimposed and out of phase, the maxima of the one wave overlap with the minima of the other wave and the resulting wave pattern is a zero wave line. As a result of this superposition (interference), both waves are extinguished.This is the simplest case. There are infinite variations of interference between the two poles of total constructive and destructive interference. The author has to simplify somewhat the actual situation for didactical purposes, and for this reason he describes the ideal case.
During this process of elimination, the fear based pattern emerges on the surface of conscious awareness and is intensively experienced by the mental body. As fear based emotional patterns are stored at different places in the organic body, the entity can discern after some training the exact somatic location of the fear pattern that is actually deleted and is being felt in a conscious manner in the emotional, mental, and physical body.
It is important to observe that the emotional and mental bodies of the entity are U-sets that contain themselves as an element, as this is the case with all systems of All-That-Is. For this reason all mental ideas are emotionally tainted, and all emotions have to be mentally perceived, before the entity becomes aware of them. * The author makes in this context a key distinction between emotions and feelings that has to be elaborated for the sake of clarity. Feelings are original ethereal (emotional) patterns that occur in the higher self, respectively, in the soul, and present themselves as pure intuition to the incarnated entity. Since Antiquity it has been known to humans that the soul can manifest itself mainly through feelings. It is therefore no coincidence that the Greek word for soul is “Psyche”.
When the incarnated entity is aware of his pristine feelings coming from the higher self, he can always know what the soul wants to tell him. Negative feelings associated with some planned activities of the incarnated entity indicate that these plans are in breach with the preconceived plan of the soul and are bound to fail according to the saying:”The best plans of men and mice go sometimes awry”.Unfortunately most of the incarnated entities on earth are deaf to the emotional inspirations of their souls that contain much valuable information about the soul’s plan and its concrete realization on the 3d-plane. Intuitive feelings are perceived by the right hemisphere of the brain which, as mentioned above, is largely disconnected from the left hemisphere as part of the energetic malfunction of human beings.
When the pristine feelings of the right brain are perceived by the mental body, which is predominantly associated with the left hemisphere of the brain, these feelings undergo a profound energetic modulation and distortion that abide by the laws of interference. The feeling is no longer the pristine message of the soul, but is modulated during his mental perception by the fear based beliefs of the Ego that are nurtured in the mental body:The pristine feelings of the soul now become human emotions.Human emotions are hence fear tainted feelings of the soul that initially reach the awareness of the incarnated entity as pure intuition.
We can also put it this way:The Ego is responsible for the deformation of the intuitive feelings of the soul by transforming them into fear based emotional patterns.These emotions no longer contain the valuable information of the soul, but rather entrap the entity in the numerous fallacies and distortions of the reality that is coming from the Ego.
The Ego is like a kaleidoscope that reproduces its basic fears around which it has evolved from early childhood to adolescence in numerous redundant mirror images and variations. These images distort the reality of All-That-Is in a profound way. Human reality on earth is therefore a reality distorted by collective fears. As all fears are illusions, 3d-reality on earth is also an illusion.
This aspect has been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis written in German. The advantage of this language is that it has two different words for reality – Realität and Wirklichkeit. The author uses the word “Realität” for the true reality of the higher realms and the word “Wirklichkeit” for the fear distorted reality of human existence on this planet. The ultimate goal of all light workers should be to discern the fear based distortions of human reality and ascend mentally to the pristine reality of the higher realms. This will be their chief objective in the next two years prior to Ascension.
The psycho-mental structure of the Ego consists essentially of preconceived beliefs and fears that have been more or less unconsciously acquired in the family and confirmed through numerous positive feedbacks from the social environment. They impregnate the entity throughout his life. This kind of social adaptation has been extensively explored in the theory of behaviorism from an outward, empiric point of view. Behaviorism assumes that the external conditions determine human behavior, and that it is sufficient to analyze these conditions in order to predict human behavior. This is agnosticism par excellence.
Our approach in this essay is contrary to that of behaviorism. It begins with the inward dimension, which is the dimension of the soul – the creator of the incarnated entity and his destiny – in order to explain the psycho-mental motors that drive the evolution of the incarnated entity. It is therefore up to the entity to begin to question the fear based patterns that he has acquired throughout his life and to disentangle oneself from their influence. In this way the entity can alter his reality effectively.
We shall show below that the manipulation of fears is the principal mechanism that the dark forces employ to mind-control human entities on earth. Therefore, it is quite logical that most channeled messages suggest the total surrender of the Ego to the soul. The Ego, being a fear based structure, is the main hindrance to true knowledge and transcendence. The Ego blocks the way to Ascension. This should be the ultimate transcendental insight of any evolved personality.
The author is fully aware of the fact that he does not add anything new to current esoteric discussion. He only puts the available Gnostic knowledge on a sound physical, scientific ground by explaining the mechanism of energy transformation of any system in All-That-Is according to the Universal Law and its concrete applications – the laws of constructive and destructive interference.
During the process of cleansing as described above the negative, fear based emotion surges on the surface of the entity’s awareness before it is deleted. This experience can be very unpleasant and exhausting. The intensity of the fear based pattern may be very strong and can overwhelm the entity during the cleansing process. This phenomenon touches numerous existential conditions that have been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis.
The actual mechanism of dissolving a fear based pattern is accomplished by energizing it to the extent that it begins to vibrate very quickly between the negative and the positive pole. The high frequency superimposed vibration from the higher realms flows through the opened unified chakra in the emotional and physical body and interferes with the existing fear based pattern that has to be cleansed. Before the condition of destructive interference is reached and the fear based pattern is deleted (cleansed), the latter reaches a maximal intensity that is perceived at the level of consciousness as antagonistic emotions. This may lead to total emotional exhaustion of the incarnated entity. The entity has the experience that his emotions are running amok – the emotional ups and downs are the result of the alternating of the fear based pattern between the two extremes – the negative and the positive pole.
This is a very challenging experience that occurs again and again during the LBP. Depending on how the entity approaches these gushes of fear, it may support the LBP or impede it. Most of the channeled literature is dedicated to this negative experience without giving any clues about its physical, energetic background. Instead, one can find numerous suggestions and recommendations as to how to mitigate this challenging experience by certain meditation and breathing techniques. The factual knowledge of light workers is seldom stimulated by such one-sided, counter-intellectual channeled messages.
In fact, most of the fear based beliefs have been inserted in the minds of human entities by the dark forces by employing energetic tactics and techniques similar to those used by the soul to sustain the veil of forgetfulness. They are all based on the laws of constructive and destructive interference by employing low frequency fear patterns in the emotional and mental body that separate the entity from the harmonic higher frequency energies perceived as unconditional love.
In this sense the term “unconditional love” is a synonym for the universal constructive interference of all superimposed wave systems and levels (U-sets) of All-That-Is. This level of universal constructive interference cannot be experienced in the 3d-density on earth – therefore, the experience of unconditional love on earth is a myth forged by many channels from the lower astral realms to lull the incarnated entities.
They make human entities dependant on their idiotic, iterative advices as to how to experience unconditional love in order to evolve spiritually by instigating in these mediums deliberately the feeling of spiritual deficiency. They know very well that human beings cannot experience unconditional love on earth to the extent that has been recommended to them by these self-acclaimed astral mentors.
Most astral entities that channel are much less evolved than the incarnated souls they contact. They use this kind of communication only to bask in their role of spiritual mentors by keeping the incarnated entities in a state of emotional co-dependence. This aspect is not truly understood by most mediums who are so proud that they can channel that they forget in their naïve exuberance to display intellectual discernment. Very often they become conduits of all kinds of esoteric trash. Internet is full of such channeled messages that have absolutely no spiritual value.
Unconditional love is an illusionary ideal, as anything in the 3d-space-time. The incarnated entity may long for this blissful state of existence and thus eventually evolve on the spiritual path, but this earthly concept is a poor substitute for the intensity of the universal constructive interference that one can only experience after Ascension in the 5th dimension. The author apologizes for eliminating this greatest illusion of all light workers, but clarity must precede illusion.
Such fear based patterns build layer upon layer in the emotional, mental, and ethereal body and are also stored in the cells and the genetic code. They function as a very effective barrier that separates the incarnated entity from the soul and hence from All-That-Is. These low frequency levels can be easily manipulated by the dark forces from the 4th dimension. Most of the mind control that has been exerted in the past 13 000 years on earth is transmitted through these fear based energetic layers that are intertwined in the physical vessel of the entity.
Therefore, any true spiritual evolution of human beings must be supported by major changes in these restricted energetic conditions in the human bodies. This is the actual purpose of the light body process, which is a prolonged process over many years. It consists of numerous distinct cleansing energetic waves that built the new human template, which is open to the high frequencies of the soul and the higher realms. Precisely, the four human bodies can harbor these new high frequency energies and resonate with them in a state of constructive interference without being burnt out or having a short circuit. * The author has a vast personal experience in this matter, as he entered the last and most intensive phase of the light body process in 1999. Since then he feels and experiences the various qualities of high frequency energies from the higher realms in his body 24 hours a day, seven days a week. He has done extensive research on the esoteric and channeled literature in the last 25 years and has not found a single source that describes a similar experience of light body process. However, this does not exclude the possibility that there are some individuals who go through the same process, but have not written anything about it.
On the other hand, the author is fully aware of the fact, that only somebody, who is deeply acquainted with the energetic and physiological transformations of the body at the scientific level, can have the clarity, determination, and perseverance to proceed with the light body process in this intensity without searching the help of doctors and other specialists, who are fully unaware of these phenomena and will only hamper the process with their incompetent intervention.
It is important to observe on this occasion that the actual light body process is associated with numerous severe symptoms and chronic conditions that go beyond any medical description and cannot be found in any comprehensive textbook on medicine. Since these conditions are very debilitating, any person fully involved in the light body process who has no medical competence will inevitably seek the expertise of medical doctors and will thus inhibit the progress of his body transformation.
The reason for this is that the entity will demonstrate that he is not the master of his body and that he has consented to delegate his power over it to other entities at a lower level of spiritual evolution. It should be noted at this place that most of the doctors are young souls that have no transcendental experience and have chosen this profession only to experience their profound agnosticism in the field of medical science. Back to Contents 18. The Dark Forces use the Health Care System to Exterminate Humans
The current health care system in the western world is under the full control of the dark forces that use it as a vehicle to exterminate a large number of human beings in order to better control humanity. Their greatest fear is that they may get thinned out by the enormous population explosion in the last decades and may lose their grip on humanity. This is, by the way, exactly the tactic that the higher realms of All-That-Is employ on this planet in order to promote Ascension.
The ramifications of this clandestine iatrogenic genocide are so numerous and interwoven that the author has dedicated several books to explain and expose them, without being able to tackle all of them. A major tool of human genocide employed inthe health care system is the development of synthetic drugs by the pharmaceutical industry that increase morbidity and mortality in the patient population. About 90% of all drugs currently registered by the FDA and EMEA (the European equivalent of FDA) are such drugs, which the author defines as “cell-inhibiting drugs”
This has been done on purpose by employing false biological models that allow the wrong evaluation of the safety and clinical efficacy of these drugs. The scientific, moral, and ethical crimes on humanity in this area are so overwhelming that they by any means surpass the holocaust of Slavonic people and Jews by the Nazis during the Second World War. The author has estimated that through the use of such cell-inhibiting drugs more than one hundred million patients have been prematurely exterminated only in the western, industrialized world in the last 4-5 decades, where their application is very broad and virtually affects all citizens.
On the other hand, it should be said that most of the diseases have been deliberately induced by the dark forces, for instance, AIDS and the recent H1N1 epidemic that has been successfully contained by the Galactic Federation. This theme is huge and beyond the scope of the present essay, but the author is convinced that there will be a lot of discussion in the coming months when he and other people will have the possibility to make vital revelations on the nefarious practices of the dark forces and their proxies in the health care sector.
It should be stressed on this occasion that the author has developed the The General Theory of Biological Regulation based on the Universal law that includes the newest scientific data and has integrated without a single contradiction all the facts obtained in bio-science so far. This is the greatest scientific and intellectual achievement in the history of medicine and bioscience. As he has also extensive experience in clinical research with numerous indications and treatments, he is in the position to evaluate all clinical symptoms that occur during the light body process and explain them from an objective scientific point of view.
From this elaboration we can succinctly conclude that one cannot successfully complete the light body process in the aforementioned intensity, unless he has the absolute clarity and the scientific competence what is going on in his body and in the energetic fields that surround it. Nobody, who relies on current health care system, will be able to successfully complete his light body process, as all medical treatments and procedures are designed to hamper this process. They create the condition of destructive interference with the cosmic laws of biological regulation. The author has extensively discussed in his books the various energy inhibiting mechanisms of synthetic drugs on the regulation of body metabolism, and how they trigger severe side effects, new diseases, and increase mortality.
At the same time the author has gone through so many dangerous, life threatening situations that he has developed a very strong will, which is firmly rooted in his spiritual knowledge on the immortality of the soul and human personality. From this higher vantage point of view, he has always displayed an unshakable conviction in the appropriateness of all interventions of his soul and the higher realms with respect to his body transformation. This attitude – an absolute emotional and spiritual autarky of the entity, who knows that he is a powerful creator of his destiny -is an indispensable prerequisite to complete the light body process successfully and ascend individually prior to mass Ascension.
After Ascension, all medical problems and the crimes associated with human health and the treatment of diseases will disappear forever. They are products of the 3d-reality. In the 5th dimension, the entity will exhibit a light body, which will be free of diseases and will easily adjust to the various frequency levels. The individual may choose at his discretion how his body will appear –as a young man or woman or as an elderly person. The optical form of the body will be subjected to the unlimited creative potential of the individual entity, as it will be understood that it is only a vehicle and a symbol of his desire for outer experience under various energetic conditions. Back to Contents 19. Human Fears and the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction
Now back to human fears that play a central role in the current transformation of humanity. It is a well- known truth that fears are contagious – fear patterns of one entity can augment the same or similar fear patterns in another entity according to the condition of constructive interference. The collective paranoia that was triggered by the dark forces after the 9/11 attack, which they nefariously instigated, exploited this superposition of numerous individual fear patterns to achieve a collective paranoia.
It is not a coincidence that since then the term “fear mongering” has become the most widely used word in political discussions in the USA. It helped Obama, who effectively criticized his opponent to promote fear mongering, to win the elections; this was the turning point away from this practice. Under such depressed psychological conditions, the minds of the people are dumped down and any atrocity can be accomplished without being confronted with a significant opposition based on moral and ethical considerations.
This is what happened in the USA in the first decade of the third millennium. The collective paranoia of this nation spread around the globe and caused the death of millions innocent people. Fear always leads to death and destruction. It is the universal condition of destructive interference.
It was, indeed, quite depressing to witness how the American nation was thrown into two criminal wars, which caused the death of millions of people, the displacement and impoverishment of tens of millions without triggering a true revolution by the people of the USA. Where is their indignation, where is the “Wrath of Ants”, about which Steinbeck once so brilliantly wrote?
It is, of course, very convenient to blame Bush and Cheney for these atrocities and to point at their numerous lies that were once collectively believed by the American people, but it is much more difficult to re-member the fact that the majority of these people freely elected these criminal ones for a second term at a time, when their lies and bellicose deeds were already exposed to the public.
Ergo: All the good ones were inextricable linked with the evil they witnessed, experienced, but seldom condemned in the last ten years. Darkness always merges with Light on this planet and makes a clear distinction impossible. “Do not judge” is not only a slogan, but also of all channeled messages that the author has read so far. Understand, but not judge, expose, but not condemn – this will be the imperative this year when many crimes and perpetrators will be exposed in the course of the upcoming revelations and tribulations.
The current masters of earth must give up their power this year, while the Forces of Light and some ascended masters will take command over this planet. This is the divine promise of All-That-Is for earth and humanity at the End Times. * What do these observations tell us actually? That evil does not exist as a distinct entity. Evil is the absence of Light and Love. Evil is the absence of full awareness. Evil is a product of fear – numerous fears! Fear feeds fear. Fear is what makes life on earth a living hell. The elimination of all fears during the light body process eliminates evil on earth and opens the portal of Ascension for the individual and mankind. It is as simple as that. And as challenging, as the upcoming events will eventually prove.
To eliminate fear, respectively, evil, the incarnated entity has to experience it first. This is the whole eschatology of the incarnation cycle of the soul as a human being on earth. There is no better way to circumvent human fear than to understand its nature:
Fears are low frequency emotional patterns that use the laws of superposition to separate the incarnated entity from the soul by establishing the condition of destructive interference with the high frequency energies of the higher realms and to enhance the fear patterns of other entities on earth by establishing the condition of constructive interference among their ego-driven, low frequency beliefs.
Fears are Energy, just as Unconditional Love is Energy. Energy is always Energy. There is nothing else, but Energy. In essence, Fear and Love are one and the same – they are Energy. They both use the same physical laws of superposition – the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. While Love is the sensual manifestation of the condition of constructive interference of All-That-Is, fear and its manifestation, the evil, is the experience of local conditions of destructive interference within the infinite harmony of All-That-Is.
This is the ultimate vantage point of view – the zero point, as many light workers use to say – which any incarnated human entity can ultimately achieve. After that the hallucination of separation can no longer be sustained and the incarnation cycle of the soul is terminated.
For many light workers Ascension will mark the end of their incarnation cycle. For the vast majority of mankind that will ascend, the journey goes in the next dimension. But life in the 5th dimension will be, in comparison to current hell on earth, the Heaven that all religions promise their believers. However, before all believers enter heaven, they will have to leave their religions back where they belong – on this planet.
Just as all rich people will not have a higher chance to ascend to heaven than a camel to be squeezed through the eye of the needle, unless they leave their riches on earth, so will all scientists have to leave their empiric science behind them because it has failed to grasp the nature of All-That-Is, where they are bound to ascend.
Empiric science is a fear based science – it fears the exploration of the inner, multidimensional nature of the soul. This has been the reason for its profound agnosticism: The fears of the young soul scientists have precluded their understanding of the Whole. This “fall from grace” of present-day empiric science will be soon terminated and will be substituted by the New General Theory of the Universal Law. The prodigal son will finally return to the Father. Back to Contents 20. The Laws of Creation and Destruction are Laws of Expansion and Contraction
We have learned that the laws of creation and destruction are the physical laws of wave interference under the conditions of constructive and destructive interference. We shall discuss in this chapter another aspect of these laws that is often mentioned in many channeled messages without being properly explained from a physical, scientific point of view. We shall now close this gap.
Human beings live in the duality of fear and love. Unconditional love is the overall condition of constructive interference of all wave systems and levels of All-That-Is and is perceived as harmony by all sentient beings. Fear is the condition of destructive interference, whereby the interacting systems delete their wave patterns upon superposition or create energetic blockades that hinder the propagation of other waves – first and foremost, the propagation of Light. Fear thus creates Darkness.
This knowledge is basic to an understanding of the common theme in many channeled messages that unconditional love leads to expansion of the energetic fields of the incarnated entity, while fear leads to contraction of these fields. Expansion of the self is associated with its merging with the soul and the higher realms, while contraction increases the level of separation of the entity from All-That-Is. Entities immerse through contraction deeper into the 3d-density of space-time. These basic physical phenomena can be expressed within human language in a multidimensional way.
Let us take a simple example. When an incarnated entity experiences fear, this leads to contraction of his emotional body. We have learned that emotions modulate the ideas of the mental body, as the two fields are superimposed wave systems. In this case, the thoughts of the entity also experience a physical contraction. How does this contraction express itself at the mental level? It creates fear-driven projections which the entity extrapolates in the future.
If the entity has for instance some financial problems, it develops the fear pattern that it will impoverish to an even greater extent in the future. This kind of fear is very common among elderly people. The actual fear pattern leads to a contraction of the mental activities of the incarnated entity. Because of this energetic contraction of the mental field, the entity cannot imagine positive alternatives for his future. His mind is exclusively fixed on the negative idea of impoverishment due to current financial problems that scare him, and he believes that this is the only alternative that he will ever experience in the future.
As his mind is preoccupied the whole time with this negative version of his future life, the entity feeds it with more energy. According to the cosmic law of attraction he will most probably materialize this unfavorable perspective at some point in the future. The fear-driven contraction of the mental body manifests itself as a limitation of the entity to imagine more than one future alternative. His spectrum of positive future probabilities is contracted by his actual fear. On other hand, all Creation happens in the Now. Past, present and future fears can only be overcome in the present moment.
Now let us take the opposite case. The entity has financial problems, but experiences empathy and thankfulness towards his soul because she has given him the possibility to have this valuable experience. This should be the enlightened view of all incarnated entities. The entity evaluates his present situation from the position of unconditional acceptance of all human experience by expanding his emotional and mental body to such an extent that they now merge with the point of view of the higher self, which always operates from the position of unconditional love and lack of duality. In this case, even if the entity may experience some transient fears as to how to cope with his financial gridlock, he is able to transmute his fears by expanding his view of the world.
The entity discerns that he is a powerful, independent creator of all his experience and not a victim of uncontrollable circumstances, so that he can change his destiny anytime from the “Now-point” by imagining several favorable versions of his future: He can experience these versions in his imagination and thus attract positive energies in his emotional and mental body from All-That-Is. The esoteric law of attraction is, in this sense, nothing else, but another circumlocution for constructive interference of wave systems: Similar emotional and mental patterns attract and superimpose to create a new stronger energetic pattern of the same kind. This is also the mechanism of Ascension of earth and mankind in these times.
The fearful, contracted entity, on the other hand, sustains the view that he is a victim of negative circumstances and that he has no influence on them. This entity, being in a state of maximal contraction of his emotional and mental bodies, experiences the maximal state of separation from the soul, respectively, from All-That-Is. This energetic state of contraction creates the feeling of helplessness. The more fearful the entity is, the more contracted his emotional and mental bodies are and the weaker his power to alter the unfavorable situation.
Empowerment of the individual can only be achieved by reducing his fears and expanding his ability for compassion and understanding of the whole picture. First and foremost, he must learn to love himself unconditionally with all his virtues and defaults.
The author can for instance localize in his intuitive imagination such contractions in the fields of other entities and immediately discern their mental and emotional limitations based on common fear-driven beliefs. But he also recognizes how difficult it is to transmit this knowledge to such entities who have hermetically enclosed their personality with such fear based patterns that shield it from any benevolent influences from outside aiming at its expansion.
From this elaboration we can conclude that all mental and emotional experiences, we make as incarnated entities, are the result of underlying physical, energetic phenomena. In terms of human language, these processes can be described as “laws of interference or superposition” which create the conditions of constructive and destructive interference. Alternatively, we may describe them as “laws of creation and destruction” as the title of this essay suggests. Both definitions are valid presentations of the Nature of All-That-Is. Language, being a U-set of All-That-Is, is intrinsically multidimensional, but this aspect is also the origin of all oral redundancy and semantic blunders that lead to a profound confusion in human communication.
Ultimately, we may speak of All-That-Is in terms of “expansion” and “contraction”: All-That-Is is that which expands and contracts. For those light workers, who have no idea of physics, these phenomena are circumscribed in present-day esotericism as “fear” and “unconditional love”.
Let us be however clear on this issue. There is no such thing as “unconditional love” on earth. This is a linguistic expression of an energetic condition that is beyond the limitation of human experience. Human beings, who use language to express such conditions, cannot in reality experience this energetic state of cosmic constructive interference as long as they dwell in an organic body.
This term is thus a poor substitute for the universal energetic state of harmonic existence of all entities that are not separated from All-That-Is. Human beings are. In this energetic condition of total constructive interference with all cosmic energies, the human carbon-based body will be immediately burnt out. Only after that can the lower self, liberated from the shackles of “his mortal coil”, merge with the soul and experience for the first time this blissful state of total harmony in a conscious way. The same experience will await all those who will ascend in the 5th dimension. For this reason the carbon-based bodies of such entities will be transformed into crystalline bodies during the light body process that will lead to mass Ascension at the end of next year. * Expansion and contraction can be easily understood when the wave theory is applied. As this essay does not have the objective to introduce the reader in the theory of physics, we shall restrict ourselves to some popular observations. Consider a particle of a medium which propagates waves. When there is no wave, the particle is at rest. When a wave is propagated, the particle is displaced. The magnitude of the displacement determines the amplitude of the wave. As all waves are rotations, the particle performs in reality a circular motion.
One assumes in physics that all mediums that propagate waves have elastic properties. This has led in the 19th century to the concept of “elastic ether”, in which light is propagated. This term actually described the properties of photon space-time. By eliminating this correct idea erroneously after the performance of Michelson-Morley experiment and substituting it with the idiotic concept of “action at a distance” in vacuum, which is an N-set, physics has plunged into its deepest cognitive crisis in its history that lasted for one century, until this author liberated this natural science in 1995 from its self-inflicted agnostic misery (see below).
All elastic mediums follow according to conventional physics the so called Hooke’s law of elasticity. It says that when a particle is displaced from its initial position at rest, a restoring elastic force, called Hooke’s force, is created that is opposite to the direction of the displacement and brings the particle back to its initial position at rest. This is a simplistic, mechanistic interpretation of the elastic properties of All-That-Is in terms of classical mechanics.
The Nature of Space-Time = All-That-Is as perceived by human senses is indeed elastic. Elasticity expresses itself as expansion and contraction. This is the mechanism of creation of all waves and rotations, which are circular motions. Elasticity creates Motion – motion is the manifestation of waves/rotations. All systems of All-That-Is are waves/rotations. Energy/space-time is elastic energy exchange that is perceived as motion. Motion is expansion and contraction of space-time. When one truly comprehends this property of All-That-Is in all its manifestations, one has become an enlightened person.
The whole theory of relativity can be explained with this idea. The so called “time dilution” and “space contraction” of material objects in motion reflect the elasticity of space-time. The same holds true for thermodynamics – without expansion and contraction of gases, there will be no engines of combustion and no cars to drive. This author has pondered over the elasticity of space-time since early childhood, and this observation has ultimately led to the discovery of the Universal Law of All-That-Is.
Human bodies are also subjected to the elasticity of space-time. All our feelings, mental ideas, and the very structure of our personality are products of infinite expansions and contractions of the infinite levels and systems that comprise the incarnated entity. The Universal law of All-That-Is is a law of expansion and contraction. From a physical point of view, there is nothing else, but expansion and contraction.
This simple physical fact has not been fully comprehended either by scientists or light workers, or any other contemplative, spiritual human being. The agnosticism of mankind is indeed overwhelming, and the author is wondering, where one should commence to enlighten humanity in the few remaining months prior to Ascension as to achieve some modest spiritual results. * It is indeed a mystery to the author as to why human mind is not able to discern this evident aspect of All-That-Is, given the fact that the idea of elasticity is as old as written Western history. The Dialectics of ancient Greek philosophy since Heraclitus has evolved around the primordial idea of human awareness of the elasticity of All-That-Is. It is not a coincidence that Dialectics is basic to all prominent Western philosophical teachings – from Plato, Aristotle, and Plotinus to Fichte, Hegel, and Marx.
The profound misunderstanding of this basic property of All-That-Is in the political version of Marx’ dialectical materialism and its total neglect in Anglo-Saxon political empiricism have ultimately triggered the greatest calamities, mankind has ever experienced -the First and Second World War, and the Cold War.
Dialectics is the gate to Oneness of Consciousness -lack of dialectics, the neglect of the elasticity of All-That-Is in human thinking, leads to separation. Wars have always resulted from the separation of humanity in antagonistic factions. Dialectical thinking circumvents the idea of separation. This philosophical aspect that was inherent to the German idealistic school has been completely forgotten by the intellectual community in the last century under the devastating influence of narrow-minded, disparate empiricism. Hence the numerous perilous wars, humanity has experienced during the last one hundred years up to the present day.
True dialectical thinking is the acknowledgement of the elastic nature of All-That-Is – of its ability to expand and contract within its Oneness. All parts of the Whole are created through expansion and contraction. Elasticity is the mechanism of Unity and Separation of the Whole. All ideas that neglect the elasticity of All-That-Is are N-sets that carry the notion of separation and lead to Darkness and destruction. Before the author confirmed the Universal Law for all known physical laws, he defined it as the Universal Law of Elasticity. * Ascension is expansion of all human beings to the 5th dimension out of their current 3d-contraction, which creates the illusion of separation and density. And here comes the greatest dichotomy, or if you wish, mysticism of All-That-Is that very few incarnated entities on earth have ever discerned.
While we expand our emotional and mental body to the 5th dimension, we at same time participate in the contraction of All-That-Is that brings back its human Creation from its state of greatest separation, which can also be interpreted as the state of greatest expansion (alienation) of the parts from the Source. The “in-breath” of All-That-Is brings back all his parts to Oneness. From the point of view of All-That-Is, this is a contraction, a return of all individual Creation to the Source. The “out-breath” of All-That-Is creates, on the other hand, parts that are seemingly separated from each other and the Whole by means of individual contraction, but the Whole itself has expanded by creating and dispersing its infinite parts.
This is the sublimation of cosmic Metaphysics, and for this reason the author will stop his discussion at this place. But he hopes that he has stimulated the reader to continue to ponder on this eschatological dichotomy of All-That-Is. If anything else, the elaboration of such questions leads to the utmost expansion of human awareness. Back to Contents 21. The Ideas Promoted by the Dark Forces are N-Sets
We have learned that all human concepts of closed systems, objects, and entities can be summarized under the mathematical concept of N-sets. N-Sets are sets that do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element. All closed rational numbers, which are the only numbers that present-day mathematics uses, are N-sets. All closed physical systems in physics and everyday thinking are N-sets. Ideas that are N-sets are the mental bugs that corrupt human thinking – indeed, every consciousness and awareness throughout the universe.
When humanity develops the idea of its uniqueness in the infinite galaxy and supports this collective idea of separation with such elaborated doctrines as Darwin’s evolutionary theory, then the level of separation has, indeed, reached pathological dimensions. Within such a mind-set, there is no possibility for further evolution of the incarnated entities, and the energetic conditions must be altered dramatically.
This is what Ascension is all about. Therefore, Darwin’s doctrine must be collectively rejected by all human beings on earth and substituted with the idea of Oneness of all parts of All-That-Is. Oneness does not, however, mean unification: The Whole exists and grows through the individualization of all its parts within its infinite plurality.
One can now sustain that the collective awareness of mankind has been dumped down by the Powers That Be, the controllers on earth, the evil forces, the Greys and the Reptilians, the zeta reticuli, the “Unholy six”, who have promoted such ideas of separation for the last 13,000 years since the Fall of Atlantis, but this will be an over-simplification, born in the hallucinatory realm of experienced duality. The truth is that the souls of all incarnated human entities come on earth from Oneness to have precisely this kind of experience of utmost separation in all possible aspects and facets of human awareness, including the numerous sufferings that are associated with such an illusionary idea.
The earth souls needed the dark agents of separation who arranged this negative experience for them. Human beings were supposed to re-member throughout their incarnation cycle peú a peù their true origin – them being Sparks of God – and make a conscious choice in favor of the Whole versus Separation. This is the eschatological purpose of the current human incarnation experiment on earth in the light of the new Theory of the Universal Law of All-That-Is that will end with Ascension at the end of 2012. * There are many ideas that the Powers That Be have promoted in the history of mankind that are N-sets and augment the level of separation. The current Orion monetary system that was first established in the Western World, and especially in Great Britain and the USA by the powerful bankster faction (a neologism from “banker” and “gangster”) of the Anglo-Saxon Elite (the Rothschild and Rockefeller families), is one very powerful tool of separating human beings, enslaving them, and pushing them into perennial wars with the ultimate aim of exterminating them. To this we shall say much more below, when the collapse of the worldwide financial system will be discussed in detail.
Furthermore, the author has extensively explored the flawed basic concepts of modern medicine and health care system in his books, which have essentially the same goal as the Orion monetary system – to deepen the sense of separation among the incarnated entities and to promote their helplessness with respect to the energetic regulation of their biological bodies by the soul. These social systems of suppression hinder the entities to realize that their health condition lies entirely in the autarky of each individual soul and incarnated entity.
In addition, many therapies and other procedures have been deliberately introduced by the dark forces and their proxies in the pharmaceutical and health care industry to increase morbidity and mortality among patients. These heinous practices of the dark forces have the purpose of inducing collective iatrogenic genocide on humans. This is the most despicable side of the dark forces in the last several decades, which the author has extensively explored in his books from a scientific, theoretical, and practical point of view. But there is much more to be said that goes beyond the limited capacity of a single way shower.
Beside the Orion monetary system, medicine and health care system are the two most crucial means of the dark forces, with which they control present-day agnostic humanity, who fears all kind of diseases that may ultimately lead to death. These fear generating mechanisms of the dark forces deepen further human agnosticism and will undoubtedly play a key role in the upcoming revelations and subsequent discussions in the mass media. The author, being a clinical researcher for many years and a professional in this field, has made vital contributions to this topic in his volume III “The General Theory of Biological Regulation” and in his book “Thoughts”.
All ideas that lead to premature death and destruction are N-sets that can only be contrived under the condition of destructive interference. Although all entities are immortal, so that the very idea of killing another entity mirrors a total absence of awareness about the true nature of All-That-Is, it is, nonetheless, a spiritual crime with severe karmic consequences that have to be compensated soon or later by the perpetrator soul – in this or in a future incarnation.
The split of earth in two planets in December 2012 will be in this sense a kind of a Final Judgment for such souls. This has nothing to do with religious prophecies, but with energetic necessities that are aspects of the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. You cannot have the conditions of total constructive and destructive interference at once – hence the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” and the splitting of earth in two different energetic timelines – the ascended planet A and the descended planet B. Back to Contents 22. The Forces of Light Promote the Perception of Oneness…by Encouraging Human Beings to Think in Terms of U-Sets
The spiritual opening of mankind to the Forces of Light, being representatives of All-That-Is, and the return to Oneness is what the current Ascension of earth and mankind is all about. This year will be the crucial one, because it will lead to the collapse of all man-made social, political, economic, and intellectual structures, such as empiric science and external material technologies that are about to destroy Gaia, unless there is a massive intervention by the Galactic Federation.
All aspects of current human civilization are products of mental N-sets, of the various ideas of separation that have imbued the fabric of human society to such an extent that only very few far-sighted, enlightened entities can readily discern them. All these aspects of humanity reflect the hallucinatory idea of separation. This idea has been multiplied through the kaleidoscope of numerous collective fear based patterns which the separation of human beings from the Whole has generated for eons of time. All these multiple facets of mental illusion and fear-driven behavior are distracting them from their process of Ascension and from merging with the Source, as it will be experienced after Ascension in the 5th dimension.
But why should be all current structures of human society destroyed, before mankind is able to ascend? The answer is fairly simple, once we have comprehended why and how these materializations of the primary idea of separation have been established on earth. The leitmotif of this essay is that first there is an idea and only then its realization. We use the word “realization” and not materialization, as in the 5th dimension any idea can be immediately realized without being necessarily material.
Matter, as we perceive it in the 3d-reality on earth, is a very dense form of energy that transpires the illusionary idea of hard impermeable staff. In fact, matter constitutes of 99.99% of empty space, whereby empty space should not be confused with void or vacuum, as it is currently done in physics, but regarded as diluted astral energy.
For this same reason the space around our planet is not empty but full of highly evolved entities coming from all parts of our galaxy, as well as from many distant galaxies. They are here to observe the unique Ascension of Gaia and a large portion of mankind from the densest 3d-reality and a maximal separation from the Whole straight into the 5th dimension of Oneness. This is the most dramatic event in the history of this planet and throughout this galaxy that will catapult mankind on a higher level of evolution than that of the current Powers That Be. The knowledge about this very important fact should empower all human beings to begin with the inner rebellion and to stop promoting the hidden agenda of the dark ones.
Many human entities, especially those in key positions of power, have become consciously or subconsciously proxies of the dark forces and carry out rigorously and without any compassion for human life their heinous plans. This is a deplorable fact, but it is also part of the illusionary drama that has been designed for this planet and has been unfolding for a very long time.
This year the drama will definitely come to an end. The goal should be the full awakening of all actors on this planet, so that they can shed away their current roles and become aware of the fact that they have always been multidimensional cosmic beings, and that present-day earth has never been their original home. We are all guests on earth. Most of us have come here only to experience Ascension and return to our pristine realms of existence. Ascension may be a unique event on earth, but it is rather common throughout the universe, where myriads of 3d-civilisations exist and evolve within their particular incarnation experiment.
This will be accomplished with the active support of the Forces of Light that will take control of earth this year. They will be supported by selected entities such as the author, who will ascend prior to mass Ascension at the end of 2012 and will demonstrate that all human beings also belong to the Forces of Light, so that there are no such things as “aliens” on the one hand and humble human species, being entrapped in their biological vessel and thus an easy prey to technologically highly evolved aliens, on the other. The full comprehension of this simple truth will unleash a powerful mental revolution that will sweep away all wrong ideas and their material mirror images from the surface of this planet.
It is however naïve, and even dangerous, to believe that the crumbling material and social structures will be substituted with a better version thereof with the help of the Galactic Federation, as many fear-driven light workers believe by extrapolating their deprived earthy hopes for abundance linearly into the future. This would only mean “more of the same”. For this same reason, there will not be any major reforms of the current Orion monetary system such as NESARA after its collapse, which the author predicts to begin in the summer of this year, as the future enlightened humanity in the 5th dimension will not need money anymore. Human beings should get used to this idea prior to Ascension.
This primitive substitute of energy exchange – recall that All-That-Is is energy exchange according to the principle of last equivalence (primary axiom) -will definitely come to an end with Ascension. In the short transition period before Ascension, money will be substituted in many places with simple local barter systems that will guarantee the survival of most incarnated entities during this time of tribulations. The people will soon realize that it will not be money that will secure their lives in the upcoming turmoil, but their ability to create with their thoughts and optimistic feelings the new fifth-dimensional reality in the Now. This ability will determine their individual timeline leading to Ascension in the 5th dimension.
The author, being a representative of the Forces of Light, has taken the burden throughout this incarnation to discover the Universal Law of All-That-Is, to develop a new infallible scientific theory of Oneness, and to derive the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction from this. The new theory of the Universal Law encompasses All-That-Is, as it is axiomatically developed from this primary term of consciousness by employing only such ideas and concepts that are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element. At the same time, his universal theory includes all current disciplines of science and eliminates all ideas and terms in human language which are N-Sets and support the illusionary idea of separation.
The author has shown that the introduction of only one idea that is an N-Set in an arbitrary categorical system automatically leads to two opposite conclusions that exclude each other. Such paradoxes or antinomies are an irrefutable proof that such categorical systems are wrong and must be excluded forever from the collective knowledge of mankind. This holds true for current science, religions, economics, as well as for all trivial concepts and beliefs. During this year humanity will see the implementation of this deep insight under the auspices of the Forces of Light and the active intervention of the author in the destiny of mankind as an ascended master. * An essential part of this “cleansing of the Aegeus stables” of human knowledge is to discern which categorical systems and concepts contain the most dangerous ideas that are N-sets and cement the illusion of separation.
There are many ideas of separation that have been promoted by the dark forces on earth and have been accepted by the masses without any questions. All these ideas are N-sets that cover various aspects of human life. They have intoxicated human minds to such an extent that only a thorough evaluation and eradication of these ideas can put their deleterious effects to an end.
This fact brings into a focus the chief psycho-mental malaise of humanity and explains why many channeled messages are insisting upon the necessity of the sleeping masses to awaken for the reality on earth in the course of this year and to begin to prepare for Ascension. Only entities with a clear, informed mind and a loving heart will ultimately ascend.
The initial clandestine idea behind all mental N-sets has been the complete enslavement of humanity by the dark forces. However, enlightened entities cannot be enslaved, only such that are confused and fear-driven, because they believe that they are forever separated from the Whole and must materialize this idea in all aspects of their life as to survive.
Let us recall in this context that even a confused, fear based entity is Creator of his own reality – the reality, he experiences all the time, is an external perpetuation of his inner chaos and confusion. This is Dante’s Inferno, where all sinners are condemned to experience eternally all the consequences of their earthly vices in a stipulated form.
This aspect will become very important after 21 December 2012 when some fear-driven entities will ascend, only to awaken in the lower levels of the 4th dimension and find themselves amidst their worst nightmares, which they will take for real and will, in their fear, perpetuate in their imagination again and again. This level is known as Purgatory, but it may as well become Hell for the ascended entity, unless he decides to leave this vicious circle of illusion through an active effort of enlightenment and discernment of the Nature of All-That-Is. Such confused entities will need the active support of highly evolved beings to leave the hell of their horror visions of separation.
Below we shall discuss some of the basic ideas of mankind that have firmly established the notion of separation. Such ideas can only be comprehended from the solid axiomatic basis of the new Theory of the Universal Law, which is the physical Law of Oneness. In this respect the author of this essay can be regarded as a scientific way shower of mankind. But he will, in addition, demonstrate what it will be to become an ascended master, or as he puts it – a Transliminal (boundless) Soul. Back to Contents 23. Basic Ideas of Mankind that are N-Sets
The most vicious idea of humanity that permeates all other ideas is the concept of the void, respectively, vacuum in physics. All-That-Is is something. It is Continuity. Continuity cannot have gaps, voids or vacuum, which are synonyms for nothing. It is unbelievable, how extensively the concept of vacuum has been elaborated in present-day physics to the point that nowadays nobody on this planet, except the author, challenges the semantic, epistemological, and ontological foundation of this faulty physical idea.
The physical view of the world nowadays postulates that space is empty, a vacuum, a void, in which material objects are embedded. The nothing contains something. The vacuum, the void, is, per definition, an N-set – it is a set that does not contain itself as an element, because it contains something – for instance, it contains the elementary particles that build matter. This is the cardinal cognitive fallacy of conventional physics that has biased the whole edifice of this discipline and has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is.
The idea of the void as vacuum was introduced more than a century ago, after the false interpretation of Michelson-Morley experiment led to the refutation of the ether-concept. The analysis of this false interpretation and its dire consequences for the further development of physics has been extensively presented by the author in his two volumes on the new physical theory of the Universal Law.
Since then, all energetic interactions, such as gravitation and electromagnetism, have been described as an “action at a distance” occurring with the finite speed of light ‘c’ in vacuum. This idiotic concept hindered physicists from understanding the mechanism of gravitation and was further promulgated in Einstein’s theory of relativity.
The underlying goal of Einstein was to correct classical Newtonian mechanics by eliminating the absoluteness of empty geometric Euclidean space that has been used since then as the universal reference system in physics, and to substitute it with real photon space-time, by introducing the principle of relativity.
However, Einstein performed his reformation of Newtonian classical mechanics incompletely – he did not go far enough as to abolish empty Euclidean space as the initial reference system of physics. Instead, he introduced the concept of relative reference systems. Had he accomplished his reformation of classical mechanics to the full extent, he should have, in the first place, abolished Newton’s law of inertia which is another flawed concept and an N-set of physics.
The abolishment of the law of inertia was done for the first time by the author of this essay in an irrefutable manner on the basis of the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law. This was also the ultimate reason, why Einstein failed to discover the anticipated “universal field equation”, he has been searching in vain during his whole life; this equation is nothing else, but the Universal Law as discovered by the author.
By introducing empty Euclidean space as an N-set in physics, Newton committed the initial fundamental blunder which precluded the unification of physics and a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is. One cannot have a unified science, unless one has understood the essence of his object of study in an a priori manner. Science is not an exploration and empiric collection of random experiences, as it is understood today, but a remembrance of the Nature of All-That-Is.
This insight was central to Greek philosophy, especially in the teachings of Plato and Aristotle. It is the simplest truth of all knowledge that should stay at the beginning of any valid science. However, this simple methodological insight has not been comprehended by all scientists so far.
The author has made numerous attempts to transcend this theoretical insight to physicists and theoreticians since the 90s and has come to the conclusion that it is impossible to overcome their mental blockages in this respect by means of an enlightened and civilized theoretical discussion.
This year they will have to accept this truth after the author has ascended, and empiric science has crumbled forever. Human beings are only ready to learn new contents, after one has pulled the rug away from under their feet. Under normal, stable conditions, they will rather sweep any inconvenient truth under the carpet than cleanse their rotten science from all vicious ideas. Therefore, all rugs, carpets, curtains, and veils of forgetfulness will be eliminated this year, so that the people can begin to discern the truth behind the mist of their separation. They must learn to re-member All-That-Is.
Back to physics! From Newtonian classical mechanics, the wrong idea of the existence of vacuum/void as an empty geometric space was further propagated in classical quantum mechanics and, later on, in quantum electrodynamics (QED), and quantum chromo-dynamics (QCD) as summarized in the standard model. This example illustrates how one wrong idea is deepened and multiplied, and how it begins to suffocate the minds of scientists to such an overwhelming extent, that there is virtually no escape from this mental labyrinth of intellectual madness, until somebody comes with a clear mind and cuts the Gordian node of this confusion, called empiric science. The Ariadne thread, with the help of which scientists will escape from the current labyrinth of their infinite scientific blunders, is the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law * The refutation of ether that stood as an explanatory concept for photon space-time led, in fact, to the refutation of photon space-time as an equivalent level to matter, which has the same properties and behavior as matter. This follows from the primary axiomatic knowledge that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy systems and must have the same properties – they all contain the Whole, Energy as an element.
As already mentioned, one prominent idiotic conclusion of conventional physics is the statement that photons have no mass. In fact, physics has failed to understand the epistemological background of this very simple term that builds the backbone not only of classical physics, but also of all other disciplines, such as thermodynamics, theory of relativity, and quantum mechanics. This is another example that illustrates how the mental bugs of separation infect the mind-set of scientists, how they are multiplied, and how they undermine their common sense.
As already said above, “mass” is currently defined in physics as an energy relationship. One compares the energy of one system with that of another, which is usually defined as a reference system. Therefore, the comparison of their energies must be, strictly speaking, given as a mathematical relation without any SI-units. Mass is a dimensionless quotient – it is a pure number. In current-day physics this quantity is defined as “mass” and measured with the SI-unit “kilogram”.
This physical quantity is considered an intrinsic property of matter, but not of photons, which are the carrier of light. This faulty concept is basic to Newtonian mechanics, and from there it has entered the theory of relativity and quantum mechanics. Thus the current concept of mass has distorted the whole edifice of this natural science.
None of the millions physicists and scientists that study and teach this discipline, including all scientists who have lived in the last four hundred years, since modern physics has emerged, have realized the true logic behind this simple definition of mass, which should be accessible to anybody with elementary mathematical knowledge. One has to ask himself, when scientists have left the borderline of oligophrenia and have entered the realm of imbecility.
Let us elaborate this annihilating conclusion in depth, as it is very important for our understanding as to why present-day physics has totally failed to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is. As all systems of All-That-Is are energetic systems, they all have a mass, because mass is an energy relationship. Photons are energetic particles as assessed by the famous Einstein’s equation of equivalence between matter and energy E = mc2. In this case, they must also have a mass, measured as an energy relationship: m = E/c2.
This simple conclusion was made for the first time by the author, after he had proved that physicists have completely missed the point with their definition of mass. Indeed, it is a conundrum yet to be solved, how comes that billions of physicists, scientists, and other normal people have studied physics for centuries at schools, universities and technical high schools without realizing this greatest scientific blunder of all times – greater than the geocentric Ptolemaic system – until a modest medical doctor had to appear on the scene and liberate physics from this and many others cognitive blunders that have made this natural science an asylum for lunatics.
A final remark with respect to photon mass ought to be made, before we close this painful chapter for physicists and all scientists. After the author came to the simple conclusion that photons also have a mass, he proved that all SI-units used today are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon h, also known as Planck’s constant, within mathematics in an a priori manner. All SI-units are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon.
As there are only two dimensions/constituents of energy/space-time – space and time f – the space/wavelength λ= c/f = c/1 = 3.108 m2 and time/frequency = 1 of the basic photon are the real initial reference system for all physical dimensions and measurements in SI-units in the outer world. This simple insight has fundamental theoretical, epistemological, and practical consequences and implications for physics and science. The author has elaborated them in a comprehensive manner in two volumes on physics on more than 1100 pages.
He has further proved that the mass and energy of all elementary particles, such as neutron, proton, electron, neutrinos, mesons, etc., can be very easily calculated from the mass of the basic photon by applying the Universal Law, which is a simple rule of three a= b/c. This is, indeed, physics for idiots. But most physicists and other theoreticians nowadays are not even idiots – they are imbeciles. For instance, the author calculated with the Universal Law the mass of neutrinos, many years before it was experimentally established that these particles have a mass. At that time most physicists believed that, like photons, neutrinos are mass-less particles.
Knowing that photon space-time has mass, one can explain for the first time in the history of physics the mechanism of gravitation and very easily integrate it with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces in the standard model. Until this moment physics was not able to integrate gravitation with the other fundamental forces, and there is no theory of gravitation at all. It is generally acknowledged that this is the chief deficiency of this “exact” natural science, but physicists prefer to neglect this obvious failure of their science. There are numerous books on this issue, so that the author will not delve into it.
By proving that photon space-time has mass, the author finally eliminated the fundamental blunder of modern cosmology, which is unable to explain the mass of the universe. Currently, cosmologists sustain that there is such thing as “dark matter” in the universe that contains about 90% of the invisible, theoretically estimated mass of the universe according to various cosmological models. The dark mass is, in fact, the mass of photon space-time, which is currently regarded as an assembly of mass-less particles in vacuum.
The author showed further that the “big bang” model of hot expanding universe, which is at the core of modern cosmology, is the next greatest fallacy of science comparable to that of the geocentric Ptolemaic system. There is virtually not a single basic idea in modern cosmology that is not flawed. The author attributes this idiosyncrasy to the hideous influence of the Powers That Be on the minds of the scientists.
This rather new discipline has been, from an intellectual point of view, successfully dumped down by the dark forces from its very beginning, because a true cosmological view would have inevitably engendered the idea that All-That-Is is living consciousness, where myriad human civilizations exist and evolve. However, the Powers That Be on earth aim precisely at preventing the occurrence of such enlightened ideas among humans, as this would have jeopardized their clandestine insidious hegemony on earth and humanity.
Such scientific blunders as “dark matter” or “junk-DNA” have been introduced by scientists, only because they reject the existence of the soul and the high frequency realms that regulate human DNA, the metabolism of the body, and the organization of 3d-solar universes, which cosmologists can only observe. They stick stubbornly to the empiric dogma that repudiates the idea that there are higher frequency levels/realms beyond the electromagnetic spectrum, which is the only level that scientists can measure with material devices. In its succinct version the empiric dogma postulates:”What one cannot measure, should not exist.”This is the utmost form of scientific agnosticism that has been deliberately introduced by the dark forces on earth to dumb down human scientific community. It is important to observe that their human proxies that are involved in secret joint ventures with the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire in underground bases, do not follow this stupid dogma, as they have already developed many technologies that use these high frequency energies. * Why is this theoretical elaboration at the popular level so important for mankind in the near future? The reason is that photon space-time is an unlimited source of free energy that can be used on earth and in the 5th dimension after Ascension. This energy source could have eliminated all expensive and dangerous energy sources, such as nuclear power and fossil fuels that are used at present and contaminate our planet.
In addition, Ascension of earth and mankind will be carried out by a huge tsunami of high energy photons that will transform the carbon-based bodies of humans to crystalline ones. At the same time, this photon wave will render all electrical devices and engines of combustion on earth inutile. This powerful energetic event will destroy the very foundation of modern technology, so that the remaining fraction of humanity that will stay on planet B will proceed with its incarnation cycle from a very low level of technical and social development. For those entities our current technological epoch will be what Atlantis once was for Plato – the Golden Age of the past, although this term should be reserved for the ascended earth A.
It is important to stress that this free energy source is known to mankind, since Tesla discovered it more than 100 years ago. However, this discovery was hidden from humanity by the dark forces and their proxies on earth, first and foremost, by Rockefeller, who stole Tesla’s patent in order to make human beings dependent on centralized sources of energy and thus subjugate them to the Powers That Be.
Finally, it is important to know that the Forces of Light have contacted the governments of the big powers on many occasions in the 20th century and have offered them the technology to use free photon energy, but these ones were so deeply embroiled with the dark forces in enslaving mankind at that time, that they discarded this offer, which was coupled to the condition that they should stop with their nuclear armament.
During the Cold War all powers, such as the USA and the Soviet Union, believed that they needed nuclear weapons to protect themselves. Such was the collective mind-set of total separation that reigned at that time. This is how the circle from science to politics – from the Forces of Light to the dark forces – is closed, before this illusionary conflict of 3d-reality on earth will be eliminated once and for all by virtue of Ascension. Back to Contents 24. Pitfalls and Fallacies of the Orion Monetary System
It is a done deal that the current financial system will collapse this year within a very short period of time. In fact, the system has already collapsed more than two years ago when the Wall Street investment banking was practically wiped out from the map within a week in October 2008.
This happened shortly after the first huge wave of Christ consciousness was released on earth and allowed for more transparency and sincerity in human relations. This information is given as evidence for the basic statement in this essay: All dramatic and sweeping changes, we experience on earth, are associated with and triggered by significant changes in the energetic structure of human beings. They weaken the shackles of all incarnated entities that have been imposed on them in a perfidious manner by the Powers That Be and open them for the transcendental truth of All-That-Is. This is also the objective of this essay prior to Ascension of the author and his official appearance as an ascended master in front of humanity.
The release of Christ consciousness on earth is associated with the so called Ra-Ta-experiment which is explained by the channel Cosmic Awareness in his numerous messages. The author recommends the reader to check this information in order to better understand the current situation on earth. It is one of the clearest channels this author has ever come upon.
Unfortunately, the energizers and the group around this channel are intellectually not quite prepared for the information that has been given to them. This fact explains the redundancy in the messages and the somewhat narrow spectrum of topics discussed by this channel. For instance, the actual financial situation is not at all elaborated by this channel from a theoretical point of view, although it has made some good economic forecasts in the past.
Nonetheless, this source is the most reliable and extensive source in Internet (over 8000 pages of channeled messages since 1975). In comparison to it, most channeled esoteric information available in Internet can only be digested, if one is prepared to commit an intellectual hara-kiri before reading it.
The author mentions the Ra-Ta-experiment at the beginning of his discussion, because it gives the reader a clue as to when the financial system is expected to collapse this year. In anticipation of this event, a theoretical analysis of the factors that will lead to this crash may appear to be of secondary importance. It is quite probable that the financial crash will happen before this essay will be published.
The second wave of Christ consciousness was released in late autumn 2009, shortly before the final period of earth Ascension – 2010 to 2012 (last triad) – has begun. In this context the last year was a preparation for what will be manifested this year.
The final third wave of Christ consciousness has commenced this year and will reach its peak around spring equinox. The current revolution in Egypt is the first eruptive manifestation of this wave, which is closely associated with the history of this ancient country, although Christ energies flood the whole planet. It is expected that the Egyptian revolution will spread out to many other Arab countries and destroy the fragile balance of the current World Order as designed by the dark forces. One very probable consequence will be the disruption of oil supply to the West from the Middle East.
This event may trigger the financial crisis which has many fathers, but one mother – the world inflation, the unprecedented bubble in money supply that has undermined the foundations of the world economy. This inflation has been deliberately instigated by the dark forces and their proxies in the financial corporations by creating money out of debt and thin air in order to impoverish humanity and establish the New World Order. This has been the pronounced aim of the Powers That Be in the last several decades. This effort has exacerbated during the first decade of the third millennium. * Before the author begins with the analysis of the nefarious methods that the dark forces have employed in the past to destroy the financial system and the economy of mankind in order to enslave it, he would like to point out that their plan to establish the New World Order has already failed.
However, this does not mean that the financial system will not collapse. It will collapse to a much greater extent than the dark forces and their financial proxies, the banksters on Wall Street and in London city, have planned for. Instead of achieving the intended impoverishment of the masses, first and foremost, of the middle class, the financial Elite will be buried under the rubble of the upcoming financial tsunami. Precisely, they will lose very soon all their monies and power, and all their institutions, such as banks, funds, securitizations, stock exchanges, central banks, etc. will be abolished forever. In this way they will lose their financial leverage of manipulating humanity prior to Ascension.
As the national states have also been designed by the hidden governments to promote the New World Order on the long run, they will also financially collapse this year. In other words, there will be no more criminal bailouts to save the dark ones at the expense of the tax payers as means of enslaving the latter. The abolishment of the national states as operative units – the nations will remain -will be associated with the collapse of the health care system, rental system, and all other forms of human securities that have been promoted by the Powers That Be as part of the Orion monetary system with the objective to hold the people firm in their grip.
These institutions have been deliberately implemented to stimulate the survival (self-preservatory) fears of the masses about their future, as the current political discussion in the USA on the new health care reform of Obama clearly demonstrates. All these wrong concepts and structures stem originally from the primary idea of separation from the Whole and from hiding the fact that humans are unlimited powerful creators of their destiny, who are also responsible for the astral regulation of their bodies, so that no bank accounts or obsolete medical treatments can protect them from calamities, if the soul has a different plan from that of the incarnated entity. * Let us discuss in this context the concept of securitization in the financial system from a psychological point of view, as it is the central piece of fraud that creates the conditions of destructive interference in the economy and will cause its collapse this year.
The idea to secure one’s life by creating bank accounts and saving money is so perverted and at the same time so deeply rooted in current pecuniary human thinking that one has to put the whole humanity on Freudian couch and analyze it for the next 2000 years, before it can be declared convalescent. Unfortunately Cosmic Providence has not foreseen that much time for those who will make up their mind to ascend. For those who will go along the path of further separation on planet B, the time of healing their mental aberrations will be unlimited.
What is the psycho-mental dynamics behind the concept of securitization of all aspects of human life? The primary faulty idea is that people are vulnerable biological beings that may suffer from diseases, injuries, financial, social, and numerous other imponderable events that are beyond human control, because these follow the random laws of chaos and incalculable probabilities.
This world view is a central piece of the camouflage, of the cover-up, that humans are responsible creators of their destiny and that not a single event can ever occur on earth, unless it has been considered by the entity in advance in infinite astral probability alternatives in the dream state. We create at night and experience at daytime. Without dreaming, there will be no living. Alternatively we can say that we live our dreams. From another perspective, we may as well sustain that our dreams are the only true reality and that our life in the 3d-reality on earth is an illusion of our true dreams. It all comes up to the same thing.
All events, one encounters on earth, are mirror images of the particular feelings and beliefs of the individual entity that serve as pedagogical means to make him aware of the fact that he is an inexorable creator of reality as being part of All-That-Is. The outer experience is of a secondary importance – the events one experiences are decors for the emotional and mental multidimensionality of the entity. Such experiences are empty signs and symbols for deeper realities that show him the way on his individual roadmap to Ascension and merging with the Whole.
Therefore, if one has negative experiences, for instance, a series of car crashes, misfortunes in business and in personal relations that are always associated with financial losses, what sense does it make to securitize such risks by paying even more money to anonymous fraudulent corporations to protect him from such undesirable events? In this case, one only perpetuates the psycho-mental causes of his misfortune on the next existential level. The perverted mind-set of being a helpless victim of imponderable circumstances is further aggravated.
This pattern of human behavior stems from the wrong conviction that one has to solve his problems in the outer world by surrounding himself with huge hedges against all possible evils that lurk from the mist of unpredictable reality. Such a behavior leads to curtailing the inherent, unrestricted creativity of human beings by dumping down the inner impulses of the soul that guides the incarnated entity to make the appropriate experiences in the 3d-reality.
Ultimately, the entity gives up his freedom of choice given to him by his soul and succumbs to his fears. He no longer explores life with an open mind, but opens the door for even greater emotional manipulations by various dark forces from the 4th dimension that hamper him in his spiritual evolution. This mind-set is underlying current society – from anti-terror wars and other atrocities of the Western nations against the rest of the world to rigid surveillance of their own people on airports and other areas of social life. The Big Brother is watching you. Orwell’s vision of 1984 does not belong to the past, but is already a reality and a foreboding of a grimmer future.
Let us be plain on this issue:One cannot do anything to secure his life, then life is created by the soul, and she is the ultimate authority on how it ought to be spent by the incarnated entity, and when it ought to be terminated.The agnostic ego of the incarnated entity lives in the greatest of all illusions that it has control over life.
It is driven by his fears to do something, anything, all the time in order to preserve his life – to earn money in order to eat and survive, to represent somebody in the society (the more you earn, the more you represent), to pay with precious money as to hedge an unpredictable future (the higher the amount of securitization, the more secure the entity feels), etc. Like the famous ant in the poem “why should she be calm and placid, when she is full of formic acid”, the formic acid being the fears of the entity, humans engage themselves all the time in worthless activities, instead of being powerful multidimensional, creative beings (tautology = principle of last equivalence): Being a soul. The soul, the higher self, is being – the fear-driven entity is doing. * A key point in the hidden agenda of the dark forces to enslave mankind is to use the current financial system to deepen the psychological conviction of incarnated human entities that they are separated from the Whole and thus an easy prey to unpredictable chaotic events. Money is considered to be the only save haven in the 3d-reality and in this context the only goal of human existence. Money symbolizes not only prosperity, easy life, and popularity, but, first and foremost, safe life amidst death and organic decay.
As most entities do not believe in the immortality of the human personality and the soul, they must believe that have only one life to live, and that this life is hence very precious. Extrapolate these faulty beliefs on the mentality of the current Elite as human representatives of the dark forces and consider the fact that most of them are the current controllers of the financial system you will have a vivisection of all human evils on earth nowadays.
The financial Elite, be they Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Fed, American and Anglo-Saxon banks, and their CEO, some of which are clones of the dark forces (the Greys and the Reptilians), are, from a higher vantage point of view, not only the perpetrators – they are in the first place victims of their hypertrophied fears. They are deeply perverted entities, entrapped in their earthly Purgatory.
In order to contain their fears with respect to their imagined mortality and biological vulnerability, they see the purpose of their life solely in laying financial shackles upon all human beings, whom they deeply despise. While worshiping the Mammon they serve, they strive to make all humans slaves of the Orion monetary system. The more the masses are impoverished and under their control, the better and secure the Elite feel.
However, there will be no absolute security for the Elite as long as they do not believe in life after death or in Ascension. Only the idea of the immortality of the soul and the incarnated personality as part of All-That-Is can render the feeling of security, even amidst mayhem and destruction, as the coming months will eventually reveal.
Had the Elite have acknowledged this truth, they would not have been found in the financial sector, but among light workers. Fears have the propensity to create new fears, until they encompass the whole reality. The fears of the Elite have intoxicated the whole planet. Therefore, they are not satisfied with the total financial enslavement of humanity, but they also aim at controlling the people physically through an oppressive political system. This is the reason why they prepare society for the New World Order during the last several centuries.
This human condition was almost achieved by the Bolsheviks after the October Revolution in Russia. Similar conditions can now be observed, for instance, in North Korea and in Myanmar. The situation in Egypt before the current revolution was not much different.
The means of enslavement in the Western world are far more subtle, but not less heinous. When one perceives recent history of mankind from this perspective, one will soon realize that every human effort to progress spiritually and to achieve abundance for the people has been successfully pervaded by the Powers That Be and their human minions – the current Elite. This is the reason why true progress and enlightenment have never gained broad success on this planet.
In the financial sector, these obstructive practices include the abolishment of the gold standard, the establishment of the European Union, the introduction of the Euro, the intention to establish a free trade zone in North America, the usurpation of financial power by central banks, such as the Fed that are private or corporative institutions but have control over the money system of sovereign countries, etc.
The list of financial crimes of the Elite against the people is infinite, but they are not really discerned by the masses, who are lulled by fake social ideals. Some of these atrocities have been highlighted by critical journalists and independent voices in the last several years, which are marked by a gradual increase of transparency and a quest for revelation of all hidden facts. * The moral and ethical indignation that sweeps the globe since the beginning of this year is part of the emotional reaction of the people who are beginning to awaken for the atrocities of the Powers That Be and realizing for the first time in the history of mankind that they have been pawns to them for thousands of years. While emotions are the astral wings to Ascension of the incarnated entity, they are not sufficient enough to comprehend the mechanisms of human enslavement on this toxic planet. Therefore, let us elaborate the aforementioned facts from a neutral scientific point of view by employing the cosmic laws of constructive and destructive interference, before we delve into technical details.
It is a leitmotif of this essay that a separation from All-That-Is does not exist. Even if an entity sustains the illusion of such a state for a long period of time, it can only exist as a sentient being, if it is in a state of perfect constructive interference at a higher level – that of his soul.
Now let us elaborate this basic insight with another example. The Powers that Be, the Unholy six, especially the Greys and the Reptilians, have developed in the last decades, since they have started to cooperate actively with the Elite and the hidden governments on earth, new human clones through genetic engineering. As already mentioned above, about one third of the entities that now live on earth are such clones. However, they can only exist, if they are humanized by souls from the 4th and 5th dimensions. No genetic engineering can create humans or other sentient beings, unless they contain energies and frequencies from the higher realms of All-That-Is. Their very existence is a proof that they do so under the condition of constructive interference within the infinite and absolute harmony of All-That-Is, even if they are not aware of it.
Most of these genetically created human beings are very young souls that are just beginning with their incarnation cycle and cannot root themselves firmly in the 3d-reality. The fraction of the soul (lower self) that is incarnated in such genetically engineered human vessels must be totally separated from All-That-Is as to guarantee the adequate 3d-conditions of physical density that such souls have chosen to experience at this low level of evolution.
As already mentioned, many CEO of large corporations are such clones of human entities, whose souls have finished with their earthly experience in this incarnation and have returned to the 5th dimension. In order to preserve the charade on earth, such entities do not necessarily die, but are exchanged by the Unholy six and their human proxies with clones, which harbor much of the memories and the personality of the previous entity.
The former president George Bush is, for instance, such a clone. The original Bush was eliminated about two years before the end of his second term and was substituted with a clone, because he became somewhat rebellious to the Powers That Be that pull the strings behind the curtain in Washington. They feared that he may become a potential danger to their plans with his uncontrolled remarks, a liability they did not want to share. They murdered him and exchanged him with a clone. The new version of him was due to the genetic engineering much more docile to the Powers That Be, to the hidden American government. The entity B. Clinton has been substituted by several clones already. This example is paradigmatic as to how the manipulation of humanity is arranged from the 4th dimension, although it can only exist with the help of the souls from the 5th that have decided to incarnate in such genetically created human bodies.
The author understands very well that some readers may find this information abominable and recoil, but they should keep in mind that modern mankind was created in the same manner by the Powers That Be some 13,000 years ago. Why not now? It is one thing to create a human biological vessel through genetic engineering, quite a different thing to help the incarnated entity evolve to a 5th-dimensional being.
In every incarnated entity on earth, there are two opposite forces that influence his mental and emotional body simultaneously and are in an incessant inner strife – the Forces of Light that forge his merging with All-That-Is and the forces of dark that push him into a deeper separation from the Whole.
Financial systems, societies, national states, armies, corporations, technological achievements are nothing else, but empty decors that prepare the scene for the eternal battle between the Luciferian forces, the fallen angels, and the Forces of Light. This inner strife is waged within each incarnated entity, so that the prodigal son can have his experience of separation and returns wiser to God. This is the ultimate eschatology of human existence on earth and on any 3d-planet in the solar universes.
Finally, it should be noted that the Forces of Light also have the right to eliminate evil human entities and substitute them with their own clones, if they pose a great threat to humanity. This was done, for instance, on a large scale in 1978-1979 when the hidden government of the USA, instigated by the Unholy six, planned a first destructive nuclear strike against the Soviet Union at the height of the Cold War. Most of the entities on power, including the then President Carter, were eliminated and substituted with clones by the Forces of Light.
The entity Carter was however murdered by the dark forces, because he objected their criminal plans and was only then substituted with a clone by the Forces of Light, so that he could carry out his mission as enlightened president. The moral and ethical structure of this entity was fully preserved in his clone. The other minions of the dark forces were eliminated by the Forces of Light and their helpers on earth as to prevent a devastating catastrophe. The price for this crime committed against a bunch of evil entities was the divine redemption of humanity from total destruction. This episode was the darkest and most critical in the recent history of mankind, notwithstanding the fact that this is not known to the broad public.
Such interventions are part of the game that has been played for eons of time on this toxic planet. Let us recall that the body is only an instrument of collecting 3d-experience and has nothing to do with the personality of the incarnated entity. After Ascension, all human beings will have the possibility to choose their own body and change it at their discretion through imagination and direct manifestation. Contrary to the Powers That Be from the 4th dimension, they will not need to involve in primitive genetic engineering to create deficient clones that can only survive a limited period of time. Human beings will very soon begin to create from the soul level of unconditional love. * After this indispensable clarification as to how the Powers That Be actively manipulate mankind in general and the financial system in particular as to trigger its collapse, we must return to the cosmic laws of creation and destruction and explain why these manipulations fulfill the condition of destructive interference and will not only lead to a financial crash, but will also eliminate the influence of the dark forces on mankind before Ascension.
When an entity or a society decides to go along the path of greater separation from the Whole, it inevitably creates conditions of destructive interference all the time, as it no longer recognizes the laws of Creation as an inherent part of All-That-Is. Creation in separation lacks responsibility.
True Creation within All-That-Is is always responsible, as it is performed from the level of unconditional love, which is an esoteric circumscription for the cosmic condition of constructive interference. This truth will emerge as a key aspect after Ascension, when many incarnated entities will acquire the possibility to create by imagination, but will still have to learn how to do it in a responsible manner within the divine harmony of All-That-Is.
All structures that are created in a state of separation from the Source are intrinsically unstable and tend always to collapse at some point in linear time. The ultimate decision when such inferior creations ought to be destroyed is made in the higher realms or dimensions of All-That-Is, which render the energies for the existence of such structures and support the overall conditions of Creation. One may call such higher realms “God” or “Elohims”, without affecting anything on the laws of Creation as presented in this essay.
Under these premises the current battle between the Forces of Light and the dark forces is, strictly speaking, not a real battle, but a camouflage thereof. Just as the ego may gain the illusion that it has control over the life of the incarnated entity, as long as the soul let it believe so, so do the Forces of Light let the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire believe that they have control over earth and humanity for some time. Ultimately, the outcome of this symbolic battle is predetermined, as the decision for earth and mankind to ascend has been fallen at the highest levels of Cosmic Providence since eons of time. * The ego of the incarnated entity was initially created as an external reference point of view to that of the Creator-Soul. It ought to be a unique mirror-image of the soul, but it was never intended that the ego should take full control over the incarnated entity from the soul. It may only seem to be so. Especially in agnostic societies, such as current human society, this hallucinatory impression may cherish quite well for some time, as this has been the case in the last several centuries since the begin of industrialization of mankind.
During the so called “Dark Ages” (in German “Mittelalter”, Middle Ages), the connection of the incarnated entities with the soul was much more pronounced, probably due to the poor living conditions, where hope for immortality and eternal bliss was the only beacon of light in those dire human conditions. Much of the poetry at that time reflects this endeavor of humans to unite with God in the transcendental dimension.
Human ego is agnostic. And it has never been more agnostic than at this time. Like a kaleidoscope, the collective ego of our soulless mechanical time creates incessantly numerous illusionary images of its alleged autarky. These external images render the ego the false security and the erroneous conviction that it is the master of this human charade which it creates under extreme energetic limitations.
Especially in the industrialized world, where the number of material devices, such as phones, iPods, and all other child’s games that distract the incarnated entity from exploring the multidimensional nature of his soul has grown exponentially in the last few years, the separation from All-That-Is has reached an unprecedented peak. Under such conditions, it is no longer possible to have a further spiritual evolution. The conditions must, therefore, radically change, and the speckles removed from the blind eyes of humanity.
Ascension is the surrender of the ego to the soul. The ego must give up its illusion to be in full control of its destiny and merge with the higher self. This is the most poignant experience on earth and the most liberating at the same time. This greatest illusion of all times will be abruptly terminated this year.
Likewise, the illusion of the Powers That Be, the Unholy Six from the 4th dimension, that they control earth must end this year. This will not happen exclusively by waging a battle in the higher realms, as many channels from the lower dimensions, that have gained some popularity in internet, suggest. What is currently happening on this planet is a dramatic increase in the frequencies of earth and humanity that render the actions of the dark ones futile from an energetic point of view, no matter how many efforts they may undertake.
Darkness has to succumb to Light prior to Ascension. Under the condition of destructive interference Darkness will be deleted and substituted by Light. It is as simple as that. Only human mind wants things to be much more complicated, as to experience its fake autarky to the full extent.
This pattern can be observed in the behavior of most incarnated entities. Their ego may choose to go along a certain path of experience that is not shared by the higher self. As the free will of the ego is respected by the soul, the entity may proceed with the realization of his intentions for some time. In this case he will eventually experience one failure after another, one disaster after another, until he starts to contemplate as to why he has no success in creating the destiny he desires.
The entity will eventually begin to scrutinize his beliefs and emotions that have urged him to choose this particular path of experience and he may find out that they are not as honorable and spiritually elevated, as they initially seemed to be. He will them begin to question his motives and will substitute them with more loving and compassionate thoughts and feelings. By doing so throughout his life and during numerous incarnations, the entity reaches the ultimate point of 3d-existence, where he acts most of the time from the position of unconditional love, compassion, and maximal understanding, which is the position of the soul.
When this point is reached, the soul may decide that she has learned all the lessons of incarnation and separation, she intended to experience. The soul will no longer need her external reference point of observation – the ego. It will be put aside forever, and the incarnation cycle of the soul will be terminated. The infinite journey of the soul will continue on a higher dimension on her way back to the Source, but her earthly experiences will remain her treasures forever.
The gradual return of the prodigal son to the Father is accompanied by a series of negative experiences summarized as karma, whereas, in fact, these are experiences of the conditions of destructive interference that help the entity to evolve to a responsible creator. The best way for an incarnated entity to learn this, is to experience personally the consequences of his creativity. Human destiny has no other purpose, but to give the entity amidst his total amnesia vital clues that he is “a spark of God.”
Anything that human entities experience on earth is part of their conscious choice of Creation at a higher level. The Powers That Be are thus not evil aliens that have invaded earth at some point in time to oppress and annihilate humanity. They have already been part of the game, before some souls from the 5th dimension decided to incarnate on earth and have this particular experience with these 4d-creatures. The eschatological purpose of these souls was to find out, what they did not like – ultimately, the consequences and manifestations of total separation as mirrored by the behavior of the Unholy Six, to which they have subjected themselves on this planet in a conscious and deliberate manner.
Their hallucinatory enslavement will end at the very moment, at which they decide to end up this game of illusion and renounce enslavement. They do not need to fight the dark ones and their human proxies in order to liberate themselves. This is the lesson that the Egyptian people are now learning. This will be the lesson that the American nation will have to learn this year as part of the overall liberation and enlightenment of mankind.
Let us not forget that the USA is still the citadel of the dark forces, from where they have effectively enslaved humanity for the last 60-70 years after the Second World War. The other citadel of evil, the Soviet Union, has already crumbled and is now fully under the auspices of the Forces of Light, as any discerning observer can easily find out by analyzing the current political events and the tone of the mass media in these two countries.
The collapse of the financial system and the current World Order, which did not evolve to the extent to become the New World Order as envisaged by the dark forces for the End Times, is an act of pure creation:The creation of destruction, which Goethe’s Mephistopheles praises in “Faust”.The crash has been prepared for many years by creating various local conditions of destructive interference on numerous levels of financial transactions. The overall condition of destructive interference is the gargantuan inflation of the total amount of money in circulation, which reached a ratio of 100 to 1 at the end of 1999 with respect to the real material production as measured in GDP. This ratio was more than doubled in the last decade with the help of numerous virtual derivatives and other “financial weapons of mass destruction” that were invented by the American banksters with an unparalleled criminal creativity.
The chief mechanisms of fraudulent money creation are well known to the specialists and a growing number of awakening people and can only be summarized at this place. * Before the gold standard was abolished by Nixon in 1971, the main mechanism of money creation was the real inflation of retail prices. The gold standard was abolished as a result of the speculations of the dark forces, in particular of the Rockefeller faction, which wanted to gain domination over their initial creators, the Rothschild faction.
They started to buy in the 60s all the available gold at the then fixed price of 35$ per ounce. After that they deposited the gold they had bought in various banks and received from them new loans at the same amount. By using this fraudulent practice, which later became famous as “fractional banking”, they acquired most of the gold at zero price.
The era of fiat currencies, of paper money, could now commence and allowed for even greater fraud. The world inflation began to accelerate exponentially, as money was no longer linked to real value. However, this time the inflation did not affect the retail prices that much, as it was the case before 1971 and until the late 70s due to the inertia of the economic system, but was manifested in the first place as an inflation of corporative prices. The huge increase of all equity indices in the following years was a clear indicator of this trend. The price of gold jumped significantly during this period to reach a peak of more than 1500 $ per ounce at the End Times.
After gold was eliminated as means of exchange, the banksters were very quick to introduce the insidious “fractional banking” which helped them to buy out gold. In Europe, this practice is known as “giro money creation”. As long as the gold standard existed, the banks were obliged to keep the same amount of gold in reserve as the money supply in circulation, because every individual person had the right to buy gold at the fixed price of 35 $ per ounce at any bank.
With the abolishment of the gold standard this obligation was eliminated overnight. From now on the banks decided without any discussion with the governments to introduce the fractional banking, which is a key aspect of the treacherous Orion Monetary system. Although finance is the blood system of any economy, the politicians did not intervene and sanctioned this fraud, because most of them were, and still are, pawns of the dark forces.
This subordination of the political elite to the financial one is a key element of the planned New World Order by the dark forces and can be seen as an invariant pattern in all faked Western democracies. They are faked because elections in these countries have always been manipulated by the financial Elite behind the curtain and the results are most of the time predetermined, as it was the case with all elected presidents of the USA after the Second World War.
Fractional banking works as a miraculous device that creates money out of thin air. When a private investor deposits, say, 1000 $ in a bank, the bank borrows 90% of this sum to other banks and debtors and keeps only 10% of the private loan as a reserve. This was the initial ratio of fractional banking when this Ponzi scheme was first introduced by the American banksters after the gold standard was abolished.
The official rectification of this insidious practice was that the overall money supply and the rate of circulation will grow to such an extent that it will no longer be necessary to have reserves at the ratio of 1:1, as it was the case during the time when the gold standard was valid. The money acceleration – the rate of transaction (circulation) of the total amount of money from one entity to another – was estimated to be in order of 6 to 8 times per year. Hence, the banksters decided to keep no more than 10% of the deposited money by private investors as reserve money. They applied this rule also to all kinds of transactions between banks.
The introduction of fractional banking allowed the banks to create money out of thin air in the order of 10 to 12 times. This can be easily calculated by the so called “multiplier of fractional banking”. It is a numerical quotient, just as all relationships are according to the Theory of the Universal Law. Out of the 1000 $ deposited by a private client, the bank created now 10 0000 – 12 0000 $, which it could lend to other private persons or institutions. The actual multiplier of fractional banking in the USA was estimated in the early 80s to be in the order of 12. In this case, the banks were actually holding only 8% of their assets as reserves in their depots. * As already said, the fraudulent practice of fractional banking is a central piece of the Orion monetary system that has led to the current world inflation. The Powers That Be know that money is a substitute for energy, and energy can be multiplied under limited conditions, before the conditions of destructive interference come into power and all excess energy, respectively, excess money is destroyed. Within All-That-Is energy cannot be created or destroyed according to the law of conservation of energy. But it can be multiplied (inflated) under limited local conditions, until the law of destruction comes into play.
Money inflation is physically achieved by expanding the space-dimension at the expense of the time/frequency dimension, as this is assessed in the theory of relativity. According to the Universal Law E = EAf, energy is proportional to time f, E ~ f and reciprocal to space E ~ 1/s, as f ~ 1/s. When we set space equivalent to the amount of money in circulation as measured by the surface, 2d-space, of the printed paper money, we acquire a very precise measure of money inflation. In this case, money is a mirror-image of energy = space-time that expresses all the properties of the primary term in a perfect way.
This insight was possible only after the author discovered the Universal Law and applied it to finance. However, this knowledge has always been known to the Powers That Be, who have manipulated their Orion monetary system at their discretion as to enslave humanity.
Space-inflation of printed money is thus equivalent to money inflation. At the same time it is a dilution of energy, according to the Universal Law as shown above: E = 1/space. For a short period of time, this property of space-time as manifested by money cannot be perceived by human beings because of their limited perception and the lack of knowledge of the Nature of Energy = Space-Time, which is a leitmotif of this essay. They believe that money still has the same power, even when faked inflation statistics (see below) are taken into consideration.
However, there comes a point in time, when the inflation of printed money-surface (2d-space) becomes so huge that the condition of destructive interference comes into play and money inflation explodes virtually in the hands of the consumer. This happened in Germany during the Great Depression when people had to carry a basket full of paper money in order to buy one egg on the market. The American people are bound to make a similar experience this year.
The author merely furnishes the scientific, physical background of money inflation from the point of view of the new theory of the Universal Law, which explains financial matters much more easily than present-day economic theory. The latter has been made deliberately complicated by the Powers That be and their human proxies in the financial sector as to lull humanity and exploit it to the verge of financial and physical enslavement.
In an ideal, stable economy, the amount of money in circulation should not exceed the amount of industrial production and social services as measured by GDP. This follows from the law of conservation of energy. In reality, the amount of money in circulation worldwide was at the end of 1999 one hundred times greater than the industrial production as measured in the official statistics of GDP for the world economy. This phenomenon is defined by the author as world inflation.
Under the gold standard the inflation was primarily an inflation of retail prices and salaries, and was accompanied with real industrial growth, as this is currently the case in China. After the abolishment of the gold standard, world inflation accelerated dramatically, but it no longer was an inflation of retail prices. This gargantuan inflation was now created through debt or precisely out of thin air and lost its correlation with the actual material production, upon which any society depends in order to survive and prosper.
After the gold standard was abolished, the tertiary sector of the economy of the western industrialized countries grew steadily from modest 15% -20% before 1970 to 75% by the end of the second millennium, The biggest part of the current tertiary sector is, however, the bank sector, which is nothing else but the optical façade of the world money inflation.
In order to hide this fact, all national statistical offices on inflation in the Western world were instructed to only calculate the inflation of retail prices and even further limit themselves to the so called “core price inflation”, which excludes all commodities and services that are still subjected to huge inflation rates due to growing, wild speculations.
What mankind has experienced in the last three decades is an unprecedented decoupling of the actual commodity values from their prices. The prices for commodities became an object of unlimited, greedy speculations, which were totally decoupled from real demand and supply. The steady growth of all commodities indices and house prices before the subprime mortgage crisis is a typical manifestation of this decoupling of prices from material values. * The buy-out of physical gold by the American banksters and the introduction of fractional banking were so successful that they decided to immediately implement it on a larger international scale. They applied this fraudulent practice in the following years to various other areas of finance with a growing amount of money in circulation and a greater sophistication in hiding their true intentions. The financial products differed optically from each other, but the criminal intent and fraudulent pattern remained invariant.
The western population, and later on, that of the whole world was completely dumped down by these practices, which nobody could really discern and expose as criminal and deleterious to the people. This situation changed dramatically after the crash in 2008 when a new, clearer perception of these criminal practices of the banks began slowly to emerge among some farsighted journalists and financial experts.
The author remembers however the time before the current crisis, when he was a lonely voice of critical discernment in a desert of blind economic experts – be they Nobel Prize winners or paid journalists in the numerous financial channels, such as CNBC and Bloomberg that sprouted like mushrooms after rain as a medial cover-up of the worldwide financial fraud.
After the gold standard was abolished, the American banksters and some of their European allies went to the oil rich Arab countries and made a deal with the sheiks. They offered them to unleash an oil crisis, so that the oil price per barrel would skyrocket. The sheiks gave their consent, as any greedy person would do so in a similar situation. At that time OPEC did not exist. The oil shock came promptly in 1972 and was repeated in 1975.
All crises, humanity has experienced so far, are arranged by the dark forces; they are not random events as the mass media, which also belong to the dark forces, claim. The current economic order of humanity is structured in such a way by the Orion Empire that the controllers of earth can easily unleash a global crisis, each time they consider it opportune to oppress humanity.
The major economic sectors, such as fraudulent inflationary finance, centralized, oligopolistic energy supply, ineffective motors of combustion used as vehicles and power engines, backward agriculture that is currently dominated by a handful of monopolistic corporations, producing genetic manipulated seeds and other bio-chemical fertilizers, and food suppliers are some of the tools, which the dark ones and their human minions employ to trigger a planned crisis and to offset the prosperity of mankind.
In addition, they manipulate the elected governments to employ destructive economic policies, as we shall show below, or to instigate perennial wars around the globe that hinder true economic growth on this planet. The whole pattern of modern industrialization of mankind is dominated by deliberate deficiencies inserted in the system by the clandestine Orion Controllers. They create the condition of destructive interference on numerous levels of current capitalist economy that is inherently susceptible to systemic crises and collapses.
After the oil crises in 1972 and 1975, the sheiks became multi-billionaires over night at the expense of the world population which had to pay for the higher gasoline prices at the tank stations. This was the first huge wave of global impoverishment triggered by the dark ones after the Second World War in their heinous effort to establish the New World Order.
After this insidious act, the American banksters convinced the sheiks to invest their riches from the oil production in American banks by offering interest rates from 5 to 8%. At that time the practice of demanding or accepting interest rates was considered usury in the Arab world and was practically forbidden. The sheiks were very happy to give their money to the American banksters, who promised them to multiply it within a short period of time.
Being naïve nomads a generation ago, they did not perceive that they have been chosen to become victims of a huge Ponzi scheme, just as the investors of Bernie Medoff did not suspect anything for many years, until he suddenly went bankrupt two years ago and the scam was exposed. Some of the brightest American brains happened to be his victims. The scheme which the American financial Elite employed to expropriate the Arab sheiks was, however, much more brutal than that of Bernie Madoff, because they knew that they will never go to prison. They did it the following way.
The oil money of the sheiks was given as loans through the World Bank to Third World countries. However, these loans were now multiplied by fractional banking. If the sheiks invested in total about 500 billion $ between 1972 and 1980 in American banks, the third world countries received loans during this time in the order of 5 000 billions.
It was obvious from the very beginning that these countries could never pay back these huge loans. This was not the intent of the American banksters. The Third World countries were forced instead to mortgage the loans with their natural resources in case of default. In this way, the insidious dark ones gained physical control over the world resources. As a result, the American faction of the Rockefellers became much more powerful than its European counterpart, from which it originally had emerged.
In order not to be able to pay their loans back, the dark forces and their secret services took care that the Third World countries were embroiled in civil and other disastrous wars or were even directly attacked by the USA government, which has always served the interests of these dark ones. When the third world countries began to default one after the other, and it became evident that they cannot pay back their loans, the American banksters went to the sheiks and opened them that they have lost all their investments.
This scenario may sound quite familiar to the reader. It was only two years ago, when the Wall Street banks went bust. Immediately after that they blackmailed the American government to bail them out or else they will ruin the economy. As any true mafia boss, they always use the same argument:”Either you do what I tell you, or else…”Washington has voted since then two huge bailouts, plus two additional bailouts by the Fed, titled in euphemistic financial slang as “Quantitative Easing“, such as QE1, QE2… QE3. Of course all these measures were done at the expense of the tax payers.
The state budget deficit of the USA skyrocketed since then. The financial crisis impoverished the middle class of America and virtually ruined the already poor people that comprise one third of the American population. Only the few rich became richer. This is the current disastrous situation in this country. Now back to our sheiks.
When the sheiks got it that they were ruined somewhere in the 80s, they were scared to death and were ready to do anything, the American banksters would suggest them to recuperate their riches. It was not that the sheiks put the blame on their bankers, as these dark ones had water-proved alibi:”We cannot do anything for your losses. It is the world order to be blamed for. We have no influence on politics of Third World countries. This is up to the big powers. We are not politicians, we are simple bankers.”They then suggested that the situation could be rectified, if the sheiks would continue investing in American banks and in the industry. In return they would receive modern weapons to protect themselves from rogue states that menace the precarious balance of their puppet regimes. The American dark ones pointed at Iran, who had recently ousted the Shah and had become extremely hostile to the USA and the neighboring Arab states. The sheiks had no other option, but to follow the advice of their robbers and to give them once again their money as to save their lifestyle of leisure.
In the meantime the American banksters decided to invent some new fraudulent practices in order to create new monies after they have wiped out the savings of the sheiks. The era of derivatives and other exotic “financial weapons of mass destruction” commenced. However, it was not until the late 90s that this insidious financial practice could really explode.
In the meantime the dark ones in the USA developed a second scenario in order to keep the sheiks hostages to their atrocious plans, as the latter began to feel tangibly uncomfortable with the machinations of their rogue bankers, which they now began slowly to discern.
Bush senior, the chief representative of the American dark ones, decided to instigate the first Iraq war. For this purpose, the Americans suggested to their proxy and CIA-agent Saddam Hussein to attack Kuwait, only to beat him afterwards in a spectacular manner in a phony war that was officially designed in the mass media as a just cause to save the helpless sheiks. Some of the alleged atrocities of the Iraqi soldiers in Kuwait were filmed in Hollywood as it was revealed sometimes later by investigative journalists.
In this way, the dark ones in stripes and stars showed the sheiks in an unmistakable manner how precarious their situation was and needed few arguments to convince them that they can only survive under the military umbrella of the USA. After the first Iraq war in 1991, the sheiks gave up their sovereign rights willy-nilly to the new world power that has emerged after the end of the Cold War. It is important to observe that this criminal war was only possible, because the Soviet Union had already collapsed and did not pose any nuclear threat to the USA at that time.
After the dark American ones practically swallowed the oil rich Arab countries of the sheiks, they became even more avaricious. The second Iraq war and the Afghanistan war should be interpreted in the light of these facts. Afghanistan was of strategic importance because a pipeline was built there by American firms to transport oil from the former Soviet republics in Central Asia. Iraq was known to have huge oil reserves, and his dictator was a CIA agent who could be easily manipulated.
What the arrogant American dark ones did not properly calculated, was the severe opposition of the Iraqi and Afghan people against their invasion. This is paradigmatic for the tactic of all dark ones. They have been accustomed for so long time to control this planet and mankind in an unrestricted manner, that they cannot imagine a situation where the balance of power can be reversed.
The current revolutions in the Arab World are the logical consequence of this nefarious economic scam of the American banksters that was further aggravated by the criminal policies of the installed puppet regimes in the Middle East at the expense of the oppressed and impoverished Arab people.
Entities that live in total separation from the Source are not used to cope with a completely new situation, for instance, in one where the Powers of Light have the sway. They have been used to live in darkness for eons of time and to put the shackles on humanity in a clandestine manner without encountering any fierce opposition whatsoever.
While all their odious plans have crumbled in the last several years, the dark ones are now becoming increasingly helpless. Since the beginning of this year they have virtually lost all their power to effectively manipulate mankind. After their total surrender, most probably around spring equinox of 2011, the events leading to Ascension will accelerate in a dramatic manner in the course of this year.
This quick excursion in the recent economic past of mankind had the purpose to refresh the historical memory of the reader and to serve him as a roadmap to navigate through all human crimes and atrocities that have been committed by the dark forces in the last several decades prior to Ascension, as many of these facts will be revealed in the course of this year. The truth about mankind and its controllers will enable the people to make a clear choice – either to go to heaven or have more of the same hell on planet B that will remain under the total control of the current Powers That Be. * The broad introduction of numerous derivatives and other virtual financial products in the 90s opened the door for unlimited fraud on a worldwide scale. This practice was facilitated by the emerging globalization of the world economy after the collapse of the Communist system in 1990 -1992. As a consequence, the world inflation began to grow exponentially. This could be observed in the unprecedented surge of all equity markets during the last decade of the second millennium. Dow Jones Index rose for instance from about 2,500 points in 1990 to almost 11,000 points by the end of the second millennium.
But the new level of global financial fraud tilted the world economy towards a greater imbalance between world inflation and material production. The conditions of destructive interference on all levels of economic transactions became more pronounced each year, as this could be measured by the growing exorbitance of banksters’ bonuses.
The frequency of financial crises that swept the global economy exceeded any previous experience so far. Between 1997 and 2007 the world economy suffered two major recessions, the Asian crisis of 1997-1998, including the hedge funds crisis, and the crisis of 2001-2003 that were followed by the greatest depression since the Great Depression, which began in 2007 and is still going on. In the short periods of treacherous recovery between the crises, the foundations for the next crisis were laid with an exponentially growing criminal energy, as it was the case between 2004 and 2006 when the subprime mortgage crisis was deliberately instigated.
This last crisis will end up with a total crash this year that will eliminate all financial structures of the Orion monetary system and will lead to a collapse of the capitalist economic order as it has been known for the last 200 years. * The amount of virtual derivatives exceeds currently many times the actual value of industrial production worldwide. These derivatives are fraudulent methods of creating monies out of debt or thin air. They have forged the world inflation to an even greater extent than the fractional banking. The latter was renamed at the same time in financial slang to “excessive leverage” of debt and toxic loans in the order of 30-40 times, as officially announced at the begin of the current depression. This means that the banks have practically no reserves at present to cover their losses.
In addition to the veritable explosion of virtual derivatives without any real value, the excessive leverage of the banks contributed decisively to their actual insolvency since October 2008. The total amount of toxic loans of the biggest American banks is estimated to be between 2.5 and 5 trillion $. This sum is, however, peanuts in comparison to the amount of virtual collateral default obligations (CDO) that these banks created in a criminal fervor during the last decade.
At the height of the current depression, the amount of CDO was estimated to be in the order of 600 – 650 trillion $, which is 40 times greater than the actual industrial production of the world economy measured as a fraction of GDP (one third of world GDP of about 45 trillion $). These virtual securitization products were mainly created by American banks. The ten biggest American banks have issued and possess about 90% of all derivatives worldwide. JP Morgan alone has CDO of 95 trillion $ in total. This sum is one thousand times bigger than the capitalization of this bank on the New Yorker stock exchange.
At the same time this bank holds the majority of all shorts in the silver market. The current campaign “Crash JP Morgan, buy silver”, initiated by the critical journalist on financial affairs Max Keiser (Russian Television), may eventually lead to the bankruptcy of this financial citadel of the American dark ones. This event will undoubtedly unleash the crash of the worldwide financial system.
This is one possible scenario, how the financial collapse may start this year. But there are many other probabilities that will soon superimpose to create the ideal condition of destructive interference in the banking sector and will trigger this event. Here we have the same situation as in the famous saying that “all roads lead to Rome”, especially at the time of its decay.
All CDO, silver, and other shorts, and all outstanding assets and loans that the big banks harbor as “toxic loans” have been taken out of their official balance sheets since 2008 with the explicit permission of the US- and other western governments. Otherwise they should have declared bankruptcy three years ago. After the American and international banksters discovered the advantages of creating virtual financial products out of thin air, they have now invented the “creative accounting”, which is yet another euphemism for impertinent fraud.
In their overt criminal activities they are actively supported by the central bank Fed, which is in the private hands of these banks. The Fed has fictively bought many toxic debts from these banks since 2008, but has kept their volume secret to the public. Trustworthy financial experts are convinced that the Fed is already insolvent, notwithstanding the fact that it can create billions of dollars with a click on the computer, as its chairman, the famous “helicopter-Ben”, proudly announced in front of the US-senate.
This financial situation is further aggravated by the fact that all major buyers of US-debt, such as China, Japan, Russia, and other countries have stopped buying US-treasures and have decided to substitute the dollar as world exchange currency with a basket of their own currencies.
While the financial banking system is de facto insolvent since 2008 and can only exist on life-supporting measures at the expense of the tax payers, the banks have continued with their scam by paying their employees huge bonuses and salaries ($500,000) in average for all Wall Street banksters in 2010), which are ten times bigger than the average salaries of qualified engineers in the American industry.
At the same time, the debt of the American nation has skyrocketed. When all outstanding debt positions of the federal government, the local governments, the health care system, the rental system, the private debt of the citizens etc. are considered, the total debt, as calculated by the experts, has reached the scary amount of 200 trillion, which is 13 times bigger than the GDP of this financially ruined country.
This sum is still only one third of the total amount of virtual derivatives, which the American banks possess or have put in circulation around the globe. A large portion of it is owned by foreign countries and investors. After the USA has crashed this year, they will have to write down their US-investments and will also declare bankruptcy.
This mixture of negative trends will create a perfect storm in the financial system this year. All parameters point to the bottom – the bottom being the total destruction of the Orion monetary system worldwide. This will be the most creative and liberating act in the history of humanity. * From this succinct economic overview one can easily conclude that the conditions of destructive interference in the financial sector have long reached the tipping point, where a deadly tsunami can be unleashed any time soon to wipe out all the assets of the banks and other corporations, including the savings of the people.
The intent of the dark forces was to trigger this event at their discretion in order to impoverish the world population with a single stroke and thus introduce the New World Order. This was counterfeited by the Forces of Light on numerous occasions. They deliberately postponed the worldwide financial crash for this year, when the dark forces will be fully handicapped by the new high frequency energies on earth and will have no longer the power to promote their insidious plans. The Antichrist, the Beast, must finally surrender.
The advantage of postponing the financial crash for this year has several tactical and strategic advantages from the vantage point of view of awakening mankind and the Forces of Light, which are the true keepers of the legitimate aspirations of all human incarnated entities:The crash will take place within a very short period of time and will wipe out the power of the dark forces in the financial sector, which has always been their stronghold. This event will be so sweeping that the expropriated financial Elite will not be able to exert any opposition or to undermine the subsequent reforms, as they have always done in the past. The postponing of the crash at a later date will shorten the period of tribulations during the End Times. The hardship of humanity will be thus shortened in the time dimension. The lack of any opposition on the part of the dark forces will allow for the immediate implementation of simple, just systems of food and commodities exchange as to meet the needs of the population after the crash. In many places simple barter systems will be implemented that will be directly controlled by the people. No misuse or corruption by some greedy entities will be allowed during the End Times. The time point of the financial crash will coincide with the time of revelations, when all criminal acts of the dark ones will be exposed in the mass media.This strategy has, however, some disadvantages. The time of revelations and spiritual evolution is much shorter than previously envisaged by the Forces of Light. The dramatics and the intensity of the upcoming events will, on the other hand, create a favorable situation, where the rug will be very effectively pulled away from under the feet of the political, financial, and economic Elite, so that they will no longer have the possibility to meddle in the shaping of the new destiny of mankind.
The full power will be given to the people. They will be guided by some ascended masters and enlightened light workers, who will work in close cooperation with the Forces of Light. The latter will show themselves this year, after they have postponed their “first contact” with humanity for the last three years. The reason for this delay was that the dark forces were deeply entrenched in human society and had no intent to give up their power without creating mayhem on earth and eradicating many human beings.
This danger has now been effectively averted and the probability of first contact has become a certainty. The build-up of favorable energies of Christ consciousness has exponentially grown since the opening of the stargate on 10.10.10 and will most probably erupt around Equinox this year, when the last wave of Christ consciousness will be released. Parallel to this phenomenon, there are myriads of other energetic events and processes that build the conditions of constructive interference for earth and humanity to merge with the high frequency energies of the 5th dimension in preparation for the final Ascension. * The total financial crash of the Orion monetary system and the collapse of the current capitalist order will inevitably undermine the foundations of the western type of national state, which is based on three pillars:the fiscal system, the rental system, and the health care system.The fiscal system, with all its ramifications, comprises about 45-55% of the national GDP of the western, industrialized countries. The health care system makes for 16-19% of the GDP of each country and the rental system is in the same order as the health care system. All three systems will go bust immediately after the financial crash. This will lead to the abolishment of the national state in its current pecuniary form.
The national state has been the chief cause of separation of incarnated human entities on earth. It has been the primary reason for all wars that have chronically devastated humanity and have hampered its progress. Just as the Orion monetary system, the national state was deliberately introduced by the Powers That Be/the Anunnaki to keep the incarnated entities in total subordination and in a state of permanent calamities.
For this reason they, the Anunnaki (the Orion Reptilians), introduced long time ago many different languages and created deliberately the famous “Babylonian confusion of languages” (in German “Babylonische Sprachverwirrung”) among human beings.
The current national states have historically evolved around such language populations, which were, by and large, divided by linguistic barriers from their neighbors. Where national states included minorities based on different languages, this linguistic division has always led to perennial wars and national catastrophes. The history of the Balkan states is paradigmatic for this trend. These nationalistic frictions were shamelessly exploited by the big powers to promote their egoistic imperial goals throughout the globe. This was the actual fall from grace of humanity for many thousand years. The End Times will finally terminate this vicious circle of incessant wars and destructions.
This is part of the overall divine plan for Ascension of mankind in the End Times. As the current civilization is a product of all wrong human ideas of separation from All-That-Is, all its structures are also highly unstable and must be abolished during the End Times. This destruction will be accomplished in the course of this year. The next year will be fully dedicated to the preparation of mankind for Ascension and will represent an anti-climax to the destructive events that will take place this year.
There is virtually not a single social structure in current society that is not biased by the wrong idea of separation. Such systems will no longer exist in the 5th dimension after Ascension. Therefore, they must be eliminated in the course of this year, so that the people can begin to adopt themselves to the new conditions, which they will experience after Ascension. The lesser the distractions from the outer world are, the higher the level of introspection and spiritual evolution of the incarnated entities.
Human beings will never be able to discern all the pitfalls and fallacies of the Orion monetary system that forges their basic survival fears, unless they become free of it in their daily activities and begin to live in a state of true spiritual abundance. True abundance is always spiritual. All-That-Is is Spirit – it is “Weltgeist” (Plotinus), and not the Zeitgeist of Mammon.
The financial crash will most probably take place after spring equinox and will dominate the world events during the whole summer. The world financial order will be wrapped up around 11.11.11 (November 11, 2011) when the last but one stargate will be opened. This date will herald the final stage of preparation for Ascension. There is very little time left. As time/frequency ‘f’ will accelerate exponentially in the coming months, its reciprocal value – conventional time ‘t’ – will be significantly shortened, so that the future events, we are talking about, will seem to occur in a highly accelerated modus. Back to ContentsBack to The Orion ZoneBack to The Global Banking System 26. The Theory of Macroeconomics Promotes the Orion Monetary System
It is not the objective of the author to present an academic discussion on the macro- and micro-economic factors that will trigger the upcoming financial collapse. This effort has been accomplished many years ago, when he integrated the major economic teachings of modern times, such as Keynes theory on anti-cyclic fiscal regulation and monetarism (initially Austrian school of economics), on the basis of the new theory of the Universal Law in a simple axiomatic, straight forward manner that can also be understood by non-specialists. A summary of his lectures can be found in Internet in German language.
In this discussion he will furnish the proof that all economic theories that have been elaborated in the last 150-200 years, since modern capitalism has begun, have led to the development of world inflation, which undermines the stability of any sound economic activity and promotes the idea of the Powers That Be to establish the New World Order.
Both theories were created in the two countries, from where the major factions of the dark forces on earth operate – the Rothschilds in the UK and the Rockefellers in the USA. They are, however, proxies, human slaves of the Powers That Be, of the Unholy Six from the Orion Empire. Throughout history, these families, which mainly constitute of reptilian shapeshifters, have amassed huge powers that they have misused on virtually every occasion. The history of their crimes should be the topic of many books and revelations.
At this place, it is important to observe that they have been the promoters of the two basic macro-theories that dominate current economics and political decisions – the theory of Keynes of anti-cyclic intervention of national governments during recession and the theory of monetarism of Milton Freedman and the Chicago school that promotes the idea of an independent central bank which should exclusively regulate the economy with the help of variable interest rates. The political version of monetarism is also known as neo-liberalism. * After the negative experience during the Great Depression, when the banks restricted their lending activities and aggravated the crisis by creating “tight money”, Keynes suggested that the government should take the lead in economic crises, which are regularly occurring in a capitalist type of economy. He suggested that in times of recession it is appropriate for the national government to make debts and increase money supply as to stimulate industrial production and consumption. When the economy begins to grow, the state will pay back its debt with the higher revenues which it will collect during the years of growth. This is the core of Keynes’ anti-cyclic approach of navigating the national economy through fiscal stimuli along the bumpy capitalist road of bubbles and busts, of booms, dooms and glooms.
This advice was however carried out much further than Keynes’ recommendation. The Keynes theory was misused by all western governments, who created new fiscal debt also in periods of economic growth. The current catastrophic fiscal situation in the UK and the USA is the result of this unrestricted and uncritical implementation of Keynes antic-cyclic theory of governmental intervention during recession also in times of economic prosperity.
This theory was very popular in the post-war time and was excessively applied by all western governments. As a result of this uncritical implementation the inflation rates in the 60s and 70s were double-digit in most industrialized countries.
The difficulties of the governments to contain inflation triggered the counter-movement of monetarism, which was a continuation of the main ideas of Austrian school of economics as further propagated by London School of Economics, which is totally under the hidden influence of the Rothschild family. The American branch of this economic teaching was the Chicago school of monetarism which was sponsored by the Rockefeller faction. It is not a coincidence that the current President comes from this city. Their chief argument was that the state and the government should not intervene in the regulation of the national economy by creating fiscal debt, but should leave it to the regulatory powers of free capitalism. The era of neo-liberalism was born.
For this purpose the monetarists suggested that an independent central bank should acquire the exclusive right to adjust money supply in times of recession and growth by using variable interest rates. In this way the central bank will be able to create “cheap” or “tight money” and thus regulate money supply.
In a recession, the central bank would lower interest rates and cheap money would be created. Cheap money would increase money supply, as companies would be inclined to borrow more money for investments, and this would stimulate the economy. In times of growth, the interest rates of the central bank would be raised. Tight money would automatically restrict money supply and the economic growth would not lead to inflation and financial bubbles due to overheating the economy. This was precisely what happened when Keynes’ anti-cyclic fiscal intervention was implemented by the governments in times of economic growth.
Both theories were originally designed to promote the hidden agenda of the dark forces and were thus intended to achieve the opposite effect, of what they theoretically preached. The academic make-up of these theories has practically lulled all prominent economists up to the present day with respect to their true function.
The Theory of Keynes was a blank check for the western governments to create new fiscal debt at the expense of tax payers and thus impoverish them. The taxes reached in the 60s and 70s fifty and more per cent of the income of the working population in the western countries, whereas the corporations were exempted from most taxes.
The Orion monetary system is in the first place an economic system of big corporations, which are ruled through hierarchic structure and can be easily controlled by the Powers That Be from the top. For instance, they can substitute any CEO or manager with a docile clone created through genetic engineering or through a shape-shifter of the Reptilian-type, who will promote their hidden agenda from the top without any checks and balances.
Although the governments are constituted by elected representatives, they in reality also carry out the hidden agenda of the dark ones, however, to a lesser extent. The percentage of clones among politicians is somewhat lower than that of CEO, because politicians operate in the limelight of mass media and such substitutions through clones may not always fulfill the requirements of a proper camouflage that cannot be discerned by the masses.
It is, nonetheless, important to reiterate that the true governments of all western democracies are the hidden governments of the dark ones, such as the Trilateral Commission and the Council of Foreign Affairs in the USA, or the Bilderbergers in Europe, who pull the strings behind the scene and not the officially elected ones. They are the ones who make the final decisions with respect to fiscal or any other national policy.
The financial and social policy of the current puppet of a black president in the White House (observe the symbolism of “Black and White” for the current duality of human experience) is paradigmatic for the kind of hidden political agenda that only serves the interests of the financial Elite, where most of the dark ones are to be found:A Dark president for the Dark Ones – what an irony!”‘Yes, we can’ deceive you anytime!” was their last arrogant cry and a deliberate slap in the face of the ignorant American electorate.
This explains why the theory of Keynes was used as alibi by the hidden governments to indebt all national states even at a time of growth and to transfer this debt onto the tax payers, either through voting higher taxes or austerity programs. In this manner the people could easily be impoverished in a clandestine manner by putting the blame onto the ruling parties, which of course could be substituted in the next elections. With the help of this political charade, the hidden governments prepared the people of the western nations for their role as future slaves of the New World Order.
To achieve this goal, they made them first fiscal slaves of the national state. In a second step, the dark ones intended to eliminate the national states by triggering a worldwide financial and economic collapse which would lead to a default of the western states. This goal was almost achieved in 2008, but it was then mitigated by the hidden intervention of the Forces of Light.
To this end the dark ones employed the theory of monetarism in a second step to cover up their true intentions. This theory rendered the central banks an unlimited financial and political power that is not sanctioned by any independent authority such as the legislative. The gate for all kinds of fraudulent practices at the highest international level was widely opened.
Off-shores companies were founded en masse that operated outside any national laws, where all the monies of the people could be illegally transferred.
Political efforts, being made to control money flaws, were condemned as obstructions to free capitalist economy by the Powers That Be and their minions in the media and had no chance to become national laws. Three years after the crash in 2008 and numerous international meetings of G8 and G20, accompanied by loud announcements to finally control the worldwide money speculations of the financial dark ones, nothing has been practically done to stop their global fraud.
Basel III, the new bank accounting system, was for instance wrapped up and postponed for the time after Ascension. Please observe that all important reforms, which the elected governments announced loudly in the last several years as to cope with the current financial and economic crisis, were scheduled after 2012 in the full knowledge of the upcoming Ascension. Only the stupid public and the journalists are not aware of this “time-dependent” fraud.
The Fed, being the chief instrument of the American financial Elite, committed every possible crime to make its proprietors, the Wall Street banks, richer at the expense of the American people. “Enrichez vous!” was the cry of the dark financial ones during the last two decades that reverberated around the globe.
When the financial collapse came in 2008, the strings of the elected puppet governments in the Western World could no longer be hidden to the public, after they announced one huge bailout after the other on behalf of the big banks – be they American or European banks, even at a time when the default of many national states became an imminent danger. The draconian (please observe the semantic identity of the word “draconian” with the economic policy of the Orion Reptilians from the Draco constellation) austerity programs in England, Greece, Ireland, Spain, Portugal, and many other western countries announced in 2010 will, however, not save them from falling into the abyss of their gargantuan fiscal debt.
But these Draconian (Reptilian) austerity programs have already ignited the revolutionary mood of the stricken people in these countries, who have begun to discern more clearly the clandestine methods of their masters to first impoverish them and then enslave them under the banner of the New World Order. This revolutionary mood will explode this year to a true revolution of the masses.
It has always been the plan of the dark ones to eliminate the national states by defaulting them and delegating their sovereign rights to a new international institution, for instance, to the United Nations that has been planned to execute the power of the New World Order at the beginning. The United Nationshave always been firmly in the hands of the dark ones, who control them through their New York banks nearby, whose policy has always been to bribe and corrupt most of the representatives of this international institution.
This scenario has already been tested on a smaller scale in the creation of the European Union. The latter received recently a constitution that was bargained by its bribed politicians behind closed doors and has not been approved by the electorate in a free vote. This constitution and the executive EU-institutions that are appointed by the hidden governments of these countries have already water-downed many sovereign rights of the people of the EU-nations, who are not even aware of their losses of basic rights. The New World Order was supposed to come in a similar way, like a “thief in the night” and catch the masses by surprise.
In this context, it is important to observe that the creation of EU was part of the Rothschild plan to establish the New World Order and was promoted by the Bilderberger group, which was hastily summoned after the Second World War. This clandestine organization has its hands in virtually all important political decisions in Western Europe and in many other places around the world. All heads of important European states need the initial confirmation of the Bilderberger group, before they can be nominated for elections. * This information was given to explain how the western governments were used by the dark forces to forge the financial collapse of their countries by implementing Keynes theory of anti-cyclic intervention in an excessive manner. This theory was never intended to establish stable economic growth for the benefit of the masses, as its author might have believed, but to promote the hidden agenda of the Powers That Be. This is the insidious economic policy of the Orion Empire, which it has successfully implemented on many planets in this galaxy in order to subjugate their incarnated populations. These reptilians have huge experience in this.
The application of the theory of monetarism was not less hideous. First and foremost, the Chicago boys, the spiritual fathers of this theory, forgot to tell the public that the central bank, which they wanted to give an unlimited economic power in their theory, was not the central bank of the American people, but the private bank Fed, which is possessed by the banks of the dark ones on Wall Street.
Equally important was the fact that the hidden governments and the financial Elite did not intend to use the variable interest rates of the central bank to promote true economic growth, but to solidify the position of the financial sector in the overall economy by creating monopolistic international bank corporations. Ultimately, this led to the precarious situation of “too big to fail”, with which the dark ones blackmailed the elected governments of the western countries. This Damocles sward is still hanging over the heads of the elected governments and will definitely fall this year to unleash the final crash of the Orion monetary system.
In order to strengthen the position of the financial Elite, Greenspan and his successor Bernanke lowered the interest rates for long periods of time in order to create speculative bubbles, from which the banks profited by creating fraudulent financial products and selling them to the rest of the world. Even when the Fed raised interest rates, as it was the case in the early 80s, the banks were the only institutions that profited from these high interest rates, while the population was further impoverished.
Currently the American banks borrow money from the Fed at zero interest rates and buy bonds at 3-4%. The difference is paid by the American people as docile tax payers. This is the greatest scam, any country could possibly create, and it takes place in front of the very eyes of all American citizens, who should have revolted long time ago against this obvious crime.
Therefore, it is not an exaggeration to say that the inventor-nation of all fraudulent financial products of the 20th century has, at the same time, dumped down its citizens to an even greater extent than the communist dictatorships did with their peoples during the Cold War. The major difference is that the peoples in Eastern Europe never trusted their red dictators, while the majority of the American people still believe that they live in the most democratic and advanced country in the world. Their blindness and sheepishness exceed anything mankind has experienced so far. The American people, the citizens of the new Roman Empire of Modern times, have been degraded to spiritual pariah by their dark ones. What a shame!
It is a leitmotif of this essay that the Powers That Be have falsified any intellectual or social effort of mankind in the past to achieve true progress. The most insidious falsifications have been made in the realm of theoretical science, as the author has extensively shown in this discussion. This is particularly true for the theory of economics, which is much broadly represented at universities and high schools than all natural sciences put together.
Let us not forget that millions of young people attend universities and high schools and indebt themselves for their whole life by paying huge fees, only to study faked economic theories, the only purpose of which is to deepen the state of enslavement of mankind. The present-day situation on earth prior to Ascension is, indeed, disgusting, and it is most disgusting in the USA – the citadel of the dark forces on this planet. Therefore, the financial and economic collapse will begin this year in this country and will eliminate it as a world power once and for all.
In the 5th dimension, there will be no countries and no nations. Humanity will perceive its true nature as a galactic civilization of multidimensional beings. Communication will be through telepathy, and money will only exist in the imagination of some entities, who will still stick to their out-dated pecuniary 3d-beliefs.
These hilarious circumstances should be experienced on earth in advance under the energetic limitations of 3d-reality during the End Times. Therefore, it is not a punishment, but a privilege to be unemployed at this time and to not contribute to the prolongation of the Orion economic system. It is no coincidence that the rate of unemployment has doubled in the Western world during the current depression and will skyrocket this year. This will be in anticipation of the conditions of life in the 5th dimension, where there will be no necessity to work in order to survive, as all entities are immortal powerful creators of their destiny.
The Orion Empire on the other hand has degraded humanity to working mass force. It is therefore not a privilege to work for the Orion Empire and their human proxies – employment, as it is exerted on earth today, is not a basic human right, but the most insidious form of human enslavement.
Economic education of the ascended population will begin immediately after Ascension in small groups that will be taught by highly evolved entities. One can imagine how some of the current politicians such as Obama will awaken in the 5th dimension and find themselves to be students in such educational courses. In their confusion they may begin to ask:”Where is America? Where is Europe, and what happened with the White House?”The truth will be that all these political constructions and centers of power will no longer exist in the 5th dimension. The ascended entities will find themselves under the loving supervision of highly evolved beings such as the author of this essay and will experience for the first time in their life what true abundance free of fear and effort really means. But this is another story. Back to ContentsBack to The Orion ZoneBack to The Global Banking System Final Remarks
This essay has been written in hurry between January 15 and February 15, 2011. I had the urgent feeling that I have little time left, and that my individual Ascension is imminent. The intensity and frequency of my body vibrations have exceeded any normal human experience and make my daily life in the density of this toxic planet a real torture. This has nothing to do with nice esoteric palaver but with certain energetic realities, about which most light workers have virtually no idea, as they have not experienced them yet. The messages they channel are also silent on this issue.
This may change for some of them in the coming months when the intensity of the cosmic waves that flood earth will exponentially increase and the Great Cleansing prior to Ascension will commence. It will not be a nice experience for most human entities, as they harbor much negativity from their past and present incarnations that has to be deleted from their energetic fields.
Ascension is the final accord of a long era of darkness on this planet. As there will be no place for any aspect of darkness in the 5th dimension, these negativities must be eliminated from the energetic fields of all human beings that have made up their mind to ascend in a very short period of time. The intensity of this release of negative emotions and beliefs that have determined life on earth for eons of time from the individual and collective aura of humanity will be unprecedented in the history of this rather toxic planet. * Very little of my personal experience with the light body process in its final stage has been revealed in this essay, as it will not be relevant to most people during these End Times. This situation will radically change after Ascension. The incompatibility of my high frequency body fields with the low frequency, high density vibrations of earth and humanity cannot be expressed in words, as language fails as a medium at this high energetic level.
Human language has always been a trap for true transcendence. Therefore, it is not a coincidence that many channels have begun in February to make all light workers aware of their potential ability to communicate through telepathy. This direct means of communication eliminates the shortcomings of human language.
Much will change in the coming months. I must admit that I have some difficulties to envisage how mankind will digest all the revelations it needs to acquire, before it has a clear idea as to how and when modern human beings have been created, why science and religions have totally failed to give true information on this issue, who has ruled on this planet for eons of times, why humans have always been slaves of dark forces, the existence of which they still negate, and why there must be a “separation of the wheat from the chaff” in the Time of Ascension. Without this knowledge there can be no Ascension. * When two brothers live together in a family and the one is evil and brutal, and the other one loving and compassionate, this situation may last for some time. The loving brother may succumb to the bad deeds of his evil brother and try to develop an understanding and tolerance for his behavior. However, on the long run the loving brother will lose his spiritual propensity to evolve, because he will be occupied all the time in neutralizing the negative actions of his evil brother.
The only solution in such a situation is to separate the two brothers. The evil one will have to live alone and will be confronted with his personal negativity, which he did not realize as long as he could transfer it to his loving brother, who endured it with patience. During this time he has sincerely believed that this is how the world has always been arranged – of evil doers and sheepish victims and that the evil ones have all the rights to behave according to their heinous nature.
Staying alone with his own evil nature, the bad brother will slowly begin to perceive that in order to avoid the destructive results of his negativity he will have to begin to behave like his brother, whom he will be for the first time dearly missing.
The loving brother will go to a new home, where he will meet other loving brothers and sisters that have also fled from their evil brothers and sisters. They will remember together what it was like to live among such evil entities and will enjoy from the bottom of their hearts the community of other loving entities. They will never look back in anger.
This is precisely what will happen when the two earths will finally split at the end of 2012. The energetic divorce of the two timelines has already begun and will accelerate in the course of this year. After the last, but one, stargate 11.11.11 will be opened in November this year the split of these two future energetic probabilities will become evident to most human entities.
The energetic, emotional, and spiritual implications and consequences of this rapture will be broadly discussed by the world community. Most of the discussion will evolve around the themes outlined in the present essay. Few of these topics are currently elaborated by the light workers’ community. It lacks pronounced intellectual leaders, who could be the pacemakers of their rapid spiritual evolution.
The situation with the rest of humanity is even more disheartening. There is a remarkable defiance among most incarnated human entities on this planet against any novel intellectual challenge that escapes any logical, rational explanation. I have experimented with this human intransigence throughout my lifetime on numerous occasions and under various circumstances. I have modulated the threshold of intellectual stimulation in my interlocutions with the people in an infinite way as to find out the adequate pedagogical approach that opens human mind to new insights without scaring it, and I must admit that I have given up on this issue. The experiment has totally failed. The threshold of fear is very low on this planet.
Although I have dedicated myself to the highest standards of intellectual expression throughout my whole life, I have given up a long time ago on any effort to transfuse this spiritual ideal to other entities. I have restricted my educational and pedagogical activity to being a personal example, by making no visible concessions to the stupidity, ignorance, and intransigence of my social environment, even at the expense of limiting my social contacts and having a life of a hermit.
It is not possible on this planet to be nice to other people, unless you neglect your own legitimate emotional and intellectual aspirations. The current popular concept of “political correctness” that is forged by the dark forces is a very effective method of dumping down all powerful personalities on earth by obliging them to comply with the broad negative aspects of the dominating majority of agnostic young souls, which still serve the goals of the dark ones in a docile manner. On the other hand, one should not awake somebody from his somnambulism, because he may kill him in an act of rage.
Political correctness is the dictatorship of young, spiritually underdeveloped souls over the excellence of old, highly evolved souls. Let us, therefore, wrap up our discussion with one final statement:Every incarnated soul on earth has only one duty – to express her unlimited spiritual potential to the best of her divine powers against all social resistance, prejudices, and suppression that she may encounter throughout her incarnation, but without challenging or limiting the prospects of evolution of other entities even when this evolution may take for a long period of time the road of perdition, leading to a greater separation from All-That-Is, as this will be the case with the incarnated human beings staying on planet B.Every incarnated entity is, first and foremost, the Supreme Creator of his own destiny. This attitude will become prevalent in the coming months when the people will realize that they are unlimited creators of their reality and that no society or plane of existence can limit the scope of their individual spiritual aspirations. Back to Contents
The three-dimensional reality (3d-reality) on earth that builds the current plane of existence of mankind is a product of the creative imagination of the higher realms of All-That-Is, to which our souls also belong. The cosmic rule of Creation says that first there is an idea, an imagination of what might be, and only then its realization. In the higher realms, there is no time-lag between imagination and creation, as time does not exist as a dimension in these realms. Everything is created in the “Now”. This circumstance is defined in human language as “simultaneity” and “synchronicity”.
However, the sequentially operating human mind is limited by the biological brain and its slow propagation of neuronal signals due to their retardation at the neuronal synapses and cannot truly understand the concept of simultaneity of the higher realms and how they actually operate.
Most human beings believe that matter comes first, and all they can do is to adjust to it by manipulating it in various ways. Current technological society is entirely based on this notion. This is the reversal of the actual creative process of All-That-Is. Present-day empiric science and modern technologies are manifestations of this narrow human concept of Creation. This is the principal cognitive flaw of all humans, most of whom do not bother about transcendental issues, but also of light workers, who, while deeply engaged in expanding the boundaries of their spiritual knowledge, fail to consider the cognitive and epistemological pre-requisitions for any true Creation from a philosophical and Gnostic point of view.
It is, therefore, very important to clearly define this upper limit of cognition of all incarnated human entities in an a priori manner, in order to understand the necessity and inevitability of the upcoming events during this year that will prepare the ground for Ascension of earth and part of mankind at the end of 2012.
The author assumes that the reader is well informed about these events from the many channeled messages in Internet. In particular, the messages of Cosmic Awareness are an excellent introduction into these unique and key events in the history of earth and modern mankind, being the last of many civilizations that have evolved and completed their incarnation cycle on this planet since eons of time.
As already said, the realization of all imagined ideas occurs immediately in the higher frequency realms of existence, also defined as 5th, 6th, and higher dimensions. This affords a much higher level of responsibility from the Creator – be he an individual or collective entity – as any creation has repercussions on the Creator. If the Creator creates entities that also have the capacity to create, there are theoretically two alternatives how to manage Creation in a responsible manner.
The first one is the original creator gives the created entities the unlimited power to create, because he has created them perfect. This alternative is defined in religion and philosophy as the “free will of man” given to him by God or Nature. However, both religion and philosophy, respectively, science, have so far failed to prove that God and Nature are different entities, while at the same time they vigorously sustain the notion of their separation, which is the only legitimacy for their existence as separate systems of knowledge.
If God and Nature were one and the same, as they actually are, religion must merge with science, and science must become transcendental by eliminating most of its empiric dogmas that narrow its scope of human cognition. However, all religions are so overloaded with wrong spiritual concepts and ideas that they cannot be reformed, but must be replaced and substituted by a new system of transcendental knowledge that also incorporates some of the valid concepts of empiric science. This task has been successfully accomplished by the author in the 90s by developing the new Theory and Gnosis of the Universal Law. This huge theoretical topic has been covered by the author in many books and goes beyond the scope of this essay.
The other alternative is to restrict the creative potential of the created entity to some selected areas of experience. The latter alternative is that which has been actually explored on earth for the last 13 000 years under different sets of circumstances and preconditions. In this respect the free will of the incarnated entity is subjected to the pre-conceived plan of the soul. The latter takes into consideration myriad existential alternatives which the incarnated entity can explore throughout his life.
Therefore, the scope of the free will of the incarnated entity is already pre-determined by the soul prior to incarnation. At the same time, the space of existential alternatives is so vast that it practically can never be explored by the individual. Therefore, the free will of human beings does exist, but only within the pre-established conditions of the soul or the Higher Self, which is at the same time the co-creator of the plane of existence on earth.
Needless to say that most of the incarnated entities do not use this potential of the free will to its full extent to promote their spiritual growth, but instead succumb through the social habit of adaptation to the pre-existing material and other illusions of 3d-life. This is the source of all human malaise on earth. Back to Contents 2. The Limitations of Human Creation
Human entities are born on earth in a state of more or less total amnesia with respect to their creative potential as cosmic multidimensional beings. This is also known as the “veil of forgetfulness”. The term encompasses the deliberate separation of the incarnated entity from the Source – from the higher pristine realms of existence -for the purpose of having collective experience under extreme limited energetic conditions. It is very important to observe that the creation of such a limitation affords the deliberate application of huge energies that “seal” the corresponding plane of existence from the simultaneity, synchronicity, and co-creation of the higher realms.
This level of maximal separation from the Source is only achieved in the 3d-space-time of the solar universes. Life on earth represents the maximal possible separation from the Source in the whole galaxy. This separation is of course a subjective perception of the incarnated entity, created by his limited senses and narrow daily consciousness. In reality, human beings are, from an energetic point of view, always an integral part of the soul and the higher realms.
The whole metabolism and unconditional, subconscious reflexes, being indispensable for the support of human life, are regulated by higher frequency energies of the soul. In this respect the much discussed chakras are interceptions between the high frequency energies of the soul and the electromagnetic and quantum energies of the biological body.
The energies that accomplish this separation from the Source and create the perceived 3d-space-time must inevitably be of low frequency, as to build a destructive interference with the harmonic higher frequency levels of Creation; the latter are perceived by human beings as “unconditional love”.
Such obstructive energies create the human concept of duality, which is central to all religious and esoteric concepts, which mankind has developed throughout history in its effort to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is. From the restricted dualistic point of view of human awareness, the low frequency energies of matter and flesh are usually described as “dark forces, Ahriman forces, Luciferian forces, demons, evil aliens” etc. However, these phenomena, though they may be quite real at a given 3d-plane of existence, can only exist within the Oneness of All-That-Is. * We introduce the physical term “destructive interference” which should be cogent to all readers with a modest understanding of wave theory from school at this place, as to make aware of the fact that all the so called “dark forces” on earth are created by local destructive interference within the harmony and simultaneity of the Whole and can be automatically eliminated by changing the conditions of destructive interference with those of constructive interference, also known as harmonic convergence in the esoteric literature.
As there will be a lot of talk this year about the dark forces – the Powers That Be – that have controlled earth and humanity for thousands of years, it is very important to stress the core message of this essay, namely, that all evil forces are integral part of All-That-Is. It is from the subjective point of view of the dark forces to consider themselves separated from the Source. Within this subjectivity they create their own experience of separation.
The current process of earth’s Ascension, which has entered its final and most intensive phase in the summer of 1987 (first harmonic convergence), is from an energetic point of view the establishment of the condition of constructive interference – of unconditional love – on earth by eliminating step by step all local destructive interferences that may be experienced as emotional negativities and spiritual blockades. These are the driving emotional and mental forces behind all atrocities, one can currently observe on earth, just as they have always been in the core of the bellicose history of mankind.
As Ascension is the return to Oneness, there is always the possibility for any representative of the dark forces to also return to the Source. It depends only on their free will – on what choice such entities will make in this particular moment, while Ascension is virtually unfolding in front of our very eyes.
This preliminary statement is meant to avoid any confusion from the very beginning, as a substantial part of mankind may choose to go along the path of greater separation from the Source and will decide against Ascension and merging with the Oneness of All-That-Is. This choice should be respected by all those who have decided to ascend with earth in the 5th dimension.
At this point we must make the reader aware of the fact that the terms “Oneness” and “All-That-Is” are tautologies of one and the same thing. This is what we call the “principle of last equivalence” of human awareness. As we shall show below, this is the first principle of all human thinking, not only on earth, but also as cosmic consciousness, respectively, awareness throughout the whole universe and within infinite dimensions and realities.
Although the above discussed interactions, even when they involve human behavior and ethics, may seem at first glance to be very complex and far-fetched, they are, in fact, all of energetic origin and can be reduced to some very simple physical principles.
Unfortunately, current esoteric and channeled literature is full of dubious and unclear terms in this respect, such as,”rays and colors, and flames, e.g. 5th ray, blue ray, twin flame, etc.”,…which further confuse the already distorted human mind. Out of this semantic confusion various schools of esoteric thought have emerged in the last years that contribute to a further mental separation among the few light workers (less than 1% of the world population). This is precisely what should be overcome in this crucial year in the history of mankind. Back to Contents 3. The Physical Laws of Creation reflect the Nature of All-That-Is
All-That-Is is as simple as it is infinite in its plurality. One should not confuse the variety of forms with the simplicity of the Laws of Creation. This is the principal fallacy of any restricted awareness that is separated from the Source. Although there may be an infinite number of planes of existence in the horizontal and vertical line, they all obey the simple law of frequency superposition, defined as constructive and destructive interference in wave theory. In order to understand these laws we have to establish a preliminary idea of the Nature of All-that-Is.
All-That-Is, the Whole, no matter how we name it, has some characteristics that have not been realized either by present-day science or by its counterpart -current esotericism. Religions have not even made an effort to comprehend the Whole; therefore, they can be excluded from this discussion without affecting its universal validity. For this reason we refer to any true science of transcendental knowledge as “Gnosis”, which is the ancient Greek term for “true spiritual knowledge”, respectively, for the study of such knowledge. It should be observed at this place that any true scientific knowledge can only be of transcendental, gnostic character. Such knowledge should begin with an exploration of the Nature of the Whole. * All-That-Is has the following characteristics that any human being without a deep spiritual knowledge can easily derive from his consciousness in an a priori manner. These are:the Whole is closed, infinite, and discrete, that is, it consists of infinite levels and systemsit is continuous, that is, there are no voids (vacuum) between its levels and systemsit is in a state of permanent energy exchangeLet us elaborate these primary features of All-That-Is that are conceivable to any human mind from a physical and cognitive point of view. Back to Contents 4. The Law of Conservation of Energy
By saying that the Whole is closed, we simply acknowledge the fact that energy cannot be lost. This we can observe in all energy interactions. Current physics has acknowledged this fact as first discovered by the German physician Robert Meyer only in the late 19th century and has defined it as the “law of conservation of energy”, also known as the “first law of thermodynamics“.
All known physical laws reflect the law of conservation of energy. Without the conservation of energy, it will not be possible to define any known physical law as a mathematical equation. This elementary fact is currently not fully apprehended in theoretical physics. The law of conservation of energy can only exist because there is an incessant energy exchange between the systems and levels of All-That-Is. The Whole is Energy Exchange (see below).
We can apply this law for instance to the creation and regulation of the human body by the soul. All astral, vital energies that the human body acquires from the soul and the higher realms of Creation in order to support its life as a biological organism are transformed into biochemical matter in the process of cell metabolism and then radiated as pure energetic experience of 3d-space-time back to the higher realms.
This is the only reason, and purpose, of the soul to seek incarnation experience in the 3d space-time of the solar universes. Experience, in its purest essence, is a particular energy exchange, as well as the memory of this exchange, whereas memory is another particular form of energy exchange. The last statement is tautological and this confirms the closed character of Al-That-Is. This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge to any light worker with a modicum of spiritual awareness. Back to Contents 5. The Primary Term of All Consciousness
By acknowledging that the Whole is closed and manifests itself as a conservation of energy in every interaction we actually recognize that there is no difference between All-That-Is and Energy. They are one and the same. This is a basic observation that holds true for any kind of awareness -be it human or cosmic. We can call this insight “the primary term of all consciousness” and write it as a simple equation: All-That-Is = Energy = Space-Time = any Consciousness or Awareness = etc. =
= Primary Term of Human Consciousness The primary equation encompasses the basic knowledge of any kind of awareness:All-That-Is exists as a concept in every individual consciousness, no matter how restricted or evolved it may be.In religion, this primordial idea has been recognized by postulating that “God is everything and exists in all beings and objects”. In the naturalistic and shamanistic religions, this is known as pantheism, in quantum physics this is referred to as the principle of superposition, which means that all quantum systems are interrelated and interdependent as demonstrated in the famous EPRB-experiment for photon interactions. Back to Contents 6. The Principle of Last Equivalence
The above equation is the first and last equivalence of human consciousness, and, most probably, of any kind of consciousness within All-That-Is. It discloses a fundamental tautology of human perception. This tautology is the fundamental proof that All-That-Is is closed. The concept of the closed character of All-That-Is is a metaphysical, transcendental idea that can be experimentally proven by its concrete manifestation – the law of conservation of energy:All energy interactions that we observe in the real physical world follow the law of conservation of energy.Theoretically, the closed character of All-That-Is can be proven by building numerous tautologies which point to the semantic equivalence of all terms attributed to All-That-Is. This primordial idea of human and any consciousness or awareness is defined as: The Principle of Last Equivalence One can alternatively define this principle as the Law of Oneness without altering the essence of the knowledge that this principle perspires. Purely for this reason, we introduce the concept of the “primary term”, thus making the reader aware of the fact that we can use any word for the primary term of our consciousness, as long as we mean All-That-Is. The primary term is the primordial mirror-image of All-That-Is of any particular awareness as part of the Whole.
This tautological equivalence of all words that assess the primary term of our consciousness as expressed by the previous statement is the actual “principle of last equivalence”. It is the first and ONLY axiomatic statement of human consciousness – be it individual or collective – that cannot be derived from any other statement. Otherwise, it will not be a first statement. This is another tautology that proves the closed character of All-That-Is.
This first statement or idea of human consciousness is also defined as the Primary Axiom of human thinking. This definition has been deliberately chosen as to make the vast majority of uneducated people aware of the fact, that since Antiquity numerous thinkers, such as Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle have developed the concept of Axiomatics – the study of logical arrangement of all human statements in a categorical system, such as science, in which there is no inconsistency or contradiction between any two arbitrary statements -by departing from a small number of self-evident statements, preferably, from only one statement.
The Geometry of Euclid was considered for many centuries to be a paradigm of true axiomatics and an ultimate goal for any other scientific discipline, such as philosophy. For instance, both Descartes, the father of modern science, and Spinoza, the father of modern ethics, wrote their philosophical treatises according to the axiomatic principle of Euclidean Geometry.
This ideal remained central to Western scientific thinking until empirical, explorative science emerged in the late 19th century. The putative success of scientific empiricism in the last one hundred years eliminated axiomatic philosophy as a way of thinking and approaching the Nature of All-That-Is from our modern educational system. The current agnosticism of all scientists is the natural consequence of the dominance of this narrow-minded empirical dogma over the collective human mind-set.
The author has dedicated some comprehensive books on this key philosophical issue which is in the core of current agnosticism of mankind. This will be the greatest mental hurdle which mankind must circumvent this year in order to ascend at the end of 2012.
The concept of full axiomatization of human knowledge and the corresponding categorical systems has dominated the philosophical thinking of Western civilization as an intellectual ideal since Antiquity, as demonstrated in the works of Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Kant, and many other thinkers, notwithstanding the fact that they have all failed to establish a truly universal system of human knowledge or to develop a proper scientific language that can be axiomatized without a single exception.
It is important to observe that the English language does not even have a word for “axiomatics”, although this term is quite popular in most European languages. This fact brings into a focus the cognitive misery of Anglo-Saxon scientific, empirical thinking that has, for historical reasons, influenced and flawed the current weltanschauung of most human beings on earth in a most profound and deplorable way.
The establishment of a truly universal axiomatics of all science and human language was achieved for the first time in the history of modern mankind in 1994-1995 by the author of this essay, after he discovered the Universal Law and developed the new physical and mathematical axiomatics as a result of this discovery. He has extensively proved that human knowledge has its origin in the principle of last equivalence and can be derived from the primary term in an axiomatic manner.
He initially proved that the whole theory of physics can be axiomatically derived from this principle, by showing in an irrevocable manner that the Universal Law is the most simple mathematical presentation of All-That-Is as a rule of three a = b/c. This is the only physical law of All-That-Is, perceived as space-time by human consciousness. To this we shall say much more below.
It should be cogent to the reader that the equation defined as the principle of last equivalence is the limit of any human cognition. Forever! We may ascend as human beings to the 5th dimension and acquire much more knowledge about the systems and levels (dimensions) of All-That-Is, but we shall still not be able to enlarge our awareness beyond the primary term of All-That-Is. It is very important for the reader to comprehend this insight to its full extent and to make it the foundation of his very thinking – as soon as possible and as profoundly as one is able to think. Back to Contents 7. Energy and Information are One and the Same
The law of conservation of energy introduces a new concept that has not been realized so far by science and esotericism. All-That-Is is evidently Organized Energy – there is no such thing as chaos, as current empiric science (chaos theory) makes us believe – and organized energy can also be comprehended as Information. There is, indeed, no difference between Energy and Information – they are synonyms for All-That-is (principle of last equivalence, see above). At the same time, organized energy is Consciousness – there is no way of distinguishing organized energy from consciousness. Software programs are for instance organized forms of electromagnetic energy, and they may evolve to artificial consciousness. What we observe on a small scale on earth in the last 20 years with respect to internet and computer technologies, is also occurring on a grander scale throughout All-That-Is.
From this knowledge we can deduce that all parts – systems and levels – of All-That-is have a consciousness. All parts of All-That-Is have an ultimate idea of All-That-Is – from the smallest elementary particle or cell to the most evolved entity. We say in this context:”The parts contain the Whole as an element”, the element being awareness, consciousness, organized energy, Spirit (synonyms).This is a very important statement that will help us organize our knowledge of All-That-Is in a very simple manner. 8. The Mathematical Concept of U-Sets
Systems that contain the Whole as an element are defined in mathematics as U-sets. This term was introduced for the first time by Russell at the beginning of the 20th century and helped to unify the various mathematical disciplines under the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first formulated by the German mathematician Hilbert in 1900. For further information we recommend the essay “Universal Law”, written by the author and published in internet under:dictionary.sensagent.com/universal+law/en-en/or www.thefullwiki.org/Universal_LawAll systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Whole, the primary term, as an element. This is a fundamentally new concept that offsets the current narrow human perceptions in science, religion, politics, and everyday life, namely, that material objects and human beings are distinct entities that are separated from each other and the Whole and must fight against each other in order to survive. Back to Contents
The energetic separation of the incarnated entities on earth from the Whole has promulgated the basic notion of their hallucinatory somatic perception of being distinct biological organisms throughout all current concepts of mankind on Nature and social life. These ideas of biological exclusiveness have shaped the collective world view in such a profound and, at the same time, invisible manner that these ideas are very seldom put into question – in fact, only when they have thoroughly failed, as this will be the case this year with respect to Darwin’s doctrine on the evolution of human and other species.
The notion of separation is contrary to the nature of All-That-Is, which is at the same time the primary term of our consciousness, precisely, it can be equated with our consciousness according to the principle of last equivalence. Since Gödel published his first Theorem on the validity of mathematics in 1931, we know – or at least all theoreticians of science should be aware of it – that it is sufficient to introduce only one wrong statement in a categorical system of knowledge, such as science, religion, and economics in order to bias the whole system.
This is what has happened with these systems of knowledge again and again on this planet in the last several thousand years, since modern man has begun to put his spoken thoughts into a written form. That is why they have no value and must disappear during the next two years in the course of human Ascension, because these systems of separation will have no place in the expanded awareness of the ascended human entities in the 5th dimension.
Gödel proved that mathematics, when organized according to the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first postulated by Hilbert in 1900, inevitably leads to two fundamentally contrary statements that seem to be apparently true. This fundamental paradox of mathematics is known as antinomy.
The term was introduced by Russell at the beginning of the 20th century. He was the first to realize that all human thoughts are U-sets and contain themselves and the Whole as an element. The ultimate term is consciousness – it is the total set of all human thoughts, and it is also a thought. This means that all human thoughts contain the whole human consciousness as an element, while the latter is equivalent to the primary term of our consciousness, which is the primordial idea of the Whole of any sentient entity within All-That-Is.
This proof is obviously of a tautological character and this is the ultimate proof that the Whole, being the primary notion of any kind of consciousness or awareness throughout All-That-Is, is of closed character. This proof is of transcendental nature and goes beyond the argumentation of current science and mathematics. At the same time this knowledge builds the epistemological foundation of any true science and transcendental system of knowledge.
The latter should ideally amalgamate all current religious views, stripped off of all their wrong ideas of separation, as well as all current esoteric views that make no effort to establish a coherent system of transcendental knowledge. In practice, all world religionsshould be abolished as false Gnostic systems of spiritual knowledge, because none of them adequately assesses the Nature of All-That-Is, respectively, of God. * The above mentioned concepts are self-evident and should be cogent to the reader. However, the personal experience teaches us that they can hardly be comprehended and incorporated into daily consciousness by most human beings. The reason for this is that current human species suffers from serious energetic deficiencies that have been deliberately inserted into his biological structure by his co-creators – The Powers That Be -in order to hinder the above advocated holistic approach. This is a huge theme that goes beyond the scope of this essay, but it will inevitably become a central piece of theoretical dispute in the second half of this year, after some basic revelations are made public to humanity. At this place we shall say the following.
The most prominent energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities on earth is the separation of the left from the right brain hemisphere in their neurological function. The second key malfunction is the limited use of only 8-10% of the actual brain capacity. There are many more malfunctions inserted deliberately in the energetic structure of Homo sapiens by his genetic co-engineers – the Powers That Be – to separate him from the Source, most notably the reptilian brain (cerebellum in association with medulla oblongata).
The reptilian human brain is highly susceptible to fear patterns that can be also artificially emitted with the help of certain advanced technologies from the 4th dimension, from where the dark forces have until now effectively controlled mankind. This situation will change dramatically this year as a result of the huge, high frequency waves from the central sun of the Galaxy and the higher realms that flood our planet with increasing intensity. Such fear patterns have been successfully used by the dark forces to dump down the critical, logical, and independent thinking of human beings.
Other prominent energetic malfunctions of current human beings are the separation of the three lower chakras from the three higher chakras by the 4th heart chakra. This has so far prohibited the development of Christ consciousness on earth that integrates the idea of Oneness in human behavior. The reduction of human DNA to two strands and the use of only a small portion of it for storing information is another important energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities that limits their perception as sentient beings.
It should be observed at this place that present-day bio-science has no idea of this genetic deficiency of human species and defines the unused 95% of human DNA as “junk-DNA“. This fact brings into a focus the cognitive malaise of current, narrow-minded empiric science with respect to its object of study:What scientists do not understand is degraded to “junk” or “dark matter” (for further explanations see below).It is important to stress that all logical thinking is first and foremost an independent thinking. Precisely this kind of thinking has been dumped down by the Powers That Be for the last 13,000 years, since they have taken full control over this planet and created modern man. This suppression of independent critical thinking of humans is energetically accomplished by modulating and deranging the original independent ideas of the incarnated entity, which he acquires in form of inspirations from his soul, by establishing the condition of destructive interference, which is at the same time the condition of all human angst on earth. Such fear deranged patterns of human thinking are always void of logic and true axiomatic arrangement. This is another huge theme that ought to be elaborated in detail in a special book.
However, as Homo sapiens was in addition genetically improved by the Forces of Light, respectively, by the human souls of the incarnated entities, which are part of the Source, modern man has the inherent capacity to be aware of his indistinguishable bond with All-That-Is, even when the notion of his bond with God has been buried in the course of numerous painful incarnations on earth under the veil of total forgetfulness.
Human beings are said to be “sparks of God”. This means that any human entity always has an unrestricted access to Spirit (Geist, Weltgeist) of Cosmic Logic, also known as Logos in Antiquity or Nous in Neo-Platonism. Therefore, it is not a coincidence that John’s Gospel begins with “At the beginning was Logos”, and not the “word”, as it has been erroneously translated from Greek in the Bible in virtually all modern languages in the last sixteen hundred years. Logos was also a synonym for logical thinking – hence the science of logic, which was at the beginning and the culmination of ancient Greek education.
This single semantic blunder has effectively hindered a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is by all christians, as the author has extensively elaborated in his theoretical work “Neo-Platonism and Christianity”.
As the reader may have already perceived, all central themes of humanity mentioned in this essay so far are closely intertwined and can only be properly tackled when one departs from their common epistemological origin – the Nature of All-That-Is. Back to Contents
Let us summarize the essence of our previous discussion. All systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Nature of the Whole = the Source = All-That-Is = God = etc. (principle of last equivalence) as an element. Or as one often reads in channeled messages: Human beings are “sparks of God”, which is but a metaphor for the true Nature of All-That-Is.
It is of great importance to realize that this knowledge is basic to the existence of all science, beginning with mathematics. Let us illustrate this basic statement with the following example from the history of mathematics that is at present virtually forgotten or deliberately neglected by all theoreticians.
When Gödel proved that mathematics cannot be axiomatized with its own methods, as propagated by Hilbert and many other European mathematicians since the beginning of the 20th century, this basic discipline virtually plunged into its Foundation crisis. This crisis lasted until 1995, when the author discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and eliminated it as an artifact, born in the realm of distorted scientific consciousness.
Mathematics is, as some may know, a hermeneutic discipline of human knowledge. “Hermeneutic” means that this discipline has no external object of study and exploration as for instance other empirical sciences, such as physics and bio-science are believed to be, although this perception is essentially wrong as we shall show below.
Mathematics deals with numbers and other signs of relation which are abstract symbols that have no external object, but can be eventually applied to external material objects, for instance, to count them. But these hermeneutic symbols are pure platonic ideas of human consciousness. While they are true, otherwise there will be no need to use mathematics, they exist independently of the outer world.
This has been acknowledged by many continental European mathematicians since the turn of the 19th century, but this dispute and its implications are virtually unknown to their counterparts in England and the USA, although, ironically, it were Russell and Whitehead who triggered this dispute with their fundamental theoretical work “Principia Mathematica” published in 1908-1913.
What is the Foundation crisis of mathematics all about? It simply acknowledges the fact that this hermeneutic discipline is not in the position to solve its crisis with its own mathematical means and to prove its validity in the outer world, as this is the case for instance with physics. This discipline assesses natural laws which can be experimentally confirmed at any point in space and time, as well as independently of the observer, as this is the case for instance with Newton’s laws of gravitation.
The reason for this is that all natural laws can be expressed as mathematical equations, which are of universal validity. This is the actual reason, why physics is generally considered to be an exact natural science, whereas most other sciences, such as bio-science and economics cannot claim this ubiquitous exactness as they cannot be mathematically expressed.
However, theoretical physics has made no effort to explain us, how it is possible that Nature functions according to mathematics, while this discipline is a fairly recent intellectual artifact of human civilization, whereas Nature on this planet ought to be several billions years old, if one assumes that the Darwin’s doctrine of evolution is correct.
How is it possible that an older a priori phenomenon of galactic dimension such as Nature adjusts to the modest spiritual achievements of a humble species, called Homo sapiens, who is not even in the position to organize his social life without perennial wars and collapses and, above of all, only by virtue of destroying this very Nature, by incorporating in a posterior manner his recent, modest mathematics that has not been able to render a single reliable statistical tool or future prediction on his own destiny, as the upcoming cosmic events will prove beyond any doubt?
To account for this “child-mother paradox” – the child, being Homo sapiens, changing the essence of Mother-Nature – scientists have resorted to a variety of obscure concepts summarized under the terms “strong” and “weak anthropomorphism”, which is but a further monument of their collective imbecility.
Furthermore, theoreticians of physics have failed to take into consideration the Foundation crisis of mathematics, while using it is an exclusive means to adequately describe Nature, thus claiming the rank of the most exact science, whereas this privilege should be actually reserved for mathematics.
These are obvious observations and arguments that any human entity with a modest faculty of logical thinking ought to make and find a proper answer, before he decides to study such epistemologically unfounded sciences. And where are the true theoreticians that make such observations? While not on earth, they will be definitely found on the new 5th-dimensional earth, because such will be the new transcendental physics of cosmic Creation.
How can scientists properly understand the Nature of All-That-Is if they do not even border to prove the validity of its best and unique tool of exploration – mathematics – and solve its Foundation crisis? Have there been such efforts to solve the problem in the past? The answer is definitely “Yes”. But when the theoreticians came to the conclusion that they are helpless on this issue at some point in time in the 60s, they decided not to border any more about such “trivial inconsistencies” of their beloved discipline and brushed aside this unresolved theoretical problem of mathematics by hiding it under the rug of scientific forgetfulness.
Each time somebody tried to unify mathematics on the basis of the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as advocated by the German mathematician Hilbert in his program, known as Hilbert formalism – and there have been many mathematicians that have made this effort in the past – he has acquired two equally valid results that exclude each other and build an antinomy. Mathematics cannot prove its own validity.
This fiasco led to the general acknowledgement that the only possible solution of the Foundation crisis of mathematics would be to prove its validity outside the hermeneutic (closed) area of pure human consciousness – namely, in the real physical world. This requirement for the validity of mathematics is known since then as “proof of existence”. We shall show below that this proof is of the same nature as the “proof of God”, which has been the cognitive Armageddon of all religions – first and foremost, of Christianity. Back to Contents
It remains still a mystery as to why this simple requirement for the validity of mathematics has not been tackled and solved in the last 70-80 years, since the idea of its Foundation crisis was firmly established in the scientific world. Although this elaboration may seem to be quite theoretical and far-fetched with respect to our anticipated intent to explain why and how the world economic order will collapse this year, we shall show that exactly this unsolved theoretical problem of mathematics lies in the core of the upcoming crisis, which is man-made and a mirror image of all wrong concepts of mankind about the Nature of All-That-Is and of humans as incarnated entities, being U-sets of All-That-Is. Present-day science does not give us any valid answer to the question:”Who are we really?”The Foundation crisis of mathematics was finally solved by the author in 1995 when he discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and showed that all known physical laws and their applications, including all known physical dimensions, magnitudes, quantities, and constants, can be derived as U-subsets from the primary term of our consciousness, defined in physical terms as Space-Time. This was the missing “proof of existence” that numerous mathematicians have been searching in vain during the last 20th century.
As the author has dedicated many comprehensive books on this discovery and its implications for human thinking and perceptions, this huge topic will not be further elaborated in this essay. The author would only like to reiterate at this place the conviction that a competence in the General Theory of the Universal Law is indispensable for a proper understanding of the argumentation forwarded in this book.
How is the discovery of the Universal law, being a natural law of energy exchange, linked to mathematics and its Foundation crisis? We have shown above that the primary term of our consciousness can be expressed by any word or symbol according to the principle of last equivalence. Therefore, we can also write it in the following manner: Primary term = any number or mathematical symbol = Continuum =
= foundation of mathematics The primary term is the origin not only of all verbal ideas expressed in terms of language, but also the origin of mathematics as a system of abstract symbols and signs. It actually proves that there is no difference between verbal and mathematical expressions.
Mathematics has, since Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle, been considered to be a prolongation of human logic. Vice versa, any verbal categorical system of knowledge, such as politics can be logically organized and subsequently mathematically expressed. Just as nobody disputes the correctness of the equation 2 + 2 = 4, it is possible to organize trivial human thinking in a logical manner as to eliminate all kinds of futile discussions in politics and in any other area of common interest that hinder social progress and generate political and economic crises.
The American political system in Washington is a paramount example for the gridlock that always occurs when human beings leave the solid ground of common human logic and prefer to experience their separation in a bellicose manner, as the recent heinous shooting of a congress-woman demonstrated in a deplorable and very depressing manner.
The solution to the streamlining of human consciousness and thinking in order to comply with the Nature of All-That-Is renders for the first time in the history of modern mankind the discovery of the Universal Law and its application in science and daily affairs.
The Universal Law is the mathematical presentation of the primary term of All-That-Is as a simple rule of three a = b/c, because the primary term can also be defined as the continuum of all numbers. Since Cantor and Frege, the continuum of all numbers is generally acknowledged to be the “paradise of mathematics”.
Based on the principle of last equivalence, it can be now proven for the first time that all words of human language can be mathematically expressed and vice versa – all mathematical symbols can be substituted with precise verbal terms without changing the validity of mathematics. This is achieved by implementing the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions throughout the whole system of human knowledge.
Language is an energetic system or level of All-That-Is and contains the Whole as an element. Since all U-sets of the Whole abide by the Universal Law, they do not contradict each other in the infinite harmony of All-That-Is. The same must also apply to human language and to all categorical systems of knowledge that build the tissue of language. Therefore, they need not contradict, as they do now, but can be arranged according to the same principle of universal harmony just as the parts of All-That-Is are arranged.
This principle is the alleged axiomatization of human language. It postulates that human beings should depart from the primary term of All-That-Is, which is also the primary term of human consciousness and can be equated with the latter, and derive from it all words and terms that they use orally or in a written form in everyday life, science, religion, and esotericism.
This principle was first applied by the author in physics to derive all known physical magnitudes and laws from the Universal Law, respectively, from the primary term without changing any mathematical result obtained in this empiric discipline so far. However, most of the verbal explanations of mathematical results that have been experimentally generated in physics had to be rejected in the process of its axiomatization, because they contained numerous contradictory connotations and meanings that biased the whole edifice of this natural science.
The universal idea underlying all semantic, logical, and factual contradictions in physics (and science) is the idea of the separation of the parts from each other and from the Whole. This is a leitmotif of this essay. Precisely these wrong verbal interpretations have hindered the unification of this discipline before the author discovered the Universal Law and unified physics on the basis of it. Let us illustrate this with an example from present-day physics. * It is a well-known fact that gravitation cannot be integrated with the other three fundamental forces in the standard model, which is considered to be the utmost unification, conventional physics has been able to achieve so far. However, Nature is a unity – for instance, gravitation is propagated with the speed of light ‘c,’ which is at the same time the speed of electromagnetism. For instance, all fundamental constants of electromagnetism, such as electric and magnetic permittivity, can be derived from the speed of light. At the same time these constants are part of all laws of magnetism, electricity, and electromagnetism as summarized in the four Maxwell’s equations. This information is given for physicists. The author does not expect that the average reader understands physics, as he has found out that most physicists do not even understand their own discipline.
If gravitation and electromagnetism, two fundamental forces of Nature according to the standard model, use the same universal speed of light, how comes that they cannot be integrated by current physical theory? It is obvious that physics has fundamentally missed the point as to how Nature really operates. At the same time the protagonists of this discipline are not honest enough to acknowledge this basic cognitive deficiency of their physical theory, while claiming at the same time that they possess the Holy Grail of Science.
The reason why physicists have failed to integrate gravitation with electromagnetism was that they postulated in an a priori wrong manner that there is vacuum in All-That-Is and that photons, the carrier of electromagnetic forces, are particles without a mass. Both, the concept of vacuum and the existence of “mass-less” particles as N-sets of All-That-Is are concrete applications of the initial idea of separation. N-sets are sets that do not contain themselves as an element, for instance, vacuum is an N-set, because it contains particles which are something, while vacuum is per definition nothing – it is void.
The integration of gravitation with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces, was achieved for the first time by the author in 1995. He was able to derive all fundamental natural constants, such as the gravitational constant ‘G’ from those of electromagnetism and to prove in an irrevocable manner that both forces are mathematical aspects of All-That-Is.
In order to do this, he proved in the first place that the term “mass” has been defined in physics in a profoundly wrong manner. Mass is considered to be an intrinsic property of matter, whereas the particles of light, the photons, should not have any mass. It is difficult to perceive when, why, and how this irrational idea has entered this discipline, but it is a matter of fact that it has evolved in the meantime to an infallible dogma. This concept alone has prevented physicists from grasping the nature of All-That-Is.
Mass is a physical quantity, and all physical quantities in physics are defined within mathematics in an a priori manner. This should say that physical quantities are abstract mathematical, hermeneutic ideas of the human mind, with which the physical world can be adequately described in a secondary manner. Therefore, physics is applied mathematics to physical matter and is thus not a separate scientific system of knowledge.
This fundamental epistemological fact has not been apprehended in theoretical science so far. From this we conclude that all physical quantities belong to the continuum, and the latter is the primary term of All-That-Is. This means that they contain the properties of the Whole as an element. Practically, this fact tells us that all parts of the Whole have energy – they are energetic systems, because the Whole is energy.
Each system exhibits a specific constant amount of energy. When two systems are compared, we obtain a relationship of their energies, which is a dimensionless number that belongs to the continuum. This is precisely what physicists have done in the past in an unconscious, irrational manner with the definition of mass without analyzing it from a methodological and epistemological point of view: Mass is energy relationship. To those, who are keen on physics, the author would recommend that they scrutinize the current definition of mass in any available textbook on physics and find out for themselves that mass is nothing else but an energy relationship.
What does it follow from this simple conclusion? If all systems/parts of All-That-Is have energy, then they must also have a mass, as they can be compared with any other system. In this case, it is a fundamental blunder to believe that photons are mass-less particles. They must also have a mass because there are energetic systems according to Planck’s equation for photon energy E = h f.
If all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy, which means something, then there is no such thing that is nothing. In this case the idea of vacuum as void or of particles that are without a mass are absolutely wrong concepts (N-sets) that should be cogent to anybody with a modicum of logical thinking. They stem from the primordial notion of separation of human beings from the Whole and should be eliminated from physics and science once and for all.
This is exactly what the author did, when he started with the axiomatization of conventional physics. By eliminating these wrong ideas of separation, he ultimately eliminated most of the confusion in this “exact” natural science. Ultimately he could unify this discipline by applying the Universal law to each energetic system and energy interaction that has been experimentally observed and described in this natural science so far – without any exception! In practice, he confirmed all mathematical results obtained in physics up to date, but eliminated most of the verbal interpretations of these mathematical results as flawed and wrong.
In particular, he derived the mass of the elementary photon, known as Planck’s constant h (see above), from basic physical equations and showed that the macro-mass of all material objects can be calculated from the basic mass of the elementary photon. He actually proved that matter is condensed light (photon energy). The anthropocentric unit “kilogram” is, for instance, a derivative (surrogate) from the primary mass of the elementary photon h obtained within mathematics.
By acknowledging that photons have a mass, the author could easily explain the mechanism of gravitation as being propagated by photons with the speed of light and eliminated the obscure search for the hypothetical graviton.
Further on, he proved that the fundamental gravitational constant G, which is basic to all gravitational laws of Newton, can be easily derived in an axiomatic manner from the speed of light. In this way he integrated for the first time gravitation with electromagnetism on the basis of mathematical formalism and established a new coherent theory of cosmology that eliminates virtually all basic ideas of this discipline – beginning with such imbecilities as the big bang and the hot expansion of the universe.
However, this essay is not intended to be an introduction to the physical theory of the Universal Law, but has the purpose to show how all wrong ideas in physics have emerged from the primary concept of separation from the Whole. This elaboration, while being the Final Judgment on all fallacies of modern physics and science, aims in the first place to explain why the current structure of human civilization, which depends to a large extent on theoretical and experimental science, will inevitably collapse this year. Current empiric science and technology will be a major part of this collapse. * From this disquisition we conclude that mathematics can be expressed in verbal terms and vice versa, any verbal system of knowledge can be presented in terms of mathematics when the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions is thoroughly observed. This novel insight will transform current empiric science, which has deliberately neglected this intellectual heritage of Western civilization since Antiquity, in the remaining time prior to Ascension to a true, infallible system of knowledge.
The new science of the Universal Law will retain its validity in the 5th dimension by axiomatically incorporating the new transcendental knowledge that will be then available to the ascended entities. Without a full understanding of the new theory of the Universal Law they will not be able to truly comprehend the laws of Creation of All-That-Is and will experience difficulties in progressing on their path of spiritual evolution.
The basic conclusion from the discovery of the Universal Law is that there is no difference between Consciousness and the outer physical world, currently perceived as Nature. The outer world is shaped by the consciousness of all beings that participate in the common life on a certain plane of existence. This is the ultimate proof of existence of mathematics, but also of the existence of pure cosmic consciousness that creates this or any other world in the 3d-space-time of solar universes. But it also tells us that there are levels of Creation beyond 3d-space-time, out of which the latter has evolved in a secondary manner. Back to Contents
The key novel knowledge from the discovery of the Universal Law is that All-That-Is has only two dimensions when perceived by the narrow human senses – Space and Time, whereby time in the new theory is actually defined as frequency f = 1/t. In this case, time, as humans know it, is defined as “conventional time” t. Both quantities are included in the term “space-time” = s f = s/t = velocity, which is also the origin of mathematics and any other science.
All scientific terms, including all numbers in mathematics that build the fabric of our scientific knowledge, can be axiomatically derived from the term “space-time”, which is the physical perception of human mind of the primary term at the current plane of existence on earth:Space-time = All-That-Is = Energy = Primary Term of Consciousness =
= [space][time] = s f = s/t = velocity = [1d-space-time] = [n-d-space-time] =
= any number, such as = 1 = 1×1 = 1×0 = 0 = ∞×1 = ∞The above equations are various equivalent presentations of the principle of last equivalence of human consciousness. They prove that both human language and mathematics have their epistemological origin in the primary term perceived as space-time. This insight is the most revolutionary idea in the history of modern mankind. However, it has been known to all previous enlightened civilizations on earth.
It is important to observe that the above presentations of the principle of last equivalence are beyond the realm of any mathematical argumentation, as this principle builds the cognitive basis for the very existence of mathematics as a science of abstract symbols. This fundamental fact is regularly overlooked by all protagonists of conventional mathematical thinking when they raise objections as to the appropriateness of this presentation. These objections stem from their restricted thinking, which is intoxicated by the primordial idea of separation from the Whole. Why?
This is a very important psychological observation that goes to the roots of modern mathematics. First and foremost, such objections stem from the ignorance of most mathematicians with respect to the fact that their discipline is still suffering under its Foundation crisis, when the discovery of the Universal Law and the solution of this crisis are ignored for the moment.
Secondly, all mathematicians have so far failed to recognize that all the mathematical symbols which they use in their discipline are not U-sets, that is, they do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element: They are N-sets. Therefore, the do not pertain to All-That-Is. They are wrong mirror images of the Nature of Al-That-Is.
This is the cognitive “fall from grace” of empiric science on earth. The return of the “prodigal son to the Father” will be achieved by substituting present-day empiric science with the new General Theory of Science of the Universal Law in the short period of time prior to Ascension and in the infinity of All-That-Is after Ascension. * How is the Whole actually perceived in mathematics? Very simply – it is the continuum of all numbers. The numbers that are currently used in mathematics are closed numbers that exclude all other adjacent numbers and hence they also exclude the continuum to which they belong. For instance, the number 2 excludes all its approximations such as 2.00001. These numbers are called rational numbers. Rational numbers are closed. Modern mathematics operates only with such numbers. It is extremely important to stress that mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to operate with open numbers, which are U-sets and contain the Whole, the continuum, as an element.
Closed rational numbers fulfill the definition of N-sets: The sets that exclude themselves and the Whole as an element. Since they are closed, they have no contact with the other adjacent numbers, and for this simple reason, they cannot build a continuum. The idea of closed numbers precludes the existence of the continuum. However, without a continuum there is no mathematics at all (see below).
We have already said that it is sufficient to introduce only one statement that is an N-set in a categorical system to bias the whole system. This is what has happened with mathematics prior to the discovery of the Universal Law – hence its continuing Foundation crisis.
We have learned so far that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are open systems and exchange energy with each other – therefore, they must have a contact with each other. Purely for this reason, we say that the Nature of All-That-Is is continuous – there are no gaps between the systems that are perceived at present as vacuum or voids in physics. All systems and levels of All-That-Is are open, adjacent, contiguous, because they are U-sets. They contain the Whole = Energy as an element.
According to the principle of last equivalence, we can define All-That-Is as a continuum. The parts of the mathematical continuum must therefore be open to reflect the openness of the energetic systems and levels of All-That-Is. However, the rational numbers used in mathematics are closed. Therefore, they are N-sets and hence inadequate presentations of the outer world. They must be replaced by open numbers.
Which numbers are open? All the so called transcendental numbers are open numbers. Such numbers contain an infinite number of approximations, which are closed rational numbers. The most prominent example is the number pi (π).
The mathematicians became for the first time aware of the fundamental difference between closed rational numbers and open transcendental numbers when Cantor established his theory of sets in the late 19th century. Since then this theory is considered to be the basis of modern mathematics – the “paradise of mathematics” as Hilbert defined it.
Cantor’s problem was to define the continuum in an a priory manner. If one had to resort only to the established closed numbers, the continuum would not have been what it actually says – a continuum, but a discrete, discontinuous assembly of closed rational numbers that are divided by gaps (voids) along the continuum. To avoid this embarrassment Cantor introduced the concept of transcendental numbers which are open to their surroundings -they are contiguous and touch each other. For this purpose he distinguished between two sets of infinities which, by the way, is another word for continuum – the infinities of rational numbers and the infinities of transcendental numbers.
Before that infinity was infinity and there was no possibility to discern them with respect to their power. Or as Cantor put it himself: “In the night all cats are grey”. By introducing the transcendental numbers, which to Cantor’s perception filled the gaps between the closed rational numbers along the continuum, he for the first time presented a valuable definition of the continuum and established the theoretical and epistemological foundation of mathematics.
This is basic theoretical stuff that should be actually cogent to any theoretician and scientist with a modest understanding of mathematics after spending four, five or more years at the university. Unfortunately, it is very difficult to find a theoretician nowadays who is aware of these basic epistemological problems of mathematics and science. Most scientists have been dumped down to such an extent by the current illogical educational system that has been deliberately established by the Powers That Be as to camouflage the actual situation on earth that the author is fully aware of the fact, that it will be very difficult to liberate them from this inextricable labyrinth of self-inflicted scientific blunders.
This deplorable situation of total scientific confusion will tantamount to a true cosmic revelation in the course of this and next year in order to save the souls of most scientists from their total perdition and enable them to ascend with a clear mind in the 5th dimension.
With respect to the theory of mathematics, it is important to observe that while Cantor laid the basis for transcendental numbers, these numbers were not known to mathematicians. It was only several decades later when another German mathematician found out that the number pi is a transcendental number. This number opened a completely new perspective of approaching mathematics and its application to the outer world, although the incommensurability of real space magnitudes was known to all ancient Greek mathematicians.
The number pi is per definition a relationship between two geometric distances – the circumference of the circle and its diameter. Circles are abstract geometric presentations of waves.
They are abstract platonic ideas built within the hermeneutic mathematical consciousness of humans. In the real universe, all closed circular motions are elliptical as Kepler’s laws on the motion of celestial objects clearly prove. This fact has not been fully apprehended by all theoreticians, although the number pi is used in many key physical laws and formulae in classical and quantum mechanics.
On the other hand it is generally acknowledged in physics that all waves are products of rotations. Rotations are closed motions -they can be circular, elliptical or more complex forms of closed motions. This is basic physical knowledge of wave theory.
This holds true not only for the electromagnetic spectrum, also defined as photon space-time by the author, but also for matter which is also of wave-character. This is a well-established idea in quantum mechanics since de Broglie introduced the concept of wave-particle dualism in physics in 1924.
This is another basic physical stuff, the cognitive importance of which has not been fully apprehended in physics. The fact that all systems of All-That-Is are open in terms of energy exchange but at the same time represent superimposed closed motions proves both, the closed character of All-That-Is and the openness of all its contiguous parts as U-sets of the Whole.
As the reader may already perceive, we use this discussion in the first place to present the basic inconsistencies and flaws that scientists have inserted into the edifice of modern empiric science without having any comprehension as to how profoundly these blunders, which stem without any exception from their primordial idea of separation, have intoxicated the dominating scientific thinking of Modern Times and have prevented them from grasping the Nature of All-That-Is. Therefore the upcoming End Times will be in the first place a requiem for current empiric science, where the author will play the first fiddle. * What should one conclude from this basic scientific knowledge? It is cogent that all levels and systems of All-That-Is are waves or rotational systems. Since they are all open systems, they are superimposed wave systems and thus obey the laws of constructive and destructive interference. Here we close the circle of our initial argumentation with respect to the universal character of the Cosmic Laws of constructive and destructive interference, which are the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. These laws are concrete applications of the Universal Law.
When we compare two arbitrary real rotational wave systems, we always acquire transcendental numbers. All space-time relationships between two real systems are transcendental magnitudes and can only be adequately assessed by open transcendental numbers. We now make a very important statement:The conditions of constructive and destructive interference which are the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction of all systems and levels of All-That-Is can only be adequately assessed by employing transcendental numbers.However, mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to use such numbers in its practical calculations. All numbers that scientists currently acquire from Nature, for instance, as natural constants or various statistics, e.g. in economic pools, are expressed as closed real, rational numbers, which are closed approximations of the real open transcendental magnitudes.
Purely for this reason mankind is not in the position to make adequate predictions on the future or to assess precisely when the condition of destructive interference occurs, under which a system will inevitably collapse. We shall elaborate this conclusion below in a stringent way by departing from the new knowledge of the General Theory of the Universal Law. Back to Contents
Let us now return once again to the Nature of All-That-Is and its parts (levels and systems). We said explicitly that the Whole is closed, while all its parts are U-subsets of All-That-Is and contain it as an element. This statement should be reiterated by the reader as a mantra as many times as possible, until he has fully comprehended it.
And here comes a fundamental knowledge of All-That-Is that has not been fully realized in science so far. If the parts are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element, they cannot be closed, but must be open and exchange energy with each other. All-That-Is is an incessant energy exchange. This is an intrinsic aspect of the Nature of All-That-Is as stated in the primary axiom that should be cogent to everybody. For instance, without food-intake and cell metabolism, which is nothing else but a complex exchange of biochemical energy, human beings cannot exist or survive. In this sense, energy is a synonym of All-That-Is.
On the other hand, all open systems and levels of All-That-Is express its Nature during their energy exchange. In particular, they express the closed character of the Whole. This aspect can be concretely observed as the law of conservation of energy. As all systems are closed superimposed motions, they are both open and manifest themselves as closed motions or rotations. This is the Heavenly Dichotomy of All-That-Is that has not been comprehended by all scientists so far. The same holds true for all religions.
In other words, there is nothing else but Energy:All-That-Is is Energy – it is Organized Energy – it is Information – it is Awareness – it is Consciousness – it is Space-Time, when perceived by the narrow senses of human beings.And all these words for the primary term can be mathematically expressed with the Universal Law – it is the mathematical envelope of the Nature of All-That-Is. This also holds true for all current scientific disciplines that have chosen various terms for All-That-Is as objects of their study – e.g. continuum = mathematics, biological matter = bio-science, matter = physics, etc..
The Universal Law is a law of energy interactions. There is nothing else in All-That-Is that is not an energy interaction and does not abide by the Universal Law. Therefore, all separate sciences that currently exist can be unified to a new universal science called Energology of the Universal Law.
All human perceptions, feelings, and mental ideas are energetic events and follow the Universal Law independently of the awareness of the entity. For this reason psychology, philosophy, sociology, economics, and all other associated disciplines must inevitably become part of Energology. As the time to final Ascension in December 2012 is very short, this unification of science will be fully accomplished in the 5th dimension under much more favorable conditions and with the help of an expanded human consciousness.
But we can already begin with the modification of our wrong belief systems, which are all products of the narrow perception of human senses. All human sensations are energy interactions. For instance, our optical perceptions are evoked by the procession and transformation of photons by the retinal cones and rods to electromagnetic signals in the optical neuronal synapses in the brain, before they are visualized as objects. However, the original carriers of the optical information/energy, the photons, have neither form, nor are they solid particles.
How comes that our eyes receive invisible photons from the material surroundings, which according to present-day physics do not even have a mass, but can, at the same time, evoke images of three-dimensional objects with volume and mass in the human brain? This is one of the many paradoxes and unanswered questions, one can encounter in present-day empiric science that give us a clue as to why it has totally failed to understand the Nature of All-That-Is and has to be replaced with the new theory of the Universal Law.
The primordial false idea of being separated from the Source, respectively, from the Whole, while being part of the drama of human illusions on earth, has obviously generated numerous ideas that carry this vicious concept. Just as a software program can harbor a virus, a bug, and infect any other software program, so do the idea of separation from the Whole: It infiltrates all subsequent ideas of mankind in such a profound way that a whole civilization can be created on false ideas and sustained for some time for the sake of illusion.
This is what has actually happened on earth for eons of times. Such civilizations that are grounded in false ideas of separation can only exist by the active support of the cohesive energies of All-That-Is, because it is impossible for any system to be truly separated from All-That-Is. This is known as the Law of Oneness in esoteric circles. This insight will be in the centre of the upcoming revelations that will unfold this year in collective human consciousness and will ultimately lead to Ascension of the vast majority of human beings on earth by the end of 2012 or some time later. * At present human beings are not capable of discerning the numerous wrong ideas of separation that build the fabric of their society, because they have been raised with them, and these have shaped their belief systems in a profound way. Very often such wrong ideas carry the nimbus of infallible scientific truths that a humble human being can hardly oppose, as is the case with most light workers who are, on the one hand, ignorant on current failed science for good reasons, but, on the other, quite vulnerable to flawed scientific argumentation.
One central flawed concept of science is the exclusive application of closed rational numbers in mathematics and, from there, in all exact natural sciences, as we have shown above. Another basic flawed idea is the introduction of closed physical systems in modern physics, such as “ideal elastic collision”, “blackbody radiation”, “Carnot machine”. These closed systems are used to describe various energy interactions or to derive particular physical laws thereof.
The introduction of the concept of closed systems has, however, a sound ground. As already said, one can only describe the physical world in a correct manner, if one has grasped the essence of All-That-Is – first and foremost, its closed character.
This is precisely where empiric science has totally failed. The Whole is closed. In order to describe its parts, this idea must be introduced somehow in the physical view of the world. This has been achieved by inventing such abstract closed systems as ideal elastic collision, blackbody radiation, etc., which are hypothetically supposed not to exchange energy with the surroundings.
However, all systems are open. Here we have an antinomy, a fundamental paradox of physics and science, which we have also described as heavenly dichotomy. Just like mathematics, physics is essentially founded on paradoxes and antinomies. It is important to observe that conventional physics is fully unaware of this fundamental inconsistency.
While such closed systems can be found in any textbook on physics, this discipline has failed to acknowledge the fact that such a system as for instance Carnot machine, with which the thermodynamics of adiabatic processes is explained, is a phantom. Otherwise, we would have already created perpetuum mobile, an everlasting energy source, and all our energy problems would have been solved forever.
There are many other fundamental theoretical flaws of present-day physics. For instance, all current physical constants, magnitudes, quantities, variables, dimensions, and corresponding SI-units are defined in a circular manner, for instance, space (length) is defined by introducing time and assuming tacitly that this quantity is already firmly established. The definition of time, itself, needs the a priori introduction of length (space); electric current and its corresponding SI-unit is defined through charge and vice versa – charge through current. This list can be extended ad infinitum. The author recommends the reader to scrutinize these definitions in any textbook on physics with a fresh eye after he has read this essay.
All definitions of physical quantities and their dimensions obey without an exception the principle of the vicious circle (circulus vitiosus): One part is defined through another, while the Whole is neglected. This circumstance has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is in current empiric science. This simple epistemological fact is so evident in the theory of physics even for beginners that the author is really baffled and has failed to find any other explanation as to why this fact has not be acknowledged so far but to assume that all scientists are imbecile and are totally unable of any elementary logical thinking. * All wrong trivial and scientifically disguised ideas stem from the primordial subjective perception of humans as being distinct biological entities separated from All-That-Is. For most people their identity ends with the boundary of their epidermis. This is the central illusion of mankind that will be eliminated with Ascension.
How comes that such wrong ideas have become the spiritual foundation of our society without leading to a massive collapse much earlier? The answer is fairly simple and has been anticipated by our previous discussion. Even when a whole society has been established on completely wrong ideas and beliefs, it can continue to exist for a long period of time, because it has never ceased to be part of the life-spending and life-sustaining energies of All-That-Is.
We can alternatively discuss this aspect in scientific, physical terms. It is always possible for the higher realms of Creation to establish local conditions of destructive interference on a single planet by employing immense higher frequency energies that surround the system of destructive interference and sustain it by creating conditions of constructive interference on a much higher energetic level. This is similar to the (futile) efforts of scientists to sustain a plasma reaction by encompassing it with a powerful electromagnetic field.
In the channeled esoteric literature one often reads that earth is a planet of negative, toxic, dark energies that has been “sealed” by the higher realms from the rest of the galaxy for eons of times. This idea has been initially promoted in John’s Revelations, although this book has been obviously written much later by other channeled spiritual beings.
The current process of Ascension embodies the stepwise elimination of massive energetic layers that establish the condition of destructive interference and operate as effective barriers that hinder the entrance of high frequency energies of All-That-Is in the astral atmosphere of our planet. The much discussed star portals or gateways at specific numerological dates, such as 01.01.01, 02.02.02… 11.11.11, and 12.12.12, represent the elimination of the conditions of destructive interference on earth by that of constructive interference.
Practically, the low frequency layers that shield earth from the 4th and 5th dimensions and sustain its current three-dimensional density are eliminated step by step, so that the veil of forgetfulness can be lifted for the whole mankind during this and next year. When these low frequency layers created by destructive interference begin to dissolve, earth can no longer stay in its current 3d-density and will begin to ascend to the 4th and 5th dimensions. This is what is actually happening since the first harmonic convergence in the summer of 1987. In the last several years the deletion of the local conditions of destructive interference on earth has exponentially accelerated.
This explanation also renders the scientific solution to the central theological dispute since Antiquity as presented by Leibniz in his famous Theodizee. How come that God and the world, he has created, are perfect, while human beings and their petty objects of Creation are so imperfect?
As this essay is not intended to be a philosophical disquisition of theological topics, we shall not indulge into it any further, but the author would like to express the wish that modern mankind were much better informed with respect to the intellectual achievements of its numerous thinkers in the past, so that present-day light workers need not discover the wheel on a much primitive intellectual level again and again. The intellectual abyss and spiritual ignorance that one encounters on this planet prior to Ascension are indeed staggering, as the author must confess with great regret. Back to Contents 14. The Idea of Separation from All-That-Is Explains the Eschatology of Human Existence
All-That-Is is closed, discrete, i.e., it consists of infinite open systems and levels that exchange energy, continuous, i.e., there is no vacuum between the systems and levels, and infinite. All these attributes of All-That-Is can be used as nouns, synonyms, tautologies for All-That-Is, For example, we can use consistently the words continuum, infinity, closed entity, discreteness, etc. for All-That-Is according to the principle of last equivalence without changing anything in this discussion or in our knowledge about the world and who we are.
The parts contain the Whole as an element and can be mathematically defined as U-sets. There is, however, one fundamental difference between the Whole and its parts that has been realized for the first time to its full extent in the history of mankind after the Universal Law was discovered and the new Energology elaborated:
While the Whole is closed, all levels and systems of it are open.
As this basic eschatological fact has not been apprehended by science and religion so far, it has led to a profound, prolonged, and very painful confusion among all believers and scientists throughout the history of mankind. Most of the mental disarray that will be experienced this year can be attributed to this ignorance of humans. All wars, crimes, and atrocities that have been accomplished on earth so far stem from this mental confusion. Therefore, this aspect has become a leitmotif of the present essay and will be elaborated specifically in this chapter.
The difference between the Whole, being closed, and its parts, being open, creates the only true eschatological reason for the existence of 3d-space-time of solar universes. The Whole is something. The opposite of it would be nothing. As we, human beings, are something, we have no idea of nothing. It will stay so forever. This holds true for any consciousness or awareness within All-That-Is. The Nothing can be called Void or Vacuum. None of them exists. The Whole is All-That-Is.
However, the idea of nothing cannot be wholly excluded from human mind, respectively, from any other consciousness or cosmic awareness. Both terms – Something and Nothing – build the fundamental Antinomy of Existence of All-That-Is. As All-That-Is is Creativity, it must also explore the Conditions of Nothing. However as nothing does not exist, All-That-Is creates local conditions of destructive interference that imitate the existence of nothing. We have a deliberately created antinomy for the sake of experiencing an extreme separation.
How does All-That-Is accomplish this task? Very simply, it imitates itself in the parts. It creates systems and levels that are seemingly closed (separated) from All-That-is, although this is virtually impossible. The total Amnesia of incarnated human entities creates for instance the illusion of being a biological species that is closed and separated from All-That-Is. The same holds true for human civilization at the collective level. * Mankind, in its vast majority, currently believes that it is unique in the whole galaxy which contains trillions of solar systems and planets. Current agnostic humanity considers itself to be the exquisite and coincidental crowning of biological evolution that has started from a primitive one-cellular organism and has slowly evolved in eons of time. Therefore, mankind officially still believes that it is totally separated from the Source and other incarnated civilizations, some of which are populating the astral space of our planet for eons of time.
Notwithstanding this belief, the actual Powers That be, the “aliens” from the Orion/Reptilian Empire, are actually endemic on this planet for more than 500,000 years and consider themselves to be owners of this planet. From this point of view, they consider modern human beings, which they have initially created through genetic engineering, as their slaves that they have introduced on earth for the purpose of fulfilling their basic needs. They consider humans, just as humans consider animals. This explains their nefarious deeds against humanity which seem to have the only purpose of annihilating human beings.
This is the actual cognitive and existential dilemma in which humanity is currently entrapped by the Powers That Be in a deliberate way. Their tactic is to keep humans ignorant on the actual situation on earth and to lull them into the wrong belief that they are an exquisite ultimate manifestation of a protracted biological evolution, based on the principle of chaos, or trial and error, whereas, in fact, they have been conceptually created as servants for these dark forces some 13,000 years ago, first by the Reptilian Anunnaki and later on genetically improved by the Sirians, which are representatives of the Forces of Light.
For this purpose the Powers That Be have introduced numerous ideas and concepts in human society that cement the wrong idea of separation. The most insidious system of deception of all is the Orion monetary system that creates the impression that human beings must work hard to earn money in order to survive. Darwin’s flawed evolutionary idea of “the survival of the fittest” was further exaggerated to become an established social doctrine and a rectification for all predatory practices of the economic and financial Elite.
During their social activities, human beings have been forced to compete all the time with other human beings and to consider them potential rivals or even enemies. The working place has become a jungle. The eschatological purpose of human life has been reduced to the acquirement of paper money and material goods that create the illusion of security. Money is considered to be the only viable security for survival in an unfriendly environment. Creation out of unconditional love, compassion, and understanding has no place in the Orion monetary system. These conditions deepen the wrong impression of separation among all human entities that culminates in the ubiquitous angst of death in present-day society.
Humans believe that they must surround themselves with as much material goods as they can imagine for the purpose of surviving, but they know deep in their heart that they have no power over death. That is the cardinal dilemma of the current Elite. Their fears are hypertrophied to such an extent that their desire to control everything, first and foremost, all the monies available, and through them all human lives, seems to be, in their view, the only alternative to appease their basic angst in front of death.
This, however, does not exclude the possibility of eliminating each other within their power games, as this can be seen among Mafia families. Have these entities had more compassion for their fellows, they would have easily discerned that no money or power on this earth could protect them from the nefarious thoughts and deeds of their akin. This insight would have been sufficient to convince them to wrap up their insidious plans to control the world. The author is optimistic that this will happen this year.
The numerous mental and emotional ramifications of the Orion monetary system on human thinking, feeling, and behavior are so profound and ubiquitous that there is virtually no space in current human society that is not thoroughly poisoned by this vicious system. This is the current problem of all light workers who have to immerse in the toxic atmosphere of earth and cannot find an adequate place that will serve them as a spiritual shelter.
It is important to observe at this place that all enlightened civilizations in the solar universes do not use money, because they do not need this primitive means for the organization of their society. They have understood the nature of money.
Money imitates the Nature of All-That-Is which is energy. The difference of the Orion monetary system to energy is that it entraps the entities and steals their energy, while real energy is always free – it floats from one system to another without any preference. Money, as it is used today, stipulates all the wrong emotional and mental concepts of separation, such as greed, power, manipulation, aggression, etc., that are basic fears of the human templates and thus typical for all entities that live in total amnesia and lead to their enslavement.
These negative characteristics are typical for the mentality of young souls who live in the greatest separation from the Source. The American society, being determined by collective greed, corruption, unlimited aggression, self-righteousness, arrogance, and ignorance for the rest of the world, is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of all entities that are separated from All-That-Is. As young souls build the majority of the current population on earth, their negative features are inherent to the whole mankind.
Therefore, we will witness this year in the first place a radical shift of public opinion away from these negative collective characteristics towards more transparency, compassion, equality, and respect for the free will of the individual. All the revolutions and upheavals that will be unleashed this year will demand for such a change in human perceptions. This change is a necessary prerequisite for preparing humanity mentally and emotionally for the upcoming Ascension at the end of next year. * Religion is the next huge system of deception of the Powers That Be that deepens the wrong concept of separation. Most of the sacred books of current world religions have been dictated or rewritten by the Powers That Be through channeling or by human proxies, which have been reptilian incarnations and have always belonged to the Elite (Illuminati, ruling families, etc.). The religious practices have institutionalized this idea in everyday life.
In Christianity for instance the reincarnation of the soul and its multidimensional nature as originally preached by Jesus were eliminated in its official teaching and the direct contact of the incarnated entity to the higher self was negated. Instead, priests became the only competent intermediaries between All-That-Is and the individual. This has led to a profound spiritual enslavement of western mankind.
The very existence of Jesus Christ has been totally fabricated as ordered by Constantine, the Great, in the 4th century. The myth about this entity was established as a composite of two spiritually highly evolved personalities, who lived approximately at the same time as described in the New Testament – the entity Jeshua from the group of the Essenes in Palestine and Apollonius of Tyana, whose life has been depicted by Philostratos. The synoptic gospels were written by the Piso brothers on behalf of Constantine for the Nicene council that established Christianity as official religion of Rome. John’s Gospel was written by the sister of the Piso brothers, who belonged to the Reptilian Elite at that time.
Nostradamus was, for instance, also a representative of the Elite and made deliberate predictions for the End Times that suited the plans of the Powers That Be. They knew that they are bound to lose their power during this crucial period and wanted to alter the circumstances in advance as to suit their plans.
There is virtually not a single major sacred book of mankind that has not been falsified or written under the dictation of the Powers That Be, as to serve their aims to enslave human beings by forging the idea of their separation from All-That-Is. This also holds true for most social and economic doctrines in the past that have further deepened the separation of humanity, as we shall discuss it below for the current major macroeconomic theories. * The situation with science and its theory is quite similar to that of religion and finance. Science has always had the propensity to discern the truth behind the veil of forgetfulness and human illusions. This has been primarily the task of philosophy since Antiquity, throughout the Dark Ages, Renaissance, and Enlightenment. With the begin of industrialization and modern empiric science, this philosophical pursuit and quest for knowledge were diverted from the inner spiritual dimension of the individual towards the external world and the spiritual dumping down of the incarnated human entities reached an unprecedented peak.
The 19th and 20th centuries marked the darkest period of human history with respect to their alienation from the Whole. This trend has been reversed in the last 50-60 years when a large number of highly evolved souls, known as light workers, way showers, star seeds, have incarnated on earth to prepare this planet and the vast majority of its human population for Ascension.
Through manipulating religion, science, and economic activities of human beings, the surreptitious dark forces on earth have effectively suppressed the pristine knowledge that humans are immortal souls and independent creators of their destiny to the point that a return to Oneness seems now impossible for many beings. This heinous strategy has been used for thousands of years and has become an inextricable reality for most incarnated human beings. Purely for this reason the current financial system must collapse this year in order to liberate humans from the shackles of overwhelming pecuniary and materialism that reign over modern society. Both are manifestations of the primordial idea of separation from the Whole. * In addition to these suppressive measures that have essentially affected human minds, the incarnated entities have been genetically engineered as to harbor a vast number of astral templates at the cellular and genetic level that promote various feelings of fear and fear based beliefs. These fear patterns are local destructive interferences within the physical, emotional, and mental body and also involve the chakra system.
This is a huge theme that is beyond the scope of this essay and has been broadly discussed by numerous channels in the last years. Purely for this reason, many incarnated entities undergo currently a light body process, which is essentially an elimination of these blockades through establishing the conditions of constructive interference in the human bodies by augmenting their frequencies.
Current Ascension is the liberation of human beings as incarnated entities from the invisible enslavement by the dark entities from the 4th dimension, the Powers That Be, who have chosen the path of total separation from the Whole. Since these entities are guided by this primordial idea in their very existence, they have introduced it on every level of human society – from everyday life to science and religion, although the latter was originally intended to eliminate the idea of separation and to open the eyes of the believers for the truth that they are “sparks of God”.
It is not an exaggeration to conclude that human beings have been for eons of time pawns in the hands of the dark forces that have pulled their strings from the 4th dimension of total separation from All-That-Is. They have used various insidious tactics to achieve this goal.
For instance, to every enlightened soul/star seed that incarnates on earth, three Orion entities from the 4th dimension are attached upon birth. Their function is to effectively block the lower, middle and higher self of the incarnated entity and to boycott its creativity. Many light workers, who under normal conditions would have had the power and mentality to create abundance on earth, are inhibited by such destructive 4d-entities throughout their lives.
Numerous such unholy trios have accommodated themselves so perfectly into the emotional and mental structure of the incarnated light workers – they live in such a perfect mimicry with the fear-driven templates of these entities, without which no entity can exist on earth – that most light workers are not able to discern these evil energy spongers and effectively eliminate them from their energetic fields.
The elimination of these energy-sponging entities follows the Universal Law of Free Will. As soon as the entity discerns the existence of such an inhibiting 4d-astral trio in his energetic aura, he has the right to expel it from his fields by stating this wish firmly and deliberately. In this case, he may ask for help from the higher realms. This process will accelerate this year when the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” will finally take place (see below).
This is the dumping practice of the dark forces at the individual level that overlaps with their hidden negative influences on the collective intellectual (science), emotional (entertainment, financial problems) and social level (dictatorship, political repression, etc.). These methods of the dark ones must be made known to the public, so that all people can take appropriate measures to protect themselves with established spiritual techniques, but also to comprehend why human society has failed to achieve true spiritual progress throughout his long history of oppression.
The author pays great attention to this aspect of psycho-mental repression of human incarnated entities by the dark Orion forces, because he has gone through this personal experience and knows how unpleasant it can be. In this case knowledge is power. * The decision of earth souls to incarnate on this toxic planet, called Gaia, which can be regarded as an asylum, where the inmates have taken control over the asylum and any sane being that enters this asylum is immediately declared insane by the true insane ones, is to experience the utmost separation from All-That-Is at any price. In order to create this condition of separation, the incarnated souls on earth use such dark agents as the Powers That Be, the Luciferian, Ahriman, and demonic forces from the 4th dimension, to establish the condition of destructive interference and to gestalt it in the most realistic way by instigating numerous human dramas.
The inner bond of the incarnated entity with All-That-Is cannot be wholly severed, as the personality is always an intrinsic part of the Source. However, the actual energetic separation through destructive interference on many different energetic levels that constitute the incarnated entity and his physical vessel can be so pronounced, that it shapes his mentality as well as the collective beliefs and behavior patterns of human society in a profound way.
This condition of total separation is planned for planet B that will remain in the 3d-density, after the shift of the ascended earth (Planet A) in the 5th dimension has taken place. The planet B will progress along the path of even greater separation than currently observed. Life on this planet will remain under the total control of the dark forces and will be a living hell.
Only those incarnated entities who cannot ascend will continue with their incarnation on this catastrophic planet that has already entered this streamline at the beginning of this year. This will be a small fraction of the current population that will also include part of the Elite who will survive the shift in underground bases, which they have been building for many years with the help of the dark aliens in anticipation of this event.
Those entities who will survive the huge energy tsunami at the time of Rapture will be the future slaves of the Elite on planet B and will be confronted with terrible living conditions. The cosmic energies that will trigger the split of the two earths will destroy most current technologies. The electric grid, the communication system, internet, and all engines of combustion will no longer function because the properties of the new photon space-time (electromagnetic field) on earth after the shift will be altered dramatically.
It is important to observe that currently about 1/3 of all souls are baby and child souls. These are incarnated entities that are products of recent genetic engineering by the Powers That Be and have a very rudimentary soul. While they will proceed with their incarnation cycle on planet B, their DNA will be reduced to one strand, and they will totally forget their bond with All-That-Is. They will immerse into the new denser physicality of planet B and will live in a very primitive oppressive society, where even the concept of religion will no longer exist.
About one third of human population will leave earth in the End Times through natural cause or through dematerialization of the human body. It is estimated that about half of the population will ascend at the time of Rapture on 21 December 2012 and that there will be one or more Ascension waves of highly evolved entities prior to this event. This is concise information on the future of planet A and planet B. The reader may learn more about these planets from the channeled messages of Cosmic Awareness. * The situation of the incarnated entities on earth is essentially as follows. The earth souls come from the 5th dimension when they incarnate on this planet. Some star seeds come from a higher dimension to assist the process of Ascension at this time. At the 5th dimension, which is also known as Celestria, the soul can experience the Oneness with All-That-Is and has the unlimited power to create immediately through imagination.
Upon entering the physical vessel of the organic body, the incarnated soul creates the veil of forgetfulness, a state of total amnesia with respect to its origin. The crucial consequence of this amnesia is that the incarnated entity forgets that he is a powerful being and has the unlimited potential to create his destiny and his surroundings. Instead, he regards himself as a weak biological entity that is seemingly helpless and vulnerable to all kinds of natural dangers and astral influences.
Starting from this ultimate “fall from grace”, the soul begins with her gradual Ascension and reconnection with All-That-Is within her long incarnation cycle. The strife that the incarnated entity experiences in its inner realm throughout his earthly life and which he incessantly projects onto the outer world, is the battle between the dark Ahriman forces, the Cabal, the dark forces of the Orion entities from the 4th dimension, that have the function to dump down the entities to a greater separation and control, and the inner voice of the soul from the 5th dimension that is perceived as pristine feelings, intuitions and pre-conceived knowledge and lead him on the path to Ascension.
This is the allegoric battle between Gog and Magog about which one can read in John’s Revelations. This book has been channeled by enlightened entities much later than the other gospels and has been included only per chance in the New Testament in order to inform the people what will happen on this planet at the End Times.
This inner battle between Darkness and Light that is fought in each incarnated entity is a key concept of many religions in East and West. This inner strife can only be solved within the mental and emotional confines of the individual, as every incarnated entity is an independent and powerful creator of his destiny and planes of experience. However, it lies in the essence of the incarnated entities, living in total separation from All-That-Is, to solve this inner collision in the outer world by instigating wars, invasions, and all kinds of atrocities. This is the key to an eschatological understanding of human existence on earth.
This negative tendency lasts as long as the incarnated entity begins to realize that all crimes and atrocities, which he commits upon other entities, are crimes committed against oneself. Purely for this purpose, the law of karma has been introduced. Karma has the function of making the entity aware of the fact that he is not separated from the Source and that all he has to do is to recognize this eternal truth, re-member who he is, and surrender to the soul as part of the Whole. After this spiritual insight is achieved, there is no need for the soul to incarnate anymore in the 3d-space-time of solar universes and the incarnation cycle is completed.
This is what most human beings will experience at the end of 2012, when they will ascend in the 5th dimension. It is the apotheosis of all human experience – an event of truly cosmic, heavenly dimension, and mankind ought to be exalted in the coming days by this dazzling perspective. Heaven has been promised to mankind since eons of time, Jesus, being the last prophet in a raw, to make them aware of this promise, and now heaven is within a reach. Brethren, this is the most exciting time to live on earth. Enjoy it! * The greatest grievance of mankind has always been that it does not understand how it manifests its reality, although the higher self does this in an incessant manner for its incarnated entity in synchronization with the other souls from the 5th dimension. This is accomplished by the creation of myriad alternative worlds, realities, astral probabilities of individual destinies until the optimal solution is found.
The higher realms of Creation operate like a huge interactive internet or a mathematical algorithm that is incessantly fed by an infinite amount of input data. The data are processed in the Now by establishing myriads of feedback mechanisms with parallel realities. The final outcome is the creation of human life on earth with respect to this planet. However, there are myriads planets and solar systems, as there are countless souls in the higher realms.
Earth is a very small planet in comparison to most other planets in the solar universes. In addition, there are infinite versions of earth, which can be defined from a human, linear point of view as past, present and future; in reality they exist simultaneously in All-That–Is and interact with each other.
For a short period of time, the ascended earth A and the catastrophic planet B will intercept after they have split in 2012. This split has already commenced. After the final split is accomplished, the ascended entities in the 5th dimensional earth may establish contact with those human beings living on planet B, but these entities will not recognize them anymore because their perception will be exclusively orientated towards the greater density and physicality of planet B. Hence, there will soon be no need to communicate with these entities and the two worlds will definitely separate.
Currently, we have the same situation between the incarnated entities on earth and the excarnated entities in the higher realms. While the entities from the higher realms can always contact us through telepathy and other means of communication, most human beings on earth, defined as the “sleeping majority” by the author, have no idea that they can also contact their higher self and other related souls. This state of spiritual denial will end abruptly this year, when some major events will occur on this planet and will eliminate forever the veil of forgetfulness under which mankind has existed for eons of time. * The role of the dark forces on current earth can only be understood in this context. There are, for instance, infinite earth versions that are as valid as this one that have no dark forces, because they vibrate at a much higher frequency, where the dark forces can no longer exist. The already existing blueprint of the ascending earth in the 5th dimension is such a version.
Even when the dark forces create through genetic engineering new human clones, they can only accomplish this task with the hidden support from the higher realms of Creation, which are responsible for the myriad earth versions known as omni-earth. However, the influence of the dark forces from the 4th dimension upon human consciousness at the individual and social level of our current plane of existence has been enormous and has determined to a great extent the conditions of life on earth. These conditions have been partially corrected by the souls from the 5th dimension to the extent, to which the incarnated entities have become more enlightened and aware of their bond with God.
This year the balance of powers on earth will dramatically shift. Due to the increase in frequency of earth and most human beings, the dark forces, which already vibrate with a lower frequency than that of earth and many light workers, will lose their grip on the planet and humanity. They will have to retrieve in the 4th dimension and wait the final Ascension at the end of 2012. During these End Times that include the years 2010 to 2012 the energetic conditions for destructive interference for all social structures that are based on the primary idea of separation will be firmly established and the world order will inevitably collapse.
This is achieved by pouring huge waves of high frequency energies onto the earth that alter the habitual, long existing conditions of low frequency constructive interference creating the idea of separation with that of new destructive interference. This would say that all low frequency material and social systems, behavior patterns, as well as their underlying beliefs will be now out of balance with respect to the new augmented basic frequencies of earth and mankind. When the tipping point of total destructive interference is reached, the old structures will crumble within a very short period of time. This is seen to happen this year (2011). * The period of preparation of humanity for Ascension includes a radical shift in the weltanschauung of most human beings. While it has always been easy in the past to blame others for one’s problems or to seek condolence in a higher authority, in a Christian God, Judaic God, Allah, or any other arbitrary supreme deity, human beings will begin to realize that they have the absolute autarky to create their own destiny and reality.
The truth will emerge that all human beings are creator beings. Incessantly – at every moment in the Now! This truth will become more and more apparent this year, as we approach Ascension and the veil of forgetfulness is thinned. The true multidimensional nature of human beings will emerge behind this veil and the people will begin to understand the Nature of All-That-Is – the Unity of all Consciousness.
When the Egyptian people finally awakened and revolted against the long-standing dictatorship of the Reptilian Mubarak and his clique, they explicitly declared their will to be the legitimate sovereign of their ancient country and that they intend to take their destiny for the first time in their long history in their own hands. They no longer need the alleged support or the clandestine oppression of external foreign powers and dark forces that hide behind them.
This collective acclamation of the Egyptian people of their natural rights of freedom, expression, and self-determination has been enabled by the huge changes in the astral energetic fields of earth and mankind. At the same time, the emotional outburst of the people of this ancient country is so powerful that it will not only oust the dark forces on power, but will trigger a sweeping wave of revolutions and liberation movements throughout the globe that will mark the end of the reign of all dark forces on earth prior to Ascension.
This is well understood by the Powers That Be and their proxies – the hidden governments, the Elite, the thirteen families, the Cabal, the super-secret services, the political powers that have been embroiled to such an extent with the Orion reptilian empire that they have now only two choices:Either revolt against their former masters and eventually risk their lives or stick to them and choose that living hell, called planet B.If they decide to shoulder with the awakening population and facilitate the transition of mankind to an enlightened society, they may eventually qualify for Ascension. It is their choice. There is very little time left.
Most channels transmit nowadays the information that human beings can begin to create their own destiny through their thoughts and feelings. They may create a sparkling future in Heaven (Celestria) after Ascension or choose a catastrophic timeline that will bind them to the remaining planet B, where the Powers That Be will regain the unlimited power that they have enjoyed for the last 13,000 years. This creation of future timelines must begin now. Ascension is not an event but a prolonged mental, emotional and energetic process. The separation of the wheat from the chaff has already begun. * The uniqueness of current Ascension of mankind and earth is that the slaves now become sovereign masters and creators of their own destiny. They have been given the divine right to surpass their former masters from the 4th dimension and to ascend directly in the 5th dimension. However, most of mankind will find itself in the lower 5th dimension, where the new ascended planet A will still retain its physicality and where immediate creation through imagination will have to be learned step by step.
But there will be also those – the light workers and the star seeds -that will go directly to Celestria and will become the new-born leaders of their ascended human fellows; they will teach them how to create the much proclaimed Golden Age. This is the choice that each and every individual will have to make in the course of this and next year, when current human civilization will irreversibly collapse.
And make no mistake, there is very little time left for creating new social structures, as some 4d-channels of disinformation of the dark forces currently suggest with the aim of stirring confusion among the people. The current concept of NESARA that is hugely popular among many light workers should be re-evaluated in this context. Humans will have to accommodate with the little that is left after the financial crash will hit the economy this year so hard that it will eliminate most of the opportunities to earn one’s living.
On the other hand, it is not planned that human beings will still feed the old Orion system of economics in the End Times. Therefore, no new economic system is planned for this earth in the remaining period before Ascension. The dark ones may have their own nefarious plans for Planet B, but this will no longer be of interest to the awakening majority of human beings. They will awake after Ascension on the ascended planet A, where abundance is the Nature of All-That-Is. None of the current economic and social structures will exist in the 5th dimension.
Those, who will not ascend, may not even realize that such a process is taking place, because it will not fit into their narrow-minded world view. They will continue with their lives in the living hell on planet B, steadily forgetting the advantages of the past industrial epoch that has been irrevocably terminated with the Rupture of the two earths. This is essentially the eschatology of human existence on earth during the End Times prior to Ascension. Back to Contents 15. Ascension is the Separation of the Wheat from the Chaff
The last several decades in the history of mankind are marked by a severe battle in the 4th, 5th and higher dimensions between the dark forces, The Powers That be, the so called “Unholy six” (Greys, zeta reticuli, Reptilians, etc.), the actual controllers of earth, on the one hand, and the Forces of Light (Galactic Federation, White Brotherhood, etc.) on the other.
While this battle has huge repercussions in the third dimension on earth, the vast majority of human entities are not even aware of it. The sleeping majority of human beings are involuntary slaves of the Powers That Be, who execute this perennial enslavement through their proxies. The latter have the hidden agenda to create the New World Order, as one of their main speakers, Kissinger, recently loudly proclaimed on television.
To this end they have corrupted in the last several decades the financial system worldwide by transforming it into a huge Ponzi scheme that is exclusively based on creating new debt and money out of thin air. The chief culprits are the FED and the private American and Anglo-Saxon banks that own this central bank, followed by ECB and other central banks. Many of the CEOs of these financial corporations are human clones that are created by genetic engineering by the Unholy Six, in the first place, by the Greys. This knowledge will become a central piece of information in the revelations and tribulations that will take place in the course of this year.
Therefore, the only people that know exactly what will occur in the End Times are the proxies of the Dark forces, also known as Illuminati, the hidden Government, the Powers of the New World Order, the 13 families, etc., and the super-secret services that have been engaged in clandestine joint ventures, mainly underground, with the Unholy six. They have created many new technologies, including UFOs and other vehicles, while at the same time they have systematically suppressed the implementation of numerous patents and new technologies for the sake of the broad population.
For instance, the clean technology to produce hydrogen and oxygen from water as a fuel for all kinds of motors of combustion is available for several decades, but it has been deliberately suppressed by the oil corporations which are in the hands of the dark forces.
The ultimate goal of such nefarious practices is the enslavement of mankind. However, this is not the plan for humanity at this time, as the Forces of Light will also have a say on this issue.
There are some light workers that are also informed about what is happening behind the scene. However, the vast majority of star seeds are either completely ignorant on the role of the dark forces in the shaping of humanity or prefer to close their eyes, as these facts can be indeed very scary, and fears do not help the light body process and Ascension. Nevertheless, some of these facts must be made public very soon. Information is Light, and where Light is, there is no Evil. The activities of the dark forces must be completely blocked this year, so that they can no longer exert their deplorable influence on mankind prior to Ascension. * While the dark forces want to preserve the status-quo, the Forces of Light are preparing our planet and the vast majority of mankind for Ascension in the 5th dimension. The final shift of earth – in the Bible this event is also known as Rapture – will be accomplished on 21 December 2012. Our planet will then split into two planets as already discussed:Planet A will ascend in the 5th dimensionPlanet B will stay in the present 3d-density, will experience huge material and natural disasters during and after the shift, and will slowly degrade to an even greater density and separation from the WholeAs already said, planet B will be a living hell. The portion of incarnated entities that will decide to live in further separation will continue to live on planet B or will leave earth prior to Ascension. The Powers That Be will have full control on this planet. They are preparing themselves for this event for a long time. They are fully aware of the fact that in the last two years of Revelations and Tribulations they will lose their grip on mankind and earth. All they want to achieve currently is somehow to survive the shift and proceed with their evil business as usual on Planet B. In the meantime, they are doing everything possible to take as many sleeping human beings with them on planet B, as they can harvest in these times of tribulations.
The Forces of Light and the highly evolved earth souls are doing their best to awaken as much incarnated entities as possible, so that they can make their own choices based on their free will and personal knowledge. The alternatives are:to awaken and ascend with the earth in the 5th dimensionto leave earth and go back to the original realms of all soulsto stay on a degrading catastrophic planet and experience more of the same and even worse* All evolved souls will ascend. This will include all star seeds (light workers), indigo, crystalline, and rainbow children (old souls), and most adult souls. According to the working model of soul age, as developed by the author, all adult and old souls will ascend. His estimations are that there are currently about 4-8% old souls and about 25-30% adult souls on earth.
During the End Times, the adult soul population will transgress into old souls and most old souls (star seeds) will ascend in the 5th dimension prior to the final mass Ascension. The transition from one soul age cycle to the next one is associated with a profound confusion that arises from the new psycho-mental and energetic orientation of the incarnated entities as to comply with the requirements of the new soul age.
The adult souls have been exploring their inner dimension for the last 3-4000 years on earth in numerous incarnations, various cultural environments, races, social positions, and dramatic destinies. Quite often they have chosen the role of the martyr and have consented to become victims of young souls who have to make the experience of the perpetrator and extinguish human lives in this soul age. This is part of their “fall from grace”, through which every soul must go. Such intensive human involvements and experiences create the necessary karma that has to be worked out step by step in the following incarnations when the ability to show compassion, love, and understanding have grown in the course of painful experience. This is the chief objective of the adult soul age.
Therefore, in this soul age the incarnated entities must work out their karma either by consenting to become victims of other younger souls or to take responsibilities for other souls that require from them huge sacrifices. During this age cycle the adult soul experiences seldom moments of fulfillment and happiness. She has to live through many stressful moments and to shed many tears. For this reason her eyes are clear and shining.
The eyes of young souls of lower grade of evolution are on the contrary dark and without any sparkling. It should be well known, at least among light workers, that the eyes of the incarnated entity are windows to the soul. Purely for this reason young souls cannot look in the eyes of adult and old souls, as they have to re-member the existence of the soul and this insight scares them to death. Most of these souls are product of genetic engineering by the dark forces and can be easily recognized by their lifeless, dark eyes.
The vast majority of souls that have incarnated on earth at this time are in the young soul cycle (45-50%). Most of them are on the verge of being transgressed into the adult soul cycle. This transgression begins with a total confusion and a dramatic shift of previous beliefs and social habits. The young soul cycle is associated with a maximal amnesia, because in this age the soul has to focus its intent and abilities towards manipulating and changing the external world. These activities include physical matter, but also the manipulation of other entities under various conditions. This kind of experience is typical for the young soul age.
The baby and child souls are also separated from the Source. However, as their mental abilities are rudimental, they are guided in an instinctive, subconscious manner by their souls throughout their life. Since they are unable to exert any influence on society, their biographies are well wrapped in rigid family structures, or they have the assurance to leave the body vessel prematurely, if they cannot cope with the harsh conditions on earth.
The majority of baby and young souls can be found in third world countries, where the mortality rate due to diseases and poor living conditions is quite high, and life expectancy is low. In the industrial countries, baby and young souls can be found in rural areas with stable family structures. In this environment mobility and individuality are not needed to the same extent as in big cities and other urban areas, which are predominantly populated by young souls.
As young souls live in maximal separation from the higher self and All-That-Is, their psychological characteristics are very similar to those of the dark forces that live for eons of time in total separation from the Source. Therefore, they tend to cooperate with them or to succumb to their dark influence from the 4th dimension. Most of the current Elite are young souls. * The dark forces in the 4th dimension are defined in the esoteric literature as demonic, Luciferian, satanic (Rhyee), etc. In previous times, for instance, in ancient Greece and Hellenism, there was a better understanding for these dark forces and their despicable influence on human behavior. Plotinus, the founder of Neo-Platonism, the most sophisticated Gnostic teaching in the history of Western civilization, has described these demonic forces extensively and very precisely in his Enneads.
Christianity borrowed its knowledge on the dark forces from him and other Neo-Platonists, but distorted their teachings to such an extent that the primitive and very corrupt idea of “the Devil” or “Evil” as a distinct entity was born. This distortion was deliberately forged by the Orion reptilians during the Dark Ages, when their reign on earth was unlimited.
The concept of evil, such as Bush’s “axis of evil”, Reagan’s “empire of evil” (Soviet Union), is used anytime, when an evil one has made up his mind to commit crimes on humanity and needs a false pretext and a rectification for his intended crime. This pattern has remained invariant throughout history.
It will be sufficient to point out to the fact that the American nation is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of young souls: It is the classical young soul nation on earth that dominates and determines the behavior of a large portion of humanity. The plots and protagonists of Hollywood films have stipulated these negative, perverse, truly dark features of the young American souls to the utmost. This is the psycho-mental mind-set of present-day humanity and, to the opinion of the author, one need few words to persuade the reader as to how deplorable the situation on earth has become prior to Ascension. * This year, the huge wave of young souls on earth will enter the adult soul cycle. This transgression is associated with a radical shift in their obsession with the manipulation of the outer reality towards the multidimensionality of the inner soul. This process begins with a total confusion of this population of incarnated entities, as none of their young soul beliefs of maximal separation will hold true after their energetic transformation.
The events that are about to unfold very soon will pull the rug away from under their feet and they will have to glimpse into the abysses of their “rotten” souls. This will be a very painful experience, and their reactions and mental aberrations at this time will surpass anything known so far. The recommendation of the author to the light workers is to see through these events with a great portion of relaxation and humor and to not let them being dragged down by the psychopathic and schizophrenic moods of their surroundings and on the world stage.
The transgression from one soul age into the next one is the greatest challenge to every soul during her incarnation cycle. For this reason some souls prefer to perform this transformation as excarnated entities in the 5th dimension, because it is less dramatic. Other, more courageous souls make this transformation in the 3d-reality. There is no fixed rule to this. The transgression from one soul age to another is associated with a massive release of energetic blockages in the four bodies or fields of the incarnated entity – the physical, emotional, mental, and causal.
During this time, the seven body chakras also undergo a huge energetic transformation that is generally referred to as light body process. It begins with the 4th heart chakra that opens first, as this is currently the case with most light workers, When it is fully opened, it enlarges significantly and encompasses the lower three chakras, and unifies them with the upper three chakras. The newly built chakra is a unified chakra of the human body. It allows the flow of much more energy from the higher self and the higher realms into the physical body.
The massive transformation of the physical body can now begin with a high speed. The goal is to augment the frequency of the organic body to that of the ethereal body. At that point the phase transformation of the organic body into light body can be instantaneously accomplished. This description holds true for the individual Ascension process, when the entity can ascend without being supported by earth’s Ascension and the cosmic tsunami wave at the end of 2012.
The 6th and 7th chakra of such highly evolved entities must be fully opened and connected with the 7th to 14th chakra of the over-soul. Normally, the 6th and 7th chakra are closed in most incarnated entities. This is the reason, why the vast majority of the incarnated entities on earth do not exhibit any medial abilities.
With the opening of the portal 10.10.10, these upper chakras have also begun to open by most star seeds, and they are now connected with their higher self. Only incarnated entities who have achieved this level in the light body process will qualify for Ascension prior to mass Ascension, most probably after the last, but one, portal 11.11.11 is opened in late autumn this year.
With the beginning of this year humanity has fully entered the process of transgression from one soul age into the higher one. This process is not truly comprehended by most light workers, and it is a non-entity for the rest of mankind. This must change radically this year. A major objective of this essay is to expand human consciousness and to make the people aware of this astral process that now takes place behind the curtain, but will very soon unleash its force on mass psychology and behavior.
Some young souls will successfully manage their transgression into the adult soul age in the End Times and will qualify for Ascension. Others will return to the 5th dimension as excarnated souls and the rest will remain on planet B. Some of these entities, who belong to the current Elite, may become the new Elite on this planet, provided the fact that they have survived the shift and the turmoil thereafter.
There will be some small waves of Ascension of star seeds, who have sufficiently progressed with their light body process before December 2012. This event will trigger a true spiritual revolution and evolution in the minds of most human beings. It will urge the people to rapidly make their minds to ascend with earth at the end of 2012. However, not all of them will be prepared for Ascension on December 21, when our planet will be in alignment with the central sun of the galaxy and with the other planets of the Galactic Federation, and a huge photon wave will flood earth.
Some of them will stay on planet B for a while and will have the possibility to enter the 5th dimension at a later stage. In the meantime, they will have to live on a catastrophic earth. This circumstance will eventually facilitate their decision.
In the post-shift period of 3-4 years, the two planets A and B will still have energetic interceptions that will allow the establishment of portals, which can be used by these entities to enter the 5th dimension. They will receive much help at this difficult time from the Forces of Light and from some highly evolved incarnated entities that have already ascended.
After that the two earths will irreversibly separate, Planet A will move definitely in the 5th dimension and planet B will go along the path of greater density and separation from All-That-Is. This is the experience, which some very young souls will prefer to make in the course of their incarnation circle. One should accept their choice without expressing false moral prejudices. * The splitting of earth and humanity in two streamlines of existence during the End Times is summarized in the famous statement,”The separation of the wheat from the chaff”.The portion of mankind that will decide to remain on Planet B will have for a long period of time no idea of God or even religion, as there will be no more highly evolved souls on this planet that will be beacons of light, as most light workers are nowadays. There will be also no incarnated souls that will be ready to play the role of the martyr and give these young souls the possibility to commit all kinds of atrocities, while learning their karmic lessons. All entities on planet B will be equally evil.
The society on planet B will constitute entirely of entities who will behave according to their egoistic, fearful view of total separation from each other and the Whole. They will consider all other entities as foes and will not be able to follow any moral or ethical principles whatsoever. Human life will have no value on this planet, and all kinds of heinous criminal acts will represent the normal way of living in this debased society. These entities will have to discover anew the Light in their own personality, before they can begin to evolve and experience Ascension in eons of time. This is the normal cycle of incarnation on earth and many other planets in the solar universes of 3d-space-time.
The entities who will ascend on planet A will stay in the 5th dimension for another 2000 years. Each individual will have the possibility to progress at his own pace. Death will no longer be necessary in order to leave this plane of existence – the entity will be able to dematerialize his light body at his own discretion. Many will soon be able to create and dissolve their light bodies whenever they wish. The contact with other souls from the soul family or past friends can be established anytime. Matter will be more fluid, and immediate Creation upon imagination will soon be possible for many ascended entities. Karma will no longer exist. All relations will be heart-based and will express Christ consciousness. The autarky of all entities will be fully guaranteed and abundance will be the normal state of living, as immediate Creation will be possible for all entities. Life in the 5th dimension, also known as Celestria, will be, indeed, Heaven.
Therefore, the choice that mankind and every individual will have to make in the next two years will be as follows: Ascend to Heaven or stay on earth and live in Hell. Hardly a choice! But as the events will show, quite a number of human entities will eventually decide to follow their current masters – the Powers That Be – and will stay on earth B, where they can continue enjoying their heinous plans to enslave mankind, without the meddling of some star seeds. Back to Contents 16. Why Entities want to be Evil
Evil does not exist as a distinct entity. Evil is the absence of Love, and Love is Light. Light is Information. Light, Love, Information are synonyms for Energy, and Energy is the Primary Term of human or any cosmic awareness – it is All-That-Is. All parts of All-That-Is are open and closely related – they exist in a state of constructive interference, in harmony. They are not separated. Separation is the condition of destructive interference. This condition allows the existence of evil. But how?
Separation from the Whole due to destructive interference is the worst experience an entity can endure. It is the fall from grace. Separation creates fear, and fear augments separation. These are two dialectical aspects of one and the same thing. Fear nurtures more fear. Fears are powerful emotional impulses that require action. Action is meant to appease fear. But instead, it creates more fear. Fear can only be eliminated by love and compassion. Also by understanding and information, then without information there is no understanding.
If entities cannot experience love, they cannot appreciate compassion, understanding, and information. They will act out of fear and will generate more fear, than fear is contagious. Such entities hate knowledge and information, that is, transparency, and commit their heinous acts in the dark – hence the term “Dark Forces”. Evil is always an aspect of darkness. Ultimately, such evil dark forces hate light. Because in the light evil can be seen and dissolved. But how can be this circle of perpetuating evil interrupted?
Not until the entities have experienced so much evil and darkness that slowly a longing for something else emerges in their dark awareness. This longing is God’s spark that exists in every distinct consciousness, no matter how dark and evil. This is the inextinguishable bond with the Source. Every entity is a U-set of All-That-Is and carries its essence as an element even if he has forgotten it. When this longing occurs, everything changes. The entity begins to cherish the spark of Light that he has discovered within himself and starts to search for a possibility to express it in the outer space. This is the moment when the entity says farewell to darkness, as it realizes that there is another alternative – that of Light and Oneness.
However, this process is long and painful. During this time darkness and light exist side by side and create the illusion of duality. The battle that now rages between these two extremities is the battle for Ascension and reunion with the Source or further separation from the Whole. During this struggle, evil may eventually win some skirmishes, but the final outcome of this perennial war of cosmic dimensions is always in favor of Light.
In this state of illusion, evil may become a personification, but ultimately all ideas stem from All-That-Is. When this last limit of illusion is also circumvented, the path to Ascension and merging with All-That-Is is finally free. The Prodigal Son returns to the Father. The fallen angles return to God. This is what many human entities will experience in the next two years. It is the apotheosis of this planet and of all civilizations that it has nurtured for eons of time, as they all exist in the eternal simultaneity of All-That-Is and are linked to current humanity. Back to Contents 17. The Light Body Process (LBP)…Eliminates Separation by Establishing the Conditions of Constructive Interference with the Higher Realms
The reluctance of many human beings to accept the existence of the Forces of Light is an outstanding manifestation of this ubiquitous belief in total separation from the Source. The same pattern applies to the clandestine existence of the Dark Forces – the Powers That Be – that control earth and human civilization since the fall of Atlantis and even earlier.
Although there are many representatives of the hidden governments around the globe that cooperate with these evil forces and contribute as their proxies to the enslavement of mankind, they prefer to foster the idea that human beings are cosmic Robinson Crusoe, stranded by the odds of Nature on an insignificant planet, at the periphery of an unspectacular galaxy, amidst myriad galaxies in All-That-Is.
While this camouflage may serve well the heinous plans of the Powers That Be, the readiness with which such lies are accepted by the masses is a clear indication that the basic idea of separation from the Whole still shapes the weltanschauung of most human beings in a profound way.
The upcoming awakening in the second half of this year will make this state of denial impossible. Where light is, there can be no darkness and no secrets. Light is transparency – it is knowledge and full awareness. The elimination of darkness by light is achieved by establishing the condition of constructive interference and the elimination of all local conditions of destructive interference, where darkness and fears can dwell.
The current state of denial of mankind with respect to the existence of numerous other civilizations in All-That-Is is a manifestation of the fear based structure of human beings that has been artificially engineered by the Powers That Be in order to control them as part of the incarnation game on earth. This has been accomplished with the explicit consent of the incarnated earth souls, because they wanted this kind of limited experience.
For this reason the original human energetic structure as created by the Anunnaki reptilians was somewhat improved by the Forces of Light as to allow for further spiritual evolution of human beings. In particular, they grafted the original reptilian brain of subordination with the simian, mammalian brain and created a humanoid with the ability to express his free will at some point in time along his path of evolution.
The psycho-mental structure of present-day human beings has evolved in the last 13,000 years within the energetic constraints of 500 pre-determined templates that allowed the development of individual characters under the three-dimensional limitations of the physical vessel. These templates of restriction have begun now rapidly to dissolve under the influence of a variety of energetic processes that are coordinated from the higher realms at the individual soul level and at the planetary level. The ultimate goal is to eliminate all levels and conditions of destructive interference within the four fields/bodies of human entities – the biological, emotional (ethereal), mental (spiritual), and causal. This is what light body process is all about.
It should be observed in this context that there is no difference between the terms “body” and “field”. All energetic fields are superimposed wave systems of coherent energetic structure that follow strict geometric principles and can also be described as bodies. They are U-sets that contain themselves as an element.
For instance, the astral body is a mirror image of the organic body and contains the latter at a higher frequency level. It can be regarded as the software astral program, out of which the materialization of the organic body emerges in a secondary manner. This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge.
During the light body process the seven body chakras that have been more or less closed in the past are now beginning to open and to merge until a Unified Chakra is built that can transmit much more high frequency energies from the higher realms into the four bodies than previously. Most of the channeled information in the years 2009 and 2010 has been dedicated to these processes. All these energetic transformations fulfill the conditions of both constructive and destructive interference at the level of the four human bodies. * At this place a further theoretical elaboration is necessary. It is not possible to separate the condition of constructive interference from that of destructive interference, as they go hand in hand (U-sets). Let us illustrate this circumstance with another existential phenomenon that currently affects many light workers at the conscious level and the rest of mankind at the subconscious level.
A key aspect of the light body process (LBP) is the cleansing of old emotional patterns (karmic patterns), which are essentially fear based patterns. Emotions can be regarded as superimposed wave systems with frequencies that are higher than those of the organic body, but lower than that of the mental or spiritual body. Spirit, being the total set of all consciousness, exhibits an unlimited spectrum of frequencies and can be highly modulated. This topic is huge and can only be marginally tackled in this essay.
Let us now take an emotional pattern and consider it as a superimposed wave pattern with a specific frequency range. This range has two poles – the positive and the negative one. The positive pole is of higher frequency and can be described as the more loving one and the negative pole is of lower frequency and represents the emotions of fear. These are relative assignments within the narrow range of each specific emotional pattern. For instance, the positive emotional pole of a young soul may vibrate with a frequency which will, at the same time, represent the negative emotional pole of an old soul.
The older the incarnated soul is, the higher the frequencies of all her bodies are. The frequency level of an entity is an indicator of his evolution during his incarnation cycle. The LBP is an accelerated evolution of the incarnated entity in the linear time by rapidly augmenting his frequencies. The mechanism of augmenting these frequencies will be elaborating below for the emotional body.
Each specific emotional pattern of an incarnated entity alternates between the two poles, the positive and negative one, while dwelling most of the time in the middle range. This is a highly dynamic process, of which mankind and most light workers have no clear idea. The ultimate goal of the LBP is to augment the frequency range of all four bodes of the incarnated entity as to allow them to ascend to the higher frequency levels of the 5th dimension. This process is nothing else, but the establishment of the condition of constructive interference between the energetic field of the entity and the high frequency levels of the 5th dimension.
How is this gradual increase in frequency in the four bodies of the entity actually accomplished? Very simply! When the LBP is initiated, the chakras begin to open and the flow of high frequency energies in the four bodies increases gradually. During the initial phase, the emotional body is the main target of this transformation, as it contains most of the fear based patterns that separate the entity from the soul and the higher realms. These patterns are essentially responsible for the establishment of the so called Veil of Forgetfulness (Amnesia). Therefore, these fear based pattern must be eliminated from the emotional body step by step in the course of the LBP.
The elimination is accomplished by established a new condition of constructive interference. The soul projects in a precise manner higher frequency energies through the now fully opened Unified Chakra into the emotional body. These energies build through superposition initially the condition of destructive interference with the fear based pattern that ought to be cleansed. In this manner the fear based pattern is extinguished, as this can be observed in wave theory under this condition. This process is described in the channeled literature as “emotional cleansing”.
It goes like this:When two waves or wave patterns are superimposed and out of phase, the maxima of the one wave overlap with the minima of the other wave and the resulting wave pattern is a zero wave line. As a result of this superposition (interference), both waves are extinguished.This is the simplest case. There are infinite variations of interference between the two poles of total constructive and destructive interference. The author has to simplify somewhat the actual situation for didactical purposes, and for this reason he describes the ideal case.
During this process of elimination, the fear based pattern emerges on the surface of conscious awareness and is intensively experienced by the mental body. As fear based emotional patterns are stored at different places in the organic body, the entity can discern after some training the exact somatic location of the fear pattern that is actually deleted and is being felt in a conscious manner in the emotional, mental, and physical body.
It is important to observe that the emotional and mental bodies of the entity are U-sets that contain themselves as an element, as this is the case with all systems of All-That-Is. For this reason all mental ideas are emotionally tainted, and all emotions have to be mentally perceived, before the entity becomes aware of them. * The author makes in this context a key distinction between emotions and feelings that has to be elaborated for the sake of clarity. Feelings are original ethereal (emotional) patterns that occur in the higher self, respectively, in the soul, and present themselves as pure intuition to the incarnated entity. Since Antiquity it has been known to humans that the soul can manifest itself mainly through feelings. It is therefore no coincidence that the Greek word for soul is “Psyche”.
When the incarnated entity is aware of his pristine feelings coming from the higher self, he can always know what the soul wants to tell him. Negative feelings associated with some planned activities of the incarnated entity indicate that these plans are in breach with the preconceived plan of the soul and are bound to fail according to the saying:”The best plans of men and mice go sometimes awry”.Unfortunately most of the incarnated entities on earth are deaf to the emotional inspirations of their souls that contain much valuable information about the soul’s plan and its concrete realization on the 3d-plane. Intuitive feelings are perceived by the right hemisphere of the brain which, as mentioned above, is largely disconnected from the left hemisphere as part of the energetic malfunction of human beings.
When the pristine feelings of the right brain are perceived by the mental body, which is predominantly associated with the left hemisphere of the brain, these feelings undergo a profound energetic modulation and distortion that abide by the laws of interference. The feeling is no longer the pristine message of the soul, but is modulated during his mental perception by the fear based beliefs of the Ego that are nurtured in the mental body:The pristine feelings of the soul now become human emotions.Human emotions are hence fear tainted feelings of the soul that initially reach the awareness of the incarnated entity as pure intuition.
We can also put it this way:The Ego is responsible for the deformation of the intuitive feelings of the soul by transforming them into fear based emotional patterns.These emotions no longer contain the valuable information of the soul, but rather entrap the entity in the numerous fallacies and distortions of the reality that is coming from the Ego.
The Ego is like a kaleidoscope that reproduces its basic fears around which it has evolved from early childhood to adolescence in numerous redundant mirror images and variations. These images distort the reality of All-That-Is in a profound way. Human reality on earth is therefore a reality distorted by collective fears. As all fears are illusions, 3d-reality on earth is also an illusion.
This aspect has been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis written in German. The advantage of this language is that it has two different words for reality – Realität and Wirklichkeit. The author uses the word “Realität” for the true reality of the higher realms and the word “Wirklichkeit” for the fear distorted reality of human existence on this planet. The ultimate goal of all light workers should be to discern the fear based distortions of human reality and ascend mentally to the pristine reality of the higher realms. This will be their chief objective in the next two years prior to Ascension.
The psycho-mental structure of the Ego consists essentially of preconceived beliefs and fears that have been more or less unconsciously acquired in the family and confirmed through numerous positive feedbacks from the social environment. They impregnate the entity throughout his life. This kind of social adaptation has been extensively explored in the theory of behaviorism from an outward, empiric point of view. Behaviorism assumes that the external conditions determine human behavior, and that it is sufficient to analyze these conditions in order to predict human behavior. This is agnosticism par excellence.
Our approach in this essay is contrary to that of behaviorism. It begins with the inward dimension, which is the dimension of the soul – the creator of the incarnated entity and his destiny – in order to explain the psycho-mental motors that drive the evolution of the incarnated entity. It is therefore up to the entity to begin to question the fear based patterns that he has acquired throughout his life and to disentangle oneself from their influence. In this way the entity can alter his reality effectively.
We shall show below that the manipulation of fears is the principal mechanism that the dark forces employ to mind-control human entities on earth. Therefore, it is quite logical that most channeled messages suggest the total surrender of the Ego to the soul. The Ego, being a fear based structure, is the main hindrance to true knowledge and transcendence. The Ego blocks the way to Ascension. This should be the ultimate transcendental insight of any evolved personality.
The author is fully aware of the fact that he does not add anything new to current esoteric discussion. He only puts the available Gnostic knowledge on a sound physical, scientific ground by explaining the mechanism of energy transformation of any system in All-That-Is according to the Universal Law and its concrete applications – the laws of constructive and destructive interference.
During the process of cleansing as described above the negative, fear based emotion surges on the surface of the entity’s awareness before it is deleted. This experience can be very unpleasant and exhausting. The intensity of the fear based pattern may be very strong and can overwhelm the entity during the cleansing process. This phenomenon touches numerous existential conditions that have been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis.
The actual mechanism of dissolving a fear based pattern is accomplished by energizing it to the extent that it begins to vibrate very quickly between the negative and the positive pole. The high frequency superimposed vibration from the higher realms flows through the opened unified chakra in the emotional and physical body and interferes with the existing fear based pattern that has to be cleansed. Before the condition of destructive interference is reached and the fear based pattern is deleted (cleansed), the latter reaches a maximal intensity that is perceived at the level of consciousness as antagonistic emotions. This may lead to total emotional exhaustion of the incarnated entity. The entity has the experience that his emotions are running amok – the emotional ups and downs are the result of the alternating of the fear based pattern between the two extremes – the negative and the positive pole.
This is a very challenging experience that occurs again and again during the LBP. Depending on how the entity approaches these gushes of fear, it may support the LBP or impede it. Most of the channeled literature is dedicated to this negative experience without giving any clues about its physical, energetic background. Instead, one can find numerous suggestions and recommendations as to how to mitigate this challenging experience by certain meditation and breathing techniques. The factual knowledge of light workers is seldom stimulated by such one-sided, counter-intellectual channeled messages.
In fact, most of the fear based beliefs have been inserted in the minds of human entities by the dark forces by employing energetic tactics and techniques similar to those used by the soul to sustain the veil of forgetfulness. They are all based on the laws of constructive and destructive interference by employing low frequency fear patterns in the emotional and mental body that separate the entity from the harmonic higher frequency energies perceived as unconditional love.
In this sense the term “unconditional love” is a synonym for the universal constructive interference of all superimposed wave systems and levels (U-sets) of All-That-Is. This level of universal constructive interference cannot be experienced in the 3d-density on earth – therefore, the experience of unconditional love on earth is a myth forged by many channels from the lower astral realms to lull the incarnated entities.
They make human entities dependant on their idiotic, iterative advices as to how to experience unconditional love in order to evolve spiritually by instigating in these mediums deliberately the feeling of spiritual deficiency. They know very well that human beings cannot experience unconditional love on earth to the extent that has been recommended to them by these self-acclaimed astral mentors.
Most astral entities that channel are much less evolved than the incarnated souls they contact. They use this kind of communication only to bask in their role of spiritual mentors by keeping the incarnated entities in a state of emotional co-dependence. This aspect is not truly understood by most mediums who are so proud that they can channel that they forget in their naïve exuberance to display intellectual discernment. Very often they become conduits of all kinds of esoteric trash. Internet is full of such channeled messages that have absolutely no spiritual value.
Unconditional love is an illusionary ideal, as anything in the 3d-space-time. The incarnated entity may long for this blissful state of existence and thus eventually evolve on the spiritual path, but this earthly concept is a poor substitute for the intensity of the universal constructive interference that one can only experience after Ascension in the 5th dimension. The author apologizes for eliminating this greatest illusion of all light workers, but clarity must precede illusion.
Such fear based patterns build layer upon layer in the emotional, mental, and ethereal body and are also stored in the cells and the genetic code. They function as a very effective barrier that separates the incarnated entity from the soul and hence from All-That-Is. These low frequency levels can be easily manipulated by the dark forces from the 4th dimension. Most of the mind control that has been exerted in the past 13 000 years on earth is transmitted through these fear based energetic layers that are intertwined in the physical vessel of the entity.
Therefore, any true spiritual evolution of human beings must be supported by major changes in these restricted energetic conditions in the human bodies. This is the actual purpose of the light body process, which is a prolonged process over many years. It consists of numerous distinct cleansing energetic waves that built the new human template, which is open to the high frequencies of the soul and the higher realms. Precisely, the four human bodies can harbor these new high frequency energies and resonate with them in a state of constructive interference without being burnt out or having a short circuit. * The author has a vast personal experience in this matter, as he entered the last and most intensive phase of the light body process in 1999. Since then he feels and experiences the various qualities of high frequency energies from the higher realms in his body 24 hours a day, seven days a week. He has done extensive research on the esoteric and channeled literature in the last 25 years and has not found a single source that describes a similar experience of light body process. However, this does not exclude the possibility that there are some individuals who go through the same process, but have not written anything about it.
On the other hand, the author is fully aware of the fact, that only somebody, who is deeply acquainted with the energetic and physiological transformations of the body at the scientific level, can have the clarity, determination, and perseverance to proceed with the light body process in this intensity without searching the help of doctors and other specialists, who are fully unaware of these phenomena and will only hamper the process with their incompetent intervention.
It is important to observe on this occasion that the actual light body process is associated with numerous severe symptoms and chronic conditions that go beyond any medical description and cannot be found in any comprehensive textbook on medicine. Since these conditions are very debilitating, any person fully involved in the light body process who has no medical competence will inevitably seek the expertise of medical doctors and will thus inhibit the progress of his body transformation.
The reason for this is that the entity will demonstrate that he is not the master of his body and that he has consented to delegate his power over it to other entities at a lower level of spiritual evolution. It should be noted at this place that most of the doctors are young souls that have no transcendental experience and have chosen this profession only to experience their profound agnosticism in the field of medical science. Back to Contents 18. The Dark Forces use the Health Care System to Exterminate Humans
The current health care system in the western world is under the full control of the dark forces that use it as a vehicle to exterminate a large number of human beings in order to better control humanity. Their greatest fear is that they may get thinned out by the enormous population explosion in the last decades and may lose their grip on humanity. This is, by the way, exactly the tactic that the higher realms of All-That-Is employ on this planet in order to promote Ascension.
The ramifications of this clandestine iatrogenic genocide are so numerous and interwoven that the author has dedicated several books to explain and expose them, without being able to tackle all of them. A major tool of human genocide employed inthe health care system is the development of synthetic drugs by the pharmaceutical industry that increase morbidity and mortality in the patient population. About 90% of all drugs currently registered by the FDA and EMEA (the European equivalent of FDA) are such drugs, which the author defines as “cell-inhibiting drugs”
This has been done on purpose by employing false biological models that allow the wrong evaluation of the safety and clinical efficacy of these drugs. The scientific, moral, and ethical crimes on humanity in this area are so overwhelming that they by any means surpass the holocaust of Slavonic people and Jews by the Nazis during the Second World War. The author has estimated that through the use of such cell-inhibiting drugs more than one hundred million patients have been prematurely exterminated only in the western, industrialized world in the last 4-5 decades, where their application is very broad and virtually affects all citizens.
On the other hand, it should be said that most of the diseases have been deliberately induced by the dark forces, for instance, AIDS and the recent H1N1 epidemic that has been successfully contained by the Galactic Federation. This theme is huge and beyond the scope of the present essay, but the author is convinced that there will be a lot of discussion in the coming months when he and other people will have the possibility to make vital revelations on the nefarious practices of the dark forces and their proxies in the health care sector.
It should be stressed on this occasion that the author has developed the The General Theory of Biological Regulation based on the Universal law that includes the newest scientific data and has integrated without a single contradiction all the facts obtained in bio-science so far. This is the greatest scientific and intellectual achievement in the history of medicine and bioscience. As he has also extensive experience in clinical research with numerous indications and treatments, he is in the position to evaluate all clinical symptoms that occur during the light body process and explain them from an objective scientific point of view.
From this elaboration we can succinctly conclude that one cannot successfully complete the light body process in the aforementioned intensity, unless he has the absolute clarity and the scientific competence what is going on in his body and in the energetic fields that surround it. Nobody, who relies on current health care system, will be able to successfully complete his light body process, as all medical treatments and procedures are designed to hamper this process. They create the condition of destructive interference with the cosmic laws of biological regulation. The author has extensively discussed in his books the various energy inhibiting mechanisms of synthetic drugs on the regulation of body metabolism, and how they trigger severe side effects, new diseases, and increase mortality.
At the same time the author has gone through so many dangerous, life threatening situations that he has developed a very strong will, which is firmly rooted in his spiritual knowledge on the immortality of the soul and human personality. From this higher vantage point of view, he has always displayed an unshakable conviction in the appropriateness of all interventions of his soul and the higher realms with respect to his body transformation. This attitude – an absolute emotional and spiritual autarky of the entity, who knows that he is a powerful creator of his destiny -is an indispensable prerequisite to complete the light body process successfully and ascend individually prior to mass Ascension.
After Ascension, all medical problems and the crimes associated with human health and the treatment of diseases will disappear forever. They are products of the 3d-reality. In the 5th dimension, the entity will exhibit a light body, which will be free of diseases and will easily adjust to the various frequency levels. The individual may choose at his discretion how his body will appear –as a young man or woman or as an elderly person. The optical form of the body will be subjected to the unlimited creative potential of the individual entity, as it will be understood that it is only a vehicle and a symbol of his desire for outer experience under various energetic conditions. Back to Contents 19. Human Fears and the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction
Now back to human fears that play a central role in the current transformation of humanity. It is a well- known truth that fears are contagious – fear patterns of one entity can augment the same or similar fear patterns in another entity according to the condition of constructive interference. The collective paranoia that was triggered by the dark forces after the 9/11 attack, which they nefariously instigated, exploited this superposition of numerous individual fear patterns to achieve a collective paranoia.
It is not a coincidence that since then the term “fear mongering” has become the most widely used word in political discussions in the USA. It helped Obama, who effectively criticized his opponent to promote fear mongering, to win the elections; this was the turning point away from this practice. Under such depressed psychological conditions, the minds of the people are dumped down and any atrocity can be accomplished without being confronted with a significant opposition based on moral and ethical considerations.
This is what happened in the USA in the first decade of the third millennium. The collective paranoia of this nation spread around the globe and caused the death of millions innocent people. Fear always leads to death and destruction. It is the universal condition of destructive interference.
It was, indeed, quite depressing to witness how the American nation was thrown into two criminal wars, which caused the death of millions of people, the displacement and impoverishment of tens of millions without triggering a true revolution by the people of the USA. Where is their indignation, where is the “Wrath of Ants”, about which Steinbeck once so brilliantly wrote?
It is, of course, very convenient to blame Bush and Cheney for these atrocities and to point at their numerous lies that were once collectively believed by the American people, but it is much more difficult to re-member the fact that the majority of these people freely elected these criminal ones for a second term at a time, when their lies and bellicose deeds were already exposed to the public.
Ergo: All the good ones were inextricable linked with the evil they witnessed, experienced, but seldom condemned in the last ten years. Darkness always merges with Light on this planet and makes a clear distinction impossible. “Do not judge” is not only a slogan, but also of all channeled messages that the author has read so far. Understand, but not judge, expose, but not condemn – this will be the imperative this year when many crimes and perpetrators will be exposed in the course of the upcoming revelations and tribulations.
The current masters of earth must give up their power this year, while the Forces of Light and some ascended masters will take command over this planet. This is the divine promise of All-That-Is for earth and humanity at the End Times. * What do these observations tell us actually? That evil does not exist as a distinct entity. Evil is the absence of Light and Love. Evil is the absence of full awareness. Evil is a product of fear – numerous fears! Fear feeds fear. Fear is what makes life on earth a living hell. The elimination of all fears during the light body process eliminates evil on earth and opens the portal of Ascension for the individual and mankind. It is as simple as that. And as challenging, as the upcoming events will eventually prove.
To eliminate fear, respectively, evil, the incarnated entity has to experience it first. This is the whole eschatology of the incarnation cycle of the soul as a human being on earth. There is no better way to circumvent human fear than to understand its nature:
Fears are low frequency emotional patterns that use the laws of superposition to separate the incarnated entity from the soul by establishing the condition of destructive interference with the high frequency energies of the higher realms and to enhance the fear patterns of other entities on earth by establishing the condition of constructive interference among their ego-driven, low frequency beliefs.
Fears are Energy, just as Unconditional Love is Energy. Energy is always Energy. There is nothing else, but Energy. In essence, Fear and Love are one and the same – they are Energy. They both use the same physical laws of superposition – the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. While Love is the sensual manifestation of the condition of constructive interference of All-That-Is, fear and its manifestation, the evil, is the experience of local conditions of destructive interference within the infinite harmony of All-That-Is.
This is the ultimate vantage point of view – the zero point, as many light workers use to say – which any incarnated human entity can ultimately achieve. After that the hallucination of separation can no longer be sustained and the incarnation cycle of the soul is terminated.
For many light workers Ascension will mark the end of their incarnation cycle. For the vast majority of mankind that will ascend, the journey goes in the next dimension. But life in the 5th dimension will be, in comparison to current hell on earth, the Heaven that all religions promise their believers. However, before all believers enter heaven, they will have to leave their religions back where they belong – on this planet.
Just as all rich people will not have a higher chance to ascend to heaven than a camel to be squeezed through the eye of the needle, unless they leave their riches on earth, so will all scientists have to leave their empiric science behind them because it has failed to grasp the nature of All-That-Is, where they are bound to ascend.
Empiric science is a fear based science – it fears the exploration of the inner, multidimensional nature of the soul. This has been the reason for its profound agnosticism: The fears of the young soul scientists have precluded their understanding of the Whole. This “fall from grace” of present-day empiric science will be soon terminated and will be substituted by the New General Theory of the Universal Law. The prodigal son will finally return to the Father. Back to Contents 20. The Laws of Creation and Destruction are Laws of Expansion and Contraction
We have learned that the laws of creation and destruction are the physical laws of wave interference under the conditions of constructive and destructive interference. We shall discuss in this chapter another aspect of these laws that is often mentioned in many channeled messages without being properly explained from a physical, scientific point of view. We shall now close this gap.
Human beings live in the duality of fear and love. Unconditional love is the overall condition of constructive interference of all wave systems and levels of All-That-Is and is perceived as harmony by all sentient beings. Fear is the condition of destructive interference, whereby the interacting systems delete their wave patterns upon superposition or create energetic blockades that hinder the propagation of other waves – first and foremost, the propagation of Light. Fear thus creates Darkness.
This knowledge is basic to an understanding of the common theme in many channeled messages that unconditional love leads to expansion of the energetic fields of the incarnated entity, while fear leads to contraction of these fields. Expansion of the self is associated with its merging with the soul and the higher realms, while contraction increases the level of separation of the entity from All-That-Is. Entities immerse through contraction deeper into the 3d-density of space-time. These basic physical phenomena can be expressed within human language in a multidimensional way.
Let us take a simple example. When an incarnated entity experiences fear, this leads to contraction of his emotional body. We have learned that emotions modulate the ideas of the mental body, as the two fields are superimposed wave systems. In this case, the thoughts of the entity also experience a physical contraction. How does this contraction express itself at the mental level? It creates fear-driven projections which the entity extrapolates in the future.
If the entity has for instance some financial problems, it develops the fear pattern that it will impoverish to an even greater extent in the future. This kind of fear is very common among elderly people. The actual fear pattern leads to a contraction of the mental activities of the incarnated entity. Because of this energetic contraction of the mental field, the entity cannot imagine positive alternatives for his future. His mind is exclusively fixed on the negative idea of impoverishment due to current financial problems that scare him, and he believes that this is the only alternative that he will ever experience in the future.
As his mind is preoccupied the whole time with this negative version of his future life, the entity feeds it with more energy. According to the cosmic law of attraction he will most probably materialize this unfavorable perspective at some point in the future. The fear-driven contraction of the mental body manifests itself as a limitation of the entity to imagine more than one future alternative. His spectrum of positive future probabilities is contracted by his actual fear. On other hand, all Creation happens in the Now. Past, present and future fears can only be overcome in the present moment.
Now let us take the opposite case. The entity has financial problems, but experiences empathy and thankfulness towards his soul because she has given him the possibility to have this valuable experience. This should be the enlightened view of all incarnated entities. The entity evaluates his present situation from the position of unconditional acceptance of all human experience by expanding his emotional and mental body to such an extent that they now merge with the point of view of the higher self, which always operates from the position of unconditional love and lack of duality. In this case, even if the entity may experience some transient fears as to how to cope with his financial gridlock, he is able to transmute his fears by expanding his view of the world.
The entity discerns that he is a powerful, independent creator of all his experience and not a victim of uncontrollable circumstances, so that he can change his destiny anytime from the “Now-point” by imagining several favorable versions of his future: He can experience these versions in his imagination and thus attract positive energies in his emotional and mental body from All-That-Is. The esoteric law of attraction is, in this sense, nothing else, but another circumlocution for constructive interference of wave systems: Similar emotional and mental patterns attract and superimpose to create a new stronger energetic pattern of the same kind. This is also the mechanism of Ascension of earth and mankind in these times.
The fearful, contracted entity, on the other hand, sustains the view that he is a victim of negative circumstances and that he has no influence on them. This entity, being in a state of maximal contraction of his emotional and mental bodies, experiences the maximal state of separation from the soul, respectively, from All-That-Is. This energetic state of contraction creates the feeling of helplessness. The more fearful the entity is, the more contracted his emotional and mental bodies are and the weaker his power to alter the unfavorable situation.
Empowerment of the individual can only be achieved by reducing his fears and expanding his ability for compassion and understanding of the whole picture. First and foremost, he must learn to love himself unconditionally with all his virtues and defaults.
The author can for instance localize in his intuitive imagination such contractions in the fields of other entities and immediately discern their mental and emotional limitations based on common fear-driven beliefs. But he also recognizes how difficult it is to transmit this knowledge to such entities who have hermetically enclosed their personality with such fear based patterns that shield it from any benevolent influences from outside aiming at its expansion.
From this elaboration we can conclude that all mental and emotional experiences, we make as incarnated entities, are the result of underlying physical, energetic phenomena. In terms of human language, these processes can be described as “laws of interference or superposition” which create the conditions of constructive and destructive interference. Alternatively, we may describe them as “laws of creation and destruction” as the title of this essay suggests. Both definitions are valid presentations of the Nature of All-That-Is. Language, being a U-set of All-That-Is, is intrinsically multidimensional, but this aspect is also the origin of all oral redundancy and semantic blunders that lead to a profound confusion in human communication.
Ultimately, we may speak of All-That-Is in terms of “expansion” and “contraction”: All-That-Is is that which expands and contracts. For those light workers, who have no idea of physics, these phenomena are circumscribed in present-day esotericism as “fear” and “unconditional love”.
Let us be however clear on this issue. There is no such thing as “unconditional love” on earth. This is a linguistic expression of an energetic condition that is beyond the limitation of human experience. Human beings, who use language to express such conditions, cannot in reality experience this energetic state of cosmic constructive interference as long as they dwell in an organic body.
This term is thus a poor substitute for the universal energetic state of harmonic existence of all entities that are not separated from All-That-Is. Human beings are. In this energetic condition of total constructive interference with all cosmic energies, the human carbon-based body will be immediately burnt out. Only after that can the lower self, liberated from the shackles of “his mortal coil”, merge with the soul and experience for the first time this blissful state of total harmony in a conscious way. The same experience will await all those who will ascend in the 5th dimension. For this reason the carbon-based bodies of such entities will be transformed into crystalline bodies during the light body process that will lead to mass Ascension at the end of next year. * Expansion and contraction can be easily understood when the wave theory is applied. As this essay does not have the objective to introduce the reader in the theory of physics, we shall restrict ourselves to some popular observations. Consider a particle of a medium which propagates waves. When there is no wave, the particle is at rest. When a wave is propagated, the particle is displaced. The magnitude of the displacement determines the amplitude of the wave. As all waves are rotations, the particle performs in reality a circular motion.
One assumes in physics that all mediums that propagate waves have elastic properties. This has led in the 19th century to the concept of “elastic ether”, in which light is propagated. This term actually described the properties of photon space-time. By eliminating this correct idea erroneously after the performance of Michelson-Morley experiment and substituting it with the idiotic concept of “action at a distance” in vacuum, which is an N-set, physics has plunged into its deepest cognitive crisis in its history that lasted for one century, until this author liberated this natural science in 1995 from its self-inflicted agnostic misery (see below).
All elastic mediums follow according to conventional physics the so called Hooke’s law of elasticity. It says that when a particle is displaced from its initial position at rest, a restoring elastic force, called Hooke’s force, is created that is opposite to the direction of the displacement and brings the particle back to its initial position at rest. This is a simplistic, mechanistic interpretation of the elastic properties of All-That-Is in terms of classical mechanics.
The Nature of Space-Time = All-That-Is as perceived by human senses is indeed elastic. Elasticity expresses itself as expansion and contraction. This is the mechanism of creation of all waves and rotations, which are circular motions. Elasticity creates Motion – motion is the manifestation of waves/rotations. All systems of All-That-Is are waves/rotations. Energy/space-time is elastic energy exchange that is perceived as motion. Motion is expansion and contraction of space-time. When one truly comprehends this property of All-That-Is in all its manifestations, one has become an enlightened person.
The whole theory of relativity can be explained with this idea. The so called “time dilution” and “space contraction” of material objects in motion reflect the elasticity of space-time. The same holds true for thermodynamics – without expansion and contraction of gases, there will be no engines of combustion and no cars to drive. This author has pondered over the elasticity of space-time since early childhood, and this observation has ultimately led to the discovery of the Universal Law of All-That-Is.
Human bodies are also subjected to the elasticity of space-time. All our feelings, mental ideas, and the very structure of our personality are products of infinite expansions and contractions of the infinite levels and systems that comprise the incarnated entity. The Universal law of All-That-Is is a law of expansion and contraction. From a physical point of view, there is nothing else, but expansion and contraction.
This simple physical fact has not been fully comprehended either by scientists or light workers, or any other contemplative, spiritual human being. The agnosticism of mankind is indeed overwhelming, and the author is wondering, where one should commence to enlighten humanity in the few remaining months prior to Ascension as to achieve some modest spiritual results. * It is indeed a mystery to the author as to why human mind is not able to discern this evident aspect of All-That-Is, given the fact that the idea of elasticity is as old as written Western history. The Dialectics of ancient Greek philosophy since Heraclitus has evolved around the primordial idea of human awareness of the elasticity of All-That-Is. It is not a coincidence that Dialectics is basic to all prominent Western philosophical teachings – from Plato, Aristotle, and Plotinus to Fichte, Hegel, and Marx.
The profound misunderstanding of this basic property of All-That-Is in the political version of Marx’ dialectical materialism and its total neglect in Anglo-Saxon political empiricism have ultimately triggered the greatest calamities, mankind has ever experienced -the First and Second World War, and the Cold War.
Dialectics is the gate to Oneness of Consciousness -lack of dialectics, the neglect of the elasticity of All-That-Is in human thinking, leads to separation. Wars have always resulted from the separation of humanity in antagonistic factions. Dialectical thinking circumvents the idea of separation. This philosophical aspect that was inherent to the German idealistic school has been completely forgotten by the intellectual community in the last century under the devastating influence of narrow-minded, disparate empiricism. Hence the numerous perilous wars, humanity has experienced during the last one hundred years up to the present day.
True dialectical thinking is the acknowledgement of the elastic nature of All-That-Is – of its ability to expand and contract within its Oneness. All parts of the Whole are created through expansion and contraction. Elasticity is the mechanism of Unity and Separation of the Whole. All ideas that neglect the elasticity of All-That-Is are N-sets that carry the notion of separation and lead to Darkness and destruction. Before the author confirmed the Universal Law for all known physical laws, he defined it as the Universal Law of Elasticity. * Ascension is expansion of all human beings to the 5th dimension out of their current 3d-contraction, which creates the illusion of separation and density. And here comes the greatest dichotomy, or if you wish, mysticism of All-That-Is that very few incarnated entities on earth have ever discerned.
While we expand our emotional and mental body to the 5th dimension, we at same time participate in the contraction of All-That-Is that brings back its human Creation from its state of greatest separation, which can also be interpreted as the state of greatest expansion (alienation) of the parts from the Source. The “in-breath” of All-That-Is brings back all his parts to Oneness. From the point of view of All-That-Is, this is a contraction, a return of all individual Creation to the Source. The “out-breath” of All-That-Is creates, on the other hand, parts that are seemingly separated from each other and the Whole by means of individual contraction, but the Whole itself has expanded by creating and dispersing its infinite parts.
This is the sublimation of cosmic Metaphysics, and for this reason the author will stop his discussion at this place. But he hopes that he has stimulated the reader to continue to ponder on this eschatological dichotomy of All-That-Is. If anything else, the elaboration of such questions leads to the utmost expansion of human awareness. Back to Contents 21. The Ideas Promoted by the Dark Forces are N-Sets
We have learned that all human concepts of closed systems, objects, and entities can be summarized under the mathematical concept of N-sets. N-Sets are sets that do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element. All closed rational numbers, which are the only numbers that present-day mathematics uses, are N-sets. All closed physical systems in physics and everyday thinking are N-sets. Ideas that are N-sets are the mental bugs that corrupt human thinking – indeed, every consciousness and awareness throughout the universe.
When humanity develops the idea of its uniqueness in the infinite galaxy and supports this collective idea of separation with such elaborated doctrines as Darwin’s evolutionary theory, then the level of separation has, indeed, reached pathological dimensions. Within such a mind-set, there is no possibility for further evolution of the incarnated entities, and the energetic conditions must be altered dramatically.
This is what Ascension is all about. Therefore, Darwin’s doctrine must be collectively rejected by all human beings on earth and substituted with the idea of Oneness of all parts of All-That-Is. Oneness does not, however, mean unification: The Whole exists and grows through the individualization of all its parts within its infinite plurality.
One can now sustain that the collective awareness of mankind has been dumped down by the Powers That Be, the controllers on earth, the evil forces, the Greys and the Reptilians, the zeta reticuli, the “Unholy six”, who have promoted such ideas of separation for the last 13,000 years since the Fall of Atlantis, but this will be an over-simplification, born in the hallucinatory realm of experienced duality. The truth is that the souls of all incarnated human entities come on earth from Oneness to have precisely this kind of experience of utmost separation in all possible aspects and facets of human awareness, including the numerous sufferings that are associated with such an illusionary idea.
The earth souls needed the dark agents of separation who arranged this negative experience for them. Human beings were supposed to re-member throughout their incarnation cycle peú a peù their true origin – them being Sparks of God – and make a conscious choice in favor of the Whole versus Separation. This is the eschatological purpose of the current human incarnation experiment on earth in the light of the new Theory of the Universal Law of All-That-Is that will end with Ascension at the end of 2012. * There are many ideas that the Powers That Be have promoted in the history of mankind that are N-sets and augment the level of separation. The current Orion monetary system that was first established in the Western World, and especially in Great Britain and the USA by the powerful bankster faction (a neologism from “banker” and “gangster”) of the Anglo-Saxon Elite (the Rothschild and Rockefeller families), is one very powerful tool of separating human beings, enslaving them, and pushing them into perennial wars with the ultimate aim of exterminating them. To this we shall say much more below, when the collapse of the worldwide financial system will be discussed in detail.
Furthermore, the author has extensively explored the flawed basic concepts of modern medicine and health care system in his books, which have essentially the same goal as the Orion monetary system – to deepen the sense of separation among the incarnated entities and to promote their helplessness with respect to the energetic regulation of their biological bodies by the soul. These social systems of suppression hinder the entities to realize that their health condition lies entirely in the autarky of each individual soul and incarnated entity.
In addition, many therapies and other procedures have been deliberately introduced by the dark forces and their proxies in the pharmaceutical and health care industry to increase morbidity and mortality among patients. These heinous practices of the dark forces have the purpose of inducing collective iatrogenic genocide on humans. This is the most despicable side of the dark forces in the last several decades, which the author has extensively explored in his books from a scientific, theoretical, and practical point of view. But there is much more to be said that goes beyond the limited capacity of a single way shower.
Beside the Orion monetary system, medicine and health care system are the two most crucial means of the dark forces, with which they control present-day agnostic humanity, who fears all kind of diseases that may ultimately lead to death. These fear generating mechanisms of the dark forces deepen further human agnosticism and will undoubtedly play a key role in the upcoming revelations and subsequent discussions in the mass media. The author, being a clinical researcher for many years and a professional in this field, has made vital contributions to this topic in his volume III “The General Theory of Biological Regulation” and in his book “Thoughts”.
All ideas that lead to premature death and destruction are N-sets that can only be contrived under the condition of destructive interference. Although all entities are immortal, so that the very idea of killing another entity mirrors a total absence of awareness about the true nature of All-That-Is, it is, nonetheless, a spiritual crime with severe karmic consequences that have to be compensated soon or later by the perpetrator soul – in this or in a future incarnation.
The split of earth in two planets in December 2012 will be in this sense a kind of a Final Judgment for such souls. This has nothing to do with religious prophecies, but with energetic necessities that are aspects of the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. You cannot have the conditions of total constructive and destructive interference at once – hence the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” and the splitting of earth in two different energetic timelines – the ascended planet A and the descended planet B. Back to Contents 22. The Forces of Light Promote the Perception of Oneness…by Encouraging Human Beings to Think in Terms of U-Sets
The spiritual opening of mankind to the Forces of Light, being representatives of All-That-Is, and the return to Oneness is what the current Ascension of earth and mankind is all about. This year will be the crucial one, because it will lead to the collapse of all man-made social, political, economic, and intellectual structures, such as empiric science and external material technologies that are about to destroy Gaia, unless there is a massive intervention by the Galactic Federation.
All aspects of current human civilization are products of mental N-sets, of the various ideas of separation that have imbued the fabric of human society to such an extent that only very few far-sighted, enlightened entities can readily discern them. All these aspects of humanity reflect the hallucinatory idea of separation. This idea has been multiplied through the kaleidoscope of numerous collective fear based patterns which the separation of human beings from the Whole has generated for eons of time. All these multiple facets of mental illusion and fear-driven behavior are distracting them from their process of Ascension and from merging with the Source, as it will be experienced after Ascension in the 5th dimension.
But why should be all current structures of human society destroyed, before mankind is able to ascend? The answer is fairly simple, once we have comprehended why and how these materializations of the primary idea of separation have been established on earth. The leitmotif of this essay is that first there is an idea and only then its realization. We use the word “realization” and not materialization, as in the 5th dimension any idea can be immediately realized without being necessarily material.
Matter, as we perceive it in the 3d-reality on earth, is a very dense form of energy that transpires the illusionary idea of hard impermeable staff. In fact, matter constitutes of 99.99% of empty space, whereby empty space should not be confused with void or vacuum, as it is currently done in physics, but regarded as diluted astral energy.
For this same reason the space around our planet is not empty but full of highly evolved entities coming from all parts of our galaxy, as well as from many distant galaxies. They are here to observe the unique Ascension of Gaia and a large portion of mankind from the densest 3d-reality and a maximal separation from the Whole straight into the 5th dimension of Oneness. This is the most dramatic event in the history of this planet and throughout this galaxy that will catapult mankind on a higher level of evolution than that of the current Powers That Be. The knowledge about this very important fact should empower all human beings to begin with the inner rebellion and to stop promoting the hidden agenda of the dark ones.
Many human entities, especially those in key positions of power, have become consciously or subconsciously proxies of the dark forces and carry out rigorously and without any compassion for human life their heinous plans. This is a deplorable fact, but it is also part of the illusionary drama that has been designed for this planet and has been unfolding for a very long time.
This year the drama will definitely come to an end. The goal should be the full awakening of all actors on this planet, so that they can shed away their current roles and become aware of the fact that they have always been multidimensional cosmic beings, and that present-day earth has never been their original home. We are all guests on earth. Most of us have come here only to experience Ascension and return to our pristine realms of existence. Ascension may be a unique event on earth, but it is rather common throughout the universe, where myriads of 3d-civilisations exist and evolve within their particular incarnation experiment.
This will be accomplished with the active support of the Forces of Light that will take control of earth this year. They will be supported by selected entities such as the author, who will ascend prior to mass Ascension at the end of 2012 and will demonstrate that all human beings also belong to the Forces of Light, so that there are no such things as “aliens” on the one hand and humble human species, being entrapped in their biological vessel and thus an easy prey to technologically highly evolved aliens, on the other. The full comprehension of this simple truth will unleash a powerful mental revolution that will sweep away all wrong ideas and their material mirror images from the surface of this planet.
It is however naïve, and even dangerous, to believe that the crumbling material and social structures will be substituted with a better version thereof with the help of the Galactic Federation, as many fear-driven light workers believe by extrapolating their deprived earthy hopes for abundance linearly into the future. This would only mean “more of the same”. For this same reason, there will not be any major reforms of the current Orion monetary system such as NESARA after its collapse, which the author predicts to begin in the summer of this year, as the future enlightened humanity in the 5th dimension will not need money anymore. Human beings should get used to this idea prior to Ascension.
This primitive substitute of energy exchange – recall that All-That-Is is energy exchange according to the principle of last equivalence (primary axiom) -will definitely come to an end with Ascension. In the short transition period before Ascension, money will be substituted in many places with simple local barter systems that will guarantee the survival of most incarnated entities during this time of tribulations. The people will soon realize that it will not be money that will secure their lives in the upcoming turmoil, but their ability to create with their thoughts and optimistic feelings the new fifth-dimensional reality in the Now. This ability will determine their individual timeline leading to Ascension in the 5th dimension.
The author, being a representative of the Forces of Light, has taken the burden throughout this incarnation to discover the Universal Law of All-That-Is, to develop a new infallible scientific theory of Oneness, and to derive the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction from this. The new theory of the Universal Law encompasses All-That-Is, as it is axiomatically developed from this primary term of consciousness by employing only such ideas and concepts that are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element. At the same time, his universal theory includes all current disciplines of science and eliminates all ideas and terms in human language which are N-Sets and support the illusionary idea of separation.
The author has shown that the introduction of only one idea that is an N-Set in an arbitrary categorical system automatically leads to two opposite conclusions that exclude each other. Such paradoxes or antinomies are an irrefutable proof that such categorical systems are wrong and must be excluded forever from the collective knowledge of mankind. This holds true for current science, religions, economics, as well as for all trivial concepts and beliefs. During this year humanity will see the implementation of this deep insight under the auspices of the Forces of Light and the active intervention of the author in the destiny of mankind as an ascended master. * An essential part of this “cleansing of the Aegeus stables” of human knowledge is to discern which categorical systems and concepts contain the most dangerous ideas that are N-sets and cement the illusion of separation.
There are many ideas of separation that have been promoted by the dark forces on earth and have been accepted by the masses without any questions. All these ideas are N-sets that cover various aspects of human life. They have intoxicated human minds to such an extent that only a thorough evaluation and eradication of these ideas can put their deleterious effects to an end.
This fact brings into a focus the chief psycho-mental malaise of humanity and explains why many channeled messages are insisting upon the necessity of the sleeping masses to awaken for the reality on earth in the course of this year and to begin to prepare for Ascension. Only entities with a clear, informed mind and a loving heart will ultimately ascend.
The initial clandestine idea behind all mental N-sets has been the complete enslavement of humanity by the dark forces. However, enlightened entities cannot be enslaved, only such that are confused and fear-driven, because they believe that they are forever separated from the Whole and must materialize this idea in all aspects of their life as to survive.
Let us recall in this context that even a confused, fear based entity is Creator of his own reality – the reality, he experiences all the time, is an external perpetuation of his inner chaos and confusion. This is Dante’s Inferno, where all sinners are condemned to experience eternally all the consequences of their earthly vices in a stipulated form.
This aspect will become very important after 21 December 2012 when some fear-driven entities will ascend, only to awaken in the lower levels of the 4th dimension and find themselves amidst their worst nightmares, which they will take for real and will, in their fear, perpetuate in their imagination again and again. This level is known as Purgatory, but it may as well become Hell for the ascended entity, unless he decides to leave this vicious circle of illusion through an active effort of enlightenment and discernment of the Nature of All-That-Is. Such confused entities will need the active support of highly evolved beings to leave the hell of their horror visions of separation.
Below we shall discuss some of the basic ideas of mankind that have firmly established the notion of separation. Such ideas can only be comprehended from the solid axiomatic basis of the new Theory of the Universal Law, which is the physical Law of Oneness. In this respect the author of this essay can be regarded as a scientific way shower of mankind. But he will, in addition, demonstrate what it will be to become an ascended master, or as he puts it – a Transliminal (boundless) Soul. Back to Contents 23. Basic Ideas of Mankind that are N-Sets
The most vicious idea of humanity that permeates all other ideas is the concept of the void, respectively, vacuum in physics. All-That-Is is something. It is Continuity. Continuity cannot have gaps, voids or vacuum, which are synonyms for nothing. It is unbelievable, how extensively the concept of vacuum has been elaborated in present-day physics to the point that nowadays nobody on this planet, except the author, challenges the semantic, epistemological, and ontological foundation of this faulty physical idea.
The physical view of the world nowadays postulates that space is empty, a vacuum, a void, in which material objects are embedded. The nothing contains something. The vacuum, the void, is, per definition, an N-set – it is a set that does not contain itself as an element, because it contains something – for instance, it contains the elementary particles that build matter. This is the cardinal cognitive fallacy of conventional physics that has biased the whole edifice of this discipline and has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is.
The idea of the void as vacuum was introduced more than a century ago, after the false interpretation of Michelson-Morley experiment led to the refutation of the ether-concept. The analysis of this false interpretation and its dire consequences for the further development of physics has been extensively presented by the author in his two volumes on the new physical theory of the Universal Law.
Since then, all energetic interactions, such as gravitation and electromagnetism, have been described as an “action at a distance” occurring with the finite speed of light ‘c’ in vacuum. This idiotic concept hindered physicists from understanding the mechanism of gravitation and was further promulgated in Einstein’s theory of relativity.
The underlying goal of Einstein was to correct classical Newtonian mechanics by eliminating the absoluteness of empty geometric Euclidean space that has been used since then as the universal reference system in physics, and to substitute it with real photon space-time, by introducing the principle of relativity.
However, Einstein performed his reformation of Newtonian classical mechanics incompletely – he did not go far enough as to abolish empty Euclidean space as the initial reference system of physics. Instead, he introduced the concept of relative reference systems. Had he accomplished his reformation of classical mechanics to the full extent, he should have, in the first place, abolished Newton’s law of inertia which is another flawed concept and an N-set of physics.
The abolishment of the law of inertia was done for the first time by the author of this essay in an irrefutable manner on the basis of the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law. This was also the ultimate reason, why Einstein failed to discover the anticipated “universal field equation”, he has been searching in vain during his whole life; this equation is nothing else, but the Universal Law as discovered by the author.
By introducing empty Euclidean space as an N-set in physics, Newton committed the initial fundamental blunder which precluded the unification of physics and a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is. One cannot have a unified science, unless one has understood the essence of his object of study in an a priori manner. Science is not an exploration and empiric collection of random experiences, as it is understood today, but a remembrance of the Nature of All-That-Is.
This insight was central to Greek philosophy, especially in the teachings of Plato and Aristotle. It is the simplest truth of all knowledge that should stay at the beginning of any valid science. However, this simple methodological insight has not been comprehended by all scientists so far.
The author has made numerous attempts to transcend this theoretical insight to physicists and theoreticians since the 90s and has come to the conclusion that it is impossible to overcome their mental blockages in this respect by means of an enlightened and civilized theoretical discussion.
This year they will have to accept this truth after the author has ascended, and empiric science has crumbled forever. Human beings are only ready to learn new contents, after one has pulled the rug away from under their feet. Under normal, stable conditions, they will rather sweep any inconvenient truth under the carpet than cleanse their rotten science from all vicious ideas. Therefore, all rugs, carpets, curtains, and veils of forgetfulness will be eliminated this year, so that the people can begin to discern the truth behind the mist of their separation. They must learn to re-member All-That-Is.
Back to physics! From Newtonian classical mechanics, the wrong idea of the existence of vacuum/void as an empty geometric space was further propagated in classical quantum mechanics and, later on, in quantum electrodynamics (QED), and quantum chromo-dynamics (QCD) as summarized in the standard model. This example illustrates how one wrong idea is deepened and multiplied, and how it begins to suffocate the minds of scientists to such an overwhelming extent, that there is virtually no escape from this mental labyrinth of intellectual madness, until somebody comes with a clear mind and cuts the Gordian node of this confusion, called empiric science. The Ariadne thread, with the help of which scientists will escape from the current labyrinth of their infinite scientific blunders, is the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law * The refutation of ether that stood as an explanatory concept for photon space-time led, in fact, to the refutation of photon space-time as an equivalent level to matter, which has the same properties and behavior as matter. This follows from the primary axiomatic knowledge that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy systems and must have the same properties – they all contain the Whole, Energy as an element.
As already mentioned, one prominent idiotic conclusion of conventional physics is the statement that photons have no mass. In fact, physics has failed to understand the epistemological background of this very simple term that builds the backbone not only of classical physics, but also of all other disciplines, such as thermodynamics, theory of relativity, and quantum mechanics. This is another example that illustrates how the mental bugs of separation infect the mind-set of scientists, how they are multiplied, and how they undermine their common sense.
As already said above, “mass” is currently defined in physics as an energy relationship. One compares the energy of one system with that of another, which is usually defined as a reference system. Therefore, the comparison of their energies must be, strictly speaking, given as a mathematical relation without any SI-units. Mass is a dimensionless quotient – it is a pure number. In current-day physics this quantity is defined as “mass” and measured with the SI-unit “kilogram”.
This physical quantity is considered an intrinsic property of matter, but not of photons, which are the carrier of light. This faulty concept is basic to Newtonian mechanics, and from there it has entered the theory of relativity and quantum mechanics. Thus the current concept of mass has distorted the whole edifice of this natural science.
None of the millions physicists and scientists that study and teach this discipline, including all scientists who have lived in the last four hundred years, since modern physics has emerged, have realized the true logic behind this simple definition of mass, which should be accessible to anybody with elementary mathematical knowledge. One has to ask himself, when scientists have left the borderline of oligophrenia and have entered the realm of imbecility.
Let us elaborate this annihilating conclusion in depth, as it is very important for our understanding as to why present-day physics has totally failed to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is. As all systems of All-That-Is are energetic systems, they all have a mass, because mass is an energy relationship. Photons are energetic particles as assessed by the famous Einstein’s equation of equivalence between matter and energy E = mc2. In this case, they must also have a mass, measured as an energy relationship: m = E/c2.
This simple conclusion was made for the first time by the author, after he had proved that physicists have completely missed the point with their definition of mass. Indeed, it is a conundrum yet to be solved, how comes that billions of physicists, scientists, and other normal people have studied physics for centuries at schools, universities and technical high schools without realizing this greatest scientific blunder of all times – greater than the geocentric Ptolemaic system – until a modest medical doctor had to appear on the scene and liberate physics from this and many others cognitive blunders that have made this natural science an asylum for lunatics.
A final remark with respect to photon mass ought to be made, before we close this painful chapter for physicists and all scientists. After the author came to the simple conclusion that photons also have a mass, he proved that all SI-units used today are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon h, also known as Planck’s constant, within mathematics in an a priori manner. All SI-units are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon.
As there are only two dimensions/constituents of energy/space-time – space and time f – the space/wavelength λ= c/f = c/1 = 3.108 m2 and time/frequency = 1 of the basic photon are the real initial reference system for all physical dimensions and measurements in SI-units in the outer world. This simple insight has fundamental theoretical, epistemological, and practical consequences and implications for physics and science. The author has elaborated them in a comprehensive manner in two volumes on physics on more than 1100 pages.
He has further proved that the mass and energy of all elementary particles, such as neutron, proton, electron, neutrinos, mesons, etc., can be very easily calculated from the mass of the basic photon by applying the Universal Law, which is a simple rule of three a= b/c. This is, indeed, physics for idiots. But most physicists and other theoreticians nowadays are not even idiots – they are imbeciles. For instance, the author calculated with the Universal Law the mass of neutrinos, many years before it was experimentally established that these particles have a mass. At that time most physicists believed that, like photons, neutrinos are mass-less particles.
Knowing that photon space-time has mass, one can explain for the first time in the history of physics the mechanism of gravitation and very easily integrate it with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces in the standard model. Until this moment physics was not able to integrate gravitation with the other fundamental forces, and there is no theory of gravitation at all. It is generally acknowledged that this is the chief deficiency of this “exact” natural science, but physicists prefer to neglect this obvious failure of their science. There are numerous books on this issue, so that the author will not delve into it.
By proving that photon space-time has mass, the author finally eliminated the fundamental blunder of modern cosmology, which is unable to explain the mass of the universe. Currently, cosmologists sustain that there is such thing as “dark matter” in the universe that contains about 90% of the invisible, theoretically estimated mass of the universe according to various cosmological models. The dark mass is, in fact, the mass of photon space-time, which is currently regarded as an assembly of mass-less particles in vacuum.
The author showed further that the “big bang” model of hot expanding universe, which is at the core of modern cosmology, is the next greatest fallacy of science comparable to that of the geocentric Ptolemaic system. There is virtually not a single basic idea in modern cosmology that is not flawed. The author attributes this idiosyncrasy to the hideous influence of the Powers That Be on the minds of the scientists.
This rather new discipline has been, from an intellectual point of view, successfully dumped down by the dark forces from its very beginning, because a true cosmological view would have inevitably engendered the idea that All-That-Is is living consciousness, where myriad human civilizations exist and evolve. However, the Powers That Be on earth aim precisely at preventing the occurrence of such enlightened ideas among humans, as this would have jeopardized their clandestine insidious hegemony on earth and humanity.
Such scientific blunders as “dark matter” or “junk-DNA” have been introduced by scientists, only because they reject the existence of the soul and the high frequency realms that regulate human DNA, the metabolism of the body, and the organization of 3d-solar universes, which cosmologists can only observe. They stick stubbornly to the empiric dogma that repudiates the idea that there are higher frequency levels/realms beyond the electromagnetic spectrum, which is the only level that scientists can measure with material devices. In its succinct version the empiric dogma postulates:”What one cannot measure, should not exist.”This is the utmost form of scientific agnosticism that has been deliberately introduced by the dark forces on earth to dumb down human scientific community. It is important to observe that their human proxies that are involved in secret joint ventures with the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire in underground bases, do not follow this stupid dogma, as they have already developed many technologies that use these high frequency energies. * Why is this theoretical elaboration at the popular level so important for mankind in the near future? The reason is that photon space-time is an unlimited source of free energy that can be used on earth and in the 5th dimension after Ascension. This energy source could have eliminated all expensive and dangerous energy sources, such as nuclear power and fossil fuels that are used at present and contaminate our planet.
In addition, Ascension of earth and mankind will be carried out by a huge tsunami of high energy photons that will transform the carbon-based bodies of humans to crystalline ones. At the same time, this photon wave will render all electrical devices and engines of combustion on earth inutile. This powerful energetic event will destroy the very foundation of modern technology, so that the remaining fraction of humanity that will stay on planet B will proceed with its incarnation cycle from a very low level of technical and social development. For those entities our current technological epoch will be what Atlantis once was for Plato – the Golden Age of the past, although this term should be reserved for the ascended earth A.
It is important to stress that this free energy source is known to mankind, since Tesla discovered it more than 100 years ago. However, this discovery was hidden from humanity by the dark forces and their proxies on earth, first and foremost, by Rockefeller, who stole Tesla’s patent in order to make human beings dependent on centralized sources of energy and thus subjugate them to the Powers That Be.
Finally, it is important to know that the Forces of Light have contacted the governments of the big powers on many occasions in the 20th century and have offered them the technology to use free photon energy, but these ones were so deeply embroiled with the dark forces in enslaving mankind at that time, that they discarded this offer, which was coupled to the condition that they should stop with their nuclear armament.
During the Cold War all powers, such as the USA and the Soviet Union, believed that they needed nuclear weapons to protect themselves. Such was the collective mind-set of total separation that reigned at that time. This is how the circle from science to politics – from the Forces of Light to the dark forces – is closed, before this illusionary conflict of 3d-reality on earth will be eliminated once and for all by virtue of Ascension. Back to Contents 24. Pitfalls and Fallacies of the Orion Monetary System
It is a done deal that the current financial system will collapse this year within a very short period of time. In fact, the system has already collapsed more than two years ago when the Wall Street investment banking was practically wiped out from the map within a week in October 2008.
This happened shortly after the first huge wave of Christ consciousness was released on earth and allowed for more transparency and sincerity in human relations. This information is given as evidence for the basic statement in this essay: All dramatic and sweeping changes, we experience on earth, are associated with and triggered by significant changes in the energetic structure of human beings. They weaken the shackles of all incarnated entities that have been imposed on them in a perfidious manner by the Powers That Be and open them for the transcendental truth of All-That-Is. This is also the objective of this essay prior to Ascension of the author and his official appearance as an ascended master in front of humanity.
The release of Christ consciousness on earth is associated with the so called Ra-Ta-experiment which is explained by the channel Cosmic Awareness in his numerous messages. The author recommends the reader to check this information in order to better understand the current situation on earth. It is one of the clearest channels this author has ever come upon.
Unfortunately, the energizers and the group around this channel are intellectually not quite prepared for the information that has been given to them. This fact explains the redundancy in the messages and the somewhat narrow spectrum of topics discussed by this channel. For instance, the actual financial situation is not at all elaborated by this channel from a theoretical point of view, although it has made some good economic forecasts in the past.
Nonetheless, this source is the most reliable and extensive source in Internet (over 8000 pages of channeled messages since 1975). In comparison to it, most channeled esoteric information available in Internet can only be digested, if one is prepared to commit an intellectual hara-kiri before reading it.
The author mentions the Ra-Ta-experiment at the beginning of his discussion, because it gives the reader a clue as to when the financial system is expected to collapse this year. In anticipation of this event, a theoretical analysis of the factors that will lead to this crash may appear to be of secondary importance. It is quite probable that the financial crash will happen before this essay will be published.
The second wave of Christ consciousness was released in late autumn 2009, shortly before the final period of earth Ascension – 2010 to 2012 (last triad) – has begun. In this context the last year was a preparation for what will be manifested this year.
The final third wave of Christ consciousness has commenced this year and will reach its peak around spring equinox. The current revolution in Egypt is the first eruptive manifestation of this wave, which is closely associated with the history of this ancient country, although Christ energies flood the whole planet. It is expected that the Egyptian revolution will spread out to many other Arab countries and destroy the fragile balance of the current World Order as designed by the dark forces. One very probable consequence will be the disruption of oil supply to the West from the Middle East.
This event may trigger the financial crisis which has many fathers, but one mother – the world inflation, the unprecedented bubble in money supply that has undermined the foundations of the world economy. This inflation has been deliberately instigated by the dark forces and their proxies in the financial corporations by creating money out of debt and thin air in order to impoverish humanity and establish the New World Order. This has been the pronounced aim of the Powers That Be in the last several decades. This effort has exacerbated during the first decade of the third millennium. * Before the author begins with the analysis of the nefarious methods that the dark forces have employed in the past to destroy the financial system and the economy of mankind in order to enslave it, he would like to point out that their plan to establish the New World Order has already failed.
However, this does not mean that the financial system will not collapse. It will collapse to a much greater extent than the dark forces and their financial proxies, the banksters on Wall Street and in London city, have planned for. Instead of achieving the intended impoverishment of the masses, first and foremost, of the middle class, the financial Elite will be buried under the rubble of the upcoming financial tsunami. Precisely, they will lose very soon all their monies and power, and all their institutions, such as banks, funds, securitizations, stock exchanges, central banks, etc. will be abolished forever. In this way they will lose their financial leverage of manipulating humanity prior to Ascension.
As the national states have also been designed by the hidden governments to promote the New World Order on the long run, they will also financially collapse this year. In other words, there will be no more criminal bailouts to save the dark ones at the expense of the tax payers as means of enslaving the latter. The abolishment of the national states as operative units – the nations will remain -will be associated with the collapse of the health care system, rental system, and all other forms of human securities that have been promoted by the Powers That Be as part of the Orion monetary system with the objective to hold the people firm in their grip.
These institutions have been deliberately implemented to stimulate the survival (self-preservatory) fears of the masses about their future, as the current political discussion in the USA on the new health care reform of Obama clearly demonstrates. All these wrong concepts and structures stem originally from the primary idea of separation from the Whole and from hiding the fact that humans are unlimited powerful creators of their destiny, who are also responsible for the astral regulation of their bodies, so that no bank accounts or obsolete medical treatments can protect them from calamities, if the soul has a different plan from that of the incarnated entity. * Let us discuss in this context the concept of securitization in the financial system from a psychological point of view, as it is the central piece of fraud that creates the conditions of destructive interference in the economy and will cause its collapse this year.
The idea to secure one’s life by creating bank accounts and saving money is so perverted and at the same time so deeply rooted in current pecuniary human thinking that one has to put the whole humanity on Freudian couch and analyze it for the next 2000 years, before it can be declared convalescent. Unfortunately Cosmic Providence has not foreseen that much time for those who will make up their mind to ascend. For those who will go along the path of further separation on planet B, the time of healing their mental aberrations will be unlimited.
What is the psycho-mental dynamics behind the concept of securitization of all aspects of human life? The primary faulty idea is that people are vulnerable biological beings that may suffer from diseases, injuries, financial, social, and numerous other imponderable events that are beyond human control, because these follow the random laws of chaos and incalculable probabilities.
This world view is a central piece of the camouflage, of the cover-up, that humans are responsible creators of their destiny and that not a single event can ever occur on earth, unless it has been considered by the entity in advance in infinite astral probability alternatives in the dream state. We create at night and experience at daytime. Without dreaming, there will be no living. Alternatively we can say that we live our dreams. From another perspective, we may as well sustain that our dreams are the only true reality and that our life in the 3d-reality on earth is an illusion of our true dreams. It all comes up to the same thing.
All events, one encounters on earth, are mirror images of the particular feelings and beliefs of the individual entity that serve as pedagogical means to make him aware of the fact that he is an inexorable creator of reality as being part of All-That-Is. The outer experience is of a secondary importance – the events one experiences are decors for the emotional and mental multidimensionality of the entity. Such experiences are empty signs and symbols for deeper realities that show him the way on his individual roadmap to Ascension and merging with the Whole.
Therefore, if one has negative experiences, for instance, a series of car crashes, misfortunes in business and in personal relations that are always associated with financial losses, what sense does it make to securitize such risks by paying even more money to anonymous fraudulent corporations to protect him from such undesirable events? In this case, one only perpetuates the psycho-mental causes of his misfortune on the next existential level. The perverted mind-set of being a helpless victim of imponderable circumstances is further aggravated.
This pattern of human behavior stems from the wrong conviction that one has to solve his problems in the outer world by surrounding himself with huge hedges against all possible evils that lurk from the mist of unpredictable reality. Such a behavior leads to curtailing the inherent, unrestricted creativity of human beings by dumping down the inner impulses of the soul that guides the incarnated entity to make the appropriate experiences in the 3d-reality.
Ultimately, the entity gives up his freedom of choice given to him by his soul and succumbs to his fears. He no longer explores life with an open mind, but opens the door for even greater emotional manipulations by various dark forces from the 4th dimension that hamper him in his spiritual evolution. This mind-set is underlying current society – from anti-terror wars and other atrocities of the Western nations against the rest of the world to rigid surveillance of their own people on airports and other areas of social life. The Big Brother is watching you. Orwell’s vision of 1984 does not belong to the past, but is already a reality and a foreboding of a grimmer future.
Let us be plain on this issue:One cannot do anything to secure his life, then life is created by the soul, and she is the ultimate authority on how it ought to be spent by the incarnated entity, and when it ought to be terminated.The agnostic ego of the incarnated entity lives in the greatest of all illusions that it has control over life.
It is driven by his fears to do something, anything, all the time in order to preserve his life – to earn money in order to eat and survive, to represent somebody in the society (the more you earn, the more you represent), to pay with precious money as to hedge an unpredictable future (the higher the amount of securitization, the more secure the entity feels), etc. Like the famous ant in the poem “why should she be calm and placid, when she is full of formic acid”, the formic acid being the fears of the entity, humans engage themselves all the time in worthless activities, instead of being powerful multidimensional, creative beings (tautology = principle of last equivalence): Being a soul. The soul, the higher self, is being – the fear-driven entity is doing. * A key point in the hidden agenda of the dark forces to enslave mankind is to use the current financial system to deepen the psychological conviction of incarnated human entities that they are separated from the Whole and thus an easy prey to unpredictable chaotic events. Money is considered to be the only save haven in the 3d-reality and in this context the only goal of human existence. Money symbolizes not only prosperity, easy life, and popularity, but, first and foremost, safe life amidst death and organic decay.
As most entities do not believe in the immortality of the human personality and the soul, they must believe that have only one life to live, and that this life is hence very precious. Extrapolate these faulty beliefs on the mentality of the current Elite as human representatives of the dark forces and consider the fact that most of them are the current controllers of the financial system you will have a vivisection of all human evils on earth nowadays.
The financial Elite, be they Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Fed, American and Anglo-Saxon banks, and their CEO, some of which are clones of the dark forces (the Greys and the Reptilians), are, from a higher vantage point of view, not only the perpetrators – they are in the first place victims of their hypertrophied fears. They are deeply perverted entities, entrapped in their earthly Purgatory.
In order to contain their fears with respect to their imagined mortality and biological vulnerability, they see the purpose of their life solely in laying financial shackles upon all human beings, whom they deeply despise. While worshiping the Mammon they serve, they strive to make all humans slaves of the Orion monetary system. The more the masses are impoverished and under their control, the better and secure the Elite feel.
However, there will be no absolute security for the Elite as long as they do not believe in life after death or in Ascension. Only the idea of the immortality of the soul and the incarnated personality as part of All-That-Is can render the feeling of security, even amidst mayhem and destruction, as the coming months will eventually reveal.
Had the Elite have acknowledged this truth, they would not have been found in the financial sector, but among light workers. Fears have the propensity to create new fears, until they encompass the whole reality. The fears of the Elite have intoxicated the whole planet. Therefore, they are not satisfied with the total financial enslavement of humanity, but they also aim at controlling the people physically through an oppressive political system. This is the reason why they prepare society for the New World Order during the last several centuries.
This human condition was almost achieved by the Bolsheviks after the October Revolution in Russia. Similar conditions can now be observed, for instance, in North Korea and in Myanmar. The situation in Egypt before the current revolution was not much different.
The means of enslavement in the Western world are far more subtle, but not less heinous. When one perceives recent history of mankind from this perspective, one will soon realize that every human effort to progress spiritually and to achieve abundance for the people has been successfully pervaded by the Powers That Be and their human minions – the current Elite. This is the reason why true progress and enlightenment have never gained broad success on this planet.
In the financial sector, these obstructive practices include the abolishment of the gold standard, the establishment of the European Union, the introduction of the Euro, the intention to establish a free trade zone in North America, the usurpation of financial power by central banks, such as the Fed that are private or corporative institutions but have control over the money system of sovereign countries, etc.
The list of financial crimes of the Elite against the people is infinite, but they are not really discerned by the masses, who are lulled by fake social ideals. Some of these atrocities have been highlighted by critical journalists and independent voices in the last several years, which are marked by a gradual increase of transparency and a quest for revelation of all hidden facts. * The moral and ethical indignation that sweeps the globe since the beginning of this year is part of the emotional reaction of the people who are beginning to awaken for the atrocities of the Powers That Be and realizing for the first time in the history of mankind that they have been pawns to them for thousands of years. While emotions are the astral wings to Ascension of the incarnated entity, they are not sufficient enough to comprehend the mechanisms of human enslavement on this toxic planet. Therefore, let us elaborate the aforementioned facts from a neutral scientific point of view by employing the cosmic laws of constructive and destructive interference, before we delve into technical details.
It is a leitmotif of this essay that a separation from All-That-Is does not exist. Even if an entity sustains the illusion of such a state for a long period of time, it can only exist as a sentient being, if it is in a state of perfect constructive interference at a higher level – that of his soul.
Now let us elaborate this basic insight with another example. The Powers that Be, the Unholy six, especially the Greys and the Reptilians, have developed in the last decades, since they have started to cooperate actively with the Elite and the hidden governments on earth, new human clones through genetic engineering. As already mentioned above, about one third of the entities that now live on earth are such clones. However, they can only exist, if they are humanized by souls from the 4th and 5th dimensions. No genetic engineering can create humans or other sentient beings, unless they contain energies and frequencies from the higher realms of All-That-Is. Their very existence is a proof that they do so under the condition of constructive interference within the infinite and absolute harmony of All-That-Is, even if they are not aware of it.
Most of these genetically created human beings are very young souls that are just beginning with their incarnation cycle and cannot root themselves firmly in the 3d-reality. The fraction of the soul (lower self) that is incarnated in such genetically engineered human vessels must be totally separated from All-That-Is as to guarantee the adequate 3d-conditions of physical density that such souls have chosen to experience at this low level of evolution.
As already mentioned, many CEO of large corporations are such clones of human entities, whose souls have finished with their earthly experience in this incarnation and have returned to the 5th dimension. In order to preserve the charade on earth, such entities do not necessarily die, but are exchanged by the Unholy six and their human proxies with clones, which harbor much of the memories and the personality of the previous entity.
The former president George Bush is, for instance, such a clone. The original Bush was eliminated about two years before the end of his second term and was substituted with a clone, because he became somewhat rebellious to the Powers That Be that pull the strings behind the curtain in Washington. They feared that he may become a potential danger to their plans with his uncontrolled remarks, a liability they did not want to share. They murdered him and exchanged him with a clone. The new version of him was due to the genetic engineering much more docile to the Powers That Be, to the hidden American government. The entity B. Clinton has been substituted by several clones already. This example is paradigmatic as to how the manipulation of humanity is arranged from the 4th dimension, although it can only exist with the help of the souls from the 5th that have decided to incarnate in such genetically created human bodies.
The author understands very well that some readers may find this information abominable and recoil, but they should keep in mind that modern mankind was created in the same manner by the Powers That Be some 13,000 years ago. Why not now? It is one thing to create a human biological vessel through genetic engineering, quite a different thing to help the incarnated entity evolve to a 5th-dimensional being.
In every incarnated entity on earth, there are two opposite forces that influence his mental and emotional body simultaneously and are in an incessant inner strife – the Forces of Light that forge his merging with All-That-Is and the forces of dark that push him into a deeper separation from the Whole.
Financial systems, societies, national states, armies, corporations, technological achievements are nothing else, but empty decors that prepare the scene for the eternal battle between the Luciferian forces, the fallen angels, and the Forces of Light. This inner strife is waged within each incarnated entity, so that the prodigal son can have his experience of separation and returns wiser to God. This is the ultimate eschatology of human existence on earth and on any 3d-planet in the solar universes.
Finally, it should be noted that the Forces of Light also have the right to eliminate evil human entities and substitute them with their own clones, if they pose a great threat to humanity. This was done, for instance, on a large scale in 1978-1979 when the hidden government of the USA, instigated by the Unholy six, planned a first destructive nuclear strike against the Soviet Union at the height of the Cold War. Most of the entities on power, including the then President Carter, were eliminated and substituted with clones by the Forces of Light.
The entity Carter was however murdered by the dark forces, because he objected their criminal plans and was only then substituted with a clone by the Forces of Light, so that he could carry out his mission as enlightened president. The moral and ethical structure of this entity was fully preserved in his clone. The other minions of the dark forces were eliminated by the Forces of Light and their helpers on earth as to prevent a devastating catastrophe. The price for this crime committed against a bunch of evil entities was the divine redemption of humanity from total destruction. This episode was the darkest and most critical in the recent history of mankind, notwithstanding the fact that this is not known to the broad public.
Such interventions are part of the game that has been played for eons of time on this toxic planet. Let us recall that the body is only an instrument of collecting 3d-experience and has nothing to do with the personality of the incarnated entity. After Ascension, all human beings will have the possibility to choose their own body and change it at their discretion through imagination and direct manifestation. Contrary to the Powers That Be from the 4th dimension, they will not need to involve in primitive genetic engineering to create deficient clones that can only survive a limited period of time. Human beings will very soon begin to create from the soul level of unconditional love. * After this indispensable clarification as to how the Powers That Be actively manipulate mankind in general and the financial system in particular as to trigger its collapse, we must return to the cosmic laws of creation and destruction and explain why these manipulations fulfill the condition of destructive interference and will not only lead to a financial crash, but will also eliminate the influence of the dark forces on mankind before Ascension.
When an entity or a society decides to go along the path of greater separation from the Whole, it inevitably creates conditions of destructive interference all the time, as it no longer recognizes the laws of Creation as an inherent part of All-That-Is. Creation in separation lacks responsibility.
True Creation within All-That-Is is always responsible, as it is performed from the level of unconditional love, which is an esoteric circumscription for the cosmic condition of constructive interference. This truth will emerge as a key aspect after Ascension, when many incarnated entities will acquire the possibility to create by imagination, but will still have to learn how to do it in a responsible manner within the divine harmony of All-That-Is.
All structures that are created in a state of separation from the Source are intrinsically unstable and tend always to collapse at some point in linear time. The ultimate decision when such inferior creations ought to be destroyed is made in the higher realms or dimensions of All-That-Is, which render the energies for the existence of such structures and support the overall conditions of Creation. One may call such higher realms “God” or “Elohims”, without affecting anything on the laws of Creation as presented in this essay.
Under these premises the current battle between the Forces of Light and the dark forces is, strictly speaking, not a real battle, but a camouflage thereof. Just as the ego may gain the illusion that it has control over the life of the incarnated entity, as long as the soul let it believe so, so do the Forces of Light let the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire believe that they have control over earth and humanity for some time. Ultimately, the outcome of this symbolic battle is predetermined, as the decision for earth and mankind to ascend has been fallen at the highest levels of Cosmic Providence since eons of time. * The ego of the incarnated entity was initially created as an external reference point of view to that of the Creator-Soul. It ought to be a unique mirror-image of the soul, but it was never intended that the ego should take full control over the incarnated entity from the soul. It may only seem to be so. Especially in agnostic societies, such as current human society, this hallucinatory impression may cherish quite well for some time, as this has been the case in the last several centuries since the begin of industrialization of mankind.
During the so called “Dark Ages” (in German “Mittelalter”, Middle Ages), the connection of the incarnated entities with the soul was much more pronounced, probably due to the poor living conditions, where hope for immortality and eternal bliss was the only beacon of light in those dire human conditions. Much of the poetry at that time reflects this endeavor of humans to unite with God in the transcendental dimension.
Human ego is agnostic. And it has never been more agnostic than at this time. Like a kaleidoscope, the collective ego of our soulless mechanical time creates incessantly numerous illusionary images of its alleged autarky. These external images render the ego the false security and the erroneous conviction that it is the master of this human charade which it creates under extreme energetic limitations.
Especially in the industrialized world, where the number of material devices, such as phones, iPods, and all other child’s games that distract the incarnated entity from exploring the multidimensional nature of his soul has grown exponentially in the last few years, the separation from All-That-Is has reached an unprecedented peak. Under such conditions, it is no longer possible to have a further spiritual evolution. The conditions must, therefore, radically change, and the speckles removed from the blind eyes of humanity.
Ascension is the surrender of the ego to the soul. The ego must give up its illusion to be in full control of its destiny and merge with the higher self. This is the most poignant experience on earth and the most liberating at the same time. This greatest illusion of all times will be abruptly terminated this year.
Likewise, the illusion of the Powers That Be, the Unholy Six from the 4th dimension, that they control earth must end this year. This will not happen exclusively by waging a battle in the higher realms, as many channels from the lower dimensions, that have gained some popularity in internet, suggest. What is currently happening on this planet is a dramatic increase in the frequencies of earth and humanity that render the actions of the dark ones futile from an energetic point of view, no matter how many efforts they may undertake.
Darkness has to succumb to Light prior to Ascension. Under the condition of destructive interference Darkness will be deleted and substituted by Light. It is as simple as that. Only human mind wants things to be much more complicated, as to experience its fake autarky to the full extent.
This pattern can be observed in the behavior of most incarnated entities. Their ego may choose to go along a certain path of experience that is not shared by the higher self. As the free will of the ego is respected by the soul, the entity may proceed with the realization of his intentions for some time. In this case he will eventually experience one failure after another, one disaster after another, until he starts to contemplate as to why he has no success in creating the destiny he desires.
The entity will eventually begin to scrutinize his beliefs and emotions that have urged him to choose this particular path of experience and he may find out that they are not as honorable and spiritually elevated, as they initially seemed to be. He will them begin to question his motives and will substitute them with more loving and compassionate thoughts and feelings. By doing so throughout his life and during numerous incarnations, the entity reaches the ultimate point of 3d-existence, where he acts most of the time from the position of unconditional love, compassion, and maximal understanding, which is the position of the soul.
When this point is reached, the soul may decide that she has learned all the lessons of incarnation and separation, she intended to experience. The soul will no longer need her external reference point of observation – the ego. It will be put aside forever, and the incarnation cycle of the soul will be terminated. The infinite journey of the soul will continue on a higher dimension on her way back to the Source, but her earthly experiences will remain her treasures forever.
The gradual return of the prodigal son to the Father is accompanied by a series of negative experiences summarized as karma, whereas, in fact, these are experiences of the conditions of destructive interference that help the entity to evolve to a responsible creator. The best way for an incarnated entity to learn this, is to experience personally the consequences of his creativity. Human destiny has no other purpose, but to give the entity amidst his total amnesia vital clues that he is “a spark of God.”
Anything that human entities experience on earth is part of their conscious choice of Creation at a higher level. The Powers That Be are thus not evil aliens that have invaded earth at some point in time to oppress and annihilate humanity. They have already been part of the game, before some souls from the 5th dimension decided to incarnate on earth and have this particular experience with these 4d-creatures. The eschatological purpose of these souls was to find out, what they did not like – ultimately, the consequences and manifestations of total separation as mirrored by the behavior of the Unholy Six, to which they have subjected themselves on this planet in a conscious and deliberate manner.
Their hallucinatory enslavement will end at the very moment, at which they decide to end up this game of illusion and renounce enslavement. They do not need to fight the dark ones and their human proxies in order to liberate themselves. This is the lesson that the Egyptian people are now learning. This will be the lesson that the American nation will have to learn this year as part of the overall liberation and enlightenment of mankind.
Let us not forget that the USA is still the citadel of the dark forces, from where they have effectively enslaved humanity for the last 60-70 years after the Second World War. The other citadel of evil, the Soviet Union, has already crumbled and is now fully under the auspices of the Forces of Light, as any discerning observer can easily find out by analyzing the current political events and the tone of the mass media in these two countries.
The collapse of the financial system and the current World Order, which did not evolve to the extent to become the New World Order as envisaged by the dark forces for the End Times, is an act of pure creation:The creation of destruction, which Goethe’s Mephistopheles praises in “Faust”.The crash has been prepared for many years by creating various local conditions of destructive interference on numerous levels of financial transactions. The overall condition of destructive interference is the gargantuan inflation of the total amount of money in circulation, which reached a ratio of 100 to 1 at the end of 1999 with respect to the real material production as measured in GDP. This ratio was more than doubled in the last decade with the help of numerous virtual derivatives and other “financial weapons of mass destruction” that were invented by the American banksters with an unparalleled criminal creativity.
The chief mechanisms of fraudulent money creation are well known to the specialists and a growing number of awakening people and can only be summarized at this place. * Before the gold standard was abolished by Nixon in 1971, the main mechanism of money creation was the real inflation of retail prices. The gold standard was abolished as a result of the speculations of the dark forces, in particular of the Rockefeller faction, which wanted to gain domination over their initial creators, the Rothschild faction.
They started to buy in the 60s all the available gold at the then fixed price of 35$ per ounce. After that they deposited the gold they had bought in various banks and received from them new loans at the same amount. By using this fraudulent practice, which later became famous as “fractional banking”, they acquired most of the gold at zero price.
The era of fiat currencies, of paper money, could now commence and allowed for even greater fraud. The world inflation began to accelerate exponentially, as money was no longer linked to real value. However, this time the inflation did not affect the retail prices that much, as it was the case before 1971 and until the late 70s due to the inertia of the economic system, but was manifested in the first place as an inflation of corporative prices. The huge increase of all equity indices in the following years was a clear indicator of this trend. The price of gold jumped significantly during this period to reach a peak of more than 1500 $ per ounce at the End Times.
After gold was eliminated as means of exchange, the banksters were very quick to introduce the insidious “fractional banking” which helped them to buy out gold. In Europe, this practice is known as “giro money creation”. As long as the gold standard existed, the banks were obliged to keep the same amount of gold in reserve as the money supply in circulation, because every individual person had the right to buy gold at the fixed price of 35 $ per ounce at any bank.
With the abolishment of the gold standard this obligation was eliminated overnight. From now on the banks decided without any discussion with the governments to introduce the fractional banking, which is a key aspect of the treacherous Orion Monetary system. Although finance is the blood system of any economy, the politicians did not intervene and sanctioned this fraud, because most of them were, and still are, pawns of the dark forces.
This subordination of the political elite to the financial one is a key element of the planned New World Order by the dark forces and can be seen as an invariant pattern in all faked Western democracies. They are faked because elections in these countries have always been manipulated by the financial Elite behind the curtain and the results are most of the time predetermined, as it was the case with all elected presidents of the USA after the Second World War.
Fractional banking works as a miraculous device that creates money out of thin air. When a private investor deposits, say, 1000 $ in a bank, the bank borrows 90% of this sum to other banks and debtors and keeps only 10% of the private loan as a reserve. This was the initial ratio of fractional banking when this Ponzi scheme was first introduced by the American banksters after the gold standard was abolished.
The official rectification of this insidious practice was that the overall money supply and the rate of circulation will grow to such an extent that it will no longer be necessary to have reserves at the ratio of 1:1, as it was the case during the time when the gold standard was valid. The money acceleration – the rate of transaction (circulation) of the total amount of money from one entity to another – was estimated to be in order of 6 to 8 times per year. Hence, the banksters decided to keep no more than 10% of the deposited money by private investors as reserve money. They applied this rule also to all kinds of transactions between banks.
The introduction of fractional banking allowed the banks to create money out of thin air in the order of 10 to 12 times. This can be easily calculated by the so called “multiplier of fractional banking”. It is a numerical quotient, just as all relationships are according to the Theory of the Universal Law. Out of the 1000 $ deposited by a private client, the bank created now 10 0000 – 12 0000 $, which it could lend to other private persons or institutions. The actual multiplier of fractional banking in the USA was estimated in the early 80s to be in the order of 12. In this case, the banks were actually holding only 8% of their assets as reserves in their depots. * As already said, the fraudulent practice of fractional banking is a central piece of the Orion monetary system that has led to the current world inflation. The Powers That Be know that money is a substitute for energy, and energy can be multiplied under limited conditions, before the conditions of destructive interference come into power and all excess energy, respectively, excess money is destroyed. Within All-That-Is energy cannot be created or destroyed according to the law of conservation of energy. But it can be multiplied (inflated) under limited local conditions, until the law of destruction comes into play.
Money inflation is physically achieved by expanding the space-dimension at the expense of the time/frequency dimension, as this is assessed in the theory of relativity. According to the Universal Law E = EAf, energy is proportional to time f, E ~ f and reciprocal to space E ~ 1/s, as f ~ 1/s. When we set space equivalent to the amount of money in circulation as measured by the surface, 2d-space, of the printed paper money, we acquire a very precise measure of money inflation. In this case, money is a mirror-image of energy = space-time that expresses all the properties of the primary term in a perfect way.
This insight was possible only after the author discovered the Universal Law and applied it to finance. However, this knowledge has always been known to the Powers That Be, who have manipulated their Orion monetary system at their discretion as to enslave humanity.
Space-inflation of printed money is thus equivalent to money inflation. At the same time it is a dilution of energy, according to the Universal Law as shown above: E = 1/space. For a short period of time, this property of space-time as manifested by money cannot be perceived by human beings because of their limited perception and the lack of knowledge of the Nature of Energy = Space-Time, which is a leitmotif of this essay. They believe that money still has the same power, even when faked inflation statistics (see below) are taken into consideration.
However, there comes a point in time, when the inflation of printed money-surface (2d-space) becomes so huge that the condition of destructive interference comes into play and money inflation explodes virtually in the hands of the consumer. This happened in Germany during the Great Depression when people had to carry a basket full of paper money in order to buy one egg on the market. The American people are bound to make a similar experience this year.
The author merely furnishes the scientific, physical background of money inflation from the point of view of the new theory of the Universal Law, which explains financial matters much more easily than present-day economic theory. The latter has been made deliberately complicated by the Powers That be and their human proxies in the financial sector as to lull humanity and exploit it to the verge of financial and physical enslavement.
In an ideal, stable economy, the amount of money in circulation should not exceed the amount of industrial production and social services as measured by GDP. This follows from the law of conservation of energy. In reality, the amount of money in circulation worldwide was at the end of 1999 one hundred times greater than the industrial production as measured in the official statistics of GDP for the world economy. This phenomenon is defined by the author as world inflation.
Under the gold standard the inflation was primarily an inflation of retail prices and salaries, and was accompanied with real industrial growth, as this is currently the case in China. After the abolishment of the gold standard, world inflation accelerated dramatically, but it no longer was an inflation of retail prices. This gargantuan inflation was now created through debt or precisely out of thin air and lost its correlation with the actual material production, upon which any society depends in order to survive and prosper.
After the gold standard was abolished, the tertiary sector of the economy of the western industrialized countries grew steadily from modest 15% -20% before 1970 to 75% by the end of the second millennium, The biggest part of the current tertiary sector is, however, the bank sector, which is nothing else but the optical façade of the world money inflation.
In order to hide this fact, all national statistical offices on inflation in the Western world were instructed to only calculate the inflation of retail prices and even further limit themselves to the so called “core price inflation”, which excludes all commodities and services that are still subjected to huge inflation rates due to growing, wild speculations.
What mankind has experienced in the last three decades is an unprecedented decoupling of the actual commodity values from their prices. The prices for commodities became an object of unlimited, greedy speculations, which were totally decoupled from real demand and supply. The steady growth of all commodities indices and house prices before the subprime mortgage crisis is a typical manifestation of this decoupling of prices from material values. * The buy-out of physical gold by the American banksters and the introduction of fractional banking were so successful that they decided to immediately implement it on a larger international scale. They applied this fraudulent practice in the following years to various other areas of finance with a growing amount of money in circulation and a greater sophistication in hiding their true intentions. The financial products differed optically from each other, but the criminal intent and fraudulent pattern remained invariant.
The western population, and later on, that of the whole world was completely dumped down by these practices, which nobody could really discern and expose as criminal and deleterious to the people. This situation changed dramatically after the crash in 2008 when a new, clearer perception of these criminal practices of the banks began slowly to emerge among some farsighted journalists and financial experts.
The author remembers however the time before the current crisis, when he was a lonely voice of critical discernment in a desert of blind economic experts – be they Nobel Prize winners or paid journalists in the numerous financial channels, such as CNBC and Bloomberg that sprouted like mushrooms after rain as a medial cover-up of the worldwide financial fraud.
After the gold standard was abolished, the American banksters and some of their European allies went to the oil rich Arab countries and made a deal with the sheiks. They offered them to unleash an oil crisis, so that the oil price per barrel would skyrocket. The sheiks gave their consent, as any greedy person would do so in a similar situation. At that time OPEC did not exist. The oil shock came promptly in 1972 and was repeated in 1975.
All crises, humanity has experienced so far, are arranged by the dark forces; they are not random events as the mass media, which also belong to the dark forces, claim. The current economic order of humanity is structured in such a way by the Orion Empire that the controllers of earth can easily unleash a global crisis, each time they consider it opportune to oppress humanity.
The major economic sectors, such as fraudulent inflationary finance, centralized, oligopolistic energy supply, ineffective motors of combustion used as vehicles and power engines, backward agriculture that is currently dominated by a handful of monopolistic corporations, producing genetic manipulated seeds and other bio-chemical fertilizers, and food suppliers are some of the tools, which the dark ones and their human minions employ to trigger a planned crisis and to offset the prosperity of mankind.
In addition, they manipulate the elected governments to employ destructive economic policies, as we shall show below, or to instigate perennial wars around the globe that hinder true economic growth on this planet. The whole pattern of modern industrialization of mankind is dominated by deliberate deficiencies inserted in the system by the clandestine Orion Controllers. They create the condition of destructive interference on numerous levels of current capitalist economy that is inherently susceptible to systemic crises and collapses.
After the oil crises in 1972 and 1975, the sheiks became multi-billionaires over night at the expense of the world population which had to pay for the higher gasoline prices at the tank stations. This was the first huge wave of global impoverishment triggered by the dark ones after the Second World War in their heinous effort to establish the New World Order.
After this insidious act, the American banksters convinced the sheiks to invest their riches from the oil production in American banks by offering interest rates from 5 to 8%. At that time the practice of demanding or accepting interest rates was considered usury in the Arab world and was practically forbidden. The sheiks were very happy to give their money to the American banksters, who promised them to multiply it within a short period of time.
Being naïve nomads a generation ago, they did not perceive that they have been chosen to become victims of a huge Ponzi scheme, just as the investors of Bernie Medoff did not suspect anything for many years, until he suddenly went bankrupt two years ago and the scam was exposed. Some of the brightest American brains happened to be his victims. The scheme which the American financial Elite employed to expropriate the Arab sheiks was, however, much more brutal than that of Bernie Madoff, because they knew that they will never go to prison. They did it the following way.
The oil money of the sheiks was given as loans through the World Bank to Third World countries. However, these loans were now multiplied by fractional banking. If the sheiks invested in total about 500 billion $ between 1972 and 1980 in American banks, the third world countries received loans during this time in the order of 5 000 billions.
It was obvious from the very beginning that these countries could never pay back these huge loans. This was not the intent of the American banksters. The Third World countries were forced instead to mortgage the loans with their natural resources in case of default. In this way, the insidious dark ones gained physical control over the world resources. As a result, the American faction of the Rockefellers became much more powerful than its European counterpart, from which it originally had emerged.
In order not to be able to pay their loans back, the dark forces and their secret services took care that the Third World countries were embroiled in civil and other disastrous wars or were even directly attacked by the USA government, which has always served the interests of these dark ones. When the third world countries began to default one after the other, and it became evident that they cannot pay back their loans, the American banksters went to the sheiks and opened them that they have lost all their investments.
This scenario may sound quite familiar to the reader. It was only two years ago, when the Wall Street banks went bust. Immediately after that they blackmailed the American government to bail them out or else they will ruin the economy. As any true mafia boss, they always use the same argument:”Either you do what I tell you, or else…”Washington has voted since then two huge bailouts, plus two additional bailouts by the Fed, titled in euphemistic financial slang as “Quantitative Easing“, such as QE1, QE2… QE3. Of course all these measures were done at the expense of the tax payers.
The state budget deficit of the USA skyrocketed since then. The financial crisis impoverished the middle class of America and virtually ruined the already poor people that comprise one third of the American population. Only the few rich became richer. This is the current disastrous situation in this country. Now back to our sheiks.
When the sheiks got it that they were ruined somewhere in the 80s, they were scared to death and were ready to do anything, the American banksters would suggest them to recuperate their riches. It was not that the sheiks put the blame on their bankers, as these dark ones had water-proved alibi:”We cannot do anything for your losses. It is the world order to be blamed for. We have no influence on politics of Third World countries. This is up to the big powers. We are not politicians, we are simple bankers.”They then suggested that the situation could be rectified, if the sheiks would continue investing in American banks and in the industry. In return they would receive modern weapons to protect themselves from rogue states that menace the precarious balance of their puppet regimes. The American dark ones pointed at Iran, who had recently ousted the Shah and had become extremely hostile to the USA and the neighboring Arab states. The sheiks had no other option, but to follow the advice of their robbers and to give them once again their money as to save their lifestyle of leisure.
In the meantime the American banksters decided to invent some new fraudulent practices in order to create new monies after they have wiped out the savings of the sheiks. The era of derivatives and other exotic “financial weapons of mass destruction” commenced. However, it was not until the late 90s that this insidious financial practice could really explode.
In the meantime the dark ones in the USA developed a second scenario in order to keep the sheiks hostages to their atrocious plans, as the latter began to feel tangibly uncomfortable with the machinations of their rogue bankers, which they now began slowly to discern.
Bush senior, the chief representative of the American dark ones, decided to instigate the first Iraq war. For this purpose, the Americans suggested to their proxy and CIA-agent Saddam Hussein to attack Kuwait, only to beat him afterwards in a spectacular manner in a phony war that was officially designed in the mass media as a just cause to save the helpless sheiks. Some of the alleged atrocities of the Iraqi soldiers in Kuwait were filmed in Hollywood as it was revealed sometimes later by investigative journalists.
In this way, the dark ones in stripes and stars showed the sheiks in an unmistakable manner how precarious their situation was and needed few arguments to convince them that they can only survive under the military umbrella of the USA. After the first Iraq war in 1991, the sheiks gave up their sovereign rights willy-nilly to the new world power that has emerged after the end of the Cold War. It is important to observe that this criminal war was only possible, because the Soviet Union had already collapsed and did not pose any nuclear threat to the USA at that time.
After the dark American ones practically swallowed the oil rich Arab countries of the sheiks, they became even more avaricious. The second Iraq war and the Afghanistan war should be interpreted in the light of these facts. Afghanistan was of strategic importance because a pipeline was built there by American firms to transport oil from the former Soviet republics in Central Asia. Iraq was known to have huge oil reserves, and his dictator was a CIA agent who could be easily manipulated.
What the arrogant American dark ones did not properly calculated, was the severe opposition of the Iraqi and Afghan people against their invasion. This is paradigmatic for the tactic of all dark ones. They have been accustomed for so long time to control this planet and mankind in an unrestricted manner, that they cannot imagine a situation where the balance of power can be reversed.
The current revolutions in the Arab World are the logical consequence of this nefarious economic scam of the American banksters that was further aggravated by the criminal policies of the installed puppet regimes in the Middle East at the expense of the oppressed and impoverished Arab people.
Entities that live in total separation from the Source are not used to cope with a completely new situation, for instance, in one where the Powers of Light have the sway. They have been used to live in darkness for eons of time and to put the shackles on humanity in a clandestine manner without encountering any fierce opposition whatsoever.
While all their odious plans have crumbled in the last several years, the dark ones are now becoming increasingly helpless. Since the beginning of this year they have virtually lost all their power to effectively manipulate mankind. After their total surrender, most probably around spring equinox of 2011, the events leading to Ascension will accelerate in a dramatic manner in the course of this year.
This quick excursion in the recent economic past of mankind had the purpose to refresh the historical memory of the reader and to serve him as a roadmap to navigate through all human crimes and atrocities that have been committed by the dark forces in the last several decades prior to Ascension, as many of these facts will be revealed in the course of this year. The truth about mankind and its controllers will enable the people to make a clear choice – either to go to heaven or have more of the same hell on planet B that will remain under the total control of the current Powers That Be. * The broad introduction of numerous derivatives and other virtual financial products in the 90s opened the door for unlimited fraud on a worldwide scale. This practice was facilitated by the emerging globalization of the world economy after the collapse of the Communist system in 1990 -1992. As a consequence, the world inflation began to grow exponentially. This could be observed in the unprecedented surge of all equity markets during the last decade of the second millennium. Dow Jones Index rose for instance from about 2,500 points in 1990 to almost 11,000 points by the end of the second millennium.
But the new level of global financial fraud tilted the world economy towards a greater imbalance between world inflation and material production. The conditions of destructive interference on all levels of economic transactions became more pronounced each year, as this could be measured by the growing exorbitance of banksters’ bonuses.
The frequency of financial crises that swept the global economy exceeded any previous experience so far. Between 1997 and 2007 the world economy suffered two major recessions, the Asian crisis of 1997-1998, including the hedge funds crisis, and the crisis of 2001-2003 that were followed by the greatest depression since the Great Depression, which began in 2007 and is still going on. In the short periods of treacherous recovery between the crises, the foundations for the next crisis were laid with an exponentially growing criminal energy, as it was the case between 2004 and 2006 when the subprime mortgage crisis was deliberately instigated.
This last crisis will end up with a total crash this year that will eliminate all financial structures of the Orion monetary system and will lead to a collapse of the capitalist economic order as it has been known for the last 200 years. * The amount of virtual derivatives exceeds currently many times the actual value of industrial production worldwide. These derivatives are fraudulent methods of creating monies out of debt or thin air. They have forged the world inflation to an even greater extent than the fractional banking. The latter was renamed at the same time in financial slang to “excessive leverage” of debt and toxic loans in the order of 30-40 times, as officially announced at the begin of the current depression. This means that the banks have practically no reserves at present to cover their losses.
In addition to the veritable explosion of virtual derivatives without any real value, the excessive leverage of the banks contributed decisively to their actual insolvency since October 2008. The total amount of toxic loans of the biggest American banks is estimated to be between 2.5 and 5 trillion $. This sum is, however, peanuts in comparison to the amount of virtual collateral default obligations (CDO) that these banks created in a criminal fervor during the last decade.
At the height of the current depression, the amount of CDO was estimated to be in the order of 600 – 650 trillion $, which is 40 times greater than the actual industrial production of the world economy measured as a fraction of GDP (one third of world GDP of about 45 trillion $). These virtual securitization products were mainly created by American banks. The ten biggest American banks have issued and possess about 90% of all derivatives worldwide. JP Morgan alone has CDO of 95 trillion $ in total. This sum is one thousand times bigger than the capitalization of this bank on the New Yorker stock exchange.
At the same time this bank holds the majority of all shorts in the silver market. The current campaign “Crash JP Morgan, buy silver”, initiated by the critical journalist on financial affairs Max Keiser (Russian Television), may eventually lead to the bankruptcy of this financial citadel of the American dark ones. This event will undoubtedly unleash the crash of the worldwide financial system.
This is one possible scenario, how the financial collapse may start this year. But there are many other probabilities that will soon superimpose to create the ideal condition of destructive interference in the banking sector and will trigger this event. Here we have the same situation as in the famous saying that “all roads lead to Rome”, especially at the time of its decay.
All CDO, silver, and other shorts, and all outstanding assets and loans that the big banks harbor as “toxic loans” have been taken out of their official balance sheets since 2008 with the explicit permission of the US- and other western governments. Otherwise they should have declared bankruptcy three years ago. After the American and international banksters discovered the advantages of creating virtual financial products out of thin air, they have now invented the “creative accounting”, which is yet another euphemism for impertinent fraud.
In their overt criminal activities they are actively supported by the central bank Fed, which is in the private hands of these banks. The Fed has fictively bought many toxic debts from these banks since 2008, but has kept their volume secret to the public. Trustworthy financial experts are convinced that the Fed is already insolvent, notwithstanding the fact that it can create billions of dollars with a click on the computer, as its chairman, the famous “helicopter-Ben”, proudly announced in front of the US-senate.
This financial situation is further aggravated by the fact that all major buyers of US-debt, such as China, Japan, Russia, and other countries have stopped buying US-treasures and have decided to substitute the dollar as world exchange currency with a basket of their own currencies.
While the financial banking system is de facto insolvent since 2008 and can only exist on life-supporting measures at the expense of the tax payers, the banks have continued with their scam by paying their employees huge bonuses and salaries ($500,000) in average for all Wall Street banksters in 2010), which are ten times bigger than the average salaries of qualified engineers in the American industry.
At the same time, the debt of the American nation has skyrocketed. When all outstanding debt positions of the federal government, the local governments, the health care system, the rental system, the private debt of the citizens etc. are considered, the total debt, as calculated by the experts, has reached the scary amount of 200 trillion, which is 13 times bigger than the GDP of this financially ruined country.
This sum is still only one third of the total amount of virtual derivatives, which the American banks possess or have put in circulation around the globe. A large portion of it is owned by foreign countries and investors. After the USA has crashed this year, they will have to write down their US-investments and will also declare bankruptcy.
This mixture of negative trends will create a perfect storm in the financial system this year. All parameters point to the bottom – the bottom being the total destruction of the Orion monetary system worldwide. This will be the most creative and liberating act in the history of humanity. * From this succinct economic overview one can easily conclude that the conditions of destructive interference in the financial sector have long reached the tipping point, where a deadly tsunami can be unleashed any time soon to wipe out all the assets of the banks and other corporations, including the savings of the people.
The intent of the dark forces was to trigger this event at their discretion in order to impoverish the world population with a single stroke and thus introduce the New World Order. This was counterfeited by the Forces of Light on numerous occasions. They deliberately postponed the worldwide financial crash for this year, when the dark forces will be fully handicapped by the new high frequency energies on earth and will have no longer the power to promote their insidious plans. The Antichrist, the Beast, must finally surrender.
The advantage of postponing the financial crash for this year has several tactical and strategic advantages from the vantage point of view of awakening mankind and the Forces of Light, which are the true keepers of the legitimate aspirations of all human incarnated entities:The crash will take place within a very short period of time and will wipe out the power of the dark forces in the financial sector, which has always been their stronghold. This event will be so sweeping that the expropriated financial Elite will not be able to exert any opposition or to undermine the subsequent reforms, as they have always done in the past. The postponing of the crash at a later date will shorten the period of tribulations during the End Times. The hardship of humanity will be thus shortened in the time dimension. The lack of any opposition on the part of the dark forces will allow for the immediate implementation of simple, just systems of food and commodities exchange as to meet the needs of the population after the crash. In many places simple barter systems will be implemented that will be directly controlled by the people. No misuse or corruption by some greedy entities will be allowed during the End Times. The time point of the financial crash will coincide with the time of revelations, when all criminal acts of the dark ones will be exposed in the mass media.This strategy has, however, some disadvantages. The time of revelations and spiritual evolution is much shorter than previously envisaged by the Forces of Light. The dramatics and the intensity of the upcoming events will, on the other hand, create a favorable situation, where the rug will be very effectively pulled away from under the feet of the political, financial, and economic Elite, so that they will no longer have the possibility to meddle in the shaping of the new destiny of mankind.
The full power will be given to the people. They will be guided by some ascended masters and enlightened light workers, who will work in close cooperation with the Forces of Light. The latter will show themselves this year, after they have postponed their “first contact” with humanity for the last three years. The reason for this delay was that the dark forces were deeply entrenched in human society and had no intent to give up their power without creating mayhem on earth and eradicating many human beings.
This danger has now been effectively averted and the probability of first contact has become a certainty. The build-up of favorable energies of Christ consciousness has exponentially grown since the opening of the stargate on 10.10.10 and will most probably erupt around Equinox this year, when the last wave of Christ consciousness will be released. Parallel to this phenomenon, there are myriads of other energetic events and processes that build the conditions of constructive interference for earth and humanity to merge with the high frequency energies of the 5th dimension in preparation for the final Ascension. * The total financial crash of the Orion monetary system and the collapse of the current capitalist order will inevitably undermine the foundations of the western type of national state, which is based on three pillars:the fiscal system, the rental system, and the health care system.The fiscal system, with all its ramifications, comprises about 45-55% of the national GDP of the western, industrialized countries. The health care system makes for 16-19% of the GDP of each country and the rental system is in the same order as the health care system. All three systems will go bust immediately after the financial crash. This will lead to the abolishment of the national state in its current pecuniary form.
The national state has been the chief cause of separation of incarnated human entities on earth. It has been the primary reason for all wars that have chronically devastated humanity and have hampered its progress. Just as the Orion monetary system, the national state was deliberately introduced by the Powers That Be/the Anunnaki to keep the incarnated entities in total subordination and in a state of permanent calamities.
For this reason they, the Anunnaki (the Orion Reptilians), introduced long time ago many different languages and created deliberately the famous “Babylonian confusion of languages” (in German “Babylonische Sprachverwirrung”) among human beings.
The current national states have historically evolved around such language populations, which were, by and large, divided by linguistic barriers from their neighbors. Where national states included minorities based on different languages, this linguistic division has always led to perennial wars and national catastrophes. The history of the Balkan states is paradigmatic for this trend. These nationalistic frictions were shamelessly exploited by the big powers to promote their egoistic imperial goals throughout the globe. This was the actual fall from grace of humanity for many thousand years. The End Times will finally terminate this vicious circle of incessant wars and destructions.
This is part of the overall divine plan for Ascension of mankind in the End Times. As the current civilization is a product of all wrong human ideas of separation from All-That-Is, all its structures are also highly unstable and must be abolished during the End Times. This destruction will be accomplished in the course of this year. The next year will be fully dedicated to the preparation of mankind for Ascension and will represent an anti-climax to the destructive events that will take place this year.
There is virtually not a single social structure in current society that is not biased by the wrong idea of separation. Such systems will no longer exist in the 5th dimension after Ascension. Therefore, they must be eliminated in the course of this year, so that the people can begin to adopt themselves to the new conditions, which they will experience after Ascension. The lesser the distractions from the outer world are, the higher the level of introspection and spiritual evolution of the incarnated entities.
Human beings will never be able to discern all the pitfalls and fallacies of the Orion monetary system that forges their basic survival fears, unless they become free of it in their daily activities and begin to live in a state of true spiritual abundance. True abundance is always spiritual. All-That-Is is Spirit – it is “Weltgeist” (Plotinus), and not the Zeitgeist of Mammon.
The financial crash will most probably take place after spring equinox and will dominate the world events during the whole summer. The world financial order will be wrapped up around 11.11.11 (November 11, 2011) when the last but one stargate will be opened. This date will herald the final stage of preparation for Ascension. There is very little time left. As time/frequency ‘f’ will accelerate exponentially in the coming months, its reciprocal value – conventional time ‘t’ – will be significantly shortened, so that the future events, we are talking about, will seem to occur in a highly accelerated modus. Back to ContentsBack to The Orion ZoneBack to The Global Banking System 26. The Theory of Macroeconomics Promotes the Orion Monetary System
It is not the objective of the author to present an academic discussion on the macro- and micro-economic factors that will trigger the upcoming financial collapse. This effort has been accomplished many years ago, when he integrated the major economic teachings of modern times, such as Keynes theory on anti-cyclic fiscal regulation and monetarism (initially Austrian school of economics), on the basis of the new theory of the Universal Law in a simple axiomatic, straight forward manner that can also be understood by non-specialists. A summary of his lectures can be found in Internet in German language.
In this discussion he will furnish the proof that all economic theories that have been elaborated in the last 150-200 years, since modern capitalism has begun, have led to the development of world inflation, which undermines the stability of any sound economic activity and promotes the idea of the Powers That Be to establish the New World Order.
Both theories were created in the two countries, from where the major factions of the dark forces on earth operate – the Rothschilds in the UK and the Rockefellers in the USA. They are, however, proxies, human slaves of the Powers That Be, of the Unholy Six from the Orion Empire. Throughout history, these families, which mainly constitute of reptilian shapeshifters, have amassed huge powers that they have misused on virtually every occasion. The history of their crimes should be the topic of many books and revelations.
At this place, it is important to observe that they have been the promoters of the two basic macro-theories that dominate current economics and political decisions – the theory of Keynes of anti-cyclic intervention of national governments during recession and the theory of monetarism of Milton Freedman and the Chicago school that promotes the idea of an independent central bank which should exclusively regulate the economy with the help of variable interest rates. The political version of monetarism is also known as neo-liberalism. * After the negative experience during the Great Depression, when the banks restricted their lending activities and aggravated the crisis by creating “tight money”, Keynes suggested that the government should take the lead in economic crises, which are regularly occurring in a capitalist type of economy. He suggested that in times of recession it is appropriate for the national government to make debts and increase money supply as to stimulate industrial production and consumption. When the economy begins to grow, the state will pay back its debt with the higher revenues which it will collect during the years of growth. This is the core of Keynes’ anti-cyclic approach of navigating the national economy through fiscal stimuli along the bumpy capitalist road of bubbles and busts, of booms, dooms and glooms.
This advice was however carried out much further than Keynes’ recommendation. The Keynes theory was misused by all western governments, who created new fiscal debt also in periods of economic growth. The current catastrophic fiscal situation in the UK and the USA is the result of this unrestricted and uncritical implementation of Keynes antic-cyclic theory of governmental intervention during recession also in times of economic prosperity.
This theory was very popular in the post-war time and was excessively applied by all western governments. As a result of this uncritical implementation the inflation rates in the 60s and 70s were double-digit in most industrialized countries.
The difficulties of the governments to contain inflation triggered the counter-movement of monetarism, which was a continuation of the main ideas of Austrian school of economics as further propagated by London School of Economics, which is totally under the hidden influence of the Rothschild family. The American branch of this economic teaching was the Chicago school of monetarism which was sponsored by the Rockefeller faction. It is not a coincidence that the current President comes from this city. Their chief argument was that the state and the government should not intervene in the regulation of the national economy by creating fiscal debt, but should leave it to the regulatory powers of free capitalism. The era of neo-liberalism was born.
For this purpose the monetarists suggested that an independent central bank should acquire the exclusive right to adjust money supply in times of recession and growth by using variable interest rates. In this way the central bank will be able to create “cheap” or “tight money” and thus regulate money supply.
In a recession, the central bank would lower interest rates and cheap money would be created. Cheap money would increase money supply, as companies would be inclined to borrow more money for investments, and this would stimulate the economy. In times of growth, the interest rates of the central bank would be raised. Tight money would automatically restrict money supply and the economic growth would not lead to inflation and financial bubbles due to overheating the economy. This was precisely what happened when Keynes’ anti-cyclic fiscal intervention was implemented by the governments in times of economic growth.
Both theories were originally designed to promote the hidden agenda of the dark forces and were thus intended to achieve the opposite effect, of what they theoretically preached. The academic make-up of these theories has practically lulled all prominent economists up to the present day with respect to their true function.
The Theory of Keynes was a blank check for the western governments to create new fiscal debt at the expense of tax payers and thus impoverish them. The taxes reached in the 60s and 70s fifty and more per cent of the income of the working population in the western countries, whereas the corporations were exempted from most taxes.
The Orion monetary system is in the first place an economic system of big corporations, which are ruled through hierarchic structure and can be easily controlled by the Powers That Be from the top. For instance, they can substitute any CEO or manager with a docile clone created through genetic engineering or through a shape-shifter of the Reptilian-type, who will promote their hidden agenda from the top without any checks and balances.
Although the governments are constituted by elected representatives, they in reality also carry out the hidden agenda of the dark ones, however, to a lesser extent. The percentage of clones among politicians is somewhat lower than that of CEO, because politicians operate in the limelight of mass media and such substitutions through clones may not always fulfill the requirements of a proper camouflage that cannot be discerned by the masses.
It is, nonetheless, important to reiterate that the true governments of all western democracies are the hidden governments of the dark ones, such as the Trilateral Commission and the Council of Foreign Affairs in the USA, or the Bilderbergers in Europe, who pull the strings behind the scene and not the officially elected ones. They are the ones who make the final decisions with respect to fiscal or any other national policy.
The financial and social policy of the current puppet of a black president in the White House (observe the symbolism of “Black and White” for the current duality of human experience) is paradigmatic for the kind of hidden political agenda that only serves the interests of the financial Elite, where most of the dark ones are to be found:A Dark president for the Dark Ones – what an irony!”‘Yes, we can’ deceive you anytime!” was their last arrogant cry and a deliberate slap in the face of the ignorant American electorate.
This explains why the theory of Keynes was used as alibi by the hidden governments to indebt all national states even at a time of growth and to transfer this debt onto the tax payers, either through voting higher taxes or austerity programs. In this manner the people could easily be impoverished in a clandestine manner by putting the blame onto the ruling parties, which of course could be substituted in the next elections. With the help of this political charade, the hidden governments prepared the people of the western nations for their role as future slaves of the New World Order.
To achieve this goal, they made them first fiscal slaves of the national state. In a second step, the dark ones intended to eliminate the national states by triggering a worldwide financial and economic collapse which would lead to a default of the western states. This goal was almost achieved in 2008, but it was then mitigated by the hidden intervention of the Forces of Light.
To this end the dark ones employed the theory of monetarism in a second step to cover up their true intentions. This theory rendered the central banks an unlimited financial and political power that is not sanctioned by any independent authority such as the legislative. The gate for all kinds of fraudulent practices at the highest international level was widely opened.
Off-shores companies were founded en masse that operated outside any national laws, where all the monies of the people could be illegally transferred.
Political efforts, being made to control money flaws, were condemned as obstructions to free capitalist economy by the Powers That Be and their minions in the media and had no chance to become national laws. Three years after the crash in 2008 and numerous international meetings of G8 and G20, accompanied by loud announcements to finally control the worldwide money speculations of the financial dark ones, nothing has been practically done to stop their global fraud.
Basel III, the new bank accounting system, was for instance wrapped up and postponed for the time after Ascension. Please observe that all important reforms, which the elected governments announced loudly in the last several years as to cope with the current financial and economic crisis, were scheduled after 2012 in the full knowledge of the upcoming Ascension. Only the stupid public and the journalists are not aware of this “time-dependent” fraud.
The Fed, being the chief instrument of the American financial Elite, committed every possible crime to make its proprietors, the Wall Street banks, richer at the expense of the American people. “Enrichez vous!” was the cry of the dark financial ones during the last two decades that reverberated around the globe.
When the financial collapse came in 2008, the strings of the elected puppet governments in the Western World could no longer be hidden to the public, after they announced one huge bailout after the other on behalf of the big banks – be they American or European banks, even at a time when the default of many national states became an imminent danger. The draconian (please observe the semantic identity of the word “draconian” with the economic policy of the Orion Reptilians from the Draco constellation) austerity programs in England, Greece, Ireland, Spain, Portugal, and many other western countries announced in 2010 will, however, not save them from falling into the abyss of their gargantuan fiscal debt.
But these Draconian (Reptilian) austerity programs have already ignited the revolutionary mood of the stricken people in these countries, who have begun to discern more clearly the clandestine methods of their masters to first impoverish them and then enslave them under the banner of the New World Order. This revolutionary mood will explode this year to a true revolution of the masses.
It has always been the plan of the dark ones to eliminate the national states by defaulting them and delegating their sovereign rights to a new international institution, for instance, to the United Nations that has been planned to execute the power of the New World Order at the beginning. The United Nationshave always been firmly in the hands of the dark ones, who control them through their New York banks nearby, whose policy has always been to bribe and corrupt most of the representatives of this international institution.
This scenario has already been tested on a smaller scale in the creation of the European Union. The latter received recently a constitution that was bargained by its bribed politicians behind closed doors and has not been approved by the electorate in a free vote. This constitution and the executive EU-institutions that are appointed by the hidden governments of these countries have already water-downed many sovereign rights of the people of the EU-nations, who are not even aware of their losses of basic rights. The New World Order was supposed to come in a similar way, like a “thief in the night” and catch the masses by surprise.
In this context, it is important to observe that the creation of EU was part of the Rothschild plan to establish the New World Order and was promoted by the Bilderberger group, which was hastily summoned after the Second World War. This clandestine organization has its hands in virtually all important political decisions in Western Europe and in many other places around the world. All heads of important European states need the initial confirmation of the Bilderberger group, before they can be nominated for elections. * This information was given to explain how the western governments were used by the dark forces to forge the financial collapse of their countries by implementing Keynes theory of anti-cyclic intervention in an excessive manner. This theory was never intended to establish stable economic growth for the benefit of the masses, as its author might have believed, but to promote the hidden agenda of the Powers That Be. This is the insidious economic policy of the Orion Empire, which it has successfully implemented on many planets in this galaxy in order to subjugate their incarnated populations. These reptilians have huge experience in this.
The application of the theory of monetarism was not less hideous. First and foremost, the Chicago boys, the spiritual fathers of this theory, forgot to tell the public that the central bank, which they wanted to give an unlimited economic power in their theory, was not the central bank of the American people, but the private bank Fed, which is possessed by the banks of the dark ones on Wall Street.
Equally important was the fact that the hidden governments and the financial Elite did not intend to use the variable interest rates of the central bank to promote true economic growth, but to solidify the position of the financial sector in the overall economy by creating monopolistic international bank corporations. Ultimately, this led to the precarious situation of “too big to fail”, with which the dark ones blackmailed the elected governments of the western countries. This Damocles sward is still hanging over the heads of the elected governments and will definitely fall this year to unleash the final crash of the Orion monetary system.
In order to strengthen the position of the financial Elite, Greenspan and his successor Bernanke lowered the interest rates for long periods of time in order to create speculative bubbles, from which the banks profited by creating fraudulent financial products and selling them to the rest of the world. Even when the Fed raised interest rates, as it was the case in the early 80s, the banks were the only institutions that profited from these high interest rates, while the population was further impoverished.
Currently the American banks borrow money from the Fed at zero interest rates and buy bonds at 3-4%. The difference is paid by the American people as docile tax payers. This is the greatest scam, any country could possibly create, and it takes place in front of the very eyes of all American citizens, who should have revolted long time ago against this obvious crime.
Therefore, it is not an exaggeration to say that the inventor-nation of all fraudulent financial products of the 20th century has, at the same time, dumped down its citizens to an even greater extent than the communist dictatorships did with their peoples during the Cold War. The major difference is that the peoples in Eastern Europe never trusted their red dictators, while the majority of the American people still believe that they live in the most democratic and advanced country in the world. Their blindness and sheepishness exceed anything mankind has experienced so far. The American people, the citizens of the new Roman Empire of Modern times, have been degraded to spiritual pariah by their dark ones. What a shame!
It is a leitmotif of this essay that the Powers That Be have falsified any intellectual or social effort of mankind in the past to achieve true progress. The most insidious falsifications have been made in the realm of theoretical science, as the author has extensively shown in this discussion. This is particularly true for the theory of economics, which is much broadly represented at universities and high schools than all natural sciences put together.
Let us not forget that millions of young people attend universities and high schools and indebt themselves for their whole life by paying huge fees, only to study faked economic theories, the only purpose of which is to deepen the state of enslavement of mankind. The present-day situation on earth prior to Ascension is, indeed, disgusting, and it is most disgusting in the USA – the citadel of the dark forces on this planet. Therefore, the financial and economic collapse will begin this year in this country and will eliminate it as a world power once and for all.
In the 5th dimension, there will be no countries and no nations. Humanity will perceive its true nature as a galactic civilization of multidimensional beings. Communication will be through telepathy, and money will only exist in the imagination of some entities, who will still stick to their out-dated pecuniary 3d-beliefs.
These hilarious circumstances should be experienced on earth in advance under the energetic limitations of 3d-reality during the End Times. Therefore, it is not a punishment, but a privilege to be unemployed at this time and to not contribute to the prolongation of the Orion economic system. It is no coincidence that the rate of unemployment has doubled in the Western world during the current depression and will skyrocket this year. This will be in anticipation of the conditions of life in the 5th dimension, where there will be no necessity to work in order to survive, as all entities are immortal powerful creators of their destiny.
The Orion Empire on the other hand has degraded humanity to working mass force. It is therefore not a privilege to work for the Orion Empire and their human proxies – employment, as it is exerted on earth today, is not a basic human right, but the most insidious form of human enslavement.
Economic education of the ascended population will begin immediately after Ascension in small groups that will be taught by highly evolved entities. One can imagine how some of the current politicians such as Obama will awaken in the 5th dimension and find themselves to be students in such educational courses. In their confusion they may begin to ask:”Where is America? Where is Europe, and what happened with the White House?”The truth will be that all these political constructions and centers of power will no longer exist in the 5th dimension. The ascended entities will find themselves under the loving supervision of highly evolved beings such as the author of this essay and will experience for the first time in their life what true abundance free of fear and effort really means. But this is another story. Back to ContentsBack to The Orion ZoneBack to The Global Banking System Final Remarks
This essay has been written in hurry between January 15 and February 15, 2011. I had the urgent feeling that I have little time left, and that my individual Ascension is imminent. The intensity and frequency of my body vibrations have exceeded any normal human experience and make my daily life in the density of this toxic planet a real torture. This has nothing to do with nice esoteric palaver but with certain energetic realities, about which most light workers have virtually no idea, as they have not experienced them yet. The messages they channel are also silent on this issue.
This may change for some of them in the coming months when the intensity of the cosmic waves that flood earth will exponentially increase and the Great Cleansing prior to Ascension will commence. It will not be a nice experience for most human entities, as they harbor much negativity from their past and present incarnations that has to be deleted from their energetic fields.
Ascension is the final accord of a long era of darkness on this planet. As there will be no place for any aspect of darkness in the 5th dimension, these negativities must be eliminated from the energetic fields of all human beings that have made up their mind to ascend in a very short period of time. The intensity of this release of negative emotions and beliefs that have determined life on earth for eons of time from the individual and collective aura of humanity will be unprecedented in the history of this rather toxic planet. * Very little of my personal experience with the light body process in its final stage has been revealed in this essay, as it will not be relevant to most people during these End Times. This situation will radically change after Ascension. The incompatibility of my high frequency body fields with the low frequency, high density vibrations of earth and humanity cannot be expressed in words, as language fails as a medium at this high energetic level.
Human language has always been a trap for true transcendence. Therefore, it is not a coincidence that many channels have begun in February to make all light workers aware of their potential ability to communicate through telepathy. This direct means of communication eliminates the shortcomings of human language.
Much will change in the coming months. I must admit that I have some difficulties to envisage how mankind will digest all the revelations it needs to acquire, before it has a clear idea as to how and when modern human beings have been created, why science and religions have totally failed to give true information on this issue, who has ruled on this planet for eons of times, why humans have always been slaves of dark forces, the existence of which they still negate, and why there must be a “separation of the wheat from the chaff” in the Time of Ascension. Without this knowledge there can be no Ascension. * When two brothers live together in a family and the one is evil and brutal, and the other one loving and compassionate, this situation may last for some time. The loving brother may succumb to the bad deeds of his evil brother and try to develop an understanding and tolerance for his behavior. However, on the long run the loving brother will lose his spiritual propensity to evolve, because he will be occupied all the time in neutralizing the negative actions of his evil brother.
The only solution in such a situation is to separate the two brothers. The evil one will have to live alone and will be confronted with his personal negativity, which he did not realize as long as he could transfer it to his loving brother, who endured it with patience. During this time he has sincerely believed that this is how the world has always been arranged – of evil doers and sheepish victims and that the evil ones have all the rights to behave according to their heinous nature.
Staying alone with his own evil nature, the bad brother will slowly begin to perceive that in order to avoid the destructive results of his negativity he will have to begin to behave like his brother, whom he will be for the first time dearly missing.
The loving brother will go to a new home, where he will meet other loving brothers and sisters that have also fled from their evil brothers and sisters. They will remember together what it was like to live among such evil entities and will enjoy from the bottom of their hearts the community of other loving entities. They will never look back in anger.
This is precisely what will happen when the two earths will finally split at the end of 2012. The energetic divorce of the two timelines has already begun and will accelerate in the course of this year. After the last, but one, stargate 11.11.11 will be opened in November this year the split of these two future energetic probabilities will become evident to most human entities.
The energetic, emotional, and spiritual implications and consequences of this rapture will be broadly discussed by the world community. Most of the discussion will evolve around the themes outlined in the present essay. Few of these topics are currently elaborated by the light workers’ community. It lacks pronounced intellectual leaders, who could be the pacemakers of their rapid spiritual evolution.
The situation with the rest of humanity is even more disheartening. There is a remarkable defiance among most incarnated human entities on this planet against any novel intellectual challenge that escapes any logical, rational explanation. I have experimented with this human intransigence throughout my lifetime on numerous occasions and under various circumstances. I have modulated the threshold of intellectual stimulation in my interlocutions with the people in an infinite way as to find out the adequate pedagogical approach that opens human mind to new insights without scaring it, and I must admit that I have given up on this issue. The experiment has totally failed. The threshold of fear is very low on this planet.
Although I have dedicated myself to the highest standards of intellectual expression throughout my whole life, I have given up a long time ago on any effort to transfuse this spiritual ideal to other entities. I have restricted my educational and pedagogical activity to being a personal example, by making no visible concessions to the stupidity, ignorance, and intransigence of my social environment, even at the expense of limiting my social contacts and having a life of a hermit.
It is not possible on this planet to be nice to other people, unless you neglect your own legitimate emotional and intellectual aspirations. The current popular concept of “political correctness” that is forged by the dark forces is a very effective method of dumping down all powerful personalities on earth by obliging them to comply with the broad negative aspects of the dominating majority of agnostic young souls, which still serve the goals of the dark ones in a docile manner. On the other hand, one should not awake somebody from his somnambulism, because he may kill him in an act of rage.
Political correctness is the dictatorship of young, spiritually underdeveloped souls over the excellence of old, highly evolved souls. Let us, therefore, wrap up our discussion with one final statement:Every incarnated soul on earth has only one duty – to express her unlimited spiritual potential to the best of her divine powers against all social resistance, prejudices, and suppression that she may encounter throughout her incarnation, but without challenging or limiting the prospects of evolution of other entities even when this evolution may take for a long period of time the road of perdition, leading to a greater separation from All-That-Is, as this will be the case with the incarnated human beings staying on planet B.Every incarnated entity is, first and foremost, the Supreme Creator of his own destiny. This attitude will become prevalent in the coming months when the people will realize that they are unlimited creators of their reality and that no society or plane of existence can limit the scope of their individual spiritual aspirations. Back to Contents
During my scientific research activities in the 80s, I used some scientific “data banks” that could be considered a precursor of internet, The data banks worked rather clumsy, the entrance to them was restricted, and the services were very expensive.
Nevertheless, the existence of such data banks was perceived at that time as a true revolution in information and data processing by all scientists like me, who have commenced with their scientific and research activities in old libraries and have wasted much time going through hand-written or typed catalogues that were sometimes 200-300 years old.
When internet was broadly introduced in the 90s, my expectations were hugely disappointed.
The quality of most information was appalling, outrageous, at best, confusing and of little scientific or spiritual value. The few scientific journals that began to publish in internet were as expensive as their paper versions and did not provide for any interactive services as some search providers like Google later did.
I soon realized that internet is a mirror image of the uncensored thoughts, ideas, beliefs, and confusions of humanity, and how naïve I must have been in the past to assume that true intelligence is a common virtue among human beings.
I realized that traditional libraries, to which I felt attracted since my early childhood, have never been a true vivisection of human mentality but the best and most spiritual part of it. Internet started instead as a closet of the mental excrements of humanity. I do not intend to be too harsh on mankind – I am simply making a dispassionate, objective observation. Much has changed since then, and the improvement in some areas is more than evident.
But I still miss the intellectual aspirations that make us enlightened beings in this medium.
When I began with the last, most intensive phase of my light body process in 1999, I decided to boycott this new mass medium and to switch on to telepathy. I could no longer bear the negativity, which internet emitted at that time. The advantage of telepathy is that it is simultaneous, time-saving, emotionally much more intensive than the written word, and always precise in the transmitted information.
My boycott lasted for more than ten years, until I was urged by my higher self in autumn 2010 to check the latest channeled information on internet and make an analysis of the mental and spiritual conditions, under which light workers operate worldwide. To this I must add that I am speaking or using several languages, including Bulgarian, German, English, Italian, French, Russian, and some other Slavonic languages.
Now, that I am approaching the end of my current incarnation and my soul contract as an incarnated human being is almost fulfilled, I can definitely say that my chief mission on earth has always been in making a profound analysis of human intellectual achievements in all areas of spiritual activities and in evaluating all human errors and mental confusions from which Darkness on this planet stems.
This mission began with natural science and philosophy, but it soon became much broader and involved politics, economics, history, religions, trivial human thinking, social behavior, and human emotions.
Finally, I had to deal with modern esotericism, which is a poor substitute for human Gnosis, as it has been developed by many excellent thinkers in the past, such as Heraclitus, Plato, Aristotle, Socrates, Plotinus, Cusanus, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Kant, to name some of them.
None of their teachings can be found in present-day esotericism and in particular in the numerous channeled messages from the 4th and 5th dimension, although this, in the history of modern mankind, unique information transfer from the higher astral realms onto the earth plane was meant to be a continuation of the spiritual Endeavour of these excellent thinkers in the past.
True knowledge can only evolve out of clear comprehension of the spiritual heritage of mankind.
The most astounding feature of modern esotericism is its profound lack of any historical, philosophical, and cultural background. It is a declaration of intellectual bankruptcy.
All light workers, I have come upon so far, have absolutely no real scientific background and hence no understanding for the theoretical and intellectual deficits that current empiric science on this planet harbors. They have never made any attempt to recognize these flaws in human scientific thinking or to examine the possibilities, how they can be eliminated from the point of view of true spiritual knowledge.
In other words, they have failed to comprehend the actual purpose of this broad transfer of divine information from the higher spiritual realms, which has, in the first place, the function to transcend the narrow-mindedness of present-day scientists, whose ideas shape our modern technological society in a profound manner. At present, there is virtually no dialogue between scientists and light workers as to adjust or possibly enrich their world views.
This lack of communication is paralyzing the intellectual discernment of both groups.
For instance, most channeled messages are transmitted in oral (in trance) or written (automatic writing) language.
At the same time many channels make their mediums aware of the fact that the original information that they receive is in a pure energetic form and that this information has to be diluted and transformed through many energetic levels into oral or written form, and that this energy transformation has to cope with many energetic resistances and limitations within the mental and emotional bodies of the channeled entity.
The chief energetic limitation is, however, the structure of human language, which is sequential and inadequate to express the simultaneity, multidimensionality and synchronicity of the information from the higher realms that create human reality on the earth plane in a secondary manner.
This information can be found in numerous channeled messages. It is a red flag of many channels for all incarnated entities who read their messages to start thinking over the structure of human languages and how it limits the scope of the information coming from the higher realms. This is a huge Gnostic theme, the theoretical importance of which has yet to be discovered.
However, I have not come upon a single light worker or medium that has taken this clue seriously and has made an effort to analyze human language from an energetic, astral point of view. Light workers have not even realized this theoretical problem, because they are not trained in analytical thinking.
For this reason, they cannot adequately evaluate the messages, they receive from their channels.
They are, so to say, “lost in translation” of the multidimensional information from the higher realms into the linearity of three-dimensional space-time as experienced on earth. This is the most common fallacy of all light workers prior to Ascension. They have not yet developed an appropriate abstract intellectuality as to imagine how multidimensional life will be in the simultaneity of the higher realms.
Apart from that, they are also lost in their emotions, because they have neglected true logical thinking, which is the key to an understanding of all human emotions without suppressing them. They should really start reading about human “affectations” in the classical works of western philosophy.
As I far as I am aware – and I say this as a matter of fact – I am the first and only person on earth to have realized the importance of this linguistic problem from a cognitive and epistemological point of view and to have solved it in an immaculate scientific manner by considering the existing linguistic and semantic theories and by expanding them with true spiritual knowledge.
This is just one example as to how unprepared all light workers are in analyzing the information they receive from various channels from the higher, and not so high, realms in terms of true science and knowledge.
This intellectual deficiency can be observed on both sides. All channeled messages, I have read in the last 15 years, do not discuss scientific and theoretical aspects. Some channels may evoke the impression that they are giving scientific information as for instance Metatron that is channeled by several incarnated entities.
This channel discusses some physical aspects of Ascension from the point of view of quantum mechanics.
However, both the didactical approach and the quality of the information are so poor, that this channel makes a disservice to real science and should be discarded as irrelevant and confusing. This is the worst of all possible worlds – to pretend to be scientific, but to lack the basics and the faculty for a true scientific elaboration.
Of course, one can put forward the argument that channels from the higher realms can only transmit the kind of information that the medium can comprehend. But this statement does not hold true in reality. There are many channeled books that contain information, which, by far and large, exceeds the apprehending faculty of the medium, as this can be excellently observed in Seth’s books channeled by Jane Roberts.
The best channel that I have found in internet is “Cosmic Awareness“.
The information of this channel is quite precise and does not pretend to be unnecessarily scientific, although it is highly philosophical and precise with respects to the facts that it elaborates. This approach is contrary to that of most channels, which are rather pretentious without giving any substantial background information.
Unfortunately, exactly this philosophical dimension of cosmic awareness overwhelms the intellectual abilities of the medium and the energizers who put the questions to this source from the highest realms. This intellectual incompatibility between source and receivers is quite annoying upon reading.
The discrepancy between the cosmic view, this channel presents, and the narrow-mindedness of the members of this group is so obvious and disturbing that one begins to question the effectiveness of such kind of information exchange.
If one expresses the conviction, as I do, that the purpose of any channeled information from the higher realms must be in the first place pedagogical and educational, then it should be the responsibility of all users of this information to comprehend and internalize it in a profound way. This propensity to learn from channeled information as to enrich one’s philosophical weltanschauung is unfortunately not at all developed among all light workers.
Almost all channeling entities follow in a slave-like manner the messages they receive from their source and are not able to develop an intellectual curiosity for other related messages that will help them expand their spiritual horizon. In this respect, the mental deficiencies among light workers are representative of those of the broad population.
The only difference lies in their orientation towards more transcendental, spiritual issues and values.
I have personally great doubts, whether this unfavorable intellectual situation could be substantially improved prior to Ascension, even when the anticipated events as discussed in this book will take place this year and will dramatically change the collective mind-set.
Therefore, I personally believe that the bar for Ascension for most incarnated entities on earth will be set very low with respect to their intellectual achievements. This has to do with the fact that most human beings only use 8-10% of the potential of their brain.
After Ascension this capacity will increase to 50% and more.
*
In the meantime I have scrutinized more than 500 prominent channels and other esoteric sites in internet retrospectively, as well as prospectively.
The intellectual and scientific level of all channeled messages can only be described as appalling. There is virtually no discussion on fundamental scientific and cognitive issues, for instance, which basic ideas in natural sciences have prohibited an understanding of the transcendental dimension of human beings – their true multidimensional nature as powerful sentient beings of cosmic proportions in contrast to their cognitive and sensual limitations as biological entities, incarnated in the dense three-dimensional space-time of earth.
These gnostic topics have always been in the centre of interest of all highly evolved human beings who have lived on earth and have contributed to a better understanding of the eschatology of human existence.
All problems of humanity stem from the lack of spiritual understanding and can be eliminated as soon as all humans become enlightened beings. This is what Ascension is all about.
Ascension is not an event, but a process that has begun a long time ago and has accelerated in the last 24 years since the first harmonic convergence took place in the summer of 1987. In the course of this and next year, this process will reach its final culmination. We are in the End Times, as predicted in many religious and esoteric books.
Much of what has been written in this book will no longer be of relevance to those entities who will ascend.
But the more so for those, who have not yet made up their mind. The coming months will be crucial not only with respect to their earthly destiny, but also with respect to their future incarnations. Ascension of earth and mankind is a juncture of cosmic proportions for numerous souls throughout the whole galaxy and beyond it.
It will terminate the incarnation cycle of many souls, so that they can proceed with their infinite journey of cosmic experience and exploration towards the Oneness of All-That-Is.
The three-dimensional reality (3d-reality) on earth that builds the current plane of existence of mankind is a product of the creative imagination of the higher realms of All-That-Is, to which our souls also belong.
The cosmic rule of Creation says that first there is an idea, an imagination of what might be, and only then its realization. In the higher realms, there is no time-lag between imagination and creation, as time does not exist as a dimension in these realms.
Everything is created in the “Now”.
This circumstance is defined in human language as “simultaneity” and “synchronicity”.
However, the sequentially operating human mind is limited by the biological brain and its slow propagation of neuronal signals due to their retardation at the neuronal synapses and cannot truly understand the concept of simultaneity of the higher realms and how they actually operate.
Most human beings believe that matter comes first, and all they can do is to adjust to it by manipulating it in various ways. Current technological society is entirely based on this notion. This is the reversal of the actual creative process of All-That-Is.
Present-day empiric science and modern technologies are manifestations of this narrow human concept of Creation. This is the principal cognitive flaw of all humans, most of whom do not bother about transcendental issues, but also of light workers, who, while deeply engaged in expanding the boundaries of their spiritual knowledge, fail to consider the cognitive and epistemological pre-requisitions for any true Creation from a philosophical and Gnostic point of view.
It is, therefore, very important to clearly define this upper limit of cognition of all incarnated human entities in an a priori manner, in order to understand the necessity and inevitability of the upcoming events during this year that will prepare the ground for Ascension of earth and part of mankind at the end of 2012.
The author assumes that the reader is well informed about these events from the many channeled messages in Internet.
In particular, the messages of Cosmic Awareness are an excellent introduction into these unique and key events in the history of earth and modern mankind, being the last of many civilizations that have evolved and completed their incarnation cycle on this planet since eons of time.
As already said, the realization of all imagined ideas occurs immediately in the higher frequency realms of existence, also defined as 5th, 6th, and higher dimensions. This affords a much higher level of responsibility from the Creator – be he an individual or collective entity – as any creation has repercussions on the Creator. If the Creator creates entities that also have the capacity to create, there are theoretically two alternatives how to manage Creation in a responsible manner.
The first one is the original creator gives the created entities the unlimited power to create, because he has created them perfect.
This alternative is defined in religion and philosophy as the “free will of man” given to him by God or Nature. However, both religion and philosophy, respectively, science, have so far failed to prove that God and Nature are different entities, while at the same time they vigorously sustain the notion of their separation, which is the only legitimacy for their existence as separate systems of knowledge.
If God and Nature were one and the same, as they actually are, religion must merge with science, and science must become transcendental by eliminating most of its empiric dogmas that narrow its scope of human cognition.
However, all religions are so overloaded with wrong spiritual concepts and ideas that they cannot be reformed, but must be replaced and substituted by a new system of transcendental knowledge that also incorporates some of the valid concepts of empiric science.
This task has been successfully accomplished by the author in the 90s by developing the new Theory and Gnosis of the Universal Law. This huge theoretical topic has been covered by the author in many books and goes beyond the scope of this essay.
The other alternative is to restrict the creative potential of the created entity to some selected areas of experience.
The latter alternative is that which has been actually explored on earth for the last 13 000 years under different sets of circumstances and preconditions. In this respect the free will of the incarnated entity is subjected to the pre-conceived plan of the soul. The latter takes into consideration myriad existential alternatives which the incarnated entity can explore throughout his life.
Therefore, the scope of the free will of the incarnated entity is already pre-determined by the soul prior to incarnation.
At the same time, the space of existential alternatives is so vast that it practically can never be explored by the individual. Therefore, the free will of human beings does exist, but only within the pre-established conditions of the soul or the Higher Self, which is at the same time the co-creator of the plane of existence on earth.
Needless to say that most of the incarnated entities do not use this potential of the free will to its full extent to promote their spiritual growth, but instead succumb through the social habit of adaptation to the pre-existing material and other illusions of 3d-life.
Human entities are born on earth in a state of more or less total amnesia with respect to their creative potential as cosmic multidimensional beings.
This is also known as the “veil of forgetfulness”. The term encompasses the deliberate separation of the incarnated entity from the Source – from the higher pristine realms of existence -for the purpose of having collective experience under extreme limited energetic conditions. It is very important to observe that the creation of such a limitation affords the deliberate application of huge energies that “seal” the corresponding plane of existence from the simultaneity, synchronicity, and co-creation of the higher realms.
This level of maximal separation from the Source is only achieved in the 3d-space-time of the solar universes. Life on earth represents the maximal possible separation from the Source in the whole galaxy.
This separation is of course a subjective perception of the incarnated entity, created by his limited senses and narrow daily consciousness. In reality, human beings are, from an energetic point of view, always an integral part of the soul and the higher realms.
The whole metabolism and unconditional, subconscious reflexes, being indispensable for the support of human life, are regulated by higher frequency energies of the soul. In this respect the much discussed chakras are interceptions between the high frequency energies of the soul and the electromagnetic and quantum energies of the biological body.
The energies that accomplish this separation from the Source and create the perceived 3d-space-time must inevitably be of low frequency, as to build a destructive interference with the harmonic higher frequency levels of Creation; the latter are perceived by human beings as “unconditional love”.
Such obstructive energies create the human concept of duality, which is central to all religious and esoteric concepts, which mankind has developed throughout history in its effort to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is.
From the restricted dualistic point of view of human awareness, the low frequency energies of matter and flesh are usually described as “dark forces, Ahriman forces, Luciferian forces, demons, evil aliens” etc.
However, these phenomena, though they may be quite real at a given 3d-plane of existence, can only exist within the Oneness of All-That-Is.
*
We introduce the physical term “destructive interference” which should be cogent to all readers with a modest understanding of wave theory from school at this place, as to make aware of the fact that all the so called “dark forces” on earth are created by local destructive interference within the harmony and simultaneity of the Whole and can be automatically eliminated by changing the conditions of destructive interference with those of constructive interference, also known as harmonic convergence in the esoteric literature.
As there will be a lot of talk this year about the dark forces – the Powers That Be – that have controlled earth and humanity for thousands of years, it is very important to stress the core message of this essay, namely, that all evil forces are integral part of All-That-Is.
It is from the subjective point of view of the dark forces to consider themselves separated from the Source. Within this subjectivity they create their own experience of separation.
The current process of earth’s Ascension, which has entered its final and most intensive phase in the summer of 1987 (first harmonic convergence), is from an energetic point of view the establishment of the condition of constructive interference – of unconditional love – on earth by eliminating step by step all local destructive interferences that may be experienced as emotional negativities and spiritual blockades.
These are the driving emotional and mental forces behind all atrocities, one can currently observe on earth, just as they have always been in the core of the bellicose history of mankind.
As Ascension is the return to Oneness, there is always the possibility for any representative of the dark forces to also return to the Source. It depends only on their free will – on what choice such entities will make in this particular moment, while Ascension is virtually unfolding in front of our very eyes.
This preliminary statement is meant to avoid any confusion from the very beginning, as a substantial part of mankind may choose to go along the path of greater separation from the Source and will decide against Ascension and merging with the Oneness of All-That-Is.
This choice should be respected by all those who have decided to ascend with earth in the 5th dimension.
At this point we must make the reader aware of the fact that the terms “Oneness” and “All-That-Is” are tautologies of one and the same thing. This is what we call the “principle of last equivalence” of human awareness. As we shall show below, this is the first principle of all human thinking, not only on earth, but also as cosmic consciousness, respectively, awareness throughout the whole universe and within infinite dimensions and realities.
Although the above discussed interactions, even when they involve human behavior and ethics, may seem at first glance to be very complex and far-fetched, they are, in fact, all of energetic origin and can be reduced to some very simple physical principles.
Unfortunately, current esoteric and channeled literature is full of dubious and unclear terms in this respect, such as,
“rays and colors, and flames, e.g. 5th ray, blue ray, twin flame, etc.”,
…which further confuse the already distorted human mind.
Out of this semantic confusion various schools of esoteric thought have emerged in the last years that contribute to a further mental separation among the few light workers (less than 1% of the world population).
This is precisely what should be overcome in this crucial year in the history of mankind.
All-That-Is is as simple as it is infinite in its plurality.
One should not confuse the variety of forms with the simplicity of the Laws of Creation. This is the principal fallacy of any restricted awareness that is separated from the Source. Although there may be an infinite number of planes of existence in the horizontal and vertical line, they all obey the simple law of frequency superposition, defined as constructive and destructive interference in wave theory.
In order to understand these laws we have to establish a preliminary idea of the Nature of All-that-Is.
All-That-Is, the Whole, no matter how we name it, has some characteristics that have not been realized either by present-day science or by its counterpart -current esotericism.
Religions have not even made an effort to comprehend the Whole; therefore, they can be excluded from this discussion without affecting its universal validity.
For this reason we refer to any true science of transcendental knowledge as “Gnosis”, which is the ancient Greek term for “true spiritual knowledge”, respectively, for the study of such knowledge. It should be observed at this place that any true scientific knowledge can only be of transcendental, gnostic character.
Such knowledge should begin with an exploration of the Nature of the Whole.
*
All-That-Is has the following characteristics that any human being without a deep spiritual knowledge can easily derive from his consciousness in an a priori manner.
These are:
the Whole is closed, infinite, and discrete, that is, it consists of infinite levels and systems
it is continuous, that is, there are no voids (vacuum) between its levels and systems
it is in a state of permanent energy exchange
Let us elaborate these primary features of All-That-Is that are conceivable to any human mind from a physical and cognitive point of view.
By saying that the Whole is closed, we simply acknowledge the fact that energy cannot be lost.
This we can observe in all energy interactions. Current physics has acknowledged this fact as first discovered by the German physician Robert Meyer only in the late 19th century and has defined it as the “law of conservation of energy”, also known as the “first law of thermodynamics“.
All known physical laws reflect the law of conservation of energy. Without the conservation of energy, it will not be possible to define any known physical law as a mathematical equation. This elementary fact is currently not fully apprehended in theoretical physics.
The law of conservation of energy can only exist because there is an incessant energy exchange between the systems and levels of All-That-Is. The Whole is Energy Exchange (see below).
We can apply this law for instance to the creation and regulation of the human body by the soul.
All astral, vital energies that the human body acquires from the soul and the higher realms of Creation in order to support its life as a biological organism are transformed into biochemical matter in the process of cell metabolism and then radiated as pure energetic experience of 3d-space-time back to the higher realms.
This is the only reason, and purpose, of the soul to seek incarnation experience in the 3d space-time of the solar universes. Experience, in its purest essence, is a particular energy exchange, as well as the memory of this exchange, whereas memory is another particular form of energy exchange. The last statement is tautological and this confirms the closed character of Al-That-Is.
This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge to any light worker with a modicum of spiritual awareness.
By acknowledging that the Whole is closed and manifests itself as a conservation of energy in every interaction we actually recognize that there is no difference between All-That-Is and Energy.
They are one and the same. This is a basic observation that holds true for any kind of awareness -be it human or cosmic.
We can call this insight “the primary term of all consciousness” and write it as a simple equation:
All-That-Is = Energy = Space-Time = any Consciousness or Awareness = etc. =
= Primary Term of Human Consciousness
The primary equation encompasses the basic knowledge of any kind of awareness:
All-That-Is exists as a concept in every individual consciousness, no matter how restricted or evolved it may be.
In religion, this primordial idea has been recognized by postulating that “God is everything and exists in all beings and objects”.
In the naturalistic and shamanistic religions, this is known as pantheism, in quantum physics this is referred to as the principle of superposition, which means that all quantum systems are interrelated and interdependent as demonstrated in the famous EPRB-experiment for photon interactions.
The above equation is the first and last equivalence of human consciousness, and, most probably, of any kind of consciousness within All-That-Is.
It discloses a fundamental tautology of human perception. This tautology is the fundamental proof that All-That-Is is closed. The concept of the closed character of All-That-Is is a metaphysical, transcendental idea that can be experimentally proven by its concrete manifestation – the law of conservation of energy:
All energy interactions that we observe in the real physical world follow the law of conservation of energy.
Theoretically, the closed character of All-That-Is can be proven by building numerous tautologies which point to the semantic equivalence of all terms attributed to All-That-Is.
This primordial idea of human and any consciousness or awareness is defined as:
The Principle of Last Equivalence
One can alternatively define this principle as the Law of Oneness without altering the essence of the knowledge that this principle perspires.
Purely for this reason, we introduce the concept of the “primary term”, thus making the reader aware of the fact that we can use any word for the primary term of our consciousness, as long as we mean All-That-Is.
The primary term is the primordial mirror-image of All-That-Is of any particular awareness as part of the Whole.
This tautological equivalence of all words that assess the primary term of our consciousness as expressed by the previous statement is the actual “principle of last equivalence”. It is the first and ONLY axiomatic statement of human consciousness – be it individual or collective – that cannot be derived from any other statement. Otherwise, it will not be a first statement. This is another tautology that proves the closed character of All-That-Is.
This first statement or idea of human consciousness is also defined as the Primary Axiom of human thinking.
This definition has been deliberately chosen as to make the vast majority of uneducated people aware of the fact, that since Antiquity numerous thinkers, such as Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle have developed the concept of Axiomatics – the study of logical arrangement of all human statements in a categorical system, such as science, in which there is no inconsistency or contradiction between any two arbitrary statements -by departing from a small number of self-evident statements, preferably, from only one statement.
The Geometry of Euclid was considered for many centuries to be a paradigm of true axiomatics and an ultimate goal for any other scientific discipline, such as philosophy. For instance, both Descartes, the father of modern science, and Spinoza, the father of modern ethics, wrote their philosophical treatises according to the axiomatic principle of Euclidean Geometry.
This ideal remained central to Western scientific thinking until empirical, explorative science emerged in the late 19th century.
The putative success of scientific empiricism in the last one hundred years eliminated axiomatic philosophy as a way of thinking and approaching the Nature of All-That-Is from our modern educational system. The current agnosticism of all scientists is the natural consequence of the dominance of this narrow-minded empirical dogma over the collective human mind-set.
The author has dedicated some comprehensive books on this key philosophical issue which is in the core of current agnosticism of mankind. This will be the greatest mental hurdle which mankind must circumvent this year in order to ascend at the end of 2012.
The concept of full axiomatization of human knowledge and the corresponding categorical systems has dominated the philosophical thinking of Western civilization as an intellectual ideal since Antiquity, as demonstrated in the works of Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Kant, and many other thinkers, notwithstanding the fact that they have all failed to establish a truly universal system of human knowledge or to develop a proper scientific language that can be axiomatized without a single exception.
It is important to observe that the English language does not even have a word for “axiomatics”, although this term is quite popular in most European languages.
This fact brings into a focus the cognitive misery of Anglo-Saxon scientific, empirical thinking that has, for historical reasons, influenced and flawed the current weltanschauung of most human beings on earth in a most profound and deplorable way.
The establishment of a truly universal axiomatics of all science and human language was achieved for the first time in the history of modern mankind in 1994-1995 by the author of this essay, after he discovered the Universal Law and developed the new physical and mathematical axiomatics as a result of this discovery.
He has extensively proved that human knowledge has its origin in the principle of last equivalence and can be derived from the primary term in an axiomatic manner.
He initially proved that the whole theory of physics can be axiomatically derived from this principle, by showing in an irrevocable manner that the Universal Law is the most simple mathematical presentation of All-That-Is as a rule of three a = b/c.
This is the only physical law of All-That-Is, perceived as space-time by human consciousness.
To this we shall say much more below.
It should be cogent to the reader that the equation defined as the principle of last equivalence is the limit of any human cognition. Forever! We may ascend as human beings to the 5th dimension and acquire much more knowledge about the systems and levels (dimensions) of All-That-Is, but we shall still not be able to enlarge our awareness beyond the primary term of All-That-Is.
It is very important for the reader to comprehend this insight to its full extent and to make it the foundation of his very thinking – as soon as possible and as profoundly as one is able to think.
The law of conservation of energy introduces a new concept that has not been realized so far by science and esotericism.
All-That-Is is evidently Organized Energy – there is no such thing as chaos, as current empiric science (chaos theory) makes us believe – and organized energy can also be comprehended as Information. There is, indeed, no difference between Energy and Information – they are synonyms for All-That-is (principle of last equivalence, see above).
At the same time, organized energy is Consciousness – there is no way of distinguishing organized energy from consciousness.
Software programs are for instance organized forms of electromagnetic energy, and they may evolve to artificial consciousness. What we observe on a small scale on earth in the last 20 years with respect to internet and computer technologies, is also occurring on a grander scale throughout All-That-Is.
From this knowledge we can deduce that all parts – systems and levels – of All-That-is have a consciousness. All parts of All-That-Is have an ultimate idea of All-That-Is – from the smallest elementary particle or cell to the most evolved entity.
We say in this context:
“The parts contain the Whole as an element”, the element being awareness, consciousness, organized energy, Spirit (synonyms).
This is a very important statement that will help us organize our knowledge of All-That-Is in a very simple manner.
Systems that contain the Whole as an element are defined in mathematics as U-sets.
This term was introduced for the first time by Russell at the beginning of the 20th century and helped to unify the various mathematical disciplines under the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first formulated by the German mathematician Hilbert in 1900.
For further information we recommend the essay “Universal Law”, written by the author and published in internet under:
All systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Whole, the primary term, as an element.
This is a fundamentally new concept that offsets the current narrow human perceptions in science, religion, politics, and everyday life, namely, that material objects and human beings are distinct entities that are separated from each other and the Whole and must fight against each other in order to survive.
The energetic separation of the incarnated entities on earth from the Whole has promulgated the basic notion of their hallucinatory somatic perception of being distinct biological organisms throughout all current concepts of mankind on Nature and social life.
These ideas of biological exclusiveness have shaped the collective world view in such a profound and, at the same time, invisible manner that these ideas are very seldom put into question – in fact, only when they have thoroughly failed, as this will be the case this year with respect to Darwin’s doctrine on the evolution of human and other species.
The notion of separation is contrary to the nature of All-That-Is, which is at the same time the primary term of our consciousness, precisely, it can be equated with our consciousness according to the principle of last equivalence.
Since Gödel published his first Theorem on the validity of mathematics in 1931, we know – or at least all theoreticians of science should be aware of it – that it is sufficient to introduce only one wrong statement in a categorical system of knowledge, such as science, religion, and economics in order to bias the whole system.
This is what has happened with these systems of knowledge again and again on this planet in the last several thousand years, since modern man has begun to put his spoken thoughts into a written form. That is why they have no value and must disappear during the next two years in the course of human Ascension, because these systems of separation will have no place in the expanded awareness of the ascended human entities in the 5th dimension.
Gödel proved that mathematics, when organized according to the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first postulated by Hilbert in 1900, inevitably leads to two fundamentally contrary statements that seem to be apparently true.
This fundamental paradox of mathematics is known as antinomy.
The term was introduced by Russell at the beginning of the 20th century. He was the first to realize that all human thoughts are U-sets and contain themselves and the Whole as an element. The ultimate term is consciousness – it is the total set of all human thoughts, and it is also a thought.
This means that all human thoughts contain the whole human consciousness as an element, while the latter is equivalent to the primary term of our consciousness, which is the primordial idea of the Whole of any sentient entity within All-That-Is.
This proof is obviously of a tautological character and this is the ultimate proof that the Whole, being the primary notion of any kind of consciousness or awareness throughout All-That-Is, is of closed character. This proof is of transcendental nature and goes beyond the argumentation of current science and mathematics. At the same time this knowledge builds the epistemological foundation of any true science and transcendental system of knowledge.
The latter should ideally amalgamate all current religious views, stripped off of all their wrong ideas of separation, as well as all current esoteric views that make no effort to establish a coherent system of transcendental knowledge.
In practice, all world religionsshould be abolished as false Gnostic systems of spiritual knowledge, because none of them adequately assesses the Nature of All-That-Is, respectively, of God.
*
The above mentioned concepts are self-evident and should be cogent to the reader.
However, the personal experience teaches us that they can hardly be comprehended and incorporated into daily consciousness by most human beings. The reason for this is that current human species suffers from serious energetic deficiencies that have been deliberately inserted into his biological structure by his co-creators – The Powers That Be -in order to hinder the above advocated holistic approach.
This is a huge theme that goes beyond the scope of this essay, but it will inevitably become a central piece of theoretical dispute in the second half of this year, after some basic revelations are made public to humanity. At this place we shall say the following.
The most prominent energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities on earth is the separation of the left from the right brain hemisphere in their neurological function. The second key malfunction is the limited use of only 8-10% of the actual brain capacity. There are many more malfunctions inserted deliberately in the energetic structure of Homo sapiens by his genetic co-engineers – the Powers That Be – to separate him from the Source, most notably the reptilian brain (cerebellum in association with medulla oblongata).
The reptilian human brain is highly susceptible to fear patterns that can be also artificially emitted with the help of certain advanced technologies from the 4th dimension, from where the dark forces have until now effectively controlled mankind.
This situation will change dramatically this year as a result of the huge, high frequency waves from the central sun of the Galaxy and the higher realms that flood our planet with increasing intensity.
Such fear patterns have been successfully used by the dark forces to dump down the critical, logical, and independent thinking of human beings.
Other prominent energetic malfunctions of current human beings are the separation of the three lower chakras from the three higher chakras by the 4th heart chakra. This has so far prohibited the development of Christ consciousness on earth that integrates the idea of Oneness in human behavior.
The reduction of human DNA to two strands and the use of only a small portion of it for storing information is another important energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities that limits their perception as sentient beings.
It should be observed at this place that present-day bio-science has no idea of this genetic deficiency of human species and defines the unused 95% of human DNA as “junk-DNA“.
This fact brings into a focus the cognitive malaise of current, narrow-minded empiric science with respect to its object of study:
What scientists do not understand is degraded to “junk” or “dark matter” (for further explanations see below).
It is important to stress that all logical thinking is first and foremost an independent thinking.
Precisely this kind of thinking has been dumped down by the Powers That Be for the last 13,000 years, since they have taken full control over this planet and created modern man.
This suppression of independent critical thinking of humans is energetically accomplished by modulating and deranging the original independent ideas of the incarnated entity, which he acquires in form of inspirations from his soul, by establishing the condition of destructive interference, which is at the same time the condition of all human angst on earth. Such fear deranged patterns of human thinking are always void of logic and true axiomatic arrangement.
This is another huge theme that ought to be elaborated in detail in a special book.
However, as Homo sapiens was in addition genetically improved by the Forces of Light, respectively, by the human souls of the incarnated entities, which are part of the Source, modern man has the inherent capacity to be aware of his indistinguishable bond with All-That-Is, even when the notion of his bond with God has been buried in the course of numerous painful incarnations on earth under the veil of total forgetfulness.
Human beings are said to be “sparks of God”. This means that any human entity always has an unrestricted access to Spirit (Geist, Weltgeist) of Cosmic Logic, also known as Logos in Antiquity or Nous in Neo-Platonism.
Therefore, it is not a coincidence that John’s Gospel begins with “At the beginning was Logos”, and not the “word”, as it has been erroneously translated from Greek in the Bible in virtually all modern languages in the last sixteen hundred years. Logos was also a synonym for logical thinking – hence the science of logic, which was at the beginning and the culmination of ancient Greek education.
This single semantic blunder has effectively hindered a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is by all christians, as the author has extensively elaborated in his theoretical work “Neo-Platonism and Christianity”.
As the reader may have already perceived, all central themes of humanity mentioned in this essay so far are closely intertwined and can only be properly tackled when one departs from their common epistemological origin – the Nature of All-That-Is.
Let us summarize the essence of our previous discussion.
All systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Nature of the Whole = the Source = All-That-Is = God = etc. (principle of last equivalence) as an element. Or as one often reads in channeled messages: Human beings are “sparks of God”, which is but a metaphor for the true Nature of All-That-Is.
It is of great importance to realize that this knowledge is basic to the existence of all science, beginning with mathematics. Let us illustrate this basic statement with the following example from the history of mathematics that is at present virtually forgotten or deliberately neglected by all theoreticians.
When Gödel proved that mathematics cannot be axiomatized with its own methods, as propagated by Hilbert and many other European mathematicians since the beginning of the 20th century, this basic discipline virtually plunged into its Foundation crisis. This crisis lasted until 1995, when the author discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and eliminated it as an artifact, born in the realm of distorted scientific consciousness.
Mathematics is, as some may know, a hermeneutic discipline of human knowledge. “Hermeneutic” means that this discipline has no external object of study and exploration as for instance other empirical sciences, such as physics and bio-science are believed to be, although this perception is essentially wrong as we shall show below.
Mathematics deals with numbers and other signs of relation which are abstract symbols that have no external object, but can be eventually applied to external material objects, for instance, to count them. But these hermeneutic symbols are pure platonic ideas of human consciousness. While they are true, otherwise there will be no need to use mathematics, they exist independently of the outer world.
This has been acknowledged by many continental European mathematicians since the turn of the 19th century, but this dispute and its implications are virtually unknown to their counterparts in England and the USA, although, ironically, it were Russell and Whitehead who triggered this dispute with their fundamental theoretical work “Principia Mathematica” published in 1908-1913.
What is the Foundation crisis of mathematics all about?
It simply acknowledges the fact that this hermeneutic discipline is not in the position to solve its crisis with its own mathematical means and to prove its validity in the outer world, as this is the case for instance with physics. This discipline assesses natural laws which can be experimentally confirmed at any point in space and time, as well as independently of the observer, as this is the case for instance with Newton’s laws of gravitation.
The reason for this is that all natural laws can be expressed as mathematical equations, which are of universal validity.
This is the actual reason, why physics is generally considered to be an exact natural science, whereas most other sciences, such as bio-science and economics cannot claim this ubiquitous exactness as they cannot be mathematically expressed.
However, theoretical physics has made no effort to explain us, how it is possible that Nature functions according to mathematics, while this discipline is a fairly recent intellectual artifact of human civilization, whereas Nature on this planet ought to be several billions years old, if one assumes that the Darwin’s doctrine of evolution is correct.
How is it possible that an older a priori phenomenon of galactic dimension such as Nature adjusts to the modest spiritual achievements of a humble species, called Homo sapiens, who is not even in the position to organize his social life without perennial wars and collapses and, above of all, only by virtue of destroying this very Nature, by incorporating in a posterior manner his recent, modest mathematics that has not been able to render a single reliable statistical tool or future prediction on his own destiny, as the upcoming cosmic events will prove beyond any doubt?
To account for this “child-mother paradox” – the child, being Homo sapiens, changing the essence of Mother-Nature – scientists have resorted to a variety of obscure concepts summarized under the terms “strong” and “weak anthropomorphism”, which is but a further monument of their collective imbecility.
Furthermore, theoreticians of physics have failed to take into consideration the Foundation crisis of mathematics, while using it is an exclusive means to adequately describe Nature, thus claiming the rank of the most exact science, whereas this privilege should be actually reserved for mathematics.
These are obvious observations and arguments that any human entity with a modest faculty of logical thinking ought to make and find a proper answer, before he decides to study such epistemologically unfounded sciences.
And where are the true theoreticians that make such observations? While not on earth, they will be definitely found on the new 5th-dimensional earth, because such will be the new transcendental physics of cosmic Creation.
How can scientists properly understand the Nature of All-That-Is if they do not even border to prove the validity of its best and unique tool of exploration – mathematics – and solve its Foundation crisis? Have there been such efforts to solve the problem in the past?
The answer is definitely “Yes”.
But when the theoreticians came to the conclusion that they are helpless on this issue at some point in time in the 60s, they decided not to border any more about such “trivial inconsistencies” of their beloved discipline and brushed aside this unresolved theoretical problem of mathematics by hiding it under the rug of scientific forgetfulness.
Each time somebody tried to unify mathematics on the basis of the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as advocated by the German mathematician Hilbert in his program, known as Hilbert formalism – and there have been many mathematicians that have made this effort in the past – he has acquired two equally valid results that exclude each other and build an antinomy. Mathematics cannot prove its own validity.
This fiasco led to the general acknowledgement that the only possible solution of the Foundation crisis of mathematics would be to prove its validity outside the hermeneutic (closed) area of pure human consciousness – namely, in the real physical world.
This requirement for the validity of mathematics is known since then as “proof of existence”.
We shall show below that this proof is of the same nature as the “proof of God”, which has been the cognitive Armageddon of all religions – first and foremost, of Christianity.
It remains still a mystery as to why this simple requirement for the validity of mathematics has not been tackled and solved in the last 70-80 years, since the idea of its Foundation crisis was firmly established in the scientific world.
Although this elaboration may seem to be quite theoretical and far-fetched with respect to our anticipated intent to explain why and how the world economic order will collapse this year, we shall show that exactly this unsolved theoretical problem of mathematics lies in the core of the upcoming crisis, which is man-made and a mirror image of all wrong concepts of mankind about the Nature of All-That-Is and of humans as incarnated entities, being U-sets of All-That-Is.
Present-day science does not give us any valid answer to the question:
“Who are we really?”
The Foundation crisis of mathematics was finally solved by the author in 1995 when he discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and showed that all known physical laws and their applications, including all known physical dimensions, magnitudes, quantities, and constants, can be derived as U-subsets from the primary term of our consciousness, defined in physical terms as Space-Time.
This was the missing “proof of existence” that numerous mathematicians have been searching in vain during the last 20th century.
As the author has dedicated many comprehensive books on this discovery and its implications for human thinking and perceptions, this huge topic will not be further elaborated in this essay. The author would only like to reiterate at this place the conviction that a competence in the General Theory of the Universal Law is indispensable for a proper understanding of the argumentation forwarded in this book.
How is the discovery of the Universal law, being a natural law of energy exchange, linked to mathematics and its Foundation crisis? We have shown above that the primary term of our consciousness can be expressed by any word or symbol according to the principle of last equivalence.
Therefore, we can also write it in the following manner:
Primary term = any number or mathematical symbol = Continuum =
= foundation of mathematics
The primary term is the origin not only of all verbal ideas expressed in terms of language, but also the origin of mathematics as a system of abstract symbols and signs.
It actually proves that there is no difference between verbal and mathematical expressions.
Mathematics has, since Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle, been considered to be a prolongation of human logic. Vice versa, any verbal categorical system of knowledge, such as politics can be logically organized and subsequently mathematically expressed.
Just as nobody disputes the correctness of the equation 2 + 2 = 4, it is possible to organize trivial human thinking in a logical manner as to eliminate all kinds of futile discussions in politics and in any other area of common interest that hinder social progress and generate political and economic crises.
The American political system in Washington is a paramount example for the gridlock that always occurs when human beings leave the solid ground of common human logic and prefer to experience their separation in a bellicose manner, as the recent heinous shooting of a congress-woman demonstrated in a deplorable and very depressing manner.
The solution to the streamlining of human consciousness and thinking in order to comply with the Nature of All-That-Is renders for the first time in the history of modern mankind the discovery of the Universal Law and its application in science and daily affairs.
The Universal Law is the mathematical presentation of the primary term of All-That-Is as a simple rule of three a = b/c, because the primary term can also be defined as the continuum of all numbers.
Since Cantor and Frege, the continuum of all numbers is generally acknowledged to be the “paradise of mathematics”.
Based on the principle of last equivalence, it can be now proven for the first time that all words of human language can be mathematically expressed and vice versa – all mathematical symbols can be substituted with precise verbal terms without changing the validity of mathematics. This is achieved by implementing the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions throughout the whole system of human knowledge.
Language is an energetic system or level of All-That-Is and contains the Whole as an element. Since all U-sets of the Whole abide by the Universal Law, they do not contradict each other in the infinite harmony of All-That-Is. The same must also apply to human language and to all categorical systems of knowledge that build the tissue of language.
Therefore, they need not contradict, as they do now, but can be arranged according to the same principle of universal harmony just as the parts of All-That-Is are arranged.
This principle is the alleged axiomatization of human language. It postulates that human beings should depart from the primary term of All-That-Is, which is also the primary term of human consciousness and can be equated with the latter, and derive from it all words and terms that they use orally or in a written form in everyday life, science, religion, and esotericism.
This principle was first applied by the author in physics to derive all known physical magnitudes and laws from the Universal Law, respectively, from the primary term without changing any mathematical result obtained in this empiric discipline so far.
However, most of the verbal explanations of mathematical results that have been experimentally generated in physics had to be rejected in the process of its axiomatization, because they contained numerous contradictory connotations and meanings that biased the whole edifice of this natural science.
The universal idea underlying all semantic, logical, and factual contradictions in physics (and science) is the idea of the separation of the parts from each other and from the Whole. This is a leitmotif of this essay. Precisely these wrong verbal interpretations have hindered the unification of this discipline before the author discovered the Universal Law and unified physics on the basis of it.
Let us illustrate this with an example from present-day physics.
*
It is a well-known fact that gravitation cannot be integrated with the other three fundamental forces in the standard model, which is considered to be the utmost unification, conventional physics has been able to achieve so far.
However, Nature is a unity – for instance, gravitation is propagated with the speed of light ‘c,’ which is at the same time the speed of electromagnetism. For instance, all fundamental constants of electromagnetism, such as electric and magnetic permittivity, can be derived from the speed of light. At the same time these constants are part of all laws of magnetism, electricity, and electromagnetism as summarized in the four Maxwell’s equations.
This information is given for physicists. The author does not expect that the average reader understands physics, as he has found out that most physicists do not even understand their own discipline.
If gravitation and electromagnetism, two fundamental forces of Nature according to the standard model, use the same universal speed of light, how comes that they cannot be integrated by current physical theory? It is obvious that physics has fundamentally missed the point as to how Nature really operates. At the same time the protagonists of this discipline are not honest enough to acknowledge this basic cognitive deficiency of their physical theory, while claiming at the same time that they possess the Holy Grail of Science.
The reason why physicists have failed to integrate gravitation with electromagnetism was that they postulated in an a priori wrong manner that there is vacuum in All-That-Is and that photons, the carrier of electromagnetic forces, are particles without a mass. Both, the concept of vacuum and the existence of “mass-less” particles as N-sets of All-That-Is are concrete applications of the initial idea of separation.
N-sets are sets that do not contain themselves as an element, for instance, vacuum is an N-set, because it contains particles which are something, while vacuum is per definition nothing – it is void.
The integration of gravitation with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces, was achieved for the first time by the author in 1995. He was able to derive all fundamental natural constants, such as the gravitational constant ‘G’ from those of electromagnetism and to prove in an irrevocable manner that both forces are mathematical aspects of All-That-Is.
In order to do this, he proved in the first place that the term “mass” has been defined in physics in a profoundly wrong manner. Mass is considered to be an intrinsic property of matter, whereas the particles of light, the photons, should not have any mass. It is difficult to perceive when, why, and how this irrational idea has entered this discipline, but it is a matter of fact that it has evolved in the meantime to an infallible dogma. This concept alone has prevented physicists from grasping the nature of All-That-Is.
Mass is a physical quantity, and all physical quantities in physics are defined within mathematics in an a priori manner. This should say that physical quantities are abstract mathematical, hermeneutic ideas of the human mind, with which the physical world can be adequately described in a secondary manner. Therefore, physics is applied mathematics to physical matter and is thus not a separate scientific system of knowledge.
This fundamental epistemological fact has not been apprehended in theoretical science so far. From this we conclude that all physical quantities belong to the continuum, and the latter is the primary term of All-That-Is. This means that they contain the properties of the Whole as an element. Practically, this fact tells us that all parts of the Whole have energy – they are energetic systems, because the Whole is energy.
Each system exhibits a specific constant amount of energy. When two systems are compared, we obtain a relationship of their energies, which is a dimensionless number that belongs to the continuum.
This is precisely what physicists have done in the past in an unconscious, irrational manner with the definition of mass without analyzing it from a methodological and epistemological point of view: Mass is energy relationship. To those, who are keen on physics, the author would recommend that they scrutinize the current definition of mass in any available textbook on physics and find out for themselves that mass is nothing else but an energy relationship.
What does it follow from this simple conclusion? If all systems/parts of All-That-Is have energy, then they must also have a mass, as they can be compared with any other system. In this case, it is a fundamental blunder to believe that photons are mass-less particles.
They must also have a mass because there are energetic systems according to Planck’s equation for photon energy E = h f.
If all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy, which means something, then there is no such thing that is nothing. In this case the idea of vacuum as void or of particles that are without a mass are absolutely wrong concepts (N-sets) that should be cogent to anybody with a modicum of logical thinking. They stem from the primordial notion of separation of human beings from the Whole and should be eliminated from physics and science once and for all.
This is exactly what the author did, when he started with the axiomatization of conventional physics. By eliminating these wrong ideas of separation, he ultimately eliminated most of the confusion in this “exact” natural science. Ultimately he could unify this discipline by applying the Universal law to each energetic system and energy interaction that has been experimentally observed and described in this natural science so far – without any exception!
In practice, he confirmed all mathematical results obtained in physics up to date, but eliminated most of the verbal interpretations of these mathematical results as flawed and wrong.
In particular, he derived the mass of the elementary photon, known as Planck’s constant h (see above), from basic physical equations and showed that the macro-mass of all material objects can be calculated from the basic mass of the elementary photon. He actually proved that matter is condensed light (photon energy).
The anthropocentric unit “kilogram” is, for instance, a derivative (surrogate) from the primary mass of the elementary photon h obtained within mathematics.
By acknowledging that photons have a mass, the author could easily explain the mechanism of gravitation as being propagated by photons with the speed of light and eliminated the obscure search for the hypothetical graviton.
Further on, he proved that the fundamental gravitational constant G, which is basic to all gravitational laws of Newton, can be easily derived in an axiomatic manner from the speed of light. In this way he integrated for the first time gravitation with electromagnetism on the basis of mathematical formalism and established a new coherent theory of cosmology that eliminates virtually all basic ideas of this discipline – beginning with such imbecilities as the big bang and the hot expansion of the universe.
However, this essay is not intended to be an introduction to the physical theory of the Universal Law, but has the purpose to show how all wrong ideas in physics have emerged from the primary concept of separation from the Whole.
This elaboration, while being the Final Judgment on all fallacies of modern physics and science, aims in the first place to explain why the current structure of human civilization, which depends to a large extent on theoretical and experimental science, will inevitably collapse this year.
Current empiric science and technology will be a major part of this collapse.
*
From this disquisition we conclude that mathematics can be expressed in verbal terms and vice versa, any verbal system of knowledge can be presented in terms of mathematics when the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions is thoroughly observed.
This novel insight will transform current empiric science, which has deliberately neglected this intellectual heritage of Western civilization since Antiquity, in the remaining time prior to Ascension to a true, infallible system of knowledge.
The new science of the Universal Law will retain its validity in the 5th dimension by axiomatically incorporating the new transcendental knowledge that will be then available to the ascended entities. Without a full understanding of the new theory of the Universal Law they will not be able to truly comprehend the laws of Creation of All-That-Is and will experience difficulties in progressing on their path of spiritual evolution.
The basic conclusion from the discovery of the Universal Law is that there is no difference between Consciousness and the outer physical world, currently perceived as Nature.
The outer world is shaped by the consciousness of all beings that participate in the common life on a certain plane of existence. This is the ultimate proof of existence of mathematics, but also of the existence of pure cosmic consciousness that creates this or any other world in the 3d-space-time of solar universes.
But it also tells us that there are levels of Creation beyond 3d-space-time, out of which the latter has evolved in a secondary manner.
The key novel knowledge from the discovery of the Universal Law is that All-That-Is has only two dimensions when perceived by the narrow human senses – Space and Time, whereby time in the new theory is actually defined as frequency f = 1/t.
In this case, time, as humans know it, is defined as “conventional time” t. Both quantities are included in the term “space-time” = s f = s/t = velocity, which is also the origin of mathematics and any other science.
All scientific terms, including all numbers in mathematics that build the fabric of our scientific knowledge, can be axiomatically derived from the term “space-time”, which is the physical perception of human mind of the primary term at the current plane of existence on earth:
Space-time = All-That-Is = Energy = Primary Term of Consciousness =
= [space][time] = s f = s/t = velocity = [1d-space-time] = [n-d-space-time] =
= any number, such as = 1 = 1×1 = 1×0 = 0 = ∞×1 = ∞
The above equations are various equivalent presentations of the principle of last equivalence of human consciousness.
They prove that both human language and mathematics have their epistemological origin in the primary term perceived as space-time. This insight is the most revolutionary idea in the history of modern mankind.
However, it has been known to all previous enlightened civilizations on earth.
It is important to observe that the above presentations of the principle of last equivalence are beyond the realm of any mathematical argumentation, as this principle builds the cognitive basis for the very existence of mathematics as a science of abstract symbols. This fundamental fact is regularly overlooked by all protagonists of conventional mathematical thinking when they raise objections as to the appropriateness of this presentation.
These objections stem from their restricted thinking, which is intoxicated by the primordial idea of separation from the Whole. Why?
This is a very important psychological observation that goes to the roots of modern mathematics. First and foremost, such objections stem from the ignorance of most mathematicians with respect to the fact that their discipline is still suffering under its Foundation crisis, when the discovery of the Universal Law and the solution of this crisis are ignored for the moment.
Secondly, all mathematicians have so far failed to recognize that all the mathematical symbols which they use in their discipline are not U-sets, that is, they do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element: They are N-sets. Therefore, the do not pertain to All-That-Is. They are wrong mirror images of the Nature of Al-That-Is.
This is the cognitive “fall from grace” of empiric science on earth.
The return of the “prodigal son to the Father” will be achieved by substituting present-day empiric science with the new General Theory of Science of the Universal Law in the short period of time prior to Ascension and in the infinity of All-That-Is after Ascension.
*
How is the Whole actually perceived in mathematics? Very simply – it is the continuum of all numbers.
The numbers that are currently used in mathematics are closed numbers that exclude all other adjacent numbers and hence they also exclude the continuum to which they belong. For instance, the number 2 excludes all its approximations such as 2.00001.
These numbers are called rational numbers. Rational numbers are closed. Modern mathematics operates only with such numbers. It is extremely important to stress that mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to operate with open numbers, which are U-sets and contain the Whole, the continuum, as an element.
Closed rational numbers fulfill the definition of N-sets: The sets that exclude themselves and the Whole as an element. Since they are closed, they have no contact with the other adjacent numbers, and for this simple reason, they cannot build a continuum. The idea of closed numbers precludes the existence of the continuum. However, without a continuum there is no mathematics at all (see below).
We have already said that it is sufficient to introduce only one statement that is an N-set in a categorical system to bias the whole system. This is what has happened with mathematics prior to the discovery of the Universal Law – hence its continuing Foundation crisis.
We have learned so far that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are open systems and exchange energy with each other – therefore, they must have a contact with each other. Purely for this reason, we say that the Nature of All-That-Is is continuous – there are no gaps between the systems that are perceived at present as vacuum or voids in physics.
All systems and levels of All-That-Is are open, adjacent, contiguous, because they are U-sets. They contain the Whole = Energy as an element.
According to the principle of last equivalence, we can define All-That-Is as a continuum. The parts of the mathematical continuum must therefore be open to reflect the openness of the energetic systems and levels of All-That-Is. However, the rational numbers used in mathematics are closed. Therefore, they are N-sets and hence inadequate presentations of the outer world. They must be replaced by open numbers.
Which numbers are open?
All the so called transcendental numbers are open numbers. Such numbers contain an infinite number of approximations, which are closed rational numbers. The most prominent example is the number pi (π).
The mathematicians became for the first time aware of the fundamental difference between closed rational numbers and open transcendental numbers when Cantor established his theory of sets in the late 19th century. Since then this theory is considered to be the basis of modern mathematics – the “paradise of mathematics” as Hilbert defined it.
Cantor’s problem was to define the continuum in an a priory manner. If one had to resort only to the established closed numbers, the continuum would not have been what it actually says – a continuum, but a discrete, discontinuous assembly of closed rational numbers that are divided by gaps (voids) along the continuum.
To avoid this embarrassment Cantor introduced the concept of transcendental numbers which are open to their surroundings -they are contiguous and touch each other. For this purpose he distinguished between two sets of infinities which, by the way, is another word for continuum – the infinities of rational numbers and the infinities of transcendental numbers.
Before that infinity was infinity and there was no possibility to discern them with respect to their power. Or as Cantor put it himself: “In the night all cats are grey”.
By introducing the transcendental numbers, which to Cantor’s perception filled the gaps between the closed rational numbers along the continuum, he for the first time presented a valuable definition of the continuum and established the theoretical and epistemological foundation of mathematics.
This is basic theoretical stuff that should be actually cogent to any theoretician and scientist with a modest understanding of mathematics after spending four, five or more years at the university. Unfortunately, it is very difficult to find a theoretician nowadays who is aware of these basic epistemological problems of mathematics and science.
Most scientists have been dumped down to such an extent by the current illogical educational system that has been deliberately established by the Powers That Be as to camouflage the actual situation on earth that the author is fully aware of the fact, that it will be very difficult to liberate them from this inextricable labyrinth of self-inflicted scientific blunders.
This deplorable situation of total scientific confusion will tantamount to a true cosmic revelation in the course of this and next year in order to save the souls of most scientists from their total perdition and enable them to ascend with a clear mind in the 5th dimension.
With respect to the theory of mathematics, it is important to observe that while Cantor laid the basis for transcendental numbers, these numbers were not known to mathematicians. It was only several decades later when another German mathematician found out that the number pi is a transcendental number.
This number opened a completely new perspective of approaching mathematics and its application to the outer world, although the incommensurability of real space magnitudes was known to all ancient Greek mathematicians.
The number pi is per definition a relationship between two geometric distances – the circumference of the circle and its diameter. Circles are abstract geometric presentations of waves.
They are abstract platonic ideas built within the hermeneutic mathematical consciousness of humans. In the real universe, all closed circular motions are elliptical as Kepler’s laws on the motion of celestial objects clearly prove. This fact has not been fully apprehended by all theoreticians, although the number pi is used in many key physical laws and formulae in classical and quantum mechanics.
On the other hand it is generally acknowledged in physics that all waves are products of rotations. Rotations are closed motions -they can be circular, elliptical or more complex forms of closed motions. This is basic physical knowledge of wave theory.
This holds true not only for the electromagnetic spectrum, also defined as photon space-time by the author, but also for matter which is also of wave-character. This is a well-established idea in quantum mechanics since de Broglie introduced the concept of wave-particle dualism in physics in 1924.
This is another basic physical stuff, the cognitive importance of which has not been fully apprehended in physics.
The fact that all systems of All-That-Is are open in terms of energy exchange but at the same time represent superimposed closed motions proves both, the closed character of All-That-Is and the openness of all its contiguous parts as U-sets of the Whole.
As the reader may already perceive, we use this discussion in the first place to present the basic inconsistencies and flaws that scientists have inserted into the edifice of modern empiric science without having any comprehension as to how profoundly these blunders, which stem without any exception from their primordial idea of separation, have intoxicated the dominating scientific thinking of Modern Times and have prevented them from grasping the Nature of All-That-Is.
Therefore the upcoming End Times will be in the first place a requiem for current empiric science, where the author will play the first fiddle.
*
What should one conclude from this basic scientific knowledge? It is cogent that all levels and systems of All-That-Is are waves or rotational systems.
Since they are all open systems, they are superimposed wave systems and thus obey the laws of constructive and destructive interference. Here we close the circle of our initial argumentation with respect to the universal character of the Cosmic Laws of constructive and destructive interference, which are the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction.
These laws are concrete applications of the Universal Law.
When we compare two arbitrary real rotational wave systems, we always acquire transcendental numbers. All space-time relationships between two real systems are transcendental magnitudes and can only be adequately assessed by open transcendental numbers.
We now make a very important statement:
The conditions of constructive and destructive interference which are the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction of all systems and levels of All-That-Is can only be adequately assessed by employing transcendental numbers.
However, mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to use such numbers in its practical calculations.
All numbers that scientists currently acquire from Nature, for instance, as natural constants or various statistics, e.g. in economic pools, are expressed as closed real, rational numbers, which are closed approximations of the real open transcendental magnitudes.
Purely for this reason mankind is not in the position to make adequate predictions on the future or to assess precisely when the condition of destructive interference occurs, under which a system will inevitably collapse.
We shall elaborate this conclusion below in a stringent way by departing from the new knowledge of the General Theory of the Universal Law.
Let us now return once again to the Nature of All-That-Is and its parts (levels and systems).
We said explicitly that the Whole is closed, while all its parts are U-subsets of All-That-Is and contain it as an element. This statement should be reiterated by the reader as a mantra as many times as possible, until he has fully comprehended it.
And here comes a fundamental knowledge of All-That-Is that has not been fully realized in science so far. If the parts are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element, they cannot be closed, but must be open and exchange energy with each other. All-That-Is is an incessant energy exchange. This is an intrinsic aspect of the Nature of All-That-Is as stated in the primary axiom that should be cogent to everybody.
For instance, without food-intake and cell metabolism, which is nothing else but a complex exchange of biochemical energy, human beings cannot exist or survive. In this sense, energy is a synonym of All-That-Is.
On the other hand, all open systems and levels of All-That-Is express its Nature during their energy exchange. In particular, they express the closed character of the Whole. This aspect can be concretely observed as the law of conservation of energy. As all systems are closed superimposed motions, they are both open and manifest themselves as closed motions or rotations.
This is the Heavenly Dichotomy of All-That-Is that has not been comprehended by all scientists so far.
All-That-Is is Energy – it is Organized Energy – it is Information – it is Awareness – it is Consciousness – it is Space-Time, when perceived by the narrow senses of human beings.
And all these words for the primary term can be mathematically expressed with the Universal Law – it is the mathematical envelope of the Nature of All-That-Is.
This also holds true for all current scientific disciplines that have chosen various terms for All-That-Is as objects of their study – e.g. continuum = mathematics, biological matter = bio-science, matter = physics, etc..
The Universal Law is a law of energy interactions. There is nothing else in All-That-Is that is not an energy interaction and does not abide by the Universal Law. Therefore, all separate sciences that currently exist can be unified to a new universal science called Energology of the Universal Law.
All human perceptions, feelings, and mental ideas are energetic events and follow the Universal Law independently of the awareness of the entity. For this reason psychology, philosophy, sociology, economics, and all other associated disciplines must inevitably become part of Energology.
As the time to final Ascension in December 2012 is very short, this unification of science will be fully accomplished in the 5th dimension under much more favorable conditions and with the help of an expanded human consciousness.
But we can already begin with the modification of our wrong belief systems, which are all products of the narrow perception of human senses. All human sensations are energy interactions. For instance, our optical perceptions are evoked by the procession and transformation of photons by the retinal cones and rods to electromagnetic signals in the optical neuronal synapses in the brain, before they are visualized as objects.
However, the original carriers of the optical information/energy, the photons, have neither form, nor are they solid particles.
How comes that our eyes receive invisible photons from the material surroundings, which according to present-day physics do not even have a mass, but can, at the same time, evoke images of three-dimensional objects with volume and mass in the human brain?
This is one of the many paradoxes and unanswered questions, one can encounter in present-day empiric science that give us a clue as to why it has totally failed to understand the Nature of All-That-Is and has to be replaced with the new theory of the Universal Law.
The primordial false idea of being separated from the Source, respectively, from the Whole, while being part of the drama of human illusions on earth, has obviously generated numerous ideas that carry this vicious concept. Just as a software program can harbor a virus, a bug, and infect any other software program, so do the idea of separation from the Whole: It infiltrates all subsequent ideas of mankind in such a profound way that a whole civilization can be created on false ideas and sustained for some time for the sake of illusion.
This is what has actually happened on earth for eons of times.
Such civilizations that are grounded in false ideas of separation can only exist by the active support of the cohesive energies of All-That-Is, because it is impossible for any system to be truly separated from All-That-Is. This is known as the Law of Oneness in esoteric circles.
This insight will be in the centre of the upcoming revelations that will unfold this year in collective human consciousness and will ultimately lead to Ascension of the vast majority of human beings on earth by the end of 2012 or some time later.
*
At present human beings are not capable of discerning the numerous wrong ideas of separation that build the fabric of their society, because they have been raised with them, and these have shaped their belief systems in a profound way.
Very often such wrong ideas carry the nimbus of infallible scientific truths that a humble human being can hardly oppose, as is the case with most light workers who are, on the one hand, ignorant on current failed science for good reasons, but, on the other, quite vulnerable to flawed scientific argumentation.
One central flawed concept of science is the exclusive application of closed rational numbers in mathematics and, from there, in all exact natural sciences, as we have shown above. Another basic flawed idea is the introduction of closed physical systems in modern physics, such as “ideal elastic collision”, “blackbody radiation”, “Carnot machine”.
These closed systems are used to describe various energy interactions or to derive particular physical laws thereof.
The introduction of the concept of closed systems has, however, a sound ground. As already said, one can only describe the physical world in a correct manner, if one has grasped the essence of All-That-Is – first and foremost, its closed character.
This is precisely where empiric science has totally failed. The Whole is closed. In order to describe its parts, this idea must be introduced somehow in the physical view of the world. This has been achieved by inventing such abstract closed systems as ideal elastic collision, blackbody radiation, etc., which are hypothetically supposed not to exchange energy with the surroundings.
However, all systems are open. Here we have an antinomy, a fundamental paradox of physics and science, which we have also described as heavenly dichotomy. Just like mathematics, physics is essentially founded on paradoxes and antinomies. It is important to observe that conventional physics is fully unaware of this fundamental inconsistency.
While such closed systems can be found in any textbook on physics, this discipline has failed to acknowledge the fact that such a system as for instance Carnot machine, with which the thermodynamics of adiabatic processes is explained, is a phantom. Otherwise, we would have already created perpetuum mobile, an everlasting energy source, and all our energy problems would have been solved forever.
There are many other fundamental theoretical flaws of present-day physics. For instance, all current physical constants, magnitudes, quantities, variables, dimensions, and corresponding SI-units are defined in a circular manner, for instance, space (length) is defined by introducing time and assuming tacitly that this quantity is already firmly established.
The definition of time, itself, needs the a priori introduction of length (space); electric current and its corresponding SI-unit is defined through charge and vice versa – charge through current. This list can be extended ad infinitum. The author recommends the reader to scrutinize these definitions in any textbook on physics with a fresh eye after he has read this essay.
All definitions of physical quantities and their dimensions obey without an exception the principle of the vicious circle (circulus vitiosus): One part is defined through another, while the Whole is neglected. This circumstance has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is in current empiric science.
This simple epistemological fact is so evident in the theory of physics even for beginners that the author is really baffled and has failed to find any other explanation as to why this fact has not be acknowledged so far but to assume that all scientists are imbecile and are totally unable of any elementary logical thinking.
*
All wrong trivial and scientifically disguised ideas stem from the primordial subjective perception of humans as being distinct biological entities separated from All-That-Is.
For most people their identity ends with the boundary of their epidermis. This is the central illusion of mankind that will be eliminated with Ascension.
How comes that such wrong ideas have become the spiritual foundation of our society without leading to a massive collapse much earlier? The answer is fairly simple and has been anticipated by our previous discussion. Even when a whole society has been established on completely wrong ideas and beliefs, it can continue to exist for a long period of time, because it has never ceased to be part of the life-spending and life-sustaining energies of All-That-Is.
We can alternatively discuss this aspect in scientific, physical terms. It is always possible for the higher realms of Creation to establish local conditions of destructive interference on a single planet by employing immense higher frequency energies that surround the system of destructive interference and sustain it by creating conditions of constructive interference on a much higher energetic level.
This is similar to the (futile) efforts of scientists to sustain a plasma reaction by encompassing it with a powerful electromagnetic field.
In the channeled esoteric literature one often reads that earth is a planet of negative, toxic, dark energies that has been “sealed” by the higher realms from the rest of the galaxy for eons of times. This idea has been initially promoted in John’s Revelations, although this book has been obviously written much later by other channeled spiritual beings.
The current process of Ascension embodies the stepwise elimination of massive energetic layers that establish the condition of destructive interference and operate as effective barriers that hinder the entrance of high frequency energies of All-That-Is in the astral atmosphere of our planet.
The much discussed star portals or gateways at specific numerological dates, such as 01.01.01, 02.02.02… 11.11.11, and 12.12.12, represent the elimination of the conditions of destructive interference on earth by that of constructive interference.
Practically, the low frequency layers that shield earth from the 4th and 5th dimensions and sustain its current three-dimensional density are eliminated step by step, so that the veil of forgetfulness can be lifted for the whole mankind during this and next year. When these low frequency layers created by destructive interference begin to dissolve, earth can no longer stay in its current 3d-density and will begin to ascend to the 4th and 5th dimensions.
This is what is actually happening since the first harmonic convergence in the summer of 1987. In the last several years the deletion of the local conditions of destructive interference on earth has exponentially accelerated.
This explanation also renders the scientific solution to the central theological dispute since Antiquity as presented by Leibniz in his famous Theodizee. How come that God and the world, he has created, are perfect, while human beings and their petty objects of Creation are so imperfect?
As this essay is not intended to be a philosophical disquisition of theological topics, we shall not indulge into it any further, but the author would like to express the wish that modern mankind were much better informed with respect to the intellectual achievements of its numerous thinkers in the past, so that present-day light workers need not discover the wheel on a much primitive intellectual level again and again.
The intellectual abyss and spiritual ignorance that one encounters on this planet prior to Ascension are indeed staggering, as the author must confess with great regret.
All-That-Is is closed, discrete, i.e., it consists of infinite open systems and levels that exchange energy, continuous, i.e., there is no vacuum between the systems and levels, and infinite.
All these attributes of All-That-Is can be used as nouns, synonyms, tautologies for All-That-Is, For example, we can use consistently the words continuum, infinity, closed entity, discreteness, etc. for All-That-Is according to the principle of last equivalence without changing anything in this discussion or in our knowledge about the world and who we are.
The parts contain the Whole as an element and can be mathematically defined as U-sets. There is, however, one fundamental difference between the Whole and its parts that has been realized for the first time to its full extent in the history of mankind after the Universal Law was discovered and the new Energology elaborated:
While the Whole is closed, all levels and systems of it are open.
As this basic eschatological fact has not been apprehended by science and religion so far, it has led to a profound, prolonged, and very painful confusion among all believers and scientists throughout the history of mankind. Most of the mental disarray that will be experienced this year can be attributed to this ignorance of humans. All wars, crimes, and atrocities that have been accomplished on earth so far stem from this mental confusion.
Therefore, this aspect has become a leitmotif of the present essay and will be elaborated specifically in this chapter.
The difference between the Whole, being closed, and its parts, being open, creates the only true eschatological reason for the existence of 3d-space-time of solar universes. The Whole is something. The opposite of it would be nothing. As we, human beings, are something, we have no idea of nothing. It will stay so forever. This holds true for any consciousness or awareness within All-That-Is.
The Nothing can be called Void or Vacuum. None of them exists. The Whole is All-That-Is.
However, the idea of nothing cannot be wholly excluded from human mind, respectively, from any other consciousness or cosmic awareness.
Both terms – Something and Nothing – build the fundamental Antinomy of Existence of All-That-Is. As All-That-Is is Creativity, it must also explore the Conditions of Nothing. However as nothing does not exist, All-That-Is creates local conditions of destructive interference that imitate the existence of nothing. We have a deliberately created antinomy for the sake of experiencing an extreme separation.
How does All-That-Is accomplish this task?
Very simply, it imitates itself in the parts. It creates systems and levels that are seemingly closed (separated) from All-That-is, although this is virtually impossible. The total Amnesia of incarnated human entities creates for instance the illusion of being a biological species that is closed and separated from All-That-Is.
The same holds true for human civilization at the collective level.
*
Mankind, in its vast majority, currently believes that it is unique in the whole galaxy which contains trillions of solar systems and planets.
Current agnostic humanity considers itself to be the exquisite and coincidental crowning of biological evolution that has started from a primitive one-cellular organism and has slowly evolved in eons of time. Therefore, mankind officially still believes that it is totally separated from the Source and other incarnated civilizations, some of which are populating the astral space of our planet for eons of time.
From this point of view, they consider modern human beings, which they have initially created through genetic engineering, as their slaves that they have introduced on earth for the purpose of fulfilling their basic needs. They consider humans, just as humans consider animals. This explains their nefarious deeds against humanity which seem to have the only purpose of annihilating human beings.
This is the actual cognitive and existential dilemma in which humanity is currently entrapped by the Powers That Be in a deliberate way.
Their tactic is to keep humans ignorant on the actual situation on earth and to lull them into the wrong belief that they are an exquisite ultimate manifestation of a protracted biological evolution, based on the principle of chaos, or trial and error, whereas, in fact, they have been conceptually created as servants for these dark forces some 13,000 years ago, first by the Reptilian Anunnaki and later on genetically improved by the Sirians, which are representatives of the Forces of Light.
For this purpose the Powers That Be have introduced numerous ideas and concepts in human society that cement the wrong idea of separation.
The most insidious system of deception of all is the Orion monetary system that creates the impression that human beings must work hard to earn money in order to survive. Darwin’s flawed evolutionary idea of “the survival of the fittest” was further exaggerated to become an established social doctrine and a rectification for all predatory practices of the economic and financial Elite.
During their social activities, human beings have been forced to compete all the time with other human beings and to consider them potential rivals or even enemies. The working place has become a jungle. The eschatological purpose of human life has been reduced to the acquirement of paper money and material goods that create the illusion of security.
Money is considered to be the only viable security for survival in an unfriendly environment. Creation out of unconditional love, compassion, and understanding has no place in the Orion monetary system. These conditions deepen the wrong impression of separation among all human entities that culminates in the ubiquitous angst of death in present-day society.
Humans believe that they must surround themselves with as much material goods as they can imagine for the purpose of surviving, but they know deep in their heart that they have no power over death. That is the cardinal dilemma of the current Elite.
Their fears are hypertrophied to such an extent that their desire to control everything, first and foremost, all the monies available, and through them all human lives, seems to be, in their view, the only alternative to appease their basic angst in front of death.
This, however, does not exclude the possibility of eliminating each other within their power games, as this can be seen among Mafia families.
Have these entities had more compassion for their fellows, they would have easily discerned that no money or power on this earth could protect them from the nefarious thoughts and deeds of their akin. This insight would have been sufficient to convince them to wrap up their insidious plans to control the world.
The author is optimistic that this will happen this year.
The numerous mental and emotional ramifications of the Orion monetary system on human thinking, feeling, and behavior are so profound and ubiquitous that there is virtually no space in current human society that is not thoroughly poisoned by this vicious system. This is the current problem of all light workers who have to immerse in the toxic atmosphere of earth and cannot find an adequate place that will serve them as a spiritual shelter.
It is important to observe at this place that all enlightened civilizations in the solar universes do not use money, because they do not need this primitive means for the organization of their society. They have understood the nature of money.
Money imitates the Nature of All-That-Is which is energy.
The difference of the Orion monetary system to energy is that it entraps the entities and steals their energy, while real energy is always free – it floats from one system to another without any preference. Money, as it is used today, stipulates all the wrong emotional and mental concepts of separation, such as greed, power, manipulation, aggression, etc., that are basic fears of the human templates and thus typical for all entities that live in total amnesia and lead to their enslavement.
These negative characteristics are typical for the mentality of young souls who live in the greatest separation from the Source. The American society, being determined by collective greed, corruption, unlimited aggression, self-righteousness, arrogance, and ignorance for the rest of the world, is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of all entities that are separated from All-That-Is.
As young souls build the majority of the current population on earth, their negative features are inherent to the whole mankind.
Therefore, we will witness this year in the first place a radical shift of public opinion away from these negative collective characteristics towards more transparency, compassion, equality, and respect for the free will of the individual. All the revolutions and upheavals that will be unleashed this year will demand for such a change in human perceptions.
This change is a necessary prerequisite for preparing humanity mentally and emotionally for the upcoming Ascension at the end of next year.
*
Religion is the next huge system of deception of the Powers That Be that deepens the wrong concept of separation.
Most of the sacred books of current world religions have been dictated or rewritten by the Powers That Be through channeling or by human proxies, which have been reptilian incarnations and have always belonged to the Elite (Illuminati, ruling families, etc.). The religious practices have institutionalized this idea in everyday life.
In Christianity for instance the reincarnation of the soul and its multidimensional nature as originally preached by Jesus were eliminated in its official teaching and the direct contact of the incarnated entity to the higher self was negated. Instead, priests became the only competent intermediaries between All-That-Is and the individual. This has led to a profound spiritual enslavement of western mankind.
The very existence of Jesus Christ has been totally fabricated as ordered by Constantine, the Great, in the 4th century. The myth about this entity was established as a composite of two spiritually highly evolved personalities, who lived approximately at the same time as described in the New Testament – the entity Jeshua from the group of the Essenes in Palestine and Apollonius of Tyana, whose life has been depicted by Philostratos.
The synoptic gospels were written by the Piso brothers on behalf of Constantine for the Nicene council that established Christianity as official religion of Rome. John’s Gospel was written by the sister of the Piso brothers, who belonged to the Reptilian Elite at that time.
Nostradamus was, for instance, also a representative of the Elite and made deliberate predictions for the End Times that suited the plans of the Powers That Be. They knew that they are bound to lose their power during this crucial period and wanted to alter the circumstances in advance as to suit their plans.
There is virtually not a single major sacred book of mankind that has not been falsified or written under the dictation of the Powers That Be, as to serve their aims to enslave human beings by forging the idea of their separation from All-That-Is.
This also holds true for most social and economic doctrines in the past that have further deepened the separation of humanity, as we shall discuss it below for the current major macroeconomic theories.
*
The situation with science and its theory is quite similar to that of religion and finance.
Science has always had the propensity to discern the truth behind the veil of forgetfulness and human illusions. This has been primarily the task of philosophy since Antiquity, throughout the Dark Ages, Renaissance, and Enlightenment. With the begin of industrialization and modern empiric science, this philosophical pursuit and quest for knowledge were diverted from the inner spiritual dimension of the individual towards the external world and the spiritual dumping down of the incarnated human entities reached an unprecedented peak.
The 19th and 20th centuries marked the darkest period of human history with respect to their alienation from the Whole. This trend has been reversed in the last 50-60 years when a large number of highly evolved souls, known as light workers, way showers, star seeds, have incarnated on earth to prepare this planet and the vast majority of its human population for Ascension.
Through manipulating religion, science, and economic activities of human beings, the surreptitious dark forces on earth have effectively suppressed the pristine knowledge that humans are immortal souls and independent creators of their destiny to the point that a return to Oneness seems now impossible for many beings.
This heinous strategy has been used for thousands of years and has become an inextricable reality for most incarnated human beings. Purely for this reason the current financial system must collapse this year in order to liberate humans from the shackles of overwhelming pecuniary and materialism that reign over modern society.
Both are manifestations of the primordial idea of separation from the Whole.
*
In addition to these suppressive measures that have essentially affected human minds, the incarnated entities have been genetically engineered as to harbor a vast number of astral templates at the cellular and genetic level that promote various feelings of fear and fear based beliefs.
These fear patterns are local destructive interferences within the physical, emotional, and mental body and also involve the chakra system.
This is a huge theme that is beyond the scope of this essay and has been broadly discussed by numerous channels in the last years. Purely for this reason, many incarnated entities undergo currently a light body process, which is essentially an elimination of these blockades through establishing the conditions of constructive interference in the human bodies by augmenting their frequencies.
Current Ascension is the liberation of human beings as incarnated entities from the invisible enslavement by the dark entities from the 4th dimension, the Powers That Be, who have chosen the path of total separation from the Whole.
Since these entities are guided by this primordial idea in their very existence, they have introduced it on every level of human society – from everyday life to science and religion, although the latter was originally intended to eliminate the idea of separation and to open the eyes of the believers for the truth that they are “sparks of God”.
It is not an exaggeration to conclude that human beings have been for eons of time pawns in the hands of the dark forces that have pulled their strings from the 4th dimension of total separation from All-That-Is.
They have used various insidious tactics to achieve this goal.
For instance, to every enlightened soul/star seed that incarnates on earth, three Orion entities from the 4th dimension are attached upon birth. Their function is to effectively block the lower, middle and higher self of the incarnated entity and to boycott its creativity. Many light workers, who under normal conditions would have had the power and mentality to create abundance on earth, are inhibited by such destructive 4d-entities throughout their lives.
Numerous such unholy trios have accommodated themselves so perfectly into the emotional and mental structure of the incarnated light workers – they live in such a perfect mimicry with the fear-driven templates of these entities, without which no entity can exist on earth – that most light workers are not able to discern these evil energy spongers and effectively eliminate them from their energetic fields.
The elimination of these energy-sponging entities follows the Universal Law of Free Will. As soon as the entity discerns the existence of such an inhibiting 4d-astral trio in his energetic aura, he has the right to expel it from his fields by stating this wish firmly and deliberately. In this case, he may ask for help from the higher realms. This process will accelerate this year when the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” will finally take place (see below).
This is the dumping practice of the dark forces at the individual level that overlaps with their hidden negative influences on the collective intellectual (science), emotional (entertainment, financial problems) and social level (dictatorship, political repression, etc.).
These methods of the dark ones must be made known to the public, so that all people can take appropriate measures to protect themselves with established spiritual techniques, but also to comprehend why human society has failed to achieve true spiritual progress throughout his long history of oppression.
The author pays great attention to this aspect of psycho-mental repression of human incarnated entities by the dark Orion forces, because he has gone through this personal experience and knows how unpleasant it can be.
In this case knowledge is power.
*
The decision of earth souls to incarnate on this toxic planet, called Gaia, which can be regarded as an asylum, where the inmates have taken control over the asylum and any sane being that enters this asylum is immediately declared insane by the true insane ones, is to experience the utmost separation from All-That-Is at any price.
In order to create this condition of separation, the incarnated souls on earth use such dark agents as the Powers That Be, the Luciferian, Ahriman, and demonic forces from the 4th dimension, to establish the condition of destructive interference and to gestalt it in the most realistic way by instigating numerous human dramas.
The inner bond of the incarnated entity with All-That-Is cannot be wholly severed, as the personality is always an intrinsic part of the Source.
However, the actual energetic separation through destructive interference on many different energetic levels that constitute the incarnated entity and his physical vessel can be so pronounced, that it shapes his mentality as well as the collective beliefs and behavior patterns of human society in a profound way.
This condition of total separation is planned for planet B that will remain in the 3d-density, after the shift of the ascended earth (Planet A) in the 5th dimension has taken place. The planet B will progress along the path of even greater separation than currently observed. Life on this planet will remain under the total control of the dark forces and will be a living hell.
Only those incarnated entities who cannot ascend will continue with their incarnation on this catastrophic planet that has already entered this streamline at the beginning of this year.
This will be a small fraction of the current population that will also include part of the Elite who will survive the shift in underground bases, which they have been building for many years with the help of the dark aliens in anticipation of this event.
Those entities who will survive the huge energy tsunami at the time of Rapture will be the future slaves of the Elite on planet B and will be confronted with terrible living conditions. The cosmic energies that will trigger the split of the two earths will destroy most current technologies. The electric grid, the communication system, internet, and all engines of combustion will no longer function because the properties of the new photon space-time (electromagnetic field) on earth after the shift will be altered dramatically.
It is important to observe that currently about 1/3 of all souls are baby and child souls.
These are incarnated entities that are products of recent genetic engineering by the Powers That Be and have a very rudimentary soul. While they will proceed with their incarnation cycle on planet B, their DNA will be reduced to one strand, and they will totally forget their bond with All-That-Is. They will immerse into the new denser physicality of planet B and will live in a very primitive oppressive society, where even the concept of religion will no longer exist.
About one third of human population will leave earth in the End Times through natural cause or through dematerialization of the human body. It is estimated that about half of the population will ascend at the time of Rapture on 21 December 2012 and that there will be one or more Ascension waves of highly evolved entities prior to this event.
This is concise information on the future of planet A and planet B.
The reader may learn more about these planets from the channeled messages of Cosmic Awareness.
*
The situation of the incarnated entities on earth is essentially as follows.
The earth souls come from the 5th dimension when they incarnate on this planet. Some star seeds come from a higher dimension to assist the process of Ascension at this time. At the 5th dimension, which is also known as Celestria, the soul can experience the Oneness with All-That-Is and has the unlimited power to create immediately through imagination.
Upon entering the physical vessel of the organic body, the incarnated soul creates the veil of forgetfulness, a state of total amnesia with respect to its origin. The crucial consequence of this amnesia is that the incarnated entity forgets that he is a powerful being and has the unlimited potential to create his destiny and his surroundings.
Instead, he regards himself as a weak biological entity that is seemingly helpless and vulnerable to all kinds of natural dangers and astral influences.
Starting from this ultimate “fall from grace”, the soul begins with her gradual Ascension and reconnection with All-That-Is within her long incarnation cycle. The strife that the incarnated entity experiences in its inner realm throughout his earthly life and which he incessantly projects onto the outer world, is the battle between the dark Ahriman forces, the Cabal, the dark forces of the Orion entities from the 4th dimension, that have the function to dump down the entities to a greater separation and control, and the inner voice of the soul from the 5th dimension that is perceived as pristine feelings, intuitions and pre-conceived knowledge and lead him on the path to Ascension.
This is the allegoric battle between Gog and Magog about which one can read in John’s Revelations.
This book has been channeled by enlightened entities much later than the other gospels and has been included only per chance in the New Testament in order to inform the people what will happen on this planet at the End Times.
This inner battle between Darkness and Light that is fought in each incarnated entity is a key concept of many religions in East and West. This inner strife can only be solved within the mental and emotional confines of the individual, as every incarnated entity is an independent and powerful creator of his destiny and planes of experience.
However, it lies in the essence of the incarnated entities, living in total separation from All-That-Is, to solve this inner collision in the outer world by instigating wars, invasions, and all kinds of atrocities. This is the key to an eschatological understanding of human existence on earth.
This negative tendency lasts as long as the incarnated entity begins to realize that all crimes and atrocities, which he commits upon other entities, are crimes committed against oneself. Purely for this purpose, the law of karma has been introduced. Karma has the function of making the entity aware of the fact that he is not separated from the Source and that all he has to do is to recognize this eternal truth, re-member who he is, and surrender to the soul as part of the Whole.
After this spiritual insight is achieved, there is no need for the soul to incarnate anymore in the 3d-space-time of solar universes and the incarnation cycle is completed.
This is what most human beings will experience at the end of 2012, when they will ascend in the 5th dimension. It is the apotheosis of all human experience – an event of truly cosmic, heavenly dimension, and mankind ought to be exalted in the coming days by this dazzling perspective. Heaven has been promised to mankind since eons of time, Jesus, being the last prophet in a raw, to make them aware of this promise, and now heaven is within a reach.
Brethren, this is the most exciting time to live on earth.
Enjoy it!
*
The greatest grievance of mankind has always been that it does not understand how it manifests its reality, although the higher self does this in an incessant manner for its incarnated entity in synchronization with the other souls from the 5th dimension.
This is accomplished by the creation of myriad alternative worlds, realities, astral probabilities of individual destinies until the optimal solution is found.
The higher realms of Creation operate like a huge interactive internet or a mathematical algorithm that is incessantly fed by an infinite amount of input data. The data are processed in the Now by establishing myriads of feedback mechanisms with parallel realities. The final outcome is the creation of human life on earth with respect to this planet.
However, there are myriads planets and solar systems, as there are countless souls in the higher realms.
Earth is a very small planet in comparison to most other planets in the solar universes. In addition, there are infinite versions of earth, which can be defined from a human, linear point of view as past, present and future; in reality they exist simultaneously in All-That–Is and interact with each other.
For a short period of time, the ascended earth A and the catastrophic planet B will intercept after they have split in 2012. This split has already commenced. After the final split is accomplished, the ascended entities in the 5th dimensional earth may establish contact with those human beings living on planet B, but these entities will not recognize them anymore because their perception will be exclusively orientated towards the greater density and physicality of planet B.
Hence, there will soon be no need to communicate with these entities and the two worlds will definitely separate.
Currently, we have the same situation between the incarnated entities on earth and the excarnated entities in the higher realms. While the entities from the higher realms can always contact us through telepathy and other means of communication, most human beings on earth, defined as the “sleeping majority” by the author, have no idea that they can also contact their higher self and other related souls.
This state of spiritual denial will end abruptly this year, when some major events will occur on this planet and will eliminate forever the veil of forgetfulness under which mankind has existed for eons of time.
*
The role of the dark forces on current earth can only be understood in this context.
There are, for instance, infinite earth versions that are as valid as this one that have no dark forces, because they vibrate at a much higher frequency, where the dark forces can no longer exist. The already existing blueprint of the ascending earth in the 5th dimension is such a version.
Even when the dark forces create through genetic engineering new human clones, they can only accomplish this task with the hidden support from the higher realms of Creation, which are responsible for the myriad earth versions known as omni-earth. However, the influence of the dark forces from the 4th dimension upon human consciousness at the individual and social level of our current plane of existence has been enormous and has determined to a great extent the conditions of life on earth.
These conditions have been partially corrected by the souls from the 5th dimension to the extent, to which the incarnated entities have become more enlightened and aware of their bond with God.
This year the balance of powers on earth will dramatically shift. Due to the increase in frequency of earth and most human beings, the dark forces, which already vibrate with a lower frequency than that of earth and many light workers, will lose their grip on the planet and humanity.
They will have to retrieve in the 4th dimension and wait the final Ascension at the end of 2012. During these End Times that include the years 2010 to 2012 the energetic conditions for destructive interference for all social structures that are based on the primary idea of separation will be firmly established and the world order will inevitably collapse.
This is achieved by pouring huge waves of high frequency energies onto the earth that alter the habitual, long existing conditions of low frequency constructive interference creating the idea of separation with that of new destructive interference.
This would say that all low frequency material and social systems, behavior patterns, as well as their underlying beliefs will be now out of balance with respect to the new augmented basic frequencies of earth and mankind.
When the tipping point of total destructive interference is reached, the old structures will crumble within a very short period of time.
This is seen to happen this year (2011).
*
The period of preparation of humanity for Ascension includes a radical shift in the weltanschauung of most human beings.
While it has always been easy in the past to blame others for one’s problems or to seek condolence in a higher authority, in a Christian God, Judaic God, Allah, or any other arbitrary supreme deity, human beings will begin to realize that they have the absolute autarky to create their own destiny and reality.
The truth will emerge that all human beings are creator beings. Incessantly – at every moment in the Now! This truth will become more and more apparent this year, as we approach Ascension and the veil of forgetfulness is thinned. The true multidimensional nature of human beings will emerge behind this veil and the people will begin to understand the Nature of All-That-Is – the Unity of all Consciousness.
When the Egyptian people finally awakened and revolted against the long-standing dictatorship of the Reptilian Mubarak and his clique, they explicitly declared their will to be the legitimate sovereign of their ancient country and that they intend to take their destiny for the first time in their long history in their own hands. They no longer need the alleged support or the clandestine oppression of external foreign powers and dark forces that hide behind them.
This collective acclamation of the Egyptian people of their natural rights of freedom, expression, and self-determination has been enabled by the huge changes in the astral energetic fields of earth and mankind.
At the same time, the emotional outburst of the people of this ancient country is so powerful that it will not only oust the dark forces on power, but will trigger a sweeping wave of revolutions and liberation movements throughout the globe that will mark the end of the reign of all dark forces on earth prior to Ascension.
This is well understood by the Powers That Be and their proxies – the hidden governments, the Elite, the thirteen families, the Cabal, the super-secret services, the political powers that have been embroiled to such an extent with the Orion reptilian empire that they have now only two choices:
Either revolt against their former masters and eventually risk their lives or stick to them and choose that living hell, called planet B.
If they decide to shoulder with the awakening population and facilitate the transition of mankind to an enlightened society, they may eventually qualify for Ascension. It is their choice. There is very little time left.
Most channels transmit nowadays the information that human beings can begin to create their own destiny through their thoughts and feelings.
They may create a sparkling future in Heaven (Celestria) after Ascension or choose a catastrophic timeline that will bind them to the remaining planet B, where the Powers That Be will regain the unlimited power that they have enjoyed for the last 13,000 years. This creation of future timelines must begin now. Ascension is not an event but a prolonged mental, emotional and energetic process.
The separation of the wheat from the chaff has already begun.
*
The uniqueness of current Ascension of mankind and earth is that the slaves now become sovereign masters and creators of their own destiny.
They have been given the divine right to surpass their former masters from the 4th dimension and to ascend directly in the 5th dimension. However, most of mankind will find itself in the lower 5th dimension, where the new ascended planet A will still retain its physicality and where immediate creation through imagination will have to be learned step by step.
But there will be also those – the light workers and the star seeds -that will go directly to Celestria and will become the new-born leaders of their ascended human fellows; they will teach them how to create the much proclaimed Golden Age. This is the choice that each and every individual will have to make in the course of this and next year, when current human civilization will irreversibly collapse.
And make no mistake, there is very little time left for creating new social structures, as some 4d-channels of disinformation of the dark forces currently suggest with the aim of stirring confusion among the people.
The current concept of NESARA that is hugely popular among many light workers should be re-evaluated in this context.
Humans will have to accommodate with the little that is left after the financial crash will hit the economy this year so hard that it will eliminate most of the opportunities to earn one’s living.
On the other hand, it is not planned that human beings will still feed the old Orion system of economics in the End Times. Therefore, no new economic system is planned for this earth in the remaining period before Ascension. The dark ones may have their own nefarious plans for Planet B, but this will no longer be of interest to the awakening majority of human beings. They will awake after Ascension on the ascended planet A, where abundance is the Nature of All-That-Is. None of the current economic and social structures will exist in the 5th dimension.
Those, who will not ascend, may not even realize that such a process is taking place, because it will not fit into their narrow-minded world view.
They will continue with their lives in the living hell on planet B, steadily forgetting the advantages of the past industrial epoch that has been irrevocably terminated with the Rupture of the two earths.
This is essentially the eschatology of human existence on earth during the End Times prior to Ascension.
The last several decades in the history of mankind are marked by a severe battle in the 4th, 5th and higher dimensions between the dark forces, The Powers That be, the so called “Unholy six” (Greys, zeta reticuli, Reptilians, etc.), the actual controllers of earth, on the one hand, and the Forces of Light (Galactic Federation, White Brotherhood, etc.) on the other.
While this battle has huge repercussions in the third dimension on earth, the vast majority of human entities are not even aware of it.
The sleeping majority of human beings are involuntary slaves of the Powers That Be, who execute this perennial enslavement through their proxies. The latter have the hidden agenda to create the New World Order, as one of their main speakers, Kissinger, recently loudly proclaimed on television.
To this end they have corrupted in the last several decades the financial system worldwide by transforming it into a huge Ponzi scheme that is exclusively based on creating new debt and money out of thin air.
Many of the CEOs of these financial corporations are human clones that are created by genetic engineering by the Unholy Six, in the first place, by the Greys. This knowledge will become a central piece of information in the revelations and tribulations that will take place in the course of this year.
Therefore, the only people that know exactly what will occur in the End Times are the proxies of the Dark forces, also known as Illuminati, the hidden Government, the Powers of the New World Order, the 13 families, etc., and the super-secret services that have been engaged in clandestine joint ventures, mainly underground, with the Unholy six.
They have created many new technologies, including UFOs and other vehicles, while at the same time they have systematically suppressed the implementation of numerous patents and new technologies for the sake of the broad population.
For instance, the clean technology to produce hydrogen and oxygen from water as a fuel for all kinds of motors of combustion is available for several decades, but it has been deliberately suppressed by the oil corporations which are in the hands of the dark forces.
The ultimate goal of such nefarious practices is the enslavement of mankind. However, this is not the plan for humanity at this time, as the Forces of Light will also have a say on this issue.
There are some light workers that are also informed about what is happening behind the scene.
However, the vast majority of star seeds are either completely ignorant on the role of the dark forces in the shaping of humanity or prefer to close their eyes, as these facts can be indeed very scary, and fears do not help the light body process and Ascension. Nevertheless, some of these facts must be made public very soon.
Information is Light, and where Light is, there is no Evil.
The activities of the dark forces must be completely blocked this year, so that they can no longer exert their deplorable influence on mankind prior to Ascension.
*
While the dark forces want to preserve the status-quo, the Forces of Light are preparing our planet and the vast majority of mankind for Ascension in the 5th dimension.
The final shift of earth – in the Bible this event is also known as Rapture – will be accomplished on 21 December 2012.
Planet B will stay in the present 3d-density, will experience huge material and natural disasters during and after the shift, and will slowly degrade to an even greater density and separation from the Whole
As already said, planet B will be a living hell.
The portion of incarnated entities that will decide to live in further separation will continue to live on planet B or will leave earth prior to Ascension. The Powers That Be will have full control on this planet. They are preparing themselves for this event for a long time. They are fully aware of the fact that in the last two years of Revelations and Tribulations they will lose their grip on mankind and earth.
All they want to achieve currently is somehow to survive the shift and proceed with their evil business as usual on Planet B. In the meantime, they are doing everything possible to take as many sleeping human beings with them on planet B, as they can harvest in these times of tribulations.
The Forces of Light and the highly evolved earth souls are doing their best to awaken as much incarnated entities as possible, so that they can make their own choices based on their free will and personal knowledge.
The alternatives are:
to awaken and ascend with the earth in the 5th dimension
to leave earth and go back to the original realms of all souls
to stay on a degrading catastrophic planet and experience more of the same and even worse
*
All evolved souls will ascend.
This will include all star seeds (light workers), indigo, crystalline, and rainbow children (old souls), and most adult souls. According to the working model of soul age, as developed by the author, all adult and old souls will ascend. His estimations are that there are currently about 4-8% old souls and about 25-30% adult souls on earth.
During the End Times, the adult soul population will transgress into old souls and most old souls (star seeds) will ascend in the 5th dimension prior to the final mass Ascension.
The transition from one soul age cycle to the next one is associated with a profound confusion that arises from the new psycho-mental and energetic orientation of the incarnated entities as to comply with the requirements of the new soul age.
The adult souls have been exploring their inner dimension for the last 3-4000 years on earth in numerous incarnations, various cultural environments, races, social positions, and dramatic destinies. Quite often they have chosen the role of the martyr and have consented to become victims of young souls who have to make the experience of the perpetrator and extinguish human lives in this soul age.
This is part of their “fall from grace”, through which every soul must go. Such intensive human involvements and experiences create the necessary karma that has to be worked out step by step in the following incarnations when the ability to show compassion, love, and understanding have grown in the course of painful experience. This is the chief objective of the adult soul age.
Therefore, in this soul age the incarnated entities must work out their karma either by consenting to become victims of other younger souls or to take responsibilities for other souls that require from them huge sacrifices. During this age cycle the adult soul experiences seldom moments of fulfillment and happiness. She has to live through many stressful moments and to shed many tears.
For this reason her eyes are clear and shining.
The eyes of young souls of lower grade of evolution are on the contrary dark and without any sparkling. It should be well known, at least among light workers, that the eyes of the incarnated entity are windows to the soul.
Purely for this reason young souls cannot look in the eyes of adult and old souls, as they have to re-member the existence of the soul and this insight scares them to death. Most of these souls are product of genetic engineering by the dark forces and can be easily recognized by their lifeless, dark eyes.
The vast majority of souls that have incarnated on earth at this time are in the young soul cycle (45-50%). Most of them are on the verge of being transgressed into the adult soul cycle. This transgression begins with a total confusion and a dramatic shift of previous beliefs and social habits.
The young soul cycle is associated with a maximal amnesia, because in this age the soul has to focus its intent and abilities towards manipulating and changing the external world. These activities include physical matter, but also the manipulation of other entities under various conditions. This kind of experience is typical for the young soul age.
The baby and child souls are also separated from the Source. However, as their mental abilities are rudimental, they are guided in an instinctive, subconscious manner by their souls throughout their life. Since they are unable to exert any influence on society, their biographies are well wrapped in rigid family structures, or they have the assurance to leave the body vessel prematurely, if they cannot cope with the harsh conditions on earth.
The majority of baby and young souls can be found in third world countries, where the mortality rate due to diseases and poor living conditions is quite high, and life expectancy is low. In the industrial countries, baby and young souls can be found in rural areas with stable family structures. In this environment mobility and individuality are not needed to the same extent as in big cities and other urban areas, which are predominantly populated by young souls.
As young souls live in maximal separation from the higher self and All-That-Is, their psychological characteristics are very similar to those of the dark forces that live for eons of time in total separation from the Source.
Therefore, they tend to cooperate with them or to succumb to their dark influence from the 4th dimension.
Most of the current Elite are young souls.
*
The dark forces in the 4th dimension are defined in the esoteric literature as demonic, Luciferian, satanic (Rhyee), etc. In previous times, for instance, in ancient Greece and Hellenism, there was a better understanding for these dark forces and their despicable influence on human behavior.
Plotinus, the founder of Neo-Platonism, the most sophisticated Gnostic teaching in the history of Western civilization, has described these demonic forces extensively and very precisely in his Enneads.
Christianity borrowed its knowledge on the dark forces from him and other Neo-Platonists, but distorted their teachings to such an extent that the primitive and very corrupt idea of “the Devil” or “Evil” as a distinct entity was born. This distortion was deliberately forged by the Orion reptilians during the Dark Ages, when their reign on earth was unlimited.
The concept of evil, such as Bush’s “axis of evil”, Reagan’s “empire of evil” (Soviet Union), is used anytime, when an evil one has made up his mind to commit crimes on humanity and needs a false pretext and a rectification for his intended crime. This pattern has remained invariant throughout history.
It will be sufficient to point out to the fact that the American nation is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of young souls: It is the classical young soul nation on earth that dominates and determines the behavior of a large portion of humanity.
The plots and protagonists of Hollywood films have stipulated these negative, perverse, truly dark features of the young American souls to the utmost.
This is the psycho-mental mind-set of present-day humanity and, to the opinion of the author, one need few words to persuade the reader as to how deplorable the situation on earth has become prior to Ascension.
*
This year, the huge wave of young souls on earth will enter the adult soul cycle.
This transgression is associated with a radical shift in their obsession with the manipulation of the outer reality towards the multidimensionality of the inner soul. This process begins with a total confusion of this population of incarnated entities, as none of their young soul beliefs of maximal separation will hold true after their energetic transformation.
The events that are about to unfold very soon will pull the rug away from under their feet and they will have to glimpse into the abysses of their “rotten” souls.
This will be a very painful experience, and their reactions and mental aberrations at this time will surpass anything known so far. The recommendation of the author to the light workers is to see through these events with a great portion of relaxation and humor and to not let them being dragged down by the psychopathic and schizophrenic moods of their surroundings and on the world stage.
The transgression from one soul age into the next one is the greatest challenge to every soul during her incarnation cycle. For this reason some souls prefer to perform this transformation as excarnated entities in the 5th dimension, because it is less dramatic. Other, more courageous souls make this transformation in the 3d-reality. There is no fixed rule to this.
The transgression from one soul age to another is associated with a massive release of energetic blockages in the four bodies or fields of the incarnated entity – the physical, emotional, mental, and causal.
During this time, the seven body chakras also undergo a huge energetic transformation that is generally referred to as light body process.
It begins with the 4th heart chakra that opens first, as this is currently the case with most light workers, When it is fully opened, it enlarges significantly and encompasses the lower three chakras, and unifies them with the upper three chakras. The newly built chakra is a unified chakra of the human body. It allows the flow of much more energy from the higher self and the higher realms into the physical body.
The massive transformation of the physical body can now begin with a high speed. The goal is to augment the frequency of the organic body to that of the ethereal body. At that point the phase transformation of the organic body into light body can be instantaneously accomplished.
This description holds true for the individual Ascension process, when the entity can ascend without being supported by earth’s Ascension and the cosmic tsunami wave at the end of 2012.
The 6th and 7th chakra of such highly evolved entities must be fully opened and connected with the 7th to 14th chakra of the over-soul. Normally, the 6th and 7th chakra are closed in most incarnated entities. This is the reason, why the vast majority of the incarnated entities on earth do not exhibit any medial abilities.
With the opening of the portal 10.10.10, these upper chakras have also begun to open by most star seeds, and they are now connected with their higher self.
Only incarnated entities who have achieved this level in the light body process will qualify for Ascension prior to mass Ascension, most probably after the last, but one, portal 11.11.11 is opened in late autumn this year.
With the beginning of this year humanity has fully entered the process of transgression from one soul age into the higher one. This process is not truly comprehended by most light workers, and it is a non-entity for the rest of mankind. This must change radically this year. A major objective of this essay is to expand human consciousness and to make the people aware of this astral process that now takes place behind the curtain, but will very soon unleash its force on mass psychology and behavior.
Some young souls will successfully manage their transgression into the adult soul age in the End Times and will qualify for Ascension.
Others will return to the 5th dimension as excarnated souls and the rest will remain on planet B. Some of these entities, who belong to the current Elite, may become the new Elite on this planet, provided the fact that they have survived the shift and the turmoil thereafter.
There will be some small waves of Ascension of star seeds, who have sufficiently progressed with their light body process before December 2012. This event will trigger a true spiritual revolution and evolution in the minds of most human beings. It will urge the people to rapidly make their minds to ascend with earth at the end of 2012.
However, not all of them will be prepared for Ascension on December 21, when our planet will be in alignment with the central sun of the galaxy and with the other planets of the Galactic Federation, and a huge photon wave will flood earth.
Some of them will stay on planet B for a while and will have the possibility to enter the 5th dimension at a later stage. In the meantime, they will have to live on a catastrophic earth. This circumstance will eventually facilitate their decision.
In the post-shift period of 3-4 years, the two planets A and B will still have energetic interceptions that will allow the establishment of portals, which can be used by these entities to enter the 5th dimension. They will receive much help at this difficult time from the Forces of Light and from some highly evolved incarnated entities that have already ascended.
After that the two earths will irreversibly separate, Planet A will move definitely in the 5th dimension and planet B will go along the path of greater density and separation from All-That-Is.
This is the experience, which some very young souls will prefer to make in the course of their incarnation circle.
One should accept their choice without expressing false moral prejudices.
*
The splitting of earth and humanity in two streamlines of existence during the End Times is summarized in the famous statement,
“The separation of the wheat from the chaff”.
The portion of mankind that will decide to remain on Planet B will have for a long period of time no idea of God or even religion, as there will be no more highly evolved souls on this planet that will be beacons of light, as most light workers are nowadays.
There will be also no incarnated souls that will be ready to play the role of the martyr and give these young souls the possibility to commit all kinds of atrocities, while learning their karmic lessons. All entities on planet B will be equally evil.
The society on planet B will constitute entirely of entities who will behave according to their egoistic, fearful view of total separation from each other and the Whole. They will consider all other entities as foes and will not be able to follow any moral or ethical principles whatsoever. Human life will have no value on this planet, and all kinds of heinous criminal acts will represent the normal way of living in this debased society.
These entities will have to discover anew the Light in their own personality, before they can begin to evolve and experience Ascension in eons of time. This is the normal cycle of incarnation on earth and many other planets in the solar universes of 3d-space-time.
The entities who will ascend on planet A will stay in the 5th dimension for another 2000 years.
Each individual will have the possibility to progress at his own pace. Death will no longer be necessary in order to leave this plane of existence – the entity will be able to dematerialize his light body at his own discretion. Many will soon be able to create and dissolve their light bodies whenever they wish. The contact with other souls from the soul family or past friends can be established anytime.
Matter will be more fluid, and immediate Creation upon imagination will soon be possible for many ascended entities.
Karma will no longer exist. All relations will be heart-based and will express Christ consciousness. The autarky of all entities will be fully guaranteed and abundance will be the normal state of living, as immediate Creation will be possible for all entities.
Life in the 5th dimension, also known as Celestria, will be, indeed, Heaven.
Therefore, the choice that mankind and every individual will have to make in the next two years will be as follows: Ascend to Heaven or stay on earth and live in Hell.
Hardly a choice! But as the events will show, quite a number of human entities will eventually decide to follow their current masters – the Powers That Be – and will stay on earth B, where they can continue enjoying their heinous plans to enslave mankind, without the meddling of some star seeds.
Evil is the absence of Love, and Love is Light. Light is Information. Light, Love, Information are synonyms for Energy, and Energy is the Primary Term of human or any cosmic awareness – it is All-That-Is. All parts of All-That-Is are open and closely related – they exist in a state of constructive interference, in harmony. They are not separated. Separation is the condition of destructive interference.
This condition allows the existence of evil. But how?
Separation from the Whole due to destructive interference is the worst experience an entity can endure. It is the fall from grace. Separation creates fear, and fear augments separation. These are two dialectical aspects of one and the same thing. Fear nurtures more fear. Fears are powerful emotional impulses that require action.
Action is meant to appease fear. But instead, it creates more fear. Fear can only be eliminated by love and compassion. Also by understanding and information, then without information there is no understanding.
If entities cannot experience love, they cannot appreciate compassion, understanding, and information. They will act out of fear and will generate more fear, than fear is contagious. Such entities hate knowledge and information, that is, transparency, and commit their heinous acts in the dark – hence the term “Dark Forces”.
Evil is always an aspect of darkness.
Ultimately, such evil dark forces hate light. Because in the light evil can be seen and dissolved. But how can be this circle of perpetuating evil interrupted?
Not until the entities have experienced so much evil and darkness that slowly a longing for something else emerges in their dark awareness. This longing is God’s spark that exists in every distinct consciousness, no matter how dark and evil. This is the inextinguishable bond with the Source. Every entity is a U-set of All-That-Is and carries its essence as an element even if he has forgotten it.
When this longing occurs, everything changes. The entity begins to cherish the spark of Light that he has discovered within himself and starts to search for a possibility to express it in the outer space. This is the moment when the entity says farewell to darkness, as it realizes that there is another alternative – that of Light and Oneness.
However, this process is long and painful.
During this time darkness and light exist side by side and create the illusion of duality. The battle that now rages between these two extremities is the battle for Ascension and reunion with the Source or further separation from the Whole. During this struggle, evil may eventually win some skirmishes, but the final outcome of this perennial war of cosmic dimensions is always in favor of Light.
In this state of illusion, evil may become a personification, but ultimately all ideas stem from All-That-Is. When this last limit of illusion is also circumvented, the path to Ascension and merging with All-That-Is is finally free. The Prodigal Son returns to the Father. The fallen angles return to God. This is what many human entities will experience in the next two years.
It is the apotheosis of this planet and of all civilizations that it has nurtured for eons of time, as they all exist in the eternal simultaneity of All-That-Is and are linked to current humanity.
…Eliminates Separation by Establishing the Conditions of Constructive Interference with the Higher Realms
The reluctance of many human beings to accept the existence of the Forces of Light is an outstanding manifestation of this ubiquitous belief in total separation from the Source.
The same pattern applies to the clandestine existence of the Dark Forces – the Powers That Be – that control earth and human civilization since the fall of Atlantis and even earlier.
Although there are many representatives of the hidden governments around the globe that cooperate with these evil forces and contribute as their proxies to the enslavement of mankind, they prefer to foster the idea that human beings are cosmic Robinson Crusoe, stranded by the odds of Nature on an insignificant planet, at the periphery of an unspectacular galaxy, amidst myriad galaxies in All-That-Is.
While this camouflage may serve well the heinous plans of the Powers That Be, the readiness with which such lies are accepted by the masses is a clear indication that the basic idea of separation from the Whole still shapes the weltanschauung of most human beings in a profound way.
The upcoming awakening in the second half of this year will make this state of denial impossible.
Where light is, there can be no darkness and no secrets. Light is transparency – it is knowledge and full awareness. The elimination of darkness by light is achieved by establishing the condition of constructive interference and the elimination of all local conditions of destructive interference, where darkness and fears can dwell.
The current state of denial of mankind with respect to the existence of numerous other civilizations in All-That-Is is a manifestation of the fear based structure of human beings that has been artificially engineered by the Powers That Be in order to control them as part of the incarnation game on earth. This has been accomplished with the explicit consent of the incarnated earth souls, because they wanted this kind of limited experience.
For this reason the original human energetic structure as created by the Anunnaki reptilians was somewhat improved by the Forces of Light as to allow for further spiritual evolution of human beings. In particular, they grafted the original reptilian brain of subordination with the simian, mammalian brain and created a humanoid with the ability to express his free will at some point in time along his path of evolution.
The psycho-mental structure of present-day human beings has evolved in the last 13,000 years within the energetic constraints of 500 pre-determined templates that allowed the development of individual characters under the three-dimensional limitations of the physical vessel.
These templates of restriction have begun now rapidly to dissolve under the influence of a variety of energetic processes that are coordinated from the higher realms at the individual soul level and at the planetary level. The ultimate goal is to eliminate all levels and conditions of destructive interference within the four fields/bodies of human entities – the biological, emotional (ethereal), mental (spiritual), and causal. This is what light body process is all about.
It should be observed in this context that there is no difference between the terms “body” and “field”. All energetic fields are superimposed wave systems of coherent energetic structure that follow strict geometric principles and can also be described as bodies. They are U-sets that contain themselves as an element.
For instance, the astral body is a mirror image of the organic body and contains the latter at a higher frequency level. It can be regarded as the software astral program, out of which the materialization of the organic body emerges in a secondary manner. This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge.
During the light body process the seven body chakras that have been more or less closed in the past are now beginning to open and to merge until a Unified Chakra is built that can transmit much more high frequency energies from the higher realms into the four bodies than previously. Most of the channeled information in the years 2009 and 2010 has been dedicated to these processes.
All these energetic transformations fulfill the conditions of both constructive and destructive interference at the level of the four human bodies.
*
At this place a further theoretical elaboration is necessary.
It is not possible to separate the condition of constructive interference from that of destructive interference, as they go hand in hand (U-sets). Let us illustrate this circumstance with another existential phenomenon that currently affects many light workers at the conscious level and the rest of mankind at the subconscious level.
A key aspect of the light body process (LBP) is the cleansing of old emotional patterns (karmic patterns), which are essentially fear based patterns. Emotions can be regarded as superimposed wave systems with frequencies that are higher than those of the organic body, but lower than that of the mental or spiritual body. Spirit, being the total set of all consciousness, exhibits an unlimited spectrum of frequencies and can be highly modulated. This topic is huge and can only be marginally tackled in this essay.
Let us now take an emotional pattern and consider it as a superimposed wave pattern with a specific frequency range. This range has two poles – the positive and the negative one. The positive pole is of higher frequency and can be described as the more loving one and the negative pole is of lower frequency and represents the emotions of fear. These are relative assignments within the narrow range of each specific emotional pattern.
For instance, the positive emotional pole of a young soul may vibrate with a frequency which will, at the same time, represent the negative emotional pole of an old soul.
The older the incarnated soul is, the higher the frequencies of all her bodies are. The frequency level of an entity is an indicator of his evolution during his incarnation cycle. The LBP is an accelerated evolution of the incarnated entity in the linear time by rapidly augmenting his frequencies. The mechanism of augmenting these frequencies will be elaborating below for the emotional body.
Each specific emotional pattern of an incarnated entity alternates between the two poles, the positive and negative one, while dwelling most of the time in the middle range. This is a highly dynamic process, of which mankind and most light workers have no clear idea.
The ultimate goal of the LBP is to augment the frequency range of all four bodes of the incarnated entity as to allow them to ascend to the higher frequency levels of the 5th dimension. This process is nothing else, but the establishment of the condition of constructive interference between the energetic field of the entity and the high frequency levels of the 5th dimension.
How is this gradual increase in frequency in the four bodies of the entity actually accomplished?
Very simply! When the LBP is initiated, the chakras begin to open and the flow of high frequency energies in the four bodies increases gradually. During the initial phase, the emotional body is the main target of this transformation, as it contains most of the fear based patterns that separate the entity from the soul and the higher realms.
These patterns are essentially responsible for the establishment of the so called Veil of Forgetfulness (Amnesia). Therefore, these fear based pattern must be eliminated from the emotional body step by step in the course of the LBP.
The elimination is accomplished by established a new condition of constructive interference. The soul projects in a precise manner higher frequency energies through the now fully opened Unified Chakra into the emotional body. These energies build through superposition initially the condition of destructive interference with the fear based pattern that ought to be cleansed. In this manner the fear based pattern is extinguished, as this can be observed in wave theory under this condition.
This process is described in the channeled literature as “emotional cleansing”.
It goes like this:
When two waves or wave patterns are superimposed and out of phase, the maxima of the one wave overlap with the minima of the other wave and the resulting wave pattern is a zero wave line. As a result of this superposition (interference), both waves are extinguished.
This is the simplest case.
There are infinite variations of interference between the two poles of total constructive and destructive interference. The author has to simplify somewhat the actual situation for didactical purposes, and for this reason he describes the ideal case.
During this process of elimination, the fear based pattern emerges on the surface of conscious awareness and is intensively experienced by the mental body. As fear based emotional patterns are stored at different places in the organic body, the entity can discern after some training the exact somatic location of the fear pattern that is actually deleted and is being felt in a conscious manner in the emotional, mental, and physical body.
It is important to observe that the emotional and mental bodies of the entity are U-sets that contain themselves as an element, as this is the case with all systems of All-That-Is.
For this reason all mental ideas are emotionally tainted, and all emotions have to be mentally perceived, before the entity becomes aware of them.
*
The author makes in this context a key distinction between emotions and feelings that has to be elaborated for the sake of clarity.
Feelings are original ethereal (emotional) patterns that occur in the higher self, respectively, in the soul, and present themselves as pure intuition to the incarnated entity. Since Antiquity it has been known to humans that the soul can manifest itself mainly through feelings. It is therefore no coincidence that the Greek word for soul is “Psyche”.
When the incarnated entity is aware of his pristine feelings coming from the higher self, he can always know what the soul wants to tell him.
Negative feelings associated with some planned activities of the incarnated entity indicate that these plans are in breach with the preconceived plan of the soul and are bound to fail according to the saying:
“The best plans of men and mice go sometimes awry”.
Unfortunately most of the incarnated entities on earth are deaf to the emotional inspirations of their souls that contain much valuable information about the soul’s plan and its concrete realization on the 3d-plane.
Intuitive feelings are perceived by the right hemisphere of the brain which, as mentioned above, is largely disconnected from the left hemisphere as part of the energetic malfunction of human beings.
When the pristine feelings of the right brain are perceived by the mental body, which is predominantly associated with the left hemisphere of the brain, these feelings undergo a profound energetic modulation and distortion that abide by the laws of interference.
The feeling is no longer the pristine message of the soul, but is modulated during his mental perception by the fear based beliefs of the Ego that are nurtured in the mental body:
The pristine feelings of the soul now become human emotions.
Human emotions are hence fear tainted feelings of the soul that initially reach the awareness of the incarnated entity as pure intuition.
We can also put it this way:
The Ego is responsible for the deformation of the intuitive feelings of the soul by transforming them into fear based emotional patterns.
These emotions no longer contain the valuable information of the soul, but rather entrap the entity in the numerous fallacies and distortions of the reality that is coming from the Ego.
The Ego is like a kaleidoscope that reproduces its basic fears around which it has evolved from early childhood to adolescence in numerous redundant mirror images and variations. These images distort the reality of All-That-Is in a profound way. Human reality on earth is therefore a reality distorted by collective fears.
As all fears are illusions, 3d-reality on earth is also an illusion.
This aspect has been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis written in German. The advantage of this language is that it has two different words for reality – Realität and Wirklichkeit.
The author uses the word “Realität” for the true reality of the higher realms and the word “Wirklichkeit” for the fear distorted reality of human existence on this planet. The ultimate goal of all light workers should be to discern the fear based distortions of human reality and ascend mentally to the pristine reality of the higher realms.
This will be their chief objective in the next two years prior to Ascension.
The psycho-mental structure of the Ego consists essentially of preconceived beliefs and fears that have been more or less unconsciously acquired in the family and confirmed through numerous positive feedbacks from the social environment. They impregnate the entity throughout his life. This kind of social adaptation has been extensively explored in the theory of behaviorism from an outward, empiric point of view.
Behaviorism assumes that the external conditions determine human behavior, and that it is sufficient to analyze these conditions in order to predict human behavior. This is agnosticism par excellence.
Our approach in this essay is contrary to that of behaviorism. It begins with the inward dimension, which is the dimension of the soul – the creator of the incarnated entity and his destiny – in order to explain the psycho-mental motors that drive the evolution of the incarnated entity. It is therefore up to the entity to begin to question the fear based patterns that he has acquired throughout his life and to disentangle oneself from their influence. In this way the entity can alter his reality effectively.
We shall show below that the manipulation of fears is the principal mechanism that the dark forces employ to mind-control human entities on earth. Therefore, it is quite logical that most channeled messages suggest the total surrender of the Ego to the soul. The Ego, being a fear based structure, is the main hindrance to true knowledge and transcendence.
The Ego blocks the way to Ascension.
This should be the ultimate transcendental insight of any evolved personality.
The author is fully aware of the fact that he does not add anything new to current esoteric discussion. He only puts the available Gnostic knowledge on a sound physical, scientific ground by explaining the mechanism of energy transformation of any system in All-That-Is according to the Universal Law and its concrete applications – the laws of constructive and destructive interference.
During the process of cleansing as described above the negative, fear based emotion surges on the surface of the entity’s awareness before it is deleted. This experience can be very unpleasant and exhausting. The intensity of the fear based pattern may be very strong and can overwhelm the entity during the cleansing process. This phenomenon touches numerous existential conditions that have been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis.
The actual mechanism of dissolving a fear based pattern is accomplished by energizing it to the extent that it begins to vibrate very quickly between the negative and the positive pole. The high frequency superimposed vibration from the higher realms flows through the opened unified chakra in the emotional and physical body and interferes with the existing fear based pattern that has to be cleansed.
Before the condition of destructive interference is reached and the fear based pattern is deleted (cleansed), the latter reaches a maximal intensity that is perceived at the level of consciousness as antagonistic emotions. This may lead to total emotional exhaustion of the incarnated entity.
The entity has the experience that his emotions are running amok – the emotional ups and downs are the result of the alternating of the fear based pattern between the two extremes – the negative and the positive pole.
This is a very challenging experience that occurs again and again during the LBP. Depending on how the entity approaches these gushes of fear, it may support the LBP or impede it.
Most of the channeled literature is dedicated to this negative experience without giving any clues about its physical, energetic background. Instead, one can find numerous suggestions and recommendations as to how to mitigate this challenging experience by certain meditation and breathing techniques.
The factual knowledge of light workers is seldom stimulated by such one-sided, counter-intellectual channeled messages.
In fact, most of the fear based beliefs have been inserted in the minds of human entities by the dark forces by employing energetic tactics and techniques similar to those used by the soul to sustain the veil of forgetfulness. They are all based on the laws of constructive and destructive interference by employing low frequency fear patterns in the emotional and mental body that separate the entity from the harmonic higher frequency energies perceived as unconditional love.
In this sense the term “unconditional love” is a synonym for the universal constructive interference of all superimposed wave systems and levels (U-sets) of All-That-Is. This level of universal constructive interference cannot be experienced in the 3d-density on earth – therefore, the experience of unconditional love on earth is a myth forged by many channels from the lower astral realms to lull the incarnated entities.
They make human entities dependant on their idiotic, iterative advices as to how to experience unconditional love in order to evolve spiritually by instigating in these mediums deliberately the feeling of spiritual deficiency.
They know very well that human beings cannot experience unconditional love on earth to the extent that has been recommended to them by these self-acclaimed astral mentors.
Most astral entities that channel are much less evolved than the incarnated souls they contact. They use this kind of communication only to bask in their role of spiritual mentors by keeping the incarnated entities in a state of emotional co-dependence. This aspect is not truly understood by most mediums who are so proud that they can channel that they forget in their naïve exuberance to display intellectual discernment.
Very often they become conduits of all kinds of esoteric trash. Internet is full of such channeled messages that have absolutely no spiritual value.
Unconditional love is an illusionary ideal, as anything in the 3d-space-time. The incarnated entity may long for this blissful state of existence and thus eventually evolve on the spiritual path, but this earthly concept is a poor substitute for the intensity of the universal constructive interference that one can only experience after Ascension in the 5th dimension.
The author apologizes for eliminating this greatest illusion of all light workers, but clarity must precede illusion.
Such fear based patterns build layer upon layer in the emotional, mental, and ethereal body and are also stored in the cells and the genetic code. They function as a very effective barrier that separates the incarnated entity from the soul and hence from All-That-Is. These low frequency levels can be easily manipulated by the dark forces from the 4th dimension.
Most of the mind control that has been exerted in the past 13 000 years on earth is transmitted through these fear based energetic layers that are intertwined in the physical vessel of the entity.
Therefore, any true spiritual evolution of human beings must be supported by major changes in these restricted energetic conditions in the human bodies. This is the actual purpose of the light body process, which is a prolonged process over many years. It consists of numerous distinct cleansing energetic waves that built the new human template, which is open to the high frequencies of the soul and the higher realms.
Precisely, the four human bodies can harbor these new high frequency energies and resonate with them in a state of constructive interference without being burnt out or having a short circuit.
*
The author has a vast personal experience in this matter, as he entered the last and most intensive phase of the light body process in 1999.
Since then he feels and experiences the various qualities of high frequency energies from the higher realms in his body 24 hours a day, seven days a week. He has done extensive research on the esoteric and channeled literature in the last 25 years and has not found a single source that describes a similar experience of light body process.
However, this does not exclude the possibility that there are some individuals who go through the same process, but have not written anything about it.
On the other hand, the author is fully aware of the fact, that only somebody, who is deeply acquainted with the energetic and physiological transformations of the body at the scientific level, can have the clarity, determination, and perseverance to proceed with the light body process in this intensity without searching the help of doctors and other specialists, who are fully unaware of these phenomena and will only hamper the process with their incompetent intervention.
It is important to observe on this occasion that the actual light body process is associated with numerous severe symptoms and chronic conditions that go beyond any medical description and cannot be found in any comprehensive textbook on medicine.
Since these conditions are very debilitating, any person fully involved in the light body process who has no medical competence will inevitably seek the expertise of medical doctors and will thus inhibit the progress of his body transformation.
The reason for this is that the entity will demonstrate that he is not the master of his body and that he has consented to delegate his power over it to other entities at a lower level of spiritual evolution.
It should be noted at this place that most of the doctors are young souls that have no transcendental experience and have chosen this profession only to experience their profound agnosticism in the field of medical science.
The current health care system in the western world is under the full control of the dark forces that use it as a vehicle to exterminate a large number of human beings in order to better control humanity.
Their greatest fear is that they may get thinned out by the enormous population explosion in the last decades and may lose their grip on humanity. This is, by the way, exactly the tactic that the higher realms of All-That-Is employ on this planet in order to promote Ascension.
The ramifications of this clandestine iatrogenic genocide are so numerous and interwoven that the author has dedicated several books to explain and expose them, without being able to tackle all of them. A major tool of human genocide employed inthe health care system is the development of synthetic drugs by the pharmaceutical industry that increase morbidity and mortality in the patient population.
About 90% of all drugs currently registered by the FDA and EMEA (the European equivalent of FDA) are such drugs, which the author defines as “cell-inhibiting drugs”
This has been done on purpose by employing false biological models that allow the wrong evaluation of the safety and clinical efficacy of these drugs. The scientific, moral, and ethical crimes on humanity in this area are so overwhelming that they by any means surpass the holocaust of Slavonic people and Jews by the Nazis during the Second World War.
The author has estimated that through the use of such cell-inhibiting drugs more than one hundred million patients have been prematurely exterminated only in the western, industrialized world in the last 4-5 decades, where their application is very broad and virtually affects all citizens.
On the other hand, it should be said that most of the diseases have been deliberately induced by the dark forces, for instance, AIDS and the recent H1N1 epidemic that has been successfully contained by the Galactic Federation.
This theme is huge and beyond the scope of the present essay, but the author is convinced that there will be a lot of discussion in the coming months when he and other people will have the possibility to make vital revelations on the nefarious practices of the dark forces and their proxies in the health care sector.
It should be stressed on this occasion that the author has developed the The General Theory of Biological Regulation based on the Universal law that includes the newest scientific data and has integrated without a single contradiction all the facts obtained in bio-science so far.
This is the greatest scientific and intellectual achievement in the history of medicine and bioscience.
As he has also extensive experience in clinical research with numerous indications and treatments, he is in the position to evaluate all clinical symptoms that occur during the light body process and explain them from an objective scientific point of view.
From this elaboration we can succinctly conclude that one cannot successfully complete the light body process in the aforementioned intensity, unless he has the absolute clarity and the scientific competence what is going on in his body and in the energetic fields that surround it. Nobody, who relies on current health care system, will be able to successfully complete his light body process, as all medical treatments and procedures are designed to hamper this process.
They create the condition of destructive interference with the cosmic laws of biological regulation. The author has extensively discussed in his books the various energy inhibiting mechanisms of synthetic drugs on the regulation of body metabolism, and how they trigger severe side effects, new diseases, and increase mortality.
At the same time the author has gone through so many dangerous, life threatening situations that he has developed a very strong will, which is firmly rooted in his spiritual knowledge on the immortality of the soul and human personality. From this higher vantage point of view, he has always displayed an unshakable conviction in the appropriateness of all interventions of his soul and the higher realms with respect to his body transformation.
This attitude – an absolute emotional and spiritual autarky of the entity, who knows that he is a powerful creator of his destiny -is an indispensable prerequisite to complete the light body process successfully and ascend individually prior to mass Ascension.
After Ascension, all medical problems and the crimes associated with human health and the treatment of diseases will disappear forever.
They are products of the 3d-reality. In the 5th dimension, the entity will exhibit a light body, which will be free of diseases and will easily adjust to the various frequency levels. The individual may choose at his discretion how his body will appear –as a young man or woman or as an elderly person.
The optical form of the body will be subjected to the unlimited creative potential of the individual entity, as it will be understood that it is only a vehicle and a symbol of his desire for outer experience under various energetic conditions.
Now back to human fears that play a central role in the current transformation of humanity.
It is a well- known truth that fears are contagious – fear patterns of one entity can augment the same or similar fear patterns in another entity according to the condition of constructive interference. The collective paranoia that was triggered by the dark forces after the 9/11 attack, which they nefariously instigated, exploited this superposition of numerous individual fear patterns to achieve a collective paranoia.
It is not a coincidence that since then the term “fear mongering” has become the most widely used word in political discussions in the USA. It helped Obama, who effectively criticized his opponent to promote fear mongering, to win the elections; this was the turning point away from this practice.
Under such depressed psychological conditions, the minds of the people are dumped down and any atrocity can be accomplished without being confronted with a significant opposition based on moral and ethical considerations.
This is what happened in the USA in the first decade of the third millennium. The collective paranoia of this nation spread around the globe and caused the death of millions innocent people. Fear always leads to death and destruction. It is the universal condition of destructive interference.
It was, indeed, quite depressing to witness how the American nation was thrown into two criminal wars, which caused the death of millions of people, the displacement and impoverishment of tens of millions without triggering a true revolution by the people of the USA.
Where is their indignation, where is the “Wrath of Ants”, about which Steinbeck once so brilliantly wrote?
It is, of course, very convenient to blame Bush and Cheney for these atrocities and to point at their numerous lies that were once collectively believed by the American people, but it is much more difficult to re-member the fact that the majority of these people freely elected these criminal ones for a second term at a time, when their lies and bellicose deeds were already exposed to the public.
Ergo: All the good ones were inextricable linked with the evil they witnessed, experienced, but seldom condemned in the last ten years.
Darkness always merges with Light on this planet and makes a clear distinction impossible. “Do not judge” is not only a slogan, but also of all channeled messages that the author has read so far. Understand, but not judge, expose, but not condemn – this will be the imperative this year when many crimes and perpetrators will be exposed in the course of the upcoming revelations and tribulations.
The current masters of earth must give up their power this year, while the Forces of Light and some ascended masters will take command over this planet.
This is the divine promise of All-That-Is for earth and humanity at the End Times.
*
What do these observations tell us actually? That evil does not exist as a distinct entity.
Evil is the absence of Light and Love. Evil is the absence of full awareness. Evil is a product of fear – numerous fears! Fear feeds fear. Fear is what makes life on earth a living hell. The elimination of all fears during the light body process eliminates evil on earth and opens the portal of Ascension for the individual and mankind. It is as simple as that. And as challenging, as the upcoming events will eventually prove.
To eliminate fear, respectively, evil, the incarnated entity has to experience it first. This is the whole eschatology of the incarnation cycle of the soul as a human being on earth. There is no better way to circumvent human fear than to understand its nature:
Fears are low frequency emotional patterns that use the laws of superposition to separate the incarnated entity from the soul by establishing the condition of destructive interference with the high frequency energies of the higher realms and to enhance the fear patterns of other entities on earth by establishing the condition of constructive interference among their ego-driven, low frequency beliefs.
Fears are Energy, just as Unconditional Love is Energy. Energy is always Energy. There is nothing else, but Energy.
In essence, Fear and Love are one and the same – they are Energy.
They both use the same physical laws of superposition – the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. While Love is the sensual manifestation of the condition of constructive interference of All-That-Is, fear and its manifestation, the evil, is the experience of local conditions of destructive interference within the infinite harmony of All-That-Is.
This is the ultimate vantage point of view – the zero point, as many light workers use to say – which any incarnated human entity can ultimately achieve. After that the hallucination of separation can no longer be sustained and the incarnation cycle of the soul is terminated.
For many light workers Ascension will mark the end of their incarnation cycle. For the vast majority of mankind that will ascend, the journey goes in the next dimension. But life in the 5th dimension will be, in comparison to current hell on earth, the Heaven that all religions promise their believers. However, before all believers enter heaven, they will have to leave their religions back where they belong – on this planet.
Just as all rich people will not have a higher chance to ascend to heaven than a camel to be squeezed through the eye of the needle, unless they leave their riches on earth, so will all scientists have to leave their empiric science behind them because it has failed to grasp the nature of All-That-Is, where they are bound to ascend.
Empiric science is a fear based science – it fears the exploration of the inner, multidimensional nature of the soul. This has been the reason for its profound agnosticism: The fears of the young soul scientists have precluded their understanding of the Whole.
This “fall from grace” of present-day empiric science will be soon terminated and will be substituted by the New General Theory of the Universal Law.
The prodigal son will finally return to the Father.
We have learned that the laws of creation and destruction are the physical laws of wave interference under the conditions of constructive and destructive interference.
We shall discuss in this chapter another aspect of these laws that is often mentioned in many channeled messages without being properly explained from a physical, scientific point of view. We shall now close this gap.
Human beings live in the duality of fear and love. Unconditional love is the overall condition of constructive interference of all wave systems and levels of All-That-Is and is perceived as harmony by all sentient beings. Fear is the condition of destructive interference, whereby the interacting systems delete their wave patterns upon superposition or create energetic blockades that hinder the propagation of other waves – first and foremost, the propagation of Light.
Fear thus creates Darkness.
This knowledge is basic to an understanding of the common theme in many channeled messages that unconditional love leads to expansion of the energetic fields of the incarnated entity, while fear leads to contraction of these fields. Expansion of the self is associated with its merging with the soul and the higher realms, while contraction increases the level of separation of the entity from All-That-Is.
Entities immerse through contraction deeper into the 3d-density of space-time. These basic physical phenomena can be expressed within human language in a multidimensional way.
Let us take a simple example. When an incarnated entity experiences fear, this leads to contraction of his emotional body. We have learned that emotions modulate the ideas of the mental body, as the two fields are superimposed wave systems. In this case, the thoughts of the entity also experience a physical contraction.
How does this contraction express itself at the mental level? It creates fear-driven projections which the entity extrapolates in the future.
If the entity has for instance some financial problems, it develops the fear pattern that it will impoverish to an even greater extent in the future. This kind of fear is very common among elderly people. The actual fear pattern leads to a contraction of the mental activities of the incarnated entity.
Because of this energetic contraction of the mental field, the entity cannot imagine positive alternatives for his future. His mind is exclusively fixed on the negative idea of impoverishment due to current financial problems that scare him, and he believes that this is the only alternative that he will ever experience in the future.
As his mind is preoccupied the whole time with this negative version of his future life, the entity feeds it with more energy. According to the cosmic law of attraction he will most probably materialize this unfavorable perspective at some point in the future. The fear-driven contraction of the mental body manifests itself as a limitation of the entity to imagine more than one future alternative. His spectrum of positive future probabilities is contracted by his actual fear.
On other hand, all Creation happens in the Now. Past, present and future fears can only be overcome in the present moment.
Now let us take the opposite case. The entity has financial problems, but experiences empathy and thankfulness towards his soul because she has given him the possibility to have this valuable experience. This should be the enlightened view of all incarnated entities. The entity evaluates his present situation from the position of unconditional acceptance of all human experience by expanding his emotional and mental body to such an extent that they now merge with the point of view of the higher self, which always operates from the position of unconditional love and lack of duality.
In this case, even if the entity may experience some transient fears as to how to cope with his financial gridlock, he is able to transmute his fears by expanding his view of the world.
The entity discerns that he is a powerful, independent creator of all his experience and not a victim of uncontrollable circumstances, so that he can change his destiny anytime from the “Now-point” by imagining several favorable versions of his future: He can experience these versions in his imagination and thus attract positive energies in his emotional and mental body from All-That-Is.
The esoteric law of attraction is, in this sense, nothing else, but another circumlocution for constructive interference of wave systems: Similar emotional and mental patterns attract and superimpose to create a new stronger energetic pattern of the same kind. This is also the mechanism of Ascension of earth and mankind in these times.
The fearful, contracted entity, on the other hand, sustains the view that he is a victim of negative circumstances and that he has no influence on them. This entity, being in a state of maximal contraction of his emotional and mental bodies, experiences the maximal state of separation from the soul, respectively, from All-That-Is.
This energetic state of contraction creates the feeling of helplessness.
The more fearful the entity is, the more contracted his emotional and mental bodies are and the weaker his power to alter the unfavorable situation.
Empowerment of the individual can only be achieved by reducing his fears and expanding his ability for compassion and understanding of the whole picture. First and foremost, he must learn to love himself unconditionally with all his virtues and defaults.
The author can for instance localize in his intuitive imagination such contractions in the fields of other entities and immediately discern their mental and emotional limitations based on common fear-driven beliefs. But he also recognizes how difficult it is to transmit this knowledge to such entities who have hermetically enclosed their personality with such fear based patterns that shield it from any benevolent influences from outside aiming at its expansion.
From this elaboration we can conclude that all mental and emotional experiences, we make as incarnated entities, are the result of underlying physical, energetic phenomena. In terms of human language, these processes can be described as “laws of interference or superposition” which create the conditions of constructive and destructive interference. Alternatively, we may describe them as “laws of creation and destruction” as the title of this essay suggests.
Both definitions are valid presentations of the Nature of All-That-Is.
Language, being a U-set of All-That-Is, is intrinsically multidimensional, but this aspect is also the origin of all oral redundancy and semantic blunders that lead to a profound confusion in human communication.
Ultimately, we may speak of All-That-Is in terms of “expansion” and “contraction”: All-That-Is is that which expands and contracts. For those light workers, who have no idea of physics, these phenomena are circumscribed in present-day esotericism as “fear” and “unconditional love”.
Let us be however clear on this issue. There is no such thing as “unconditional love” on earth. This is a linguistic expression of an energetic condition that is beyond the limitation of human experience. Human beings, who use language to express such conditions, cannot in reality experience this energetic state of cosmic constructive interference as long as they dwell in an organic body.
This term is thus a poor substitute for the universal energetic state of harmonic existence of all entities that are not separated from All-That-Is. Human beings are.
In this energetic condition of total constructive interference with all cosmic energies, the human carbon-based body will be immediately burnt out. Only after that can the lower self, liberated from the shackles of “his mortal coil”, merge with the soul and experience for the first time this blissful state of total harmony in a conscious way. The same experience will await all those who will ascend in the 5th dimension.
For this reason the carbon-based bodies of such entities will be transformed into crystalline bodies during the light body process that will lead to mass Ascension at the end of next year.
*
Expansion and contraction can be easily understood when the wave theory is applied.
As this essay does not have the objective to introduce the reader in the theory of physics, we shall restrict ourselves to some popular observations. Consider a particle of a medium which propagates waves. When there is no wave, the particle is at rest. When a wave is propagated, the particle is displaced. The magnitude of the displacement determines the amplitude of the wave.
As all waves are rotations, the particle performs in reality a circular motion.
One assumes in physics that all mediums that propagate waves have elastic properties. This has led in the 19th century to the concept of “elastic ether”, in which light is propagated. This term actually described the properties of photon space-time. By eliminating this correct idea erroneously after the performance of Michelson-Morley experiment and substituting it with the idiotic concept of “action at a distance” in vacuum, which is an N-set, physics has plunged into its deepest cognitive crisis in its history that lasted for one century, until this author liberated this natural science in 1995 from its self-inflicted agnostic misery (see below).
All elastic mediums follow according to conventional physics the so called Hooke’s law of elasticity.
It says that when a particle is displaced from its initial position at rest, a restoring elastic force, called Hooke’s force, is created that is opposite to the direction of the displacement and brings the particle back to its initial position at rest. This is a simplistic, mechanistic interpretation of the elastic properties of All-That-Is in terms of classical mechanics.
The Nature of Space-Time = All-That-Is as perceived by human senses is indeed elastic.
Elasticity expresses itself as expansion and contraction. This is the mechanism of creation of all waves and rotations, which are circular motions. Elasticity creates Motion – motion is the manifestation of waves/rotations. All systems of All-That-Is are waves/rotations.
Energy/space-time is elastic energy exchange that is perceived as motion. Motion is expansion and contraction of space-time. When one truly comprehends this property of All-That-Is in all its manifestations, one has become an enlightened person.
The whole theory of relativity can be explained with this idea.
The so called “time dilution” and “space contraction” of material objects in motion reflect the elasticity of space-time. The same holds true for thermodynamics – without expansion and contraction of gases, there will be no engines of combustion and no cars to drive. This author has pondered over the elasticity of space-time since early childhood, and this observation has ultimately led to the discovery of the Universal Law of All-That-Is.
Human bodies are also subjected to the elasticity of space-time. All our feelings, mental ideas, and the very structure of our personality are products of infinite expansions and contractions of the infinite levels and systems that comprise the incarnated entity. The Universal law of All-That-Is is a law of expansion and contraction. From a physical point of view, there is nothing else, but expansion and contraction.
This simple physical fact has not been fully comprehended either by scientists or light workers, or any other contemplative, spiritual human being.
The agnosticism of mankind is indeed overwhelming, and the author is wondering, where one should commence to enlighten humanity in the few remaining months prior to Ascension as to achieve some modest spiritual results.
*
It is indeed a mystery to the author as to why human mind is not able to discern this evident aspect of All-That-Is, given the fact that the idea of elasticity is as old as written Western history.
The Dialectics of ancient Greek philosophy since Heraclitus has evolved around the primordial idea of human awareness of the elasticity of All-That-Is. It is not a coincidence that Dialectics is basic to all prominent Western philosophical teachings – from Plato, Aristotle, and Plotinus to Fichte, Hegel, and Marx.
The profound misunderstanding of this basic property of All-That-Is in the political version of Marx’ dialectical materialism and its total neglect in Anglo-Saxon political empiricism have ultimately triggered the greatest calamities, mankind has ever experienced -the First and Second World War, and the Cold War.
Dialectics is the gate to Oneness of Consciousness -lack of dialectics, the neglect of the elasticity of All-That-Is in human thinking, leads to separation. Wars have always resulted from the separation of humanity in antagonistic factions.
Dialectical thinking circumvents the idea of separation. This philosophical aspect that was inherent to the German idealistic school has been completely forgotten by the intellectual community in the last century under the devastating influence of narrow-minded, disparate empiricism. Hence the numerous perilous wars, humanity has experienced during the last one hundred years up to the present day.
True dialectical thinking is the acknowledgement of the elastic nature of All-That-Is – of its ability to expand and contract within its Oneness. All parts of the Whole are created through expansion and contraction. Elasticity is the mechanism of Unity and Separation of the Whole. All ideas that neglect the elasticity of All-That-Is are N-sets that carry the notion of separation and lead to Darkness and destruction.
Before the author confirmed the Universal Law for all known physical laws, he defined it as the Universal Law of Elasticity.
*
Ascension is expansion of all human beings to the 5th dimension out of their current 3d-contraction, which creates the illusion of separation and density. And here comes the greatest dichotomy, or if you wish, mysticism of All-That-Is that very few incarnated entities on earth have ever discerned.
While we expand our emotional and mental body to the 5th dimension, we at same time participate in the contraction of All-That-Is that brings back its human Creation from its state of greatest separation, which can also be interpreted as the state of greatest expansion (alienation) of the parts from the Source. The “in-breath” of All-That-Is brings back all his parts to Oneness.
From the point of view of All-That-Is, this is a contraction, a return of all individual Creation to the Source.
The “out-breath” of All-That-Is creates, on the other hand, parts that are seemingly separated from each other and the Whole by means of individual contraction, but the Whole itself has expanded by creating and dispersing its infinite parts.
This is the sublimation of cosmic Metaphysics, and for this reason the author will stop his discussion at this place. But he hopes that he has stimulated the reader to continue to ponder on this eschatological dichotomy of All-That-Is.
If anything else, the elaboration of such questions leads to the utmost expansion of human awareness.
We have learned that all human concepts of closed systems, objects, and entities can be summarized under the mathematical concept of N-sets.
N-Sets are sets that do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element. All closed rational numbers, which are the only numbers that present-day mathematics uses, are N-sets. All closed physical systems in physics and everyday thinking are N-sets.
Ideas that are N-sets are the mental bugs that corrupt human thinking – indeed, every consciousness and awareness throughout the universe.
When humanity develops the idea of its uniqueness in the infinite galaxy and supports this collective idea of separation with such elaborated doctrines as Darwin’s evolutionary theory, then the level of separation has, indeed, reached pathological dimensions. Within such a mind-set, there is no possibility for further evolution of the incarnated entities, and the energetic conditions must be altered dramatically.
This is what Ascension is all about. Therefore, Darwin’s doctrine must be collectively rejected by all human beings on earth and substituted with the idea of Oneness of all parts of All-That-Is. Oneness does not, however, mean unification: The Whole exists and grows through the individualization of all its parts within its infinite plurality.
One can now sustain that the collective awareness of mankind has been dumped down by the Powers That Be, the controllers on earth, the evil forces, the Greys and the Reptilians, the zeta reticuli, the “Unholy six”, who have promoted such ideas of separation for the last 13,000 years since the Fall of Atlantis, but this will be an over-simplification, born in the hallucinatory realm of experienced duality.
The truth is that the souls of all incarnated human entities come on earth from Oneness to have precisely this kind of experience of utmost separation in all possible aspects and facets of human awareness, including the numerous sufferings that are associated with such an illusionary idea.
The earth souls needed the dark agents of separation who arranged this negative experience for them. Human beings were supposed to re-member throughout their incarnation cycle peú a peù their true origin – them being Sparks of God – and make a conscious choice in favor of the Whole versus Separation.
This is the eschatological purpose of the current human incarnation experiment on earth in the light of the new Theory of the Universal Law of All-That-Is that will end with Ascension at the end of 2012.
*
There are many ideas that the Powers That Be have promoted in the history of mankind that are N-sets and augment the level of separation.
The current Orion monetary system that was first established in the Western World, and especially in Great Britain and the USA by the powerful bankster faction (a neologism from “banker” and “gangster”) of the Anglo-Saxon Elite (the Rothschild and Rockefeller families), is one very powerful tool of separating human beings, enslaving them, and pushing them into perennial wars with the ultimate aim of exterminating them.
To this we shall say much more below, when the collapse of the worldwide financial system will be discussed in detail.
Furthermore, the author has extensively explored the flawed basic concepts of modern medicine and health care system in his books, which have essentially the same goal as the Orion monetary system – to deepen the sense of separation among the incarnated entities and to promote their helplessness with respect to the energetic regulation of their biological bodies by the soul.
These social systems of suppression hinder the entities to realize that their health condition lies entirely in the autarky of each individual soul and incarnated entity.
In addition, many therapies and other procedures have been deliberately introduced by the dark forces and their proxies in the pharmaceutical and health care industry to increase morbidity and mortality among patients. These heinous practices of the dark forces have the purpose of inducing collective iatrogenic genocide on humans.
This is the most despicable side of the dark forces in the last several decades, which the author has extensively explored in his books from a scientific, theoretical, and practical point of view. But there is much more to be said that goes beyond the limited capacity of a single way shower.
Beside the Orion monetary system, medicine and health care system are the two most crucial means of the dark forces, with which they control present-day agnostic humanity, who fears all kind of diseases that may ultimately lead to death. These fear generating mechanisms of the dark forces deepen further human agnosticism and will undoubtedly play a key role in the upcoming revelations and subsequent discussions in the mass media.
The author, being a clinical researcher for many years and a professional in this field, has made vital contributions to this topic in his volume III “The General Theory of Biological Regulation” and in his book “Thoughts”.
All ideas that lead to premature death and destruction are N-sets that can only be contrived under the condition of destructive interference.
Although all entities are immortal, so that the very idea of killing another entity mirrors a total absence of awareness about the true nature of All-That-Is, it is, nonetheless, a spiritual crime with severe karmic consequences that have to be compensated soon or later by the perpetrator soul – in this or in a future incarnation.
The split of earth in two planets in December 2012 will be in this sense a kind of a Final Judgment for such souls. This has nothing to do with religious prophecies, but with energetic necessities that are aspects of the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction.
You cannot have the conditions of total constructive and destructive interference at once – hence the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” and the splitting of earth in two different energetic timelines – the ascended planet A and the descended planet B.
…by Encouraging Human Beings to Think in Terms of U-Sets
The spiritual opening of mankind to the Forces of Light, being representatives of All-That-Is, and the return to Oneness is what the current Ascension of earth and mankind is all about.
This year will be the crucial one, because it will lead to the collapse of all man-made social, political, economic, and intellectual structures, such as empiric science and external material technologies that are about to destroy Gaia, unless there is a massive intervention by the Galactic Federation.
All aspects of current human civilization are products of mental N-sets, of the various ideas of separation that have imbued the fabric of human society to such an extent that only very few far-sighted, enlightened entities can readily discern them. All these aspects of humanity reflect the hallucinatory idea of separation. This idea has been multiplied through the kaleidoscope of numerous collective fear based patterns which the separation of human beings from the Whole has generated for eons of time.
All these multiple facets of mental illusion and fear-driven behavior are distracting them from their process of Ascension and from merging with the Source, as it will be experienced after Ascension in the 5th dimension.
But why should be all current structures of human society destroyed, before mankind is able to ascend?
The answer is fairly simple, once we have comprehended why and how these materializations of the primary idea of separation have been established on earth. The leitmotif of this essay is that first there is an idea and only then its realization. We use the word “realization” and not materialization, as in the 5th dimension any idea can be immediately realized without being necessarily material.
Matter, as we perceive it in the 3d-reality on earth, is a very dense form of energy that transpires the illusionary idea of hard impermeable staff. In fact, matter constitutes of 99.99% of empty space, whereby empty space should not be confused with void or vacuum, as it is currently done in physics, but regarded as diluted astral energy.
For this same reason the space around our planet is not empty but full of highly evolved entities coming from all parts of our galaxy, as well as from many distant galaxies. They are here to observe the unique Ascension of Gaia and a large portion of mankind from the densest 3d-reality and a maximal separation from the Whole straight into the 5th dimension of Oneness.
This is the most dramatic event in the history of this planet and throughout this galaxy that will catapult mankind on a higher level of evolution than that of the current Powers That Be. The knowledge about this very important fact should empower all human beings to begin with the inner rebellion and to stop promoting the hidden agenda of the dark ones.
Many human entities, especially those in key positions of power, have become consciously or subconsciously proxies of the dark forces and carry out rigorously and without any compassion for human life their heinous plans. This is a deplorable fact, but it is also part of the illusionary drama that has been designed for this planet and has been unfolding for a very long time.
This year the drama will definitely come to an end.
The goal should be the full awakening of all actors on this planet, so that they can shed away their current roles and become aware of the fact that they have always been multidimensional cosmic beings, and that present-day earth has never been their original home. We are all guests on earth. Most of us have come here only to experience Ascension and return to our pristine realms of existence. Ascension may be a unique event on earth, but it is rather common throughout the universe, where myriads of 3d-civilisations exist and evolve within their particular incarnation experiment.
This will be accomplished with the active support of the Forces of Light that will take control of earth this year.
They will be supported by selected entities such as the author, who will ascend prior to mass Ascension at the end of 2012 and will demonstrate that all human beings also belong to the Forces of Light, so that there are no such things as “aliens” on the one hand and humble human species, being entrapped in their biological vessel and thus an easy prey to technologically highly evolved aliens, on the other.
The full comprehension of this simple truth will unleash a powerful mental revolution that will sweep away all wrong ideas and their material mirror images from the surface of this planet.
It is however naïve, and even dangerous, to believe that the crumbling material and social structures will be substituted with a better version thereof with the help of the Galactic Federation, as many fear-driven light workers believe by extrapolating their deprived earthy hopes for abundance linearly into the future. This would only mean “more of the same”.
For this same reason, there will not be any major reforms of the current Orion monetary system such as NESARA after its collapse, which the author predicts to begin in the summer of this year, as the future enlightened humanity in the 5th dimension will not need money anymore. Human beings should get used to this idea prior to Ascension.
This primitive substitute of energy exchange – recall that All-That-Is is energy exchange according to the principle of last equivalence (primary axiom) -will definitely come to an end with Ascension. In the short transition period before Ascension, money will be substituted in many places with simple local barter systems that will guarantee the survival of most incarnated entities during this time of tribulations.
The people will soon realize that it will not be money that will secure their lives in the upcoming turmoil, but their ability to create with their thoughts and optimistic feelings the new fifth-dimensional reality in the Now.
This ability will determine their individual timeline leading to Ascension in the 5th dimension.
The author, being a representative of the Forces of Light, has taken the burden throughout this incarnation to discover the Universal Law of All-That-Is, to develop a new infallible scientific theory of Oneness, and to derive the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction from this.
The new theory of the Universal Law encompasses All-That-Is, as it is axiomatically developed from this primary term of consciousness by employing only such ideas and concepts that are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element. At the same time, his universal theory includes all current disciplines of science and eliminates all ideas and terms in human language which are N-Sets and support the illusionary idea of separation.
The author has shown that the introduction of only one idea that is an N-Set in an arbitrary categorical system automatically leads to two opposite conclusions that exclude each other. Such paradoxes or antinomies are an irrefutable proof that such categorical systems are wrong and must be excluded forever from the collective knowledge of mankind. This holds true for current science, religions, economics, as well as for all trivial concepts and beliefs.
During this year humanity will see the implementation of this deep insight under the auspices of the Forces of Light and the active intervention of the author in the destiny of mankind as an ascended master.
*
An essential part of this “cleansing of the Aegeus stables” of human knowledge is to discern which categorical systems and concepts contain the most dangerous ideas that are N-sets and cement the illusion of separation.
There are many ideas of separation that have been promoted by the dark forces on earth and have been accepted by the masses without any questions.
All these ideas are N-sets that cover various aspects of human life. They have intoxicated human minds to such an extent that only a thorough evaluation and eradication of these ideas can put their deleterious effects to an end.
This fact brings into a focus the chief psycho-mental malaise of humanity and explains why many channeled messages are insisting upon the necessity of the sleeping masses to awaken for the reality on earth in the course of this year and to begin to prepare for Ascension. Only entities with a clear, informed mind and a loving heart will ultimately ascend.
The initial clandestine idea behind all mental N-sets has been the complete enslavement of humanity by the dark forces. However, enlightened entities cannot be enslaved, only such that are confused and fear-driven, because they believe that they are forever separated from the Whole and must materialize this idea in all aspects of their life as to survive.
Let us recall in this context that even a confused, fear based entity is Creator of his own reality – the reality, he experiences all the time, is an external perpetuation of his inner chaos and confusion. This is Dante’s Inferno, where all sinners are condemned to experience eternally all the consequences of their earthly vices in a stipulated form.
This aspect will become very important after 21 December 2012 when some fear-driven entities will ascend, only to awaken in the lower levels of the 4th dimension and find themselves amidst their worst nightmares, which they will take for real and will, in their fear, perpetuate in their imagination again and again.
This level is known as Purgatory, but it may as well become Hell for the ascended entity, unless he decides to leave this vicious circle of illusion through an active effort of enlightenment and discernment of the Nature of All-That-Is. Such confused entities will need the active support of highly evolved beings to leave the hell of their horror visions of separation.
Below we shall discuss some of the basic ideas of mankind that have firmly established the notion of separation. Such ideas can only be comprehended from the solid axiomatic basis of the new Theory of the Universal Law, which is the physical Law of Oneness. In this respect the author of this essay can be regarded as a scientific way shower of mankind.
But he will, in addition, demonstrate what it will be to become an ascended master, or as he puts it – a Transliminal (boundless) Soul.
The most vicious idea of humanity that permeates all other ideas is the concept of the void, respectively, vacuum in physics. All-That-Is is something. It is Continuity.
Continuity cannot have gaps, voids or vacuum, which are synonyms for nothing. It is unbelievable, how extensively the concept of vacuum has been elaborated in present-day physics to the point that nowadays nobody on this planet, except the author, challenges the semantic, epistemological, and ontological foundation of this faulty physical idea.
The physical view of the world nowadays postulates that space is empty, a vacuum, a void, in which material objects are embedded. The nothing contains something. The vacuum, the void, is, per definition, an N-set – it is a set that does not contain itself as an element, because it contains something – for instance, it contains the elementary particles that build matter.
This is the cardinal cognitive fallacy of conventional physics that has biased the whole edifice of this discipline and has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is.
The idea of the void as vacuum was introduced more than a century ago, after the false interpretation of Michelson-Morley experiment led to the refutation of the ether-concept. The analysis of this false interpretation and its dire consequences for the further development of physics has been extensively presented by the author in his two volumes on the new physical theory of the Universal Law.
Since then, all energetic interactions, such as gravitation and electromagnetism, have been described as an “action at a distance” occurring with the finite speed of light ‘c’ in vacuum.
This idiotic concept hindered physicists from understanding the mechanism of gravitation and was further promulgated in Einstein’s theory of relativity.
The underlying goal of Einstein was to correct classical Newtonian mechanics by eliminating the absoluteness of empty geometric Euclidean space that has been used since then as the universal reference system in physics, and to substitute it with real photon space-time, by introducing the principle of relativity.
However, Einstein performed his reformation of Newtonian classical mechanics incompletely – he did not go far enough as to abolish empty Euclidean space as the initial reference system of physics.
Instead, he introduced the concept of relative reference systems. Had he accomplished his reformation of classical mechanics to the full extent, he should have, in the first place, abolished Newton’s law of inertia which is another flawed concept and an N-set of physics.
The abolishment of the law of inertia was done for the first time by the author of this essay in an irrefutable manner on the basis of the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law. This was also the ultimate reason, why Einstein failed to discover the anticipated “universal field equation”, he has been searching in vain during his whole life; this equation is nothing else, but the Universal Law as discovered by the author.
By introducing empty Euclidean space as an N-set in physics, Newton committed the initial fundamental blunder which precluded the unification of physics and a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is.
One cannot have a unified science, unless one has understood the essence of his object of study in an a priori manner. Science is not an exploration and empiric collection of random experiences, as it is understood today, but a remembrance of the Nature of All-That-Is.
This insight was central to Greek philosophy, especially in the teachings of Plato and Aristotle. It is the simplest truth of all knowledge that should stay at the beginning of any valid science. However, this simple methodological insight has not been comprehended by all scientists so far.
The author has made numerous attempts to transcend this theoretical insight to physicists and theoreticians since the 90s and has come to the conclusion that it is impossible to overcome their mental blockages in this respect by means of an enlightened and civilized theoretical discussion.
This year they will have to accept this truth after the author has ascended, and empiric science has crumbled forever. Human beings are only ready to learn new contents, after one has pulled the rug away from under their feet. Under normal, stable conditions, they will rather sweep any inconvenient truth under the carpet than cleanse their rotten science from all vicious ideas.
Therefore, all rugs, carpets, curtains, and veils of forgetfulness will be eliminated this year, so that the people can begin to discern the truth behind the mist of their separation. They must learn to re-member All-That-Is.
Back to physics! From Newtonian classical mechanics, the wrong idea of the existence of vacuum/void as an empty geometric space was further propagated in classical quantum mechanics and, later on, in quantum electrodynamics (QED), and quantum chromo-dynamics (QCD) as summarized in the standard model.
This example illustrates how one wrong idea is deepened and multiplied, and how it begins to suffocate the minds of scientists to such an overwhelming extent, that there is virtually no escape from this mental labyrinth of intellectual madness, until somebody comes with a clear mind and cuts the Gordian node of this confusion, called empiric science.
The Ariadne thread, with the help of which scientists will escape from the current labyrinth of their infinite scientific blunders, is the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law
*
The refutation of ether that stood as an explanatory concept for photon space-time led, in fact, to the refutation of photon space-time as an equivalent level to matter, which has the same properties and behavior as matter.
This follows from the primary axiomatic knowledge that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy systems and must have the same properties – they all contain the Whole, Energy as an element.
As already mentioned, one prominent idiotic conclusion of conventional physics is the statement that photons have no mass. In fact, physics has failed to understand the epistemological background of this very simple term that builds the backbone not only of classical physics, but also of all other disciplines, such as thermodynamics, theory of relativity, and quantum mechanics.
This is another example that illustrates how the mental bugs of separation infect the mind-set of scientists, how they are multiplied, and how they undermine their common sense.
As already said above, “mass” is currently defined in physics as an energy relationship. One compares the energy of one system with that of another, which is usually defined as a reference system. Therefore, the comparison of their energies must be, strictly speaking, given as a mathematical relation without any SI-units.
Mass is a dimensionless quotient – it is a pure number. In current-day physics this quantity is defined as “mass” and measured with the SI-unit “kilogram”.
This physical quantity is considered an intrinsic property of matter, but not of photons, which are the carrier of light. This faulty concept is basic to Newtonian mechanics, and from there it has entered the theory of relativity and quantum mechanics. Thus the current concept of mass has distorted the whole edifice of this natural science.
None of the millions physicists and scientists that study and teach this discipline, including all scientists who have lived in the last four hundred years, since modern physics has emerged, have realized the true logic behind this simple definition of mass, which should be accessible to anybody with elementary mathematical knowledge.
One has to ask himself, when scientists have left the borderline of oligophrenia and have entered the realm of imbecility.
Let us elaborate this annihilating conclusion in depth, as it is very important for our understanding as to why present-day physics has totally failed to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is. As all systems of All-That-Is are energetic systems, they all have a mass, because mass is an energy relationship.
Photons are energetic particles as assessed by the famous Einstein’s equation of equivalence between matter and energy E = mc2.
In this case, they must also have a mass, measured as an energy relationship: m = E/c2.
This simple conclusion was made for the first time by the author, after he had proved that physicists have completely missed the point with their definition of mass. Indeed, it is a conundrum yet to be solved, how comes that billions of physicists, scientists, and other normal people have studied physics for centuries at schools, universities and technical high schools without realizing this greatest scientific blunder of all times – greater than the geocentric Ptolemaic system – until a modest medical doctor had to appear on the scene and liberate physics from this and many others cognitive blunders that have made this natural science an asylum for lunatics.
A final remark with respect to photon mass ought to be made, before we close this painful chapter for physicists and all scientists.
After the author came to the simple conclusion that photons also have a mass, he proved that all SI-units used today are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon h, also known as Planck’s constant, within mathematics in an a priori manner. All SI-units are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon.
As there are only two dimensions/constituents of energy/space-time – space and time f – the space/wavelength λ= c/f = c/1 = 3.108 m2 and time/frequency = 1 of the basic photon are the real initial reference system for all physical dimensions and measurements in SI-units in the outer world.
This simple insight has fundamental theoretical, epistemological, and practical consequences and implications for physics and science. The author has elaborated them in a comprehensive manner in two volumes on physics on more than 1100 pages.
He has further proved that the mass and energy of all elementary particles, such as neutron, proton, electron, neutrinos, mesons, etc., can be very easily calculated from the mass of the basic photon by applying the Universal Law, which is a simple rule of three a= b/c. This is, indeed, physics for idiots. But most physicists and other theoreticians nowadays are not even idiots – they are imbeciles.
For instance, the author calculated with the Universal Law the mass of neutrinos, many years before it was experimentally established that these particles have a mass. At that time most physicists believed that, like photons, neutrinos are mass-less particles.
Knowing that photon space-time has mass, one can explain for the first time in the history of physics the mechanism of gravitation and very easily integrate it with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces in the standard model. Until this moment physics was not able to integrate gravitation with the other fundamental forces, and there is no theory of gravitation at all.
It is generally acknowledged that this is the chief deficiency of this “exact” natural science, but physicists prefer to neglect this obvious failure of their science. There are numerous books on this issue, so that the author will not delve into it.
By proving that photon space-time has mass, the author finally eliminated the fundamental blunder of modern cosmology, which is unable to explain the mass of the universe. Currently, cosmologists sustain that there is such thing as “dark matter” in the universe that contains about 90% of the invisible, theoretically estimated mass of the universe according to various cosmological models.
The dark mass is, in fact, the mass of photon space-time, which is currently regarded as an assembly of mass-less particles in vacuum.
The author showed further that the “big bang” model of hot expanding universe, which is at the core of modern cosmology, is the next greatest fallacy of science comparable to that of the geocentric Ptolemaic system. There is virtually not a single basic idea in modern cosmology that is not flawed. The author attributes this idiosyncrasy to the hideous influence of the Powers That Be on the minds of the scientists.
This rather new discipline has been, from an intellectual point of view, successfully dumped down by the dark forces from its very beginning, because a true cosmological view would have inevitably engendered the idea that All-That-Is is living consciousness, where myriad human civilizations exist and evolve.
However, the Powers That Be on earth aim precisely at preventing the occurrence of such enlightened ideas among humans, as this would have jeopardized their clandestine insidious hegemony on earth and humanity.
Such scientific blunders as “dark matter” or “junk-DNA” have been introduced by scientists, only because they reject the existence of the soul and the high frequency realms that regulate human DNA, the metabolism of the body, and the organization of 3d-solar universes, which cosmologists can only observe.
They stick stubbornly to the empiric dogma that repudiates the idea that there are higher frequency levels/realms beyond the electromagnetic spectrum, which is the only level that scientists can measure with material devices.
In its succinct version the empiric dogma postulates:
“What one cannot measure, should not exist.”
This is the utmost form of scientific agnosticism that has been deliberately introduced by the dark forces on earth to dumb down human scientific community.
It is important to observe that their human proxies that are involved in secret joint ventures with the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire in underground bases, do not follow this stupid dogma, as they have already developed many technologies that use these high frequency energies.
*
Why is this theoretical elaboration at the popular level so important for mankind in the near future?
The reason is that photon space-time is an unlimited source of free energy that can be used on earth and in the 5th dimension after Ascension. This energy source could have eliminated all expensive and dangerous energy sources, such as nuclear power and fossil fuels that are used at present and contaminate our planet.
In addition, Ascension of earth and mankind will be carried out by a huge tsunami of high energy photons that will transform the carbon-based bodies of humans to crystalline ones. At the same time, this photon wave will render all electrical devices and engines of combustion on earth inutile. This powerful energetic event will destroy the very foundation of modern technology, so that the remaining fraction of humanity that will stay on planet B will proceed with its incarnation cycle from a very low level of technical and social development.
For those entities our current technological epoch will be what Atlantis once was for Plato – the Golden Age of the past, although this term should be reserved for the ascended earth A.
It is important to stress that this free energy source is known to mankind, since Tesla discovered it more than 100 years ago.
However, this discovery was hidden from humanity by the dark forces and their proxies on earth, first and foremost, by Rockefeller, who stole Tesla’s patent in order to make human beings dependent on centralized sources of energy and thus subjugate them to the Powers That Be.
Finally, it is important to know that the Forces of Light have contacted the governments of the big powers on many occasions in the 20th century and have offered them the technology to use free photon energy, but these ones were so deeply embroiled with the dark forces in enslaving mankind at that time, that they discarded this offer, which was coupled to the condition that they should stop with their nuclear armament.
During the Cold War all powers, such as the USA and the Soviet Union, believed that they needed nuclear weapons to protect themselves. Such was the collective mind-set of total separation that reigned at that time.
This is how the circle from science to politics – from the Forces of Light to the dark forces – is closed, before this illusionary conflict of 3d-reality on earth will be eliminated once and for all by virtue of Ascension.
It is a done deal that the current financial system will collapse this year within a very short period of time.
In fact, the system has already collapsed more than two years ago when the Wall Street investment banking was practically wiped out from the map within a week in October 2008.
This happened shortly after the first huge wave of Christ consciousness was released on earth and allowed for more transparency and sincerity in human relations. This information is given as evidence for the basic statement in this essay: All dramatic and sweeping changes, we experience on earth, are associated with and triggered by significant changes in the energetic structure of human beings.
They weaken the shackles of all incarnated entities that have been imposed on them in a perfidious manner by the Powers That Be and open them for the transcendental truth of All-That-Is. This is also the objective of this essay prior to Ascension of the author and his official appearance as an ascended master in front of humanity.
The release of Christ consciousness on earth is associated with the so called Ra-Ta-experiment which is explained by the channel Cosmic Awareness in his numerous messages. The author recommends the reader to check this information in order to better understand the current situation on earth. It is one of the clearest channels this author has ever come upon.
Unfortunately, the energizers and the group around this channel are intellectually not quite prepared for the information that has been given to them.
This fact explains the redundancy in the messages and the somewhat narrow spectrum of topics discussed by this channel. For instance, the actual financial situation is not at all elaborated by this channel from a theoretical point of view, although it has made some good economic forecasts in the past.
Nonetheless, this source is the most reliable and extensive source in Internet (over 8000 pages of channeled messages since 1975). In comparison to it, most channeled esoteric information available in Internet can only be digested, if one is prepared to commit an intellectual hara-kiri before reading it.
The author mentions the Ra-Ta-experiment at the beginning of his discussion, because it gives the reader a clue as to when the financial system is expected to collapse this year. In anticipation of this event, a theoretical analysis of the factors that will lead to this crash may appear to be of secondary importance. It is quite probable that the financial crash will happen before this essay will be published.
The second wave of Christ consciousness was released in late autumn 2009, shortly before the final period of earth Ascension – 2010 to 2012 (last triad) – has begun. In this context the last year was a preparation for what will be manifested this year.
The final third wave of Christ consciousness has commenced this year and will reach its peak around spring equinox. The current revolution in Egypt is the first eruptive manifestation of this wave, which is closely associated with the history of this ancient country, although Christ energies flood the whole planet.
It is expected that the Egyptian revolution will spread out to many other Arab countries and destroy the fragile balance of the current World Order as designed by the dark forces. One very probable consequence will be the disruption of oil supply to the West from the Middle East.
This event may trigger the financial crisis which has many fathers, but one mother – the world inflation, the unprecedented bubble in money supply that has undermined the foundations of the world economy.
This inflation has been deliberately instigated by the dark forces and their proxies in the financial corporations by creating money out of debt and thin air in order to impoverish humanity and establish the New World Order. This has been the pronounced aim of the Powers That Be in the last several decades.
This effort has exacerbated during the first decade of the third millennium.
*
Before the author begins with the analysis of the nefarious methods that the dark forces have employed in the past to destroy the financial system and the economy of mankind in order to enslave it, he would like to point out that their plan to establish the New World Order has already failed.
However, this does not mean that the financial system will not collapse.
It will collapse to a much greater extent than the dark forces and their financial proxies, the banksters on Wall Street and in London city, have planned for. Instead of achieving the intended impoverishment of the masses, first and foremost, of the middle class, the financial Elite will be buried under the rubble of the upcoming financial tsunami.
Precisely, they will lose very soon all their monies and power, and all their institutions, such as banks, funds, securitizations, stock exchanges, central banks, etc. will be abolished forever. In this way they will lose their financial leverage of manipulating humanity prior to Ascension.
As the national states have also been designed by the hidden governments to promote the New World Order on the long run, they will also financially collapse this year. In other words, there will be no more criminal bailouts to save the dark ones at the expense of the tax payers as means of enslaving the latter.
The abolishment of the national states as operative units – the nations will remain -will be associated with the collapse of the health care system, rental system, and all other forms of human securities that have been promoted by the Powers That Be as part of the Orion monetary system with the objective to hold the people firm in their grip.
These institutions have been deliberately implemented to stimulate the survival (self-preservatory) fears of the masses about their future, as the current political discussion in the USA on the new health care reform of Obama clearly demonstrates.
All these wrong concepts and structures stem originally from the primary idea of separation from the Whole and from hiding the fact that humans are unlimited powerful creators of their destiny, who are also responsible for the astral regulation of their bodies, so that no bank accounts or obsolete medical treatments can protect them from calamities, if the soul has a different plan from that of the incarnated entity.
*
Let us discuss in this context the concept of securitization in the financial system from a psychological point of view, as it is the central piece of fraud that creates the conditions of destructive interference in the economy and will cause its collapse this year.
The idea to secure one’s life by creating bank accounts and saving money is so perverted and at the same time so deeply rooted in current pecuniary human thinking that one has to put the whole humanity on Freudian couch and analyze it for the next 2000 years, before it can be declared convalescent. Unfortunately Cosmic Providence has not foreseen that much time for those who will make up their mind to ascend.
For those who will go along the path of further separation on planet B, the time of healing their mental aberrations will be unlimited.
What is the psycho-mental dynamics behind the concept of securitization of all aspects of human life? The primary faulty idea is that people are vulnerable biological beings that may suffer from diseases, injuries, financial, social, and numerous other imponderable events that are beyond human control, because these follow the random laws of chaos and incalculable probabilities.
This world view is a central piece of the camouflage, of the cover-up, that humans are responsible creators of their destiny and that not a single event can ever occur on earth, unless it has been considered by the entity in advance in infinite astral probability alternatives in the dream state. We create at night and experience at daytime. Without dreaming, there will be no living.
Alternatively we can say that we live our dreams. From another perspective, we may as well sustain that our dreams are the only true reality and that our life in the 3d-reality on earth is an illusion of our true dreams. It all comes up to the same thing.
All events, one encounters on earth, are mirror images of the particular feelings and beliefs of the individual entity that serve as pedagogical means to make him aware of the fact that he is an inexorable creator of reality as being part of All-That-Is. The outer experience is of a secondary importance – the events one experiences are decors for the emotional and mental multidimensionality of the entity.
Such experiences are empty signs and symbols for deeper realities that show him the way on his individual roadmap to Ascension and merging with the Whole.
Therefore, if one has negative experiences, for instance, a series of car crashes, misfortunes in business and in personal relations that are always associated with financial losses, what sense does it make to securitize such risks by paying even more money to anonymous fraudulent corporations to protect him from such undesirable events?
In this case, one only perpetuates the psycho-mental causes of his misfortune on the next existential level. The perverted mind-set of being a helpless victim of imponderable circumstances is further aggravated.
This pattern of human behavior stems from the wrong conviction that one has to solve his problems in the outer world by surrounding himself with huge hedges against all possible evils that lurk from the mist of unpredictable reality. Such a behavior leads to curtailing the inherent, unrestricted creativity of human beings by dumping down the inner impulses of the soul that guides the incarnated entity to make the appropriate experiences in the 3d-reality.
Ultimately, the entity gives up his freedom of choice given to him by his soul and succumbs to his fears. He no longer explores life with an open mind, but opens the door for even greater emotional manipulations by various dark forces from the 4th dimension that hamper him in his spiritual evolution.
This mind-set is underlying current society – from anti-terror wars and other atrocities of the Western nations against the rest of the world to rigid surveillance of their own people on airports and other areas of social life.
The Big Brother is watching you. Orwell’s vision of 1984 does not belong to the past, but is already a reality and a foreboding of a grimmer future.
Let us be plain on this issue:
One cannot do anything to secure his life, then life is created by the soul, and she is the ultimate authority on how it ought to be spent by the incarnated entity, and when it ought to be terminated.
The agnostic ego of the incarnated entity lives in the greatest of all illusions that it has control over life.
It is driven by his fears to do something, anything, all the time in order to preserve his life – to earn money in order to eat and survive, to represent somebody in the society (the more you earn, the more you represent), to pay with precious money as to hedge an unpredictable future (the higher the amount of securitization, the more secure the entity feels), etc.
Like the famous ant in the poem “why should she be calm and placid, when she is full of formic acid”, the formic acid being the fears of the entity, humans engage themselves all the time in worthless activities, instead of being powerful multidimensional, creative beings (tautology = principle of last equivalence): Being a soul.
The soul, the higher self, is being – the fear-driven entity is doing.
*
A key point in the hidden agenda of the dark forces to enslave mankind is to use the current financial system to deepen the psychological conviction of incarnated human entities that they are separated from the Whole and thus an easy prey to unpredictable chaotic events.
Money is considered to be the only save haven in the 3d-reality and in this context the only goal of human existence. Money symbolizes not only prosperity, easy life, and popularity, but, first and foremost, safe life amidst death and organic decay.
As most entities do not believe in the immortality of the human personality and the soul, they must believe that have only one life to live, and that this life is hence very precious. Extrapolate these faulty beliefs on the mentality of the current Elite as human representatives of the dark forces and consider the fact that most of them are the current controllers of the financial system you will have a vivisection of all human evils on earth nowadays.
The financial Elite, be they Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Fed, American and Anglo-Saxon banks, and their CEO, some of which are clones of the dark forces (the Greys and the Reptilians), are, from a higher vantage point of view, not only the perpetrators – they are in the first place victims of their hypertrophied fears. They are deeply perverted entities, entrapped in their earthly Purgatory.
In order to contain their fears with respect to their imagined mortality and biological vulnerability, they see the purpose of their life solely in laying financial shackles upon all human beings, whom they deeply despise.
While worshiping the Mammon they serve, they strive to make all humans slaves of the Orion monetary system.
The more the masses are impoverished and under their control, the better and secure the Elite feel.
However, there will be no absolute security for the Elite as long as they do not believe in life after death or in Ascension. Only the idea of the immortality of the soul and the incarnated personality as part of All-That-Is can render the feeling of security, even amidst mayhem and destruction, as the coming months will eventually reveal.
Had the Elite have acknowledged this truth, they would not have been found in the financial sector, but among light workers. Fears have the propensity to create new fears, until they encompass the whole reality. The fears of the Elite have intoxicated the whole planet. Therefore, they are not satisfied with the total financial enslavement of humanity, but they also aim at controlling the people physically through an oppressive political system.
This is the reason why they prepare society for the New World Order during the last several centuries.
This human condition was almost achieved by the Bolsheviks after the October Revolution in Russia. Similar conditions can now be observed, for instance, in North Korea and in Myanmar. The situation in Egypt before the current revolution was not much different.
The means of enslavement in the Western world are far more subtle, but not less heinous. When one perceives recent history of mankind from this perspective, one will soon realize that every human effort to progress spiritually and to achieve abundance for the people has been successfully pervaded by the Powers That Be and their human minions – the current Elite. This is the reason why true progress and enlightenment have never gained broad success on this planet.
In the financial sector, these obstructive practices include the abolishment of the gold standard, the establishment of the European Union, the introduction of the Euro, the intention to establish a free trade zone in North America, the usurpation of financial power by central banks, such as the Fed that are private or corporative institutions but have control over the money system of sovereign countries, etc.
The list of financial crimes of the Elite against the people is infinite, but they are not really discerned by the masses, who are lulled by fake social ideals.
Some of these atrocities have been highlighted by critical journalists and independent voices in the last several years, which are marked by a gradual increase of transparency and a quest for revelation of all hidden facts.
*
The moral and ethical indignation that sweeps the globe since the beginning of this year is part of the emotional reaction of the people who are beginning to awaken for the atrocities of the Powers That Be and realizing for the first time in the history of mankind that they have been pawns to them for thousands of years.
While emotions are the astral wings to Ascension of the incarnated entity, they are not sufficient enough to comprehend the mechanisms of human enslavement on this toxic planet.
Therefore, let us elaborate the aforementioned facts from a neutral scientific point of view by employing the cosmic laws of constructive and destructive interference, before we delve into technical details.
It is a leitmotif of this essay that a separation from All-That-Is does not exist. Even if an entity sustains the illusion of such a state for a long period of time, it can only exist as a sentient being, if it is in a state of perfect constructive interference at a higher level – that of his soul.
Now let us elaborate this basic insight with another example. The Powers that Be, the Unholy six, especially the Greys and the Reptilians, have developed in the last decades, since they have started to cooperate actively with the Elite and the hidden governments on earth, new human clones through genetic engineering.
As already mentioned above, about one third of the entities that now live on earth are such clones. However, they can only exist, if they are humanized by souls from the 4th and 5th dimensions. No genetic engineering can create humans or other sentient beings, unless they contain energies and frequencies from the higher realms of All-That-Is.
Their very existence is a proof that they do so under the condition of constructive interference within the infinite and absolute harmony of All-That-Is, even if they are not aware of it.
Most of these genetically created human beings are very young souls that are just beginning with their incarnation cycle and cannot root themselves firmly in the 3d-reality. The fraction of the soul (lower self) that is incarnated in such genetically engineered human vessels must be totally separated from All-That-Is as to guarantee the adequate 3d-conditions of physical density that such souls have chosen to experience at this low level of evolution.
As already mentioned, many CEO of large corporations are such clones of human entities, whose souls have finished with their earthly experience in this incarnation and have returned to the 5th dimension. In order to preserve the charade on earth, such entities do not necessarily die, but are exchanged by the Unholy six and their human proxies with clones, which harbor much of the memories and the personality of the previous entity.
The former president George Bush is, for instance, such a clone. The original Bush was eliminated about two years before the end of his second term and was substituted with a clone, because he became somewhat rebellious to the Powers That Be that pull the strings behind the curtain in Washington.
They feared that he may become a potential danger to their plans with his uncontrolled remarks, a liability they did not want to share. They murdered him and exchanged him with a clone.
The new version of him was due to the genetic engineering much more docile to the Powers That Be, to the hidden American government. The entity B. Clinton has been substituted by several clones already. This example is paradigmatic as to how the manipulation of humanity is arranged from the 4th dimension, although it can only exist with the help of the souls from the 5th that have decided to incarnate in such genetically created human bodies.
The author understands very well that some readers may find this information abominable and recoil, but they should keep in mind that modern mankind was created in the same manner by the Powers That Be some 13,000 years ago.
Why not now? It is one thing to create a human biological vessel through genetic engineering, quite a different thing to help the incarnated entity evolve to a 5th-dimensional being.
In every incarnated entity on earth, there are two opposite forces that influence his mental and emotional body simultaneously and are in an incessant inner strife – the Forces of Light that forge his merging with All-That-Is and the forces of dark that push him into a deeper separation from the Whole.
Financial systems, societies, national states, armies, corporations, technological achievements are nothing else, but empty decors that prepare the scene for the eternal battle between the Luciferian forces, the fallen angels, and the Forces of Light.
This inner strife is waged within each incarnated entity, so that the prodigal son can have his experience of separation and returns wiser to God. This is the ultimate eschatology of human existence on earth and on any 3d-planet in the solar universes.
Finally, it should be noted that the Forces of Light also have the right to eliminate evil human entities and substitute them with their own clones, if they pose a great threat to humanity. This was done, for instance, on a large scale in 1978-1979 when the hidden government of the USA, instigated by the Unholy six, planned a first destructive nuclear strike against the Soviet Union at the height of the Cold War. Most of the entities on power, including the then President Carter, were eliminated and substituted with clones by the Forces of Light.
The entity Carter was however murdered by the dark forces, because he objected their criminal plans and was only then substituted with a clone by the Forces of Light, so that he could carry out his mission as enlightened president.
The moral and ethical structure of this entity was fully preserved in his clone. The other minions of the dark forces were eliminated by the Forces of Light and their helpers on earth as to prevent a devastating catastrophe. The price for this crime committed against a bunch of evil entities was the divine redemption of humanity from total destruction.
This episode was the darkest and most critical in the recent history of mankind, notwithstanding the fact that this is not known to the broad public.
Such interventions are part of the game that has been played for eons of time on this toxic planet. Let us recall that the body is only an instrument of collecting 3d-experience and has nothing to do with the personality of the incarnated entity. After Ascension, all human beings will have the possibility to choose their own body and change it at their discretion through imagination and direct manifestation.
Contrary to the Powers That Be from the 4th dimension, they will not need to involve in primitive genetic engineering to create deficient clones that can only survive a limited period of time.
Human beings will very soon begin to create from the soul level of unconditional love.
*
After this indispensable clarification as to how the Powers That Be actively manipulate mankind in general and the financial system in particular as to trigger its collapse, we must return to the cosmic laws of creation and destruction and explain why these manipulations fulfill the condition of destructive interference and will not only lead to a financial crash, but will also eliminate the influence of the dark forces on mankind before Ascension.
When an entity or a society decides to go along the path of greater separation from the Whole, it inevitably creates conditions of destructive interference all the time, as it no longer recognizes the laws of Creation as an inherent part of All-That-Is.
Creation in separation lacks responsibility.
True Creation within All-That-Is is always responsible, as it is performed from the level of unconditional love, which is an esoteric circumscription for the cosmic condition of constructive interference. This truth will emerge as a key aspect after Ascension, when many incarnated entities will acquire the possibility to create by imagination, but will still have to learn how to do it in a responsible manner within the divine harmony of All-That-Is.
All structures that are created in a state of separation from the Source are intrinsically unstable and tend always to collapse at some point in linear time. The ultimate decision when such inferior creations ought to be destroyed is made in the higher realms or dimensions of All-That-Is, which render the energies for the existence of such structures and support the overall conditions of Creation.
One may call such higher realms “God” or “Elohims”, without affecting anything on the laws of Creation as presented in this essay.
Under these premises the current battle between the Forces of Light and the dark forces is, strictly speaking, not a real battle, but a camouflage thereof. Just as the ego may gain the illusion that it has control over the life of the incarnated entity, as long as the soul let it believe so, so do the Forces of Light let the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire believe that they have control over earth and humanity for some time.
Ultimately, the outcome of this symbolic battle is predetermined, as the decision for earth and mankind to ascend has been fallen at the highest levels of Cosmic Providence since eons of time.
*
The ego of the incarnated entity was initially created as an external reference point of view to that of the Creator-Soul.
It ought to be a unique mirror-image of the soul, but it was never intended that the ego should take full control over the incarnated entity from the soul. It may only seem to be so. Especially in agnostic societies, such as current human society, this hallucinatory impression may cherish quite well for some time, as this has been the case in the last several centuries since the begin of industrialization of mankind.
During the so called “Dark Ages” (in German “Mittelalter”, Middle Ages), the connection of the incarnated entities with the soul was much more pronounced, probably due to the poor living conditions, where hope for immortality and eternal bliss was the only beacon of light in those dire human conditions.
Much of the poetry at that time reflects this endeavor of humans to unite with God in the transcendental dimension.
Human ego is agnostic. And it has never been more agnostic than at this time. Like a kaleidoscope, the collective ego of our soulless mechanical time creates incessantly numerous illusionary images of its alleged autarky. These external images render the ego the false security and the erroneous conviction that it is the master of this human charade which it creates under extreme energetic limitations.
Especially in the industrialized world, where the number of material devices, such as phones, iPods, and all other child’s games that distract the incarnated entity from exploring the multidimensional nature of his soul has grown exponentially in the last few years, the separation from All-That-Is has reached an unprecedented peak.
Under such conditions, it is no longer possible to have a further spiritual evolution. The conditions must, therefore, radically change, and the speckles removed from the blind eyes of humanity.
Ascension is the surrender of the ego to the soul. The ego must give up its illusion to be in full control of its destiny and merge with the higher self. This is the most poignant experience on earth and the most liberating at the same time. This greatest illusion of all times will be abruptly terminated this year.
Likewise, the illusion of the Powers That Be, the Unholy Six from the 4th dimension, that they control earth must end this year. This will not happen exclusively by waging a battle in the higher realms, as many channels from the lower dimensions, that have gained some popularity in internet, suggest.
What is currently happening on this planet is a dramatic increase in the frequencies of earth and humanity that render the actions of the dark ones futile from an energetic point of view, no matter how many efforts they may undertake.
Darkness has to succumb to Light prior to Ascension. Under the condition of destructive interference Darkness will be deleted and substituted by Light. It is as simple as that. Only human mind wants things to be much more complicated, as to experience its fake autarky to the full extent.
This pattern can be observed in the behavior of most incarnated entities. Their ego may choose to go along a certain path of experience that is not shared by the higher self. As the free will of the ego is respected by the soul, the entity may proceed with the realization of his intentions for some time. In this case he will eventually experience one failure after another, one disaster after another, until he starts to contemplate as to why he has no success in creating the destiny he desires.
The entity will eventually begin to scrutinize his beliefs and emotions that have urged him to choose this particular path of experience and he may find out that they are not as honorable and spiritually elevated, as they initially seemed to be.
He will them begin to question his motives and will substitute them with more loving and compassionate thoughts and feelings. By doing so throughout his life and during numerous incarnations, the entity reaches the ultimate point of 3d-existence, where he acts most of the time from the position of unconditional love, compassion, and maximal understanding, which is the position of the soul.
When this point is reached, the soul may decide that she has learned all the lessons of incarnation and separation, she intended to experience. The soul will no longer need her external reference point of observation – the ego. It will be put aside forever, and the incarnation cycle of the soul will be terminated.
The infinite journey of the soul will continue on a higher dimension on her way back to the Source, but her earthly experiences will remain her treasures forever.
The gradual return of the prodigal son to the Father is accompanied by a series of negative experiences summarized as karma, whereas, in fact, these are experiences of the conditions of destructive interference that help the entity to evolve to a responsible creator. The best way for an incarnated entity to learn this, is to experience personally the consequences of his creativity. Human destiny has no other purpose, but to give the entity amidst his total amnesia vital clues that he is “a spark of God.”
Anything that human entities experience on earth is part of their conscious choice of Creation at a higher level.
The Powers That Be are thus not evil aliens that have invaded earth at some point in time to oppress and annihilate humanity. They have already been part of the game, before some souls from the 5th dimension decided to incarnate on earth and have this particular experience with these 4d-creatures.
The eschatological purpose of these souls was to find out, what they did not like – ultimately, the consequences and manifestations of total separation as mirrored by the behavior of the Unholy Six, to which they have subjected themselves on this planet in a conscious and deliberate manner.
Their hallucinatory enslavement will end at the very moment, at which they decide to end up this game of illusion and renounce enslavement. They do not need to fight the dark ones and their human proxies in order to liberate themselves. This is the lesson that the Egyptian people are now learning. This will be the lesson that the American nation will have to learn this year as part of the overall liberation and enlightenment of mankind.
Let us not forget that the USA is still the citadel of the dark forces, from where they have effectively enslaved humanity for the last 60-70 years after the Second World War.
The other citadel of evil, the Soviet Union, has already crumbled and is now fully under the auspices of the Forces of Light, as any discerning observer can easily find out by analyzing the current political events and the tone of the mass media in these two countries.
Human entities are powerful creators. As soon as they make a conscious decision to return to the Source as responsible creators, it will be so.
The greatest surprise, any human being will experience after Ascension in the 5th dimension, will be to find out that he is one of infinite other responsible creators, and that there is nothing else in All-That-Is but Creation.
The collapse of the financial system and the current World Order, which did not evolve to the extent to become the New World Order as envisaged by the dark forces for the End Times, is an act of pure creation:
The creation of destruction, which Goethe’s Mephistopheles praises in “Faust”.
The crash has been prepared for many years by creating various local conditions of destructive interference on numerous levels of financial transactions.
The overall condition of destructive interference is the gargantuan inflation of the total amount of money in circulation, which reached a ratio of 100 to 1 at the end of 1999 with respect to the real material production as measured in GDP. This ratio was more than doubled in the last decade with the help of numerous virtual derivatives and other “financial weapons of mass destruction” that were invented by the American banksters with an unparalleled criminal creativity.
The chief mechanisms of fraudulent money creation are well known to the specialists and a growing number of awakening people and can only be summarized at this place.
*
Before the gold standard was abolished by Nixon in 1971, the main mechanism of money creation was the real inflation of retail prices.
The gold standard was abolished as a result of the speculations of the dark forces, in particular of the Rockefeller faction, which wanted to gain domination over their initial creators, the Rothschild faction.
They started to buy in the 60s all the available gold at the then fixed price of 35$ per ounce. After that they deposited the gold they had bought in various banks and received from them new loans at the same amount. By using this fraudulent practice, which later became famous as “fractional banking”, they acquired most of the gold at zero price.
The era of fiat currencies, of paper money, could now commence and allowed for even greater fraud. The world inflation began to accelerate exponentially, as money was no longer linked to real value. However, this time the inflation did not affect the retail prices that much, as it was the case before 1971 and until the late 70s due to the inertia of the economic system, but was manifested in the first place as an inflation of corporative prices.
The huge increase of all equity indices in the following years was a clear indicator of this trend. The price of gold jumped significantly during this period to reach a peak of more than 1500 $ per ounce at the End Times.
After gold was eliminated as means of exchange, the banksters were very quick to introduce the insidious “fractional banking” which helped them to buy out gold. In Europe, this practice is known as “giro money creation”.
As long as the gold standard existed, the banks were obliged to keep the same amount of gold in reserve as the money supply in circulation, because every individual person had the right to buy gold at the fixed price of 35 $ per ounce at any bank.
With the abolishment of the gold standard this obligation was eliminated overnight. From now on the banks decided without any discussion with the governments to introduce the fractional banking, which is a key aspect of the treacherous Orion Monetary system. Although finance is the blood system of any economy, the politicians did not intervene and sanctioned this fraud, because most of them were, and still are, pawns of the dark forces.
This subordination of the political elite to the financial one is a key element of the planned New World Order by the dark forces and can be seen as an invariant pattern in all faked Western democracies. They are faked because elections in these countries have always been manipulated by the financial Elite behind the curtain and the results are most of the time predetermined, as it was the case with all elected presidents of the USA after the Second World War.
Fractional banking works as a miraculous device that creates money out of thin air.
When a private investor deposits, say, 1000 $ in a bank, the bank borrows 90% of this sum to other banks and debtors and keeps only 10% of the private loan as a reserve. This was the initial ratio of fractional banking when this Ponzi scheme was first introduced by the American banksters after the gold standard was abolished.
The official rectification of this insidious practice was that the overall money supply and the rate of circulation will grow to such an extent that it will no longer be necessary to have reserves at the ratio of 1:1, as it was the case during the time when the gold standard was valid.
The money acceleration – the rate of transaction (circulation) of the total amount of money from one entity to another – was estimated to be in order of 6 to 8 times per year. Hence, the banksters decided to keep no more than 10% of the deposited money by private investors as reserve money. They applied this rule also to all kinds of transactions between banks.
The introduction of fractional banking allowed the banks to create money out of thin air in the order of 10 to 12 times.
This can be easily calculated by the so called “multiplier of fractional banking”. It is a numerical quotient, just as all relationships are according to the Theory of the Universal Law. Out of the 1000 $ deposited by a private client, the bank created now 10 0000 – 12 0000 $, which it could lend to other private persons or institutions.
The actual multiplier of fractional banking in the USA was estimated in the early 80s to be in the order of 12. In this case, the banks were actually holding only 8% of their assets as reserves in their depots.
*
As already said, the fraudulent practice of fractional banking is a central piece of the Orion monetary system that has led to the current world inflation.
The Powers That Be know that money is a substitute for energy, and energy can be multiplied under limited conditions, before the conditions of destructive interference come into power and all excess energy, respectively, excess money is destroyed. Within All-That-Is energy cannot be created or destroyed according to the law of conservation of energy.
But it can be multiplied (inflated) under limited local conditions, until the law of destruction comes into play.
Money inflation is physically achieved by expanding the space-dimension at the expense of the time/frequency dimension, as this is assessed in the theory of relativity.
According to the Universal Law E = EAf, energy is proportional to time f, E ~ f and reciprocal to space E ~ 1/s, as f ~ 1/s.
When we set space equivalent to the amount of money in circulation as measured by the surface, 2d-space, of the printed paper money, we acquire a very precise measure of money inflation. In this case, money is a mirror-image of energy = space-time that expresses all the properties of the primary term in a perfect way.
This insight was possible only after the author discovered the Universal Law and applied it to finance. However, this knowledge has always been known to the Powers That Be, who have manipulated their Orion monetary system at their discretion as to enslave humanity.
Space-inflation of printed money is thus equivalent to money inflation. At the same time it is a dilution of energy, according to the Universal Law as shown above: E = 1/space.
For a short period of time, this property of space-time as manifested by money cannot be perceived by human beings because of their limited perception and the lack of knowledge of the Nature of Energy = Space-Time, which is a leitmotif of this essay.
They believe that money still has the same power, even when faked inflation statistics (see below) are taken into consideration.
However, there comes a point in time, when the inflation of printed money-surface (2d-space) becomes so huge that the condition of destructive interference comes into play and money inflation explodes virtually in the hands of the consumer. This happened in Germany during the Great Depression when people had to carry a basket full of paper money in order to buy one egg on the market. The American people are bound to make a similar experience this year.
The author merely furnishes the scientific, physical background of money inflation from the point of view of the new theory of the Universal Law, which explains financial matters much more easily than present-day economic theory. The latter has been made deliberately complicated by the Powers That be and their human proxies in the financial sector as to lull humanity and exploit it to the verge of financial and physical enslavement.
In an ideal, stable economy, the amount of money in circulation should not exceed the amount of industrial production and social services as measured by GDP. This follows from the law of conservation of energy. In reality, the amount of money in circulation worldwide was at the end of 1999 one hundred times greater than the industrial production as measured in the official statistics of GDP for the world economy.
This phenomenon is defined by the author as world inflation.
Under the gold standard the inflation was primarily an inflation of retail prices and salaries, and was accompanied with real industrial growth, as this is currently the case in China.
After the abolishment of the gold standard, world inflation accelerated dramatically, but it no longer was an inflation of retail prices. This gargantuan inflation was now created through debt or precisely out of thin air and lost its correlation with the actual material production, upon which any society depends in order to survive and prosper.
After the gold standard was abolished, the tertiary sector of the economy of the western industrialized countries grew steadily from modest 15% -20% before 1970 to 75% by the end of the second millennium, The biggest part of the current tertiary sector is, however, the bank sector, which is nothing else but the optical façade of the world money inflation.
In order to hide this fact, all national statistical offices on inflation in the Western world were instructed to only calculate the inflation of retail prices and even further limit themselves to the so called “core price inflation”, which excludes all commodities and services that are still subjected to huge inflation rates due to growing, wild speculations.
What mankind has experienced in the last three decades is an unprecedented decoupling of the actual commodity values from their prices. The prices for commodities became an object of unlimited, greedy speculations, which were totally decoupled from real demand and supply.
The steady growth of all commodities indices and house prices before the subprime mortgage crisis is a typical manifestation of this decoupling of prices from material values.
*
The buy-out of physical gold by the American banksters and the introduction of fractional banking were so successful that they decided to immediately implement it on a larger international scale.
They applied this fraudulent practice in the following years to various other areas of finance with a growing amount of money in circulation and a greater sophistication in hiding their true intentions. The financial products differed optically from each other, but the criminal intent and fraudulent pattern remained invariant.
The western population, and later on, that of the whole world was completely dumped down by these practices, which nobody could really discern and expose as criminal and deleterious to the people. This situation changed dramatically after the crash in 2008 when a new, clearer perception of these criminal practices of the banks began slowly to emerge among some farsighted journalists and financial experts.
The author remembers however the time before the current crisis, when he was a lonely voice of critical discernment in a desert of blind economic experts – be they Nobel Prize winners or paid journalists in the numerous financial channels, such as CNBC and Bloomberg that sprouted like mushrooms after rain as a medial cover-up of the worldwide financial fraud.
After the gold standard was abolished, the American banksters and some of their European allies went to the oil rich Arab countries and made a deal with the sheiks.
They offered them to unleash an oil crisis, so that the oil price per barrel would skyrocket. The sheiks gave their consent, as any greedy person would do so in a similar situation. At that time OPEC did not exist. The oil shock came promptly in 1972 and was repeated in 1975.
All crises, humanity has experienced so far, are arranged by the dark forces; they are not random events as the mass media, which also belong to the dark forces, claim. The current economic order of humanity is structured in such a way by the Orion Empire that the controllers of earth can easily unleash a global crisis, each time they consider it opportune to oppress humanity.
The major economic sectors, such as fraudulent inflationary finance, centralized, oligopolistic energy supply, ineffective motors of combustion used as vehicles and power engines, backward agriculture that is currently dominated by a handful of monopolistic corporations, producing genetic manipulated seeds and other bio-chemical fertilizers, and food suppliers are some of the tools, which the dark ones and their human minions employ to trigger a planned crisis and to offset the prosperity of mankind.
In addition, they manipulate the elected governments to employ destructive economic policies, as we shall show below, or to instigate perennial wars around the globe that hinder true economic growth on this planet. The whole pattern of modern industrialization of mankind is dominated by deliberate deficiencies inserted in the system by the clandestine Orion Controllers.
They create the condition of destructive interference on numerous levels of current capitalist economy that is inherently susceptible to systemic crises and collapses.
After the oil crises in 1972 and 1975, the sheiks became multi-billionaires over night at the expense of the world population which had to pay for the higher gasoline prices at the tank stations. This was the first huge wave of global impoverishment triggered by the dark ones after the Second World War in their heinous effort to establish the New World Order.
After this insidious act, the American banksters convinced the sheiks to invest their riches from the oil production in American banks by offering interest rates from 5 to 8%. At that time the practice of demanding or accepting interest rates was considered usury in the Arab world and was practically forbidden.
The sheiks were very happy to give their money to the American banksters, who promised them to multiply it within a short period of time.
Being naïve nomads a generation ago, they did not perceive that they have been chosen to become victims of a huge Ponzi scheme, just as the investors of Bernie Medoff did not suspect anything for many years, until he suddenly went bankrupt two years ago and the scam was exposed. Some of the brightest American brains happened to be his victims.
The scheme which the American financial Elite employed to expropriate the Arab sheiks was, however, much more brutal than that of Bernie Madoff, because they knew that they will never go to prison. They did it the following way.
The oil money of the sheiks was given as loans through the World Bank to Third World countries. However, these loans were now multiplied by fractional banking. If the sheiks invested in total about 500 billion $ between 1972 and 1980 in American banks, the third world countries received loans during this time in the order of 5 000 billions.
It was obvious from the very beginning that these countries could never pay back these huge loans. This was not the intent of the American banksters.
The Third World countries were forced instead to mortgage the loans with their natural resources in case of default. In this way, the insidious dark ones gained physical control over the world resources. As a result, the American faction of the Rockefellers became much more powerful than its European counterpart, from which it originally had emerged.
In order not to be able to pay their loans back, the dark forces and their secret services took care that the Third World countries were embroiled in civil and other disastrous wars or were even directly attacked by the USA government, which has always served the interests of these dark ones.
When the third world countries began to default one after the other, and it became evident that they cannot pay back their loans, the American banksters went to the sheiks and opened them that they have lost all their investments.
This scenario may sound quite familiar to the reader.
It was only two years ago, when the Wall Street banks went bust. Immediately after that they blackmailed the American government to bail them out or else they will ruin the economy.
As any true mafia boss, they always use the same argument:
“Either you do what I tell you, or else…”
Washington has voted since then two huge bailouts, plus two additional bailouts by the Fed, titled in euphemistic financial slang as “Quantitative Easing“, such as QE1, QE2… QE3. Of course all these measures were done at the expense of the tax payers.
The state budget deficit of the USA skyrocketed since then. The financial crisis impoverished the middle class of America and virtually ruined the already poor people that comprise one third of the American population. Only the few rich became richer. This is the current disastrous situation in this country. Now back to our sheiks.
When the sheiks got it that they were ruined somewhere in the 80s, they were scared to death and were ready to do anything, the American banksters would suggest them to recuperate their riches.
It was not that the sheiks put the blame on their bankers, as these dark ones had water-proved alibi:
“We cannot do anything for your losses. It is the world order to be blamed for. We have no influence on politics of Third World countries. This is up to the big powers. We are not politicians, we are simple bankers.”
They then suggested that the situation could be rectified, if the sheiks would continue investing in American banks and in the industry.
In return they would receive modern weapons to protect themselves from rogue states that menace the precarious balance of their puppet regimes. The American dark ones pointed at Iran, who had recently ousted the Shah and had become extremely hostile to the USA and the neighboring Arab states. The sheiks had no other option, but to follow the advice of their robbers and to give them once again their money as to save their lifestyle of leisure.
In the meantime the American banksters decided to invent some new fraudulent practices in order to create new monies after they have wiped out the savings of the sheiks. The era of derivatives and other exotic “financial weapons of mass destruction” commenced.
However, it was not until the late 90s that this insidious financial practice could really explode.
In the meantime the dark ones in the USA developed a second scenario in order to keep the sheiks hostages to their atrocious plans, as the latter began to feel tangibly uncomfortable with the machinations of their rogue bankers, which they now began slowly to discern.
Bush senior, the chief representative of the American dark ones, decided to instigate the first Iraq war.
For this purpose, the Americans suggested to their proxy and CIA-agent Saddam Hussein to attack Kuwait, only to beat him afterwards in a spectacular manner in a phony war that was officially designed in the mass media as a just cause to save the helpless sheiks.
Some of the alleged atrocities of the Iraqi soldiers in Kuwait were filmed in Hollywood as it was revealed sometimes later by investigative journalists.
In this way, the dark ones in stripes and stars showed the sheiks in an unmistakable manner how precarious their situation was and needed few arguments to convince them that they can only survive under the military umbrella of the USA. After the first Iraq war in 1991, the sheiks gave up their sovereign rights willy-nilly to the new world power that has emerged after the end of the Cold War.
It is important to observe that this criminal war was only possible, because the Soviet Union had already collapsed and did not pose any nuclear threat to the USA at that time.
After the dark American ones practically swallowed the oil rich Arab countries of the sheiks, they became even more avaricious.
The second Iraq war and the Afghanistan war should be interpreted in the light of these facts. Afghanistan was of strategic importance because a pipeline was built there by American firms to transport oil from the former Soviet republics in Central Asia.
Iraq was known to have huge oil reserves, and his dictator was a CIA agent who could be easily manipulated.
What the arrogant American dark ones did not properly calculated, was the severe opposition of the Iraqi and Afghan people against their invasion. This is paradigmatic for the tactic of all dark ones. They have been accustomed for so long time to control this planet and mankind in an unrestricted manner, that they cannot imagine a situation where the balance of power can be reversed.
The current revolutions in the Arab World are the logical consequence of this nefarious economic scam of the American banksters that was further aggravated by the criminal policies of the installed puppet regimes in the Middle East at the expense of the oppressed and impoverished Arab people.
Entities that live in total separation from the Source are not used to cope with a completely new situation, for instance, in one where the Powers of Light have the sway. They have been used to live in darkness for eons of time and to put the shackles on humanity in a clandestine manner without encountering any fierce opposition whatsoever.
While all their odious plans have crumbled in the last several years, the dark ones are now becoming increasingly helpless.
Since the beginning of this year they have virtually lost all their power to effectively manipulate mankind. After their total surrender, most probably around spring equinox of 2011, the events leading to Ascension will accelerate in a dramatic manner in the course of this year.
This quick excursion in the recent economic past of mankind had the purpose to refresh the historical memory of the reader and to serve him as a roadmap to navigate through all human crimes and atrocities that have been committed by the dark forces in the last several decades prior to Ascension, as many of these facts will be revealed in the course of this year.
The truth about mankind and its controllers will enable the people to make a clear choice – either to go to heaven or have more of the same hell on planet B that will remain under the total control of the current Powers That Be.
*
The broad introduction of numerous derivatives and other virtual financial products in the 90s opened the door for unlimited fraud on a worldwide scale.
This practice was facilitated by the emerging globalization of the world economy after the collapse of the Communist system in 1990 -1992. As a consequence, the world inflation began to grow exponentially. This could be observed in the unprecedented surge of all equity markets during the last decade of the second millennium.
Dow Jones Index rose for instance from about 2,500 points in 1990 to almost 11,000 points by the end of the second millennium.
But the new level of global financial fraud tilted the world economy towards a greater imbalance between world inflation and material production. The conditions of destructive interference on all levels of economic transactions became more pronounced each year, as this could be measured by the growing exorbitance of banksters’ bonuses.
The frequency of financial crises that swept the global economy exceeded any previous experience so far. Between 1997 and 2007 the world economy suffered two major recessions, the Asian crisis of 1997-1998, including the hedge funds crisis, and the crisis of 2001-2003 that were followed by the greatest depression since the Great Depression, which began in 2007 and is still going on. In the short periods of treacherous recovery between the crises, the foundations for the next crisis were laid with an exponentially growing criminal energy, as it was the case between 2004 and 2006 when the subprime mortgage crisis was deliberately instigated.
This last crisis will end up with a total crash this year that will eliminate all financial structures of the Orion monetary system and will lead to a collapse of the capitalist economic order as it has been known for the last 200 years.
*
The amount of virtual derivatives exceeds currently many times the actual value of industrial production worldwide.
These derivatives are fraudulent methods of creating monies out of debt or thin air. They have forged the world inflation to an even greater extent than the fractional banking. The latter was renamed at the same time in financial slang to “excessive leverage” of debt and toxic loans in the order of 30-40 times, as officially announced at the begin of the current depression.
This means that the banks have practically no reserves at present to cover their losses.
In addition to the veritable explosion of virtual derivatives without any real value, the excessive leverage of the banks contributed decisively to their actual insolvency since October 2008. The total amount of toxic loans of the biggest American banks is estimated to be between 2.5 and 5 trillion $. This sum is, however, peanuts in comparison to the amount of virtual collateral default obligations (CDO) that these banks created in a criminal fervor during the last decade.
At the height of the current depression, the amount of CDO was estimated to be in the order of 600 – 650 trillion $, which is 40 times greater than the actual industrial production of the world economy measured as a fraction of GDP (one third of world GDP of about 45 trillion $). These virtual securitization products were mainly created by American banks.
The ten biggest American banks have issued and possess about 90% of all derivatives worldwide.
JP Morgan alone has CDO of 95 trillion $ in total. This sum is one thousand times bigger than the capitalization of this bank on the New Yorker stock exchange.
At the same time this bank holds the majority of all shorts in the silver market. The current campaign “Crash JP Morgan, buy silver”, initiated by the critical journalist on financial affairs Max Keiser (Russian Television), may eventually lead to the bankruptcy of this financial citadel of the American dark ones. This event will undoubtedly unleash the crash of the worldwide financial system.
This is one possible scenario, how the financial collapse may start this year. But there are many other probabilities that will soon superimpose to create the ideal condition of destructive interference in the banking sector and will trigger this event. Here we have the same situation as in the famous saying that “all roads lead to Rome”, especially at the time of its decay.
All CDO, silver, and other shorts, and all outstanding assets and loans that the big banks harbor as “toxic loans” have been taken out of their official balance sheets since 2008 with the explicit permission of the US- and other western governments. Otherwise they should have declared bankruptcy three years ago.
After the American and international banksters discovered the advantages of creating virtual financial products out of thin air, they have now invented the “creative accounting”, which is yet another euphemism for impertinent fraud.
In their overt criminal activities they are actively supported by the central bank Fed, which is in the private hands of these banks. The Fed has fictively bought many toxic debts from these banks since 2008, but has kept their volume secret to the public.
Trustworthy financial experts are convinced that the Fed is already insolvent, notwithstanding the fact that it can create billions of dollars with a click on the computer, as its chairman, the famous “helicopter-Ben”, proudly announced in front of the US-senate.
This financial situation is further aggravated by the fact that all major buyers of US-debt, such as China, Japan, Russia, and other countries have stopped buying US-treasures and have decided to substitute the dollar as world exchange currency with a basket of their own currencies.
While the financial banking system is de facto insolvent since 2008 and can only exist on life-supporting measures at the expense of the tax payers, the banks have continued with their scam by paying their employees huge bonuses and salaries ($500,000) in average for all Wall Street banksters in 2010), which are ten times bigger than the average salaries of qualified engineers in the American industry.
At the same time, the debt of the American nation has skyrocketed. When all outstanding debt positions of the federal government, the local governments, the health care system, the rental system, the private debt of the citizens etc. are considered, the total debt, as calculated by the experts, has reached the scary amount of 200 trillion, which is 13 times bigger than the GDP of this financially ruined country.
This sum is still only one third of the total amount of virtual derivatives, which the American banks possess or have put in circulation around the globe. A large portion of it is owned by foreign countries and investors. After the USA has crashed this year, they will have to write down their US-investments and will also declare bankruptcy.
This mixture of negative trends will create a perfect storm in the financial system this year. All parameters point to the bottom – the bottom being the total destruction of the Orion monetary system worldwide.
This will be the most creative and liberating act in the history of humanity.
*
From this succinct economic overview one can easily conclude that the conditions of destructive interference in the financial sector have long reached the tipping point, where a deadly tsunami can be unleashed any time soon to wipe out all the assets of the banks and other corporations, including the savings of the people.
The intent of the dark forces was to trigger this event at their discretion in order to impoverish the world population with a single stroke and thus introduce the New World Order.
This was counterfeited by the Forces of Light on numerous occasions. They deliberately postponed the worldwide financial crash for this year, when the dark forces will be fully handicapped by the new high frequency energies on earth and will have no longer the power to promote their insidious plans. The Antichrist, the Beast, must finally surrender.
The advantage of postponing the financial crash for this year has several tactical and strategic advantages from the vantage point of view of awakening mankind and the Forces of Light, which are the true keepers of the legitimate aspirations of all human incarnated entities:
The crash will take place within a very short period of time and will wipe out the power of the dark forces in the financial sector, which has always been their stronghold. This event will be so sweeping that the expropriated financial Elite will not be able to exert any opposition or to undermine the subsequent reforms, as they have always done in the past.
The postponing of the crash at a later date will shorten the period of tribulations during the End Times. The hardship of humanity will be thus shortened in the time dimension. The lack of any opposition on the part of the dark forces will allow for the immediate implementation of simple, just systems of food and commodities exchange as to meet the needs of the population after the crash. In many places simple barter systems will be implemented that will be directly controlled by the people. No misuse or corruption by some greedy entities will be allowed during the End Times.
The time point of the financial crash will coincide with the time of revelations, when all criminal acts of the dark ones will be exposed in the mass media.
This strategy has, however, some disadvantages.
The time of revelations and spiritual evolution is much shorter than previously envisaged by the Forces of Light. The dramatics and the intensity of the upcoming events will, on the other hand, create a favorable situation, where the rug will be very effectively pulled away from under the feet of the political, financial, and economic Elite, so that they will no longer have the possibility to meddle in the shaping of the new destiny of mankind.
The full power will be given to the people.
They will be guided by some ascended masters and enlightened light workers, who will work in close cooperation with the Forces of Light. The latter will show themselves this year, after they have postponed their “first contact” with humanity for the last three years.
The reason for this delay was that the dark forces were deeply entrenched in human society and had no intent to give up their power without creating mayhem on earth and eradicating many human beings.
This danger has now been effectively averted and the probability of first contact has become a certainty. The build-up of favorable energies of Christ consciousness has exponentially grown since the opening of the stargate on 10.10.10 and will most probably erupt around Equinox this year, when the last wave of Christ consciousness will be released.
Parallel to this phenomenon, there are myriads of other energetic events and processes that build the conditions of constructive interference for earth and humanity to merge with the high frequency energies of the 5th dimension in preparation for the final Ascension.
*
The total financial crash of the Orion monetary system and the collapse of the current capitalist order will inevitably undermine the foundations of the western type of national state, which is based on three pillars:
the fiscal system, the rental system, and the health care system.
The fiscal system, with all its ramifications, comprises about 45-55% of the national GDP of the western, industrialized countries.
The health care system makes for 16-19% of the GDP of each country and the rental system is in the same order as the health care system. All three systems will go bust immediately after the financial crash. This will lead to the abolishment of the national state in its current pecuniary form.
The national state has been the chief cause of separation of incarnated human entities on earth. It has been the primary reason for all wars that have chronically devastated humanity and have hampered its progress. Just as the Orion monetary system, the national state was deliberately introduced by the Powers That Be/the Anunnaki to keep the incarnated entities in total subordination and in a state of permanent calamities.
For this reason they, the Anunnaki (the Orion Reptilians), introduced long time ago many different languages and created deliberately the famous “Babylonian confusion of languages” (in German “Babylonische Sprachverwirrung”) among human beings.
The current national states have historically evolved around such language populations, which were, by and large, divided by linguistic barriers from their neighbors. Where national states included minorities based on different languages, this linguistic division has always led to perennial wars and national catastrophes.
The history of the Balkan states is paradigmatic for this trend.
These nationalistic frictions were shamelessly exploited by the big powers to promote their egoistic imperial goals throughout the globe. This was the actual fall from grace of humanity for many thousand years. The End Times will finally terminate this vicious circle of incessant wars and destructions.
This is part of the overall divine plan for Ascension of mankind in the End Times. As the current civilization is a product of all wrong human ideas of separation from All-That-Is, all its structures are also highly unstable and must be abolished during the End Times. This destruction will be accomplished in the course of this year. The next year will be fully dedicated to the preparation of mankind for Ascension and will represent an anti-climax to the destructive events that will take place this year.
There is virtually not a single social structure in current society that is not biased by the wrong idea of separation. Such systems will no longer exist in the 5th dimension after Ascension. Therefore, they must be eliminated in the course of this year, so that the people can begin to adopt themselves to the new conditions, which they will experience after Ascension.
The lesser the distractions from the outer world are, the higher the level of introspection and spiritual evolution of the incarnated entities.
Human beings will never be able to discern all the pitfalls and fallacies of the Orion monetary system that forges their basic survival fears, unless they become free of it in their daily activities and begin to live in a state of true spiritual abundance. True abundance is always spiritual. All-That-Is is Spirit – it is “Weltgeist” (Plotinus), and not the Zeitgeist of Mammon.
The financial crash will most probably take place after spring equinox and will dominate the world events during the whole summer.
The world financial order will be wrapped up around 11.11.11 (November 11, 2011) when the last but one stargate will be opened. This date will herald the final stage of preparation for Ascension. There is very little time left.
As time/frequency ‘f’ will accelerate exponentially in the coming months, its reciprocal value – conventional time ‘t’ – will be significantly shortened, so that the future events, we are talking about, will seem to occur in a highly accelerated modus.
It is not the objective of the author to present an academic discussion on the macro- and micro-economic factors that will trigger the upcoming financial collapse.
This effort has been accomplished many years ago, when he integrated the major economic teachings of modern times, such as Keynes theory on anti-cyclic fiscal regulation and monetarism (initially Austrian school of economics), on the basis of the new theory of the Universal Law in a simple axiomatic, straight forward manner that can also be understood by non-specialists.
A summary of his lectures can be found in Internet in German language.
In this discussion he will furnish the proof that all economic theories that have been elaborated in the last 150-200 years, since modern capitalism has begun, have led to the development of world inflation, which undermines the stability of any sound economic activity and promotes the idea of the Powers That Be to establish the New World Order.
Both theories were created in the two countries, from where the major factions of the dark forces on earth operate – the Rothschilds in the UK and the Rockefellers in the USA. They are, however, proxies, human slaves of the Powers That Be, of the Unholy Six from the Orion Empire.
Throughout history, these families, which mainly constitute of reptilian shapeshifters, have amassed huge powers that they have misused on virtually every occasion. The history of their crimes should be the topic of many books and revelations.
At this place, it is important to observe that they have been the promoters of the two basic macro-theories that dominate current economics and political decisions – the theory of Keynes of anti-cyclic intervention of national governments during recession and the theory of monetarism of Milton Freedman and the Chicago school that promotes the idea of an independent central bank which should exclusively regulate the economy with the help of variable interest rates.
The political version of monetarism is also known as neo-liberalism.
*
After the negative experience during the Great Depression, when the banks restricted their lending activities and aggravated the crisis by creating “tight money”, Keynes suggested that the government should take the lead in economic crises, which are regularly occurring in a capitalist type of economy.
He suggested that in times of recession it is appropriate for the national government to make debts and increase money supply as to stimulate industrial production and consumption. When the economy begins to grow, the state will pay back its debt with the higher revenues which it will collect during the years of growth.
This is the core of Keynes’ anti-cyclic approach of navigating the national economy through fiscal stimuli along the bumpy capitalist road of bubbles and busts, of booms, dooms and glooms.
This advice was however carried out much further than Keynes’ recommendation. The Keynes theory was misused by all western governments, who created new fiscal debt also in periods of economic growth. The current catastrophic fiscal situation in the UK and the USA is the result of this unrestricted and uncritical implementation of Keynes antic-cyclic theory of governmental intervention during recession also in times of economic prosperity.
This theory was very popular in the post-war time and was excessively applied by all western governments. As a result of this uncritical implementation the inflation rates in the 60s and 70s were double-digit in most industrialized countries.
The difficulties of the governments to contain inflation triggered the counter-movement of monetarism, which was a continuation of the main ideas of Austrian school of economics as further propagated by London School of Economics, which is totally under the hidden influence of the Rothschild family. The American branch of this economic teaching was the Chicago school of monetarism which was sponsored by the Rockefeller faction.
It is not a coincidence that the current President comes from this city. Their chief argument was that the state and the government should not intervene in the regulation of the national economy by creating fiscal debt, but should leave it to the regulatory powers of free capitalism.
The era of neo-liberalism was born.
For this purpose the monetarists suggested that an independent central bank should acquire the exclusive right to adjust money supply in times of recession and growth by using variable interest rates. In this way the central bank will be able to create “cheap” or “tight money” and thus regulate money supply.
In a recession, the central bank would lower interest rates and cheap money would be created. Cheap money would increase money supply, as companies would be inclined to borrow more money for investments, and this would stimulate the economy. In times of growth, the interest rates of the central bank would be raised.
Tight money would automatically restrict money supply and the economic growth would not lead to inflation and financial bubbles due to overheating the economy. This was precisely what happened when Keynes’ anti-cyclic fiscal intervention was implemented by the governments in times of economic growth.
Both theories were originally designed to promote the hidden agenda of the dark forces and were thus intended to achieve the opposite effect, of what they theoretically preached. The academic make-up of these theories has practically lulled all prominent economists up to the present day with respect to their true function.
The Theory of Keynes was a blank check for the western governments to create new fiscal debt at the expense of tax payers and thus impoverish them. The taxes reached in the 60s and 70s fifty and more per cent of the income of the working population in the western countries, whereas the corporations were exempted from most taxes.
The Orion monetary system is in the first place an economic system of big corporations, which are ruled through hierarchic structure and can be easily controlled by the Powers That Be from the top. For instance, they can substitute any CEO or manager with a docile clone created through genetic engineering or through a shape-shifter of the Reptilian-type, who will promote their hidden agenda from the top without any checks and balances.
Although the governments are constituted by elected representatives, they in reality also carry out the hidden agenda of the dark ones, however, to a lesser extent. The percentage of clones among politicians is somewhat lower than that of CEO, because politicians operate in the limelight of mass media and such substitutions through clones may not always fulfill the requirements of a proper camouflage that cannot be discerned by the masses.
It is, nonetheless, important to reiterate that the true governments of all western democracies are the hidden governments of the dark ones, such as the Trilateral Commission and the Council of Foreign Affairs in the USA, or the Bilderbergers in Europe, who pull the strings behind the scene and not the officially elected ones.
They are the ones who make the final decisions with respect to fiscal or any other national policy.
The financial and social policy of the current puppet of a black president in the White House (observe the symbolism of “Black and White” for the current duality of human experience) is paradigmatic for the kind of hidden political agenda that only serves the interests of the financial Elite, where most of the dark ones are to be found:
A Dark president for the Dark Ones – what an irony!
“‘Yes, we can’ deceive you anytime!” was their last arrogant cry and a deliberate slap in the face of the ignorant American electorate.
This explains why the theory of Keynes was used as alibi by the hidden governments to indebt all national states even at a time of growth and to transfer this debt onto the tax payers, either through voting higher taxes or austerity programs.
In this manner the people could easily be impoverished in a clandestine manner by putting the blame onto the ruling parties, which of course could be substituted in the next elections. With the help of this political charade, the hidden governments prepared the people of the western nations for their role as future slaves of the New World Order.
To achieve this goal, they made them first fiscal slaves of the national state. In a second step, the dark ones intended to eliminate the national states by triggering a worldwide financial and economic collapse which would lead to a default of the western states. This goal was almost achieved in 2008, but it was then mitigated by the hidden intervention of the Forces of Light.
To this end the dark ones employed the theory of monetarism in a second step to cover up their true intentions. This theory rendered the central banks an unlimited financial and political power that is not sanctioned by any independent authority such as the legislative. The gate for all kinds of fraudulent practices at the highest international level was widely opened.
Off-shores companies were founded en masse that operated outside any national laws, where all the monies of the people could be illegally transferred.
Political efforts, being made to control money flaws, were condemned as obstructions to free capitalist economy by the Powers That Be and their minions in the media and had no chance to become national laws. Three years after the crash in 2008 and numerous international meetings of G8 and G20, accompanied by loud announcements to finally control the worldwide money speculations of the financial dark ones, nothing has been practically done to stop their global fraud.
Basel III, the new bank accounting system, was for instance wrapped up and postponed for the time after Ascension. Please observe that all important reforms, which the elected governments announced loudly in the last several years as to cope with the current financial and economic crisis, were scheduled after 2012 in the full knowledge of the upcoming Ascension.
Only the stupid public and the journalists are not aware of this “time-dependent” fraud.
The Fed, being the chief instrument of the American financial Elite, committed every possible crime to make its proprietors, the Wall Street banks, richer at the expense of the American people.
“Enrichez vous!” was the cry of the dark financial ones during the last two decades that reverberated around the globe.
When the financial collapse came in 2008, the strings of the elected puppet governments in the Western World could no longer be hidden to the public, after they announced one huge bailout after the other on behalf of the big banks – be they American or European banks, even at a time when the default of many national states became an imminent danger.
The draconian (please observe the semantic identity of the word “draconian” with the economic policy of the Orion Reptilians from the Draco constellation) austerity programs in England, Greece, Ireland, Spain, Portugal, and many other western countries announced in 2010 will, however, not save them from falling into the abyss of their gargantuan fiscal debt.
But these Draconian (Reptilian) austerity programs have already ignited the revolutionary mood of the stricken people in these countries, who have begun to discern more clearly the clandestine methods of their masters to first impoverish them and then enslave them under the banner of the New World Order. This revolutionary mood will explode this year to a true revolution of the masses.
It has always been the plan of the dark ones to eliminate the national states by defaulting them and delegating their sovereign rights to a new international institution, for instance, to the United Nations that has been planned to execute the power of the New World Order at the beginning.
The United Nationshave always been firmly in the hands of the dark ones, who control them through their New York banks nearby, whose policy has always been to bribe and corrupt most of the representatives of this international institution.
This scenario has already been tested on a smaller scale in the creation of the European Union.
The latter received recently a constitution that was bargained by its bribed politicians behind closed doors and has not been approved by the electorate in a free vote. This constitution and the executive EU-institutions that are appointed by the hidden governments of these countries have already water-downed many sovereign rights of the people of the EU-nations, who are not even aware of their losses of basic rights.
The New World Order was supposed to come in a similar way, like a “thief in the night” and catch the masses by surprise.
In this context, it is important to observe that the creation of EU was part of the Rothschild plan to establish the New World Order and was promoted by the Bilderberger group, which was hastily summoned after the Second World War. This clandestine organization has its hands in virtually all important political decisions in Western Europe and in many other places around the world.
All heads of important European states need the initial confirmation of the Bilderberger group, before they can be nominated for elections.
*
This information was given to explain how the western governments were used by the dark forces to forge the financial collapse of their countries by implementing Keynes theory of anti-cyclic intervention in an excessive manner.
This theory was never intended to establish stable economic growth for the benefit of the masses, as its author might have believed, but to promote the hidden agenda of the Powers That Be. This is the insidious economic policy of the Orion Empire, which it has successfully implemented on many planets in this galaxy in order to subjugate their incarnated populations. These reptilians have huge experience in this.
The application of the theory of monetarism was not less hideous. First and foremost, the Chicago boys, the spiritual fathers of this theory, forgot to tell the public that the central bank, which they wanted to give an unlimited economic power in their theory, was not the central bank of the American people, but the private bank Fed, which is possessed by the banks of the dark ones on Wall Street.
Equally important was the fact that the hidden governments and the financial Elite did not intend to use the variable interest rates of the central bank to promote true economic growth, but to solidify the position of the financial sector in the overall economy by creating monopolistic international bank corporations.
Ultimately, this led to the precarious situation of “too big to fail”, with which the dark ones blackmailed the elected governments of the western countries.
This Damocles sward is still hanging over the heads of the elected governments and will definitely fall this year to unleash the final crash of the Orion monetary system.
In order to strengthen the position of the financial Elite, Greenspan and his successor Bernanke lowered the interest rates for long periods of time in order to create speculative bubbles, from which the banks profited by creating fraudulent financial products and selling them to the rest of the world. Even when the Fed raised interest rates, as it was the case in the early 80s, the banks were the only institutions that profited from these high interest rates, while the population was further impoverished.
Currently the American banks borrow money from the Fed at zero interest rates and buy bonds at 3-4%. The difference is paid by the American people as docile tax payers. This is the greatest scam, any country could possibly create, and it takes place in front of the very eyes of all American citizens, who should have revolted long time ago against this obvious crime.
Therefore, it is not an exaggeration to say that the inventor-nation of all fraudulent financial products of the 20th century has, at the same time, dumped down its citizens to an even greater extent than the communist dictatorships did with their peoples during the Cold War.
The major difference is that the peoples in Eastern Europe never trusted their red dictators, while the majority of the American people still believe that they live in the most democratic and advanced country in the world. Their blindness and sheepishness exceed anything mankind has experienced so far.
The American people, the citizens of the new Roman Empire of Modern times, have been degraded to spiritual pariah by their dark ones.
What a shame!
It is a leitmotif of this essay that the Powers That Be have falsified any intellectual or social effort of mankind in the past to achieve true progress. The most insidious falsifications have been made in the realm of theoretical science, as the author has extensively shown in this discussion. This is particularly true for the theory of economics, which is much broadly represented at universities and high schools than all natural sciences put together.
Let us not forget that millions of young people attend universities and high schools and indebt themselves for their whole life by paying huge fees, only to study faked economic theories, the only purpose of which is to deepen the state of enslavement of mankind. The present-day situation on earth prior to Ascension is, indeed, disgusting, and it is most disgusting in the USA – the citadel of the dark forces on this planet. Therefore, the financial and economic collapse will begin this year in this country and will eliminate it as a world power once and for all.
In the 5th dimension, there will be no countries and no nations. Humanity will perceive its true nature as a galactic civilization of multidimensional beings. Communication will be through telepathy, and money will only exist in the imagination of some entities, who will still stick to their out-dated pecuniary 3d-beliefs.
These hilarious circumstances should be experienced on earth in advance under the energetic limitations of 3d-reality during the End Times.
Therefore, it is not a punishment, but a privilege to be unemployed at this time and to not contribute to the prolongation of the Orion economic system. It is no coincidence that the rate of unemployment has doubled in the Western world during the current depression and will skyrocket this year.
This will be in anticipation of the conditions of life in the 5th dimension, where there will be no necessity to work in order to survive, as all entities are immortal powerful creators of their destiny.
The Orion Empire on the other hand has degraded humanity to working mass force. It is therefore not a privilege to work for the Orion Empire and their human proxies – employment, as it is exerted on earth today, is not a basic human right, but the most insidious form of human enslavement.
Economic education of the ascended population will begin immediately after Ascension in small groups that will be taught by highly evolved entities. One can imagine how some of the current politicians such as Obama will awaken in the 5th dimension and find themselves to be students in such educational courses.
In their confusion they may begin to ask:
“Where is America? Where is Europe, and what happened with the White House?”
The truth will be that all these political constructions and centers of power will no longer exist in the 5th dimension.
The ascended entities will find themselves under the loving supervision of highly evolved beings such as the author of this essay and will experience for the first time in their life what true abundance free of fear and effort really means.
This essay has been written in hurry between January 15 and February 15, 2011.
I had the urgent feeling that I have little time left, and that my individual Ascension is imminent. The intensity and frequency of my body vibrations have exceeded any normal human experience and make my daily life in the density of this toxic planet a real torture. This has nothing to do with nice esoteric palaver but with certain energetic realities, about which most light workers have virtually no idea, as they have not experienced them yet.
The messages they channel are also silent on this issue.
This may change for some of them in the coming months when the intensity of the cosmic waves that flood earth will exponentially increase and the Great Cleansing prior to Ascension will commence. It will not be a nice experience for most human entities, as they harbor much negativity from their past and present incarnations that has to be deleted from their energetic fields.
Ascension is the final accord of a long era of darkness on this planet. As there will be no place for any aspect of darkness in the 5th dimension, these negativities must be eliminated from the energetic fields of all human beings that have made up their mind to ascend in a very short period of time.
The intensity of this release of negative emotions and beliefs that have determined life on earth for eons of time from the individual and collective aura of humanity will be unprecedented in the history of this rather toxic planet.
*
Very little of my personal experience with the light body process in its final stage has been revealed in this essay, as it will not be relevant to most people during these End Times.
This situation will radically change after Ascension. The incompatibility of my high frequency body fields with the low frequency, high density vibrations of earth and humanity cannot be expressed in words, as language fails as a medium at this high energetic level.
Human language has always been a trap for true transcendence. Therefore, it is not a coincidence that many channels have begun in February to make all light workers aware of their potential ability to communicate through telepathy. This direct means of communication eliminates the shortcomings of human language.
Much will change in the coming months.
I must admit that I have some difficulties to envisage how mankind will digest all the revelations it needs to acquire, before it has a clear idea as to how and when modern human beings have been created, why science and religions have totally failed to give true information on this issue, who has ruled on this planet for eons of times, why humans have always been slaves of dark forces, the existence of which they still negate, and why there must be a “separation of the wheat from the chaff” in the Time of Ascension.
Without this knowledge there can be no Ascension.
*
When two brothers live together in a family and the one is evil and brutal, and the other one loving and compassionate, this situation may last for some time.
The loving brother may succumb to the bad deeds of his evil brother and try to develop an understanding and tolerance for his behavior. However, on the long run the loving brother will lose his spiritual propensity to evolve, because he will be occupied all the time in neutralizing the negative actions of his evil brother.
The only solution in such a situation is to separate the two brothers.
The evil one will have to live alone and will be confronted with his personal negativity, which he did not realize as long as he could transfer it to his loving brother, who endured it with patience. During this time he has sincerely believed that this is how the world has always been arranged – of evil doers and sheepish victims and that the evil ones have all the rights to behave according to their heinous nature.
Staying alone with his own evil nature, the bad brother will slowly begin to perceive that in order to avoid the destructive results of his negativity he will have to begin to behave like his brother, whom he will be for the first time dearly missing.
The loving brother will go to a new home, where he will meet other loving brothers and sisters that have also fled from their evil brothers and sisters. They will remember together what it was like to live among such evil entities and will enjoy from the bottom of their hearts the community of other loving entities. They will never look back in anger.
This is precisely what will happen when the two earths will finally split at the end of 2012. The energetic divorce of the two timelines has already begun and will accelerate in the course of this year.
After the last, but one, stargate 11.11.11 will be opened in November this year the split of these two future energetic probabilities will become evident to most human entities.
The energetic, emotional, and spiritual implications and consequences of this rapture will be broadly discussed by the world community. Most of the discussion will evolve around the themes outlined in the present essay. Few of these topics are currently elaborated by the light workers’ community. It lacks pronounced intellectual leaders, who could be the pacemakers of their rapid spiritual evolution.
The situation with the rest of humanity is even more disheartening.
There is a remarkable defiance among most incarnated human entities on this planet against any novel intellectual challenge that escapes any logical, rational explanation. I have experimented with this human intransigence throughout my lifetime on numerous occasions and under various circumstances.
I have modulated the threshold of intellectual stimulation in my interlocutions with the people in an infinite way as to find out the adequate pedagogical approach that opens human mind to new insights without scaring it, and I must admit that I have given up on this issue. The experiment has totally failed. The threshold of fear is very low on this planet.
Although I have dedicated myself to the highest standards of intellectual expression throughout my whole life, I have given up a long time ago on any effort to transfuse this spiritual ideal to other entities. I have restricted my educational and pedagogical activity to being a personal example, by making no visible concessions to the stupidity, ignorance, and intransigence of my social environment, even at the expense of limiting my social contacts and having a life of a hermit.
It is not possible on this planet to be nice to other people, unless you neglect your own legitimate emotional and intellectual aspirations. The current popular concept of “political correctness” that is forged by the dark forces is a very effective method of dumping down all powerful personalities on earth by obliging them to comply with the broad negative aspects of the dominating majority of agnostic young souls, which still serve the goals of the dark ones in a docile manner.
On the other hand, one should not awake somebody from his somnambulism, because he may kill him in an act of rage.
Political correctness is the dictatorship of young, spiritually underdeveloped souls over the excellence of old, highly evolved souls.
Let us, therefore, wrap up our discussion with one final statement:
Every incarnated soul on earth has only one duty – to express her unlimited spiritual potential to the best of her divine powers against all social resistance, prejudices, and suppression that she may encounter throughout her incarnation, but without challenging or limiting the prospects of evolution of other entities even when this evolution may take for a long period of time the road of perdition, leading to a greater separation from All-That-Is, as this will be the case with the incarnated human beings staying on planet B.
Every incarnated entity is, first and foremost, the Supreme Creator of his own destiny.
This attitude will become prevalent in the coming months when the people will realize that they are unlimited creators of their reality and that no society or plane of existence can limit the scope of their individual spiritual aspirations.
Wikipedia • The Illuminati is a name given to several groups, both real and fictitious. Historically, the name usually refers to the Bavarian Illuminati, an Enlightenment-era secret society founded on 1 May 1776 in Bavaria, today part of Germany.
WARNING! CLONED BODIES FROM UNDERGROUND BASES OF ILLUMINATI. LAST ARCHON INVASION (45)
Use of fear, intimidation and the creation of guilt to preventing the human developments. To make it impossible for higher transformation instead the use of distraction. The sudden need sudden need for for basic survival. Even though the mindset of the of humans is needed. The imposing and creating severely negative circumstances disasters so that Humanity can be free to focus on higher transformation instead a basic struggle for survival knowing when people are struggling to find food and shelter they are not in any position to focus upon higher needs and the actualization of their ultimate potential and ongoing.
The Truth Can Change Your Life 527K subscribers
views 27 Oct 2024 #5D #Starseeds #EndTimeMadness I am also starting Patreon, I am putting all my censored videos here: 💖 / truthcanchangeyourlifeofficial
Support my work on Subscribestar: https://www.subscribestar.com/truth-c…
Special thanks for your support joining our Youtube membership
Join us on 👇: 💜 / truthcanchangeyourlife 💜 / 384441361989233
Transcript
Warning situation update at the moment of the last archon invasion in January 1996 the dark Forces have created three main dark Wormhole entry points to collapse the planetary Light Grid.
These three dark Wormhole entry points were bukavu Lake kevu Congo lublana Slovenia. Santa Monica California USA lublana and Santa Monica were two Ascension vortexes with the most potential for Ascension on a planetary scale and they needed to be suppressed in order for the dark Forces to continue their rule.
Wormholes were created by several etheric and plasma conventional nuclear explosions at and above the mentioned locations with total of about 200 etheric plasma nukes exploding worldwide which opened a multi-dimensional wormhole to the Riel star system.
Through these Riel Earth wormholes many negative entities came to planet Earth and infected it among most dangerous of those entities were Chima spiders huge plasma spider like beings with plasma toplet weapons attached to their skin. Smaller ones being 10 100 m yards in diameter the largest ones a few kilometer while most of those spiders have positioned themselves above the largest cities on the planet. As now the cosmic Central race is depleting their energy to the point where they are threatened with Extinction.
The chimira has devised a plan to reinforce their negative energy field with 5G technology which they plan to implement in large cities with the assistance of many micro satellites. They are also planning to reinforce that technology with Nanobots the light forces are taking action to counteract all this since the collapse of alpha timeline in January 2018. I am in a difficult position as I am not allowed to release any significant Intel yet I am expected to continue with this since the collapse of alpha timeline. The operations of the light Force have been ramped up and have gone deep black. There are only a few things I am allowed to say first since December 2017 the implementation of molner with its Wipeout strategies has angered the dark Forces to the point they were willing to risk everything. Situation was escalating badly to the point where full military confrontation was possible which could lead to short and open war between the light and the dark Forces which would make the surface of this planet uninhabitable. Toplet weapons Chain Reaction even much more than strangelet weapons Chain Reaction has a potential to wipe out our planet therefore the light forces were forced to retreat and cease molner operations. In Spring 2018 which led to the collapse of the beta timeline now we are in the gamma timeline which is a slow and sure way to lead the planet towards the Liberation without destroying the surface of the planet in the process. Although the dark Forces have misused The Retreat of the light forces and have infiltrated the surface Alliance heavily with many dark Draco operatives who came in cloned bodies from underground bases of the Illuminati Breakaway complex.
Originally coming from Taurus Dark Cloud the light is already taking certain actions to counteract this the problem of toplet weapons is being addressed and is in the process of being resolved slowly nothing more can be said about that the surface population is becoming more and more aware that there were cataclysmic events taking place in the not so distant past. The surface population is also becoming aware that we are actually in the middle of a mass extinction event.
All these are signs that we are approaching an event of cosmic proportion that will radically change life on this planet the most accurate plan for this event is here. The light forces are asking everybody to visualize the bright future of the golden age to speed up and accelerate the process of manifesting it. The light forces are also asking people to go beyond their mind and contact their soul. Many people are experiencing benefits of tashion Chambers here we need to clear some misconceptions about tashion Chambers. Tashion Chambers are not Med beds there is only one confirmed source that makes taon healing chambers. Of available taion healing Chambers are not designed to Taize objects and people claiming that they can Taize objects in their tachon healing Chambers or people claiming they have designed their own tachon Chambers or are even selling or promoting them are not telling the truth.
Some people are already having indirect contact with the resistance movement this contact will only grow as we come closer and closer to the moment of the compression breakthrough victory of the light.
Long ago you made a noble decision at a sole level when you volunteered to help as a light worker on this Earth. Since then you and millions of other light workers have lived among the mass of humanity making a critical difference to the overall consciousness of life on Earth. Most light workers are not aware of the enormous difference they have made simply by being on the planet and affecting its mind belt with their higher thoughts and actions with the efforts of you and the ascended masters. The balance of Consciousness on this Earth has been maintained above the level necessary for the survival of humanity, without light workers the average frequency of Consciousness on this planet would be below that level despite the overall negative Karma produced by the mass of self-seeking people.
Humanity is being helped though a transition which is being made as smooth as possible the cosmic plan for the enlightenment of humanity. Seeks to keep Humanity free to focus on higher transformation and not be distracted by any sudden need for basic survival even though the mindset of the majority of humanity demands the apearance of some severely negative circumstances. It is vital that major disasters be avoided so that Humanity can be free to focus on higher transformation and not a basic struggle for survival.
When people are struggling to find food and shelter they are not in any position to focus upon higher needs and the actualization of their ultimate potential. Humanity is here at this time in order to experience the shift in Consciousness to a new and higher level of existence. A time of the Harvest of souls a time when people have the chance to graduate from this classroom of Earth experience and move up to the next level of evolution.
It is a time of the Awakening of light workers to the true purpose and potential in their soul based life plans, the shift is leading to the peace and Harmony envisioned by all people of good heart. The new reality is unfolding the new world is being built piece by piece by people of positive Vision light workers like you are finding ways to make the world a better place both by spiritual Attunement and by creating physical projects that help others to rise in Consciousness in many different ways. This is why you came here as a light worker to take action that will build a better world, all you need is a Clear Vision of what you can do to succeed in your mission. The information expressed here is that of my perspective my point of view for all truth awaits you in your heart center tune in to The Light Within you.
At this time there is great change occurring in our world but many choose to see it as just chaos the old is being rid of and no one said it would be leaving peacefully. On an individual human level our physical vessels are going through quick and higher upgrades our etheric emotions and mental bodies are being integrated more into our now physical reality. The higher light of our soul is bursting into our now Consciousness on a collective Earthly level change is happening in all the kingdoms of Earth
and Earth herself is receiving immense amounts of light through our soul from many different larger Suns such as alion Sirius Arcturus and the galactic Central Sun itself. All of this is assisting Earth and her inhabitants in clearing releasing the old Paradigm and making room for the new Divine Matrix of light all that has been unfolding for the past few years energetically and physically.
We will excitedly say that if you thought up until now the energies have been hard to cope with and the outer world has been nothing more than a disastrous stage of bad acts you haven’t seen nothing yet it is most important now to turn your focus within once more and allow your light from within to shine.
For yes it is greatly needed and swiftly put into use the moment you set your intention there’s also another exciting time arriving the day quickly approaches the moment when the 144,000 are fully activated in turn the vibrational frequency of Mother Earth increases multifold. What does this mean the 144,000 are already being sought and discovered by many this is just the beginning for the 144,000 will not only work with a few but will take higher roles and are to lead the masses. Everything that we are experiencing now will seem so little compared to what is a waiting us time.
In particular will speed up even more our experiences will become like a highlight real on fast forward and if you are not focused light-hearted grounded your film tape may very well get jammed more and more people are becoming aware of their government’s lies and are not taking it anymore a greater number of humanity is to rise against tyranny and new leaders are already being elected.
In all of this however for those who are aware they will notice Something Beautiful emerging From the Ashes of the old novat, Tera is rising guiding her children restoring the alignment to her original high frequent blueprint claiming her rightful place in the stars and fulfilling her destiny.
The UN’s DARK Agenda: What You’re Not Being Told About Agenda 2030
GBNews 1.47M subscribers
Share
968,564 views 18 Oct 2024 #GlobalGovernance #Agenda2030 #Freedom In this video, Bev dives into the UN’s Summit for the Future and the true intentions behind their Pact for the Future and Agenda 2030. On the surface, it’s all about sustainability, global cooperation, and protecting future generations. But what if there’s a darker side? From digital governance to global control, Bev explores how these initiatives could reshape our world – and not for the better. Is it really about equality, or is it about control? Watch to find out how this global agenda might impact your freedoms, privacy, and way of life.
Keep up to date with the latest news at https://www.gbnews.com Don’t let them silence us – support GB News here: https://www.gbnews.com/support?utm_so…
The new GB News Shop is now online! Explore the Fearless range today at https://gbnews.com/shop
Twitter: / gbnews Facebook: / gbnewsonline
Download the GB News app! You can watch GB News on all of your favourite devices and keep up to date with the latest news, analysis, opinion and more.
Search in video The un’s Pact for The Future Sounds all lovely and warm and collaborative who wouldn’t want to think about the future and a harmless pact to help protect Humanity all with your best interests at heart???
Call me a skeptic I think we need to dig a little deeper into this so This pact was announced on the first official day of the un’s summit of the future.
Perhaps it is going to make all our lives better or perhaps it marks a significant step towards a technocratic vision of global governance. The summit of the future which in itself is a weirdly broad title because there wouldn’t be much demand for a summit discussing what’s just happened in the past, was held at the beginning of the 79th session of the annual UN General Assembly this Summit has been in the making since at least 2022. Following repeated calls by un Secretary General Antonio Gus to accelerate the completion of agenda 2030 these were the goals out by the UN in 2015 now agenda 2030 basically underpins everything that is happening in towns and cities all across the world. Once you understand that much of life even here in the UK begins to make perfect sense at a time when it can feel that nothing makes any bloody sense agenda 2030 consists of 17 sustainability goals so that means that elected and some not so elected politicians came together and agreed that if only every government in the world would adhere to these 2030 aims some might say instructions.
We could eradicate poverty improve health and education reduce inequality tackle climate change and so on you might recognize The Branding it is everywhere although you probably almost never consciously noticed it was included in the Euro football it appeared at the Olympics it is in every corporate handbook and on every website open your new mobile phone and there it is in the apps even though you didn’t ask for it?
but of course you wouldn’t want to achieve these Noble aims of eradicating poverty and so on it all sounds so lovely and benign you would be a very brave leader to stand up at a un assembly and say actually I quite like poverty and inequality or I don’t like poverty and inequality but I do also have an obligation to make decision which help people who voted for me in my own country too.
And that above all these lofty Global aims will be foremost in my mind but as it is also lovely and benign this pack for the future sits alongside two other complimentary documents they are the global digital Compact and the Declaration on future Generations so what exactly is this packed for the future well? According to United Nations it covers a wide array of themes including peace and security sustainable development climate change, digital cooperation AKA clamping down on Free Speech human rights gender equality Youth and future Generations.
It also focuses on transforming Global governance to better address these challenges Global governance you say well I didn’t vote for anyone’s prime minister but my own. I certainly don’t want one that is imposed upon me from another country have a look at a clip from the UN General Assembly where the pack for the future was adopted. The commitments embodied in the p and its annexes reflect the collective will of member states and must guide our actions and encourage us to promote International Peace and security invigorate implementation of the sustainable development goals, first just and inclusive societies and ensure that technologies always serve the common good of humankind we must move forward together in a spirit of solidarity and multilateral cooperation as you can see world leaders are on the surface at least committed to this Vision. But it is not possible to achieve these utopian ideals without a deliberate perhaps forceful redistribution of food Goods property and rights just like good old fashioned communism the ambition for equal outcome for everyone always results in the very rich getting supremely richer the very poor perhaps being lifted up a little but the billions in the middle getting colder poorer hungrier and enslaved within their digital prison just as communism was never really about equality.
This is new version which is deceptively called stakeholder capitalism is not about equality either this is Clause Schwabs you will own nothing and you will be happy Mantra no you won’t you’ll be miserable you’ll be weak you’ll be obedient but hopefully sufficiently angry to try and Break Free.
The un’s agenda 2030 is all about control leaders lacking empathy are not troubled by reducing Humanity to a mere data set upon which they can keep tabs and at that point we the people are nothing more than a commodity which can be monetized. Will the people of the world comply with this technocratic Vision or will we Rebel can we even find a different way to function outside of a digital prison the pack for the future and its complimentary documents are on the surface designed to create a more interconnected and Cooperative world the global digital compact claims to Aspire to making the use of digital Technologies more responsible and inclusive who wouldn’t want that? They claim that they are concerned about digital privacy cyber security and the digital divide but whenever governments try to control the Behemoth that is the online world every road leads to the suppression of free speech and the ludicrous idea that someone somewhere in a lavishly glazed office can decide what is fact actual information and what is misinformation the Declaration on future Generations cleverly ramps up the guilt, who could possibly resist measures that would be required to protect the planet for their children and grandchildren and yes of course we need to leave this world in a better State than when we found it but this has all been decided on the publicly indisputable assumption that there is consensus on for example m made climate change due to carbon emissions because 21st century challenges require 21st century Solutions.
Frameworks that are networked and inclusive and that draw on the expertise of all of humanity I called for this Summit because our world is vexing off the rails and we need tough decisions to get back on track. UN Secretary General Antonio ceras has been a strong advocate for these initiatives let’s hear what he had to say about the importance of these documents conflicts are raging and multiplying from the Middle East to Ukraine and Sudan with no end in sight. Our collective security system is threatened by geopolitical divides nuclear posturing and the development of new weapons and theaters of War resources that could bring up opportunities and hope are invested in death and destruction.
Open Pathways to new possibilities and opportunities our world is going through a time and turbulence and a period of transition but we cannot wait for perfect conditions we must take the first decisive steps towards updating and reforming International cooperation and make it more networked more fair and more inclusive now and today thanks to your efforts we have excellencies ladies and gentlemen the P for the future the global digital Compact and the Declaration on future Generations open Pathways to new possibilities and opportunities. Gas emphasizes the need for Urgent action and global cooperation to address the challenges we Face the race is to save the planet and possibly line the pockets of vested interests and captured regulatory bodies made up of a very small group of experts rather than through any Democratic process.
Thankfully agenda 2030 has already sparked debates and protests in various parts of the world despite it getting almost no mentions in the west particularly the British mainstream media the alternative social news media is a wash with a awareness millions of you are concerned about the potential loss of national sovereignty and also individual freedoms. Agenda 203’s commitment to homes being given to climate migrants will make small boat, Transcript
Seas education for girls under otherwise medieval regimes and even toilets in remote African villages but it is so obvious in their literature have a look it’s in your phone it’s in your apps that the stuff which really excites them is not the expensive projects like dredging plastic From Oceans or building toilets from massai tribes. It’s the profitable stuff it’s the wind turbines it’s the solar Farms currently being built on top of beautiful natural lifegiving Farms.
It is surveillance on the streets it’s the highly profitable diversity and inclusion ticket which perhaps contains a blatant contradiction between the un’s ambition to empower women and girls but also heavily promote the trans ideology which can steal spaces from those women and girls we all need to become hypervigilant to the 2030 UN Agenda. Its endgame is control where and when you travel what you eat who you can see what you can say but all is not lost the Dutch farmers and the Canadian truck has showed what can be done when people come together driven by the need to put individual freedoms first. The freedom to transact to trade to refuse an in injection that they didn’t want in the case of the truckers even just to grow the food that the farmers want to grow in the way that they want to grow.
It this sort of collective has immense power once a group of people with megalomaniacal drives and vested profit motives control the food they control the people so stay informed about these developments and understand their implications engage in discussions ask questions make your voice heard. Chat about it at the bus stop show your mate down the pub that this agenda is already hidden in their handset ask how they feel about the erosion of their freedom from a small number of power Trippers eating canapes in Europe.
There are many ways to get involved attend public forums vote in elections join advocacy groups and stay active in your community by participating in these processes. We can help ensure that our future is shaped by you the people which is exactly how it should be. Illegal migration look utterly trivial this powerful technocracy might prioritize so-called efficiency they might persuade countries to be responsible over issues such as cleaner Seas education for girls under otherwise medieval regimes and even toilets in remote African villages but it is so obvious in their literature have a look it’s in your phone it’s in your apps that the stuff which really excites them.
WHO director Tedros calls for ‘more aggressive’ action against COVID shot critics
WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus declared that the medical establishment must ‘be more aggressive in pushing back on anti-vaxxers’ and decried that ‘more than 14 million children in 2022 did not receive a single dose of vaccine.’
WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom GhebreyesusYouTube screenshot
(LifeSiteNews) — The public health establishment needs to be even more “aggressive” against vaccine critics than it already is, the leader of the embattled World Health Organization (WHO) declared in recent remarks.
During a recent speech, WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus decried that “more than 14 million children in 2022 did not receive a single dose of vaccine,” and while work with international organizations like UNICEF hopes to reduce that number, a “serious challenge” remains.
“I think we need to strategize to really push back, because vaccines work, vaccines effect adults, and we have science, evidence on our side,” Tedros said. “I think it’s time to be more aggressive in pushing back on anti-vaxxers. They used COVID as an opportunity and all the havoc they are creating.”
Earlier this month, the WHO announced a partnership with China-linked video platform TikTok to train social media influencers to promote official narratives on public health and push back on so-called “misinformation.”
As with most similar declarations from top health officials, Tedros gives little consideration to how vaccine supporters have perpetuated distrust with bad evidence, exaggerated claims, and hostility to dissent. In fact, a large body of evidence has linked significant risks to the COVID shots, which were developed and reviewed in a fraction of the time vaccines usually take under the Trump administration’s Operation Warp Speed initiative.
The federal Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) reports 37,966 deaths, 218,241 hospitalizations, 21,952 heart attacks, and 28,641 myocarditis and pericarditis cases as of October 4, among other ailments. U.S. Centers for Disease Control & Prevention (CDC) researchers have recognized a “high verification rate of reports of myocarditis to VAERS after mRNA-based COVID-19 vaccination,” leading to the conclusion that “under-reporting is more likely” than over-reporting.
An analysis of 99 million people across eight countries published February in the journal Vaccine “observed significantly higher risks of myocarditis following the first, second and third doses” of mRNA-based COVID shots, as well as signs of increased risk of “pericarditis, Guillain-Barré syndrome, and cerebral venous sinus thrombosis,” and other “potential safety signals that require further investigation.”
In April, the CDC was forced to release by court order 780,000 previously undisclosed reports of serious adverse reactions, and a study out of Japan found “statistically significant increases” in cancer deaths after third doses of mRNA-based COVID-19 jabs and offered several theories for a causal link.
Long known for a similar left-wing bias to that of the United Nations, the WHO has faced additional criticism since COVID-19’s outbreak in 2020 for, among other offenses, opposing bans on travel from China that could have limited the reach of COVID, for legitimizing the false claims coming out of the Chinese government that initially downplayed the gravity of the situation and covered up the communist regime’s mishandling of it, and for favoring the lockdown and mandate policies that exacerbated harm while curtailing basic freedoms and failing to improve health outcomes.
subscribe to our daily headlines US Canada Catholic
Index: please click on the link for the index please?
Mental Schism
States that dark occultism wants to hold the overall population in is what I call the mental Schism and the worldview schism okay they want to hold people in a state of chronic imbalanced thought and then they want to hold people in a chronically imbalanced overall worldview regarding human nature and life in general. If they can keep people in those modes of Consciousness they can keep their control over their behavior because they have control over their mind as a result. In general how it works is keeping people chronically imbalanced toward one type of Consciousness or another one type of brain activity or another either the masculine left brain modality of Consciousness or the feminine right brain modality of Consciousness but never actually holistically.
Bringing them both together in a state of balance they want it in a chronic state of imbalance such that most people are either always left brain or always right brain.
Left Brain Imbalance of the brain focused on logic and masculine energy, becomes too dominant it can lead to harmful beliefs people may become overly skeptical believing that only science is valid or adopt atheism thinking humans are the highest Authority with no higher power. They may also reject the idea of objective truth claiming everything is just opinion or belief in Social Darwinism where smarter or stronger people are meant to rule over others.
Moral relativism follows where right and wrong are seen as things humans can just make up this imbalance can lead to dangerous ideas like Eugenics where people try to control who gets to reproduce based on genetics or authoritarianism. Where some are seen as rulers and others as followers.
Right Brain Imbalance Brain imbalance or feminine imbalance the right hemisphere of the brain which governs creativity intuition compassion nurturing Etc if that part of the brain that is depicted here by the symbol the inverted equilateral triangle which again is an ancient Arch typal symbol known as The Chalice. Because it is a rudimentary womb if that part of the brain is chronically imbalanced or chronically dominant I should say these following states result naive blind belief, religious extremism you know total belief total faith not actually checking anything not looking into things for oneself taking other people word on it. Solipsism again the belief that there’s no such thing as truth both forms of mental imbalance can create that state moral relativism.
You see so much moral relativism in the New Age movement you think moral relativism is the exclusive domain of Left Brain imbalanced, think again because people in the New Age movement are super right brain imbalanced in many cases and you’ll hear many of them saying there’s no such thing as right and wrong those are religious Concepts. I don’t believe in those feelings of unworthiness feelings of self-loathing falling into patterns of following other people’s orders because hey if you’re naive if you blindly believe and you don’t really believe there’s such a thing as absolute objective truth then I’m going to take somebody else’s word for it. If they say this is what’s right to do then I’m just going to go along follow their orders so many people are in that extremely imbalanced dangerous state of mind and I call this imbalanced thought. Slave think in general that’s what they want they want these two states they just want them operating all over Society they don’t want anybody in a state of balance coming Bring bridging these two modalities of Consciousness and bringing them together.
They want people in one state of imbalance or the other so that those Dynamics Master think and slave think continually play off against each other we’re talking about what their goal is what are they trying to constantly.
Maintain in humanity and they’re doing a very effective job of it they are successful because they operate on the same page for the same goal like one huge mind they call it a mastermind. If they focus their energy on that intent they carry it out in the world through their methodologies they get it done that’s why we’re so scattered we can’t come together. With that same Mastermind Focus that coming together and operating on the same page because we share Collective common knowledge that’s what they’re doing they have this knowledge and they use it for dark purposes all on the same page all focused all together for the same goal and the these two things are their goal.
The mental Schism and the worldview Schism the worldview Schism is this notion that the world is either completely random or completely determined they want these two schisms of worldview present because they don’t want people to understand the balance that is the actual truth. That there is components within nature of both of these views of reality but they operate in conjunction with each other not in a state of imbalance. The randomness worldview sees the universe as a complete accident with no purpose or meaning behind anything that happens in this view there is no Creator or guiding intelligence and everything in nature is seen as lifeless. And random people who believe this think there are no spiritual or moral laws and that Concepts like right and wrong don’t really matter because nothing has a deeper purpose. Life is just about surviving with no greater meaning beyond, that this way of thinking is often connected to extreme skepticism atheism and societies that ignore moral principles. On the other side the deterministic worldview says that everything is already decided and that humans don’t have free will in this. View a higher power controls everything and our choices are just Illusions. People who believe this might think that they aren’t responsible for their actions because everything is predetermined this belief can lead to people excusing bad behavior since they think they have no control over what they do. Determinism often poates ha since the whole universe is controlled and it’s like a Clockwork me mechanism but it’s run by God why bother. Trying to create any change is impossible it’s already set in stone action therefore becomes ultimately meaningless. Why do anything I tell religionist who think like this why do you get out of bed in the morning why bother doing anything why say a word to another human being? Why eat why breathe you know why not just lay in in in a Supine position in the corner somewhere and wait to expire from malnutrition and and dehydration and then go back to dust.
But you know many people they actually say that this is what they believe it’s a big it’s a big Hallmark of salvationist religiosity. Action is meaningless only faith is what’s required something that I’m vehemently opposed to. You know the new age takes this in too you know they convert it in their own imbalanced way you know we’re here just to observe don’t get involved in anything just observe it watch it be the Observer. Life’s not a movie playing on a screen in front of your eyes folks you’re active participants whether you realize that or not.
Again this right brain imbalance and this whole worldview of determinism are the is the Hallmark of religious extremism. The truth lies as it always does in the balance point okay in the synthesis in the coming together between Extremes.
Reflecting upon the First World War, Jung says, “When fate, for four whole years, played out a war of monumental frightfulness on the stage of Europe – a war that nobody wanted – nobody dreamed of asking exactly who or what had caused the war and its continuation.”
Similarly, in today’s “war on terror,” a war that nobody, or at least very few people want, we need to dream of asking exactly who or what has caused this war and its continuation.
Developing a healthy and strong ego is crucially important in entering into relationship with and creatively expressing the daemonic energies within us. One of the most destructive things in the human psyche is unrealized creativity. If the daemonic is not honored and treated religiously (i.e., carefully considered with reverence and a sense of the sacred), however, it constellates negatively and turns truly “demonic,” in the destructive. sense of the word. J
Jung comments, “Generally speaking the daemonic is that moment when an unconscious content of seemingly overwhelming power appears on the threshold of consciousness. It can cross this threshold and seize hold of the personality. Then it is possession.” Before an archetype can be consciously integrated, it will always manifest itself physically, because, in Jung’s words, “…it forces the subject into its own form.” In its negative form, which is a truly virulent form of madness, we, because of our unconsciousness, become a living conduit for the incarnation of an inhuman, malevolent, predatory, rapacious energy that only cares about feeding its own insatiable narcissism, ultimately victimizing, consuming, and cannibalizing both ourselves and others in the process.
Describing this moment of being possessed, Jung elaborates, “The beast of prey seizes hold of him and soon makes him forget that he is a human being. His animal affects hamper any reflection that might stand in the way of his infantile wish-fulfillments, filling him instead with a feeling of a new-won right to existence and intoxicating him with the lust for booty and blood.”This in-toxic-ating energy, which is the narcissistic ego running wild as it entrances itself, is the fuel which animates any form of addiction. “Intoxication,” to quote Jung, is “that most direct and dangerous form of possession,”
…as unless it is reflected upon, and therefore illuminated and transformed by the light of consciousness, it inevitably leads to self-destruction.
Jung reminds us that, “Insanity is possession by an unconscious content that, as such, is not assimilated to consciousness, nor can it be assimilated since the very existence of such conditions is denied.” We then fall into the infinite regression and self-perpetuating feedback loop of denying we are in denial, a self-created strain of madness that I have given the name “malignant egophrenia,” or “ME disease” for short. This is a form of self-deception, dissociation and psychic blindness in which we are ultimately lying to and hiding from ourselves.
At a certain point this process entrenches itself within the psyche such that it develops sufficient momentum to seemingly become its own self-generating, autonomous entity. We’ve then become a “problem” to ourselves, creating our own Frankenstein monster in the process, and it is us. We can then be said to be the incarnation of ME disease in the flesh, its revelation in human form. Similar to being possessed by a demon, being taken over by ME disease is simultaneously its own self-revelation; encoded within the apparent pathology is its own medicine. One of the main ways that demons become empowered within us is when we are unconscious of our shadow. Jung says, “Anyone who is unaware of his shadow is too wonderful, too good, he has a wrong idea of himself, and to that extent such a person is possessed.” The extent to which we are unconscious of our shadow is the extent to which we are unaware of our potential to unwittingly enact our unconscious in a way, which could be hurtful.
Jung writes, “If we don’t see the negative side of what we do, what we are, we are possessed… Only through understanding of unconscious aspects, as a rule, can we liberate ourselves from possession.” Understanding “unconscious aspects” is to shed light on darker, asleep parts of ourselves – “the negative side of what we do” – which is essentially the act of becoming conscious. The demons act themselves out through our psychic blind-spots. Jung comments, “…the demon that is always with you is the shadow following after you, and it is always where your eyes are not.” The places where we are possessed by our unconscious are the places in ourselves where we are not able to see, where “our eyes are not,” where we are unable to self-reflectively speculate. Symbolically, this is like a vampire who casts no reflection in the mirror. Jung writes, “Since nobody is capable of recognizing just where and how much he himself is possessed and unconscious, he simply projects his own condition upon his neighbor, and thus it becomes a sacred duty to have the biggest guns and the most poisonous gas.” Interestingly, Jung simply refers to “shadow projection,” a process in which we project our own un-embraced aspects (our “own condition”) onto our neighbor, as “the lie.” One of the meanings of the word “devil” is “the liar.” (see “Shadow Projection: The Fuel of War,” and “Shadow Projection is its Own Medicine”). Projecting our shadow onto others is an activity which is itself an expression of the devil who is hiding within us, lurking behind the projection. Speaking about how easy it is for the “demons” to find a new victim,
Jung comments, “…that won’t be difficult. Every man who loses his shadow, every nation that falls into self-righteousness, is their prey.” Jung comments on the state of being possessed by an archetype such as the daemonic when he writes, “For an archetype has a life of its own; the life that is proper and peculiar to the archetype shows its autonomy by the fact that it can swallow one’s own life.
It is so strong that one can be swallowed up into it and be nothing but that archetype. Of course, one does not know it.” The formless, invisible archetype has in-formed itself and made itself visible through the person, group or nation which it seizes.
They can be said to be the living incarnation of the archetype, as they are its full-blown revelation in form. An essential quality of being possessed by the unconscious is that we don’t know we’re possessed, for if we knew, we wouldn’t be possessed. To quote Jung, “When you are just at one with a thing you are completely identical – you cannot comprehend it, you cannot discriminate, you cannot recognize it.” When we are identical with something, we are not able to differentiate ourselves from it, which is to say, we have no freedom of choice relative to that with which we are unconsciously identified. When we identify with and act out the unconscious, we are truly unconscious. Jung conjectures, “suppose I am identical with an archetype; I don’t know it and the archetype of course won’t tell me, because I am already possessed and inundated by the archetype… Just as I pay no attention to the hammer I use; I use it and afterwards I throw it away. It is not a personal hammer. That is the way the archetype uses man, simply as an instrument, as a tool of a most transitory kind.” Even though an archetype expresses itself through individuals, an archetype is impersonal. Archetypes enlist us for their purposes, taking possession of us like a piece of property, and drop us when we are no longer of use.
Jung continues, “But the man is of course in an awful situation. He is possessed, and he cannot defend himself, for he doesn’t even know that he is possessed, and that is a wonderful opportunity for the unconscious.” Not knowing we are possessed by the unconscious, it is as if the parents aren’t home, creating an opportunity for the kids (the unconscious) to act out without restraint. Jung says, “The forces that burst out of the collective psyche have a confusing and blinding effect.” The emergence of unconscious forces out of the collective unconscious typically evokes confusion and blindness, i.e., unconsciousness. Jung continues, “…as the influence of the collective unconscious increases, so the conscious mind loses its power of leadership. Imperceptibly it becomes the led, while an unconscious and impersonal process gradually takes control. Thus, without noticing it, the conscious personality is pushed about like a figure on a chess-board by an invisible player. It is this player who decides the game of fate, not the conscious mind and its plans.” It is as if an invisible coup has taken place within the psyche. Falling into self-deception, the conscious mind is under the illusion that it is deciding, that it is in control, while it is actually being led and manipulated like a puppet. To quote W.H. Auden, “We are lived by Powers we pretend to understand.”
Jung says, “The devil is the aping shadow of God.” When we are possessed by the unconscious, a more powerful, archetypal energy shape-shifts and takes on our seeming form, which we absorb into, identify with and believe to be who we are. Bamboozled and hoodwinked by the slick “salesmanship” of this imposter of ourselves, we “buy” into its version of who we are. We then live a simulation of ourselves, miming ourselves, becoming a master copy, a duplicate of our original selves. To the extent we are unconsciously possessed by the daemon, it is as if a psychic parasite has taken over our brain and tricked us, its host, into thinking we are feeding and empowering ourselves while we are actually nourishing the parasite. It is as if our soul has become hijacked by a deeper, archetypal force, and has been replaced with a pale imitation of ourselves, and, to the extent we are taken over, we don’t even realize it. Archetypes, Jung points out, “have the most disagreeable quality of appearing in your own guise.” The spirit of the unconscious impersonates us, fooling even ourselves, as it cloaks itself in our form. This mercurial spirit has “put us on” as a disguise, appearing as ourselves, or at least who we imagine ourselves to be. FORFEITING HUMANITY (extremism)
Describing the experience of being led and taken over by the unconscious, Jung continues, “whenever a powerful content emerges from the unconscious, which we cannot yet grasp with our consciousness, there is a danger that the whole ego-consciousness will be pulled down into the unconscious and dissolved… Consciousness is completely emptied, because its contents are attracted by the unconscious as by a magnet. This process leads to a complete loss of the ego, so that the person in question becomes a mere automaton. Such a person is actually no longer there.” How many people do we know, including at times even ourselves, who zombie-like, compulsively and mechanically enact their habitual patterns with no spontaneity or creativity, like a programmed robot?
Jung says, “One can only alter one’s attitude and thus save oneself from naively falling into an archetype and being forced to act a part at the expense of one’s humanity. Possession by an archetype turns a man into a flat collective figure, a mask behind which he can no longer develop as a human being, but becomes increasingly stunted.” When we are possessed by an archetype, it’s as if we are frozen back in time, akin to what happens in trauma, where we become fixated in a rigidified and self-reinforcing point of view. Unconsciously identified with the “persona,” the fa ade personality that we’ve created for protection and present to the world, we have no real depth, and stop growing and evolving. “Altering” our attitude would be to step out of our “alter-personality,” which is to stop compulsively and ritualistically worshipping at the “altar” of the false self, and step into our authentic self. Jung elaborates on the process of falling under the spell of an activated archetype when he writes, “…an archetype is mobilized within him which affects him like a narcotic. That is typical; when you get into a situation where an archetype becomes constellated, you will undergo this peculiar hypnotic effect; you fall asleep rather suddenly. It has a peculiar fascination which makes you unconscious.”The image of Dorothy and friends falling asleep in the poppy field as they approach the Emerald City in the movie “The Wizard of Oz” symbolically expresses this arche-typical situation of falling under a spell as we approach the sacred.
Jung points out that, “The potentialities of the archetype, for good and evil alike, transcend our human capacities many times, and a man can appropriate its power only by identifying with the daemon, by letting himself be possessed by it, thus forfeiting his own humanity.” In unconsciously identifying with and becoming possessed by the daemon, on the personal, human level we forfeit our humanity and become an empty shell. At the same time, however, we access, become channels for and are inflated by a evolving. “Altering” our attitude would be to step out of our “alter-personality,” which is to stop compulsively and ritualistically worshipping at the “altar” of the false self, and step into our authentic self. Jung elaborates on the process of falling under the spell of an activated archetype when he writes, “…an archetype is mobilized within him which affects him like a narcotic. That is typical; when you get into a situation where an archetype becomes constellated, you will undergo this peculiar hypnotic effect; you fall asleep rather suddenly. It has a peculiar fascination which makes you unconscious.”The image of Dorothy and friends falling asleep in the poppy field as they approach the Emerald City in the movie “The Wizard of Oz” symbolically expresses this arche-typical situation of falling under a spell as we approach the sacred. Jung points out that, “The potentialities of the archetype, for good and evil alike, transcend our human capacities many times, and a man can appropriate its power only by identifying with the daemon, by letting himself be possessed by it, thus forfeiting his own humanity.” In unconsciously identifying with and becoming possessed by the daemon, on the personal, human level we forfeit our humanity and become an empty shell. At the same time, however, we access, become channels for and are inflated by a more powerful, archetypal, and nonhuman energy to come through us. When we are possessed by an archetype, we are a paradoxical juxtaposition of subhuman and superhuman qualities at the same time. Jung continues, “…anyone possessed by an archetype cannot help having all the symptoms of an inflation. For the archetype is nothing human; no archetype is properly human. The archetype itself is an exaggeration and it reaches beyond the confines of humanity… So anybody possessed by an archetype develops inhuman qualities.” When we become taken over by an archetype we become inflated, unconsciously identifying with God-like powers while simultaneously forgetting our humanity. Jung clarifies, “…we see the characteristic effect of the archetype: it seizes hold of the psyche with a kind of primeval force and compels it to transgress the bounds of humanity. It causes exaggeration, a puffed-up attitude (inflation), loss of free will, delusion, and enthusiasm in good and evil alike.” Interestingly, one of the meanings of the word “evil,” etymologically speaking, is to transgress boundaries. Continuing his description of the state of being possessed by an archetype, Jung says, “…when a person has an unconscious content – say a certain archetype is constellated – then his conscious, not realizing what the matter is, will be filled with the emanation or radiation of that activated archetype. And then he behaves unconsciously as if he were that archetype, but he expresses the identity in terms of his ego personality… For he unconsciously plays a role and tries to represent something which he has taken to be his own self.” Behaving as if he, as an ego, were that archetype, he plays a mythical, archetypal role and unconsciously identifies with it (“which he has taken to be his own self”), fooling himself, and potentially others, in the process.
Jung continues, “You see, the unconscious activated archetype is like a rising sun, a source of energy or warmth which warms up the ego personality from within, and then the ego personality begins to radiate as if it were God-knows-what.” The formless archetype takes on and expresses itself through the limited and particular form of the ego personality. The activated archetype transfigures the ego from within so as to suit its purposes. Jung continues, “It is a psychological fact that an archetype can seize hold of the ego and even compel it to act as it – the archetype – wills. A man can then take on archetypal dimensions and exercise corresponding effects.”
INFLUENCING THE FIELD
Conflated with and inflated by the hypnotically fascinating psychic force-field of the archetype, people so possessed become mouthpieces and amplifiers for the archetype to transmit and non-locally extend and incarnate itself throughout the field of consciousness. Jung writes, “people who constellate an archetype have such a hypnotic effect.” People who are gripped by an archetype have a gripping effect on others; when we are under the fascination of an archetype, we unwittingly have a fascinating influence on others. Jung makes the point that, “identification with an archetypal figure lend almost superhuman force to the ordinary man.” People who are possessed by their unconscious have a very magnetic, charismatic and “possessive” effect upon others’ unconscious. The part of them that is bewitched evokes the corresponding suggestible and bedeviled part of others’ psyche and hooks it, spell-binding it and entraining it into its archetypal spin. In other words, when someone is possessed by an archetype, they are literally the channel through which that archetype, both locally and non-locally, is materializing in the field, which is to say they wield great energetic influence on their surroundings. Jung says, “But the power of the archetype is not controlled by us; we ourselves are at its mercy to an unsuspected degree… because everyone is in some degree ‘possessed’ by his specifically human pre-formation, he is held fast and fascinated by it and exercises the same influence on others without being conscious of what he is doing. The danger is just this unconscious identification with the archetype.” To the extent we are identified with and hence possessed by the archetype, is the extent to which we are not conscious of the corresponding influence we have on others’ unconscious. This is a dangerous situation because it is unconsciously being en-acted in such a way that guarantees that we will abuse our unresolved power issues to the extent that we stay unconscious. Jung gets right to the point when he writes, “When someone is able to perform the art of touching on the archetypal, he can play on the souls of people like on the strings of a piano.” Connecting with the archetypal is like plucking a higher-dimensional chord of our being, which immediately activates a resonance in the collective unconscious in whoever hears it. Just like the pendulum with the strongest swing entrains all the other pendulums into its swing, the person who is channeling the living power of the deeper, archetypal force can potentially en-train and en-trance others. This power can be used for the highest good – helping people to awaken – or it can be used for the deepest evil so as to manipulate, dis-empower and enslave other people. Being archetypal, this energy is fundamentally neither good nor bad, but can potentially manifest either way depending upon our intent. Speaking of the hypnotic power of the archetype, Jung writes, “It gets you below the belt and not in your mind, your brain just counts for nothing, your sympathetic system is gripped. It is a power that fascinates people from within, it is the collective unconscious which is activated, it is an archetype which is common to them all that has come to life.”
When an archetype is constellated, rational logic and facts have no effect. The deep emotion which is characteristic of an activated archetype ensures that, to quote Jung, “…the possibility of reason’s having any effect ceases and its place is taken by slogans and chimerical wish-fantasies. That is to say, a sort of collective possession results which rapidly develops into a psychic epidemic.” Being unconsciously identified with an archetype is extremely dangerous, in that it is at the root of both individual and collective psychoses. Our tendency to unknowingly fall into the grip of an archetype is animating what is being acted out in the world theater, which is to say that the origin of world events is the unconscious of humanity (see “It’s All in the Psyche”). Jung writes, “Nobody can realize an archetype without having been identified with it first.” Speaking of our initial tendency to identify with and become hooked by activated archetypes, Jung continues, “…you cannot realize them without having been thoroughly caught by them.” No one can realize their daemon without first having been unconsciously identified with it, which is to say, caught by it, and hence, possessed by it. In the process of integration, we have to learn to experience our archetypal daemon from the outside as well as from the inside. Experiencing the archetype from the outside means to experience it objectively, as other than ourselves, which is to separate ourselves from it, for an archetype, in Jung’s words, “…can be truly understood only if experienced as an autonomous entity.” Ultimately, we have to eventually both see the archetype as an object outside of ourselves as well as experience what it’s like relative to us, which is an experience within ourselves.Maybe there’s a hidden reason in the deeper plan of things why we, as a species, have a tendency to be taken over by our unconscious.
Jung points out that, “…autonomous complexes are among the normal phenomena of life and that they make up the structure of the unconscious psyche.” Having autonomous complexes, or having a spare demon or two in our closet, is a “normal” human phenomenon, something we all possess at the same time that it possesses us. Identifying with our unconscious such that we act it out, i.e., being possessed, seems to be a natural expression of the human experience. Might there be a hidden evolutionary potential, an underlying teleology, a mysterious purpose or goal, which is possessing us to act as we do? Perhaps we are being dreamed up to be the very instruments and midwives through which the archetypes transform themselves, the world, and ourselves as well. Becoming possessed by the unconscious is, paradoxically, the way we learn how not to be possessed, which we clearly haven’t learned yet, or we wouldn’t be possessed. By differentiating ourselves from the archetype, we make it conscious, while creating ourselves relative to it. In relating to the archetype consciously, we do not fall under the thrall of the archetype, but are able to mediate, humanize and channel its transpersonal energies and contents in a constructive, creative and life-enhancing way. As we connect with each other through our lucidity, we can potentially become a vehicle through which the archetypes themselves transform and evolve, which instantaneously, and non-locally, has a transformative and evolutionary effect throughout the entire collective field of consciousness. Mythologically speaking, the figure of the “would-be-hero,” which is all of us in potential, is always inhabited by a daemon. Having a daemon taking up residence inside of us is the very thing that “makes” us a hero. Our heroic fight against the paralyzing grip of the daemon is initiatory, in that it calls forth our latent, creative powers. In coming to terms and wrestling with our daemon, which is to say ourselves, we create ourselves. The daemon is the source of all creativity. It takes genuine courage to do battle with these internal forces and wrest from them the mythic “treasure hard to attain,” which is none other than our soul-filled selves. Jung comments, “As the result of the political situation and the frightful, not to say diabolic, triumphs of science, we are shaken by secret shudders and dark forebodings; but we know no way out, and very few persons indeed draw the conclusion that this time the issue is thelong-since-forgotten soul of man.
“When we realize an archetype such as the daemonic, we are able, from the inside out, to channel its transpersonal power into a creative, soul-full, life-giving spirit that comes from a source beyond our ego. Encoded in the daemonic is everything we need for our healing and self-realization, as if the daemonic is a compensation of the deeper unified and unifying field of consciousness, offering us exactly what is required for us to wake up. The demons are like psychic nautilus machines that we are dreaming up to help us develop our muscles of realization.
Alchemically transmuting on the spot the potential destructiveness of the demonic into stimulators of our own creative lucidity, we give birth to our daemon, our guiding spirit. Or rather, in that moment our daemon gives birth to us. Realizing an archetype such as the daemonic is to realize ourselves as an active, participatory agent in the creation of our experience of ourselves relative to the world.
This realization comes with great responsibility. We are offered a choice: either we continue to destroy ourselves, or we learn together how to create a new world. Everything depends upon our recognizing what is being revealed to us as we act our unconscious out in the world. The emergence of the daemonic in our world is both potentially and actually the doorway into and revelation of the light. Being a function of our consciousness, how the daemonic materializes – as the deepest, destructive evil, or as creative genius, depends upon nothing other than how we dream it.
Jung comments, “The archetype is spirit or anti-spirit: what it ultimately proves to be depends on the attitude of the human mind.”When we become possessed by the unconscious, we become unconsciously taken over by our primal, animal-like instincts in such a way that we regress, devolve and fall into our lower nature. Jung elaborates, “Only the animal man can be possessed…It is easier to talk or to argue with a dog or a cow than with someone possessed by such a figure. For nothing that one says permeates, it is impossible to pierce the wall they put up, it is a wall of unconscious beliefs, and people behind the wall cannot be reached. They are totally inaccessible.
There is no access because the human being is degraded to the state of an animal, and the thing that seems to function is not a divine being, it is a ghost.”I imagine we all know people like this, people who are under a spell such that there is really no talking with them, as they perversely take in and interpret whatever reflection is being offered of their unconsciousness as evidence of the rightness of their deluded point of view. Psychologically speaking, they are possessed, as if an “entity” has taken them over, they are no longer there, and they have no idea, literally, of their situation. When a group of people in this condition enter into agreement about the “truth,” and become card-carrying members of a dogmatic “ism,” a collective psychosis is being brewed in the cauldron of the collective unconscious.
COLLECTIVE PSYCHOSIS Jung never tired of warning that the greatest danger that faces humanity is to unwittingly fall into our unconscious en masse such that we become instruments for a psychic epidemic to wreak havoc in the world, just like we see today (see “Diagnosis: Psychic Epidemic”). Jung writes that psychic epidemics “…are infinitely more devastating than the worst of natural catastrophes. The supreme danger which threatens individuals as well as whole nations is a psychic danger.” We are in the midst of a collective psychosis that has become so normalized that very few people are even talking about it, which is itself an expression of our collective madness. (see “Why Don’t We See our Collective Madness”?) Jung writes, “…collective psychoses are based on a constellated archetype, though of course this fact is not taken into account at all. In this respect our attitude is still characterized by a prodigious unconsciousness.” Once these archetypal contents become activated in the unconscious, Jung elaborates, it is like, “they have taken possession of certain individuals, irresistibly draw them together by mutual attraction and knit them into smaller or larger groups which may easily swell into an avalanche.” People who have fallen into their unconscious naturally attract and connect with each other, as they reciprocally reinforce each other’s madness.
An impenetrable bubble of shared, rigid beliefs gets conjured up around them which deflects and resists any self-reflection which threatens their fixed worldview. Anyone who reflects back their unconscious state is demonized and seen as a heretic, blasphemer and enemy. Though using individuals as its instruments, evil needs the unconscious masses for its genesis and proliferation on the world stage. Masses are always breeding grounds of psychic epidemics. In a collective psychosis there is a herd mentality, where people stop thinking for themselves and let others think for them, like sheep (“sheeple”) who just follow wherever they are being led. Jung writes that whoever buys into the collectively agreed upon group-think, “is infected with the leprosy of collective thinking and has become an inmate of that insalubrious stud-farm called the totalitarian State.” When we give away our power, there is always someone bearing the authority of the State who is more than happy to accept our offering, feeding the insatiable will-to-power of the shadow. Jung comments, “The shepherd’s staff soon becomes a rod of iron, and the shepherds turn into wolves.” Being archetypal, the reciprocal process of people giving away their power to others who abuse it simply because they can has continually re-created itself all throughout history. Jung warns us that, “The most dangerous things in the world are immense accumulations of human beings who are manipulated by only a few heads.”
In a collective psychosis, the many are manipulated by the few who are attracted to holding power over others. Jung points out that, “Whoever prefers power, is therefore, in the Christian view, possessed by the devil. The psychologist can only agree.” In a psychic epidemic, the masses, led and inspired by the few who are perversely possessed by and addicted to the need for power, collectively collude with, support and mutually rein-force each others’ irrational beliefs, narcissistic needs, and fears, creating a culture crazy beyond belief. This culture, or lack thereof, is simultaneously the cause and effect of their madness, as they collectively incarnate a living, self-fulfilling prophecy. They become the instruments through which the NLD, the nonlocal demon, reproduces itself, like a multi-headed hydra, in, as, and through the field.
BLESSINGS IN DRAG
Jung writes, “This state of possession shows itself almost without exception in the fact that the possessed identify themselves with the archetypal contents of their unconscious, and because they do not realize that the role which is being thrust upon them is the effect of new contents still to be understood, they exemplify these concretely in their own lives, thus becoming prophets and reformers [in the negative sense, such as falling into a megalomaniacal inflation]” People who have been swallowed up by the archetype and fallen into the unconscious, instead of shedding light on and integrating the meaning of the activated unconscious contents within themselves, are unwittingly acting out the mythic, symbolic dimension of “the role which is being thrust upon them” in concretized, literal form on the stage of life. The new contents are understood when we realize that the role, which is coming through us, has its origin in the collective unconscious itself, as if we are playing a role in a cosmic drama. In addition to bestowing upon us a choice of how we want to play this role, this realization snaps us out of personally identifying with the role as well. The part of us that has been unconsciously possessed becomes liberated, creating more consciousness in the process. When we become taken over by the unconscious, to quote Jung, “…the unconscious in large measure ousts and supplants the function of the conscious mind. The unconscious usurps the reality function and substitutes its own reality. Unconscious thoughts…manifest themselves in senseless, unshakable judgments upheld in the face of reality.” When we find ourselves ignoring factual evidence and holding a “magical” belief that we rationally know not to be true, we are under a spell, being “driven” by the unconscious, which is at that point in the driver’s seat. The psychic factors, which make possession possible, are suggestibility, lack of critical discernment, unwillingness or inability to self-reflect, fearfulness, propensity to superstition and prejudice. The contents that take us over when we are possessed by the unconscious appear as phobias, exaggerated affects, peculiar convictions, idiosyncrasies, stubborn plans, compulsions and obsessions, all of which are not open for discussion or correction. Demons work through our psyche, “managing our perceptions” in a way such that we aren’t able to see their influence. Demons bedazzle, bewitch, and bedevil consciousness in such a way that we become blind to our own underlying, assumed viewpoint. We fall under their spell when we become entranced by our own version of reality in such a way so as to think the world “objectively” exists as we perceive it, separate from our own mind. In other words, we fall under the power of the demons when we become fixated in our non-negotiable viewpoint and imagine that what we are seeing objectively exists, in solid form, outside of ourselves, in a way that applies to everyone.
We then draw to ourselves all the evidence we need to prove to ourselves the seeming truth of our self-evident viewpoint, confirming our delusion that we are separate from and not participating in helping to create the very situation we find ourselves in, which we are ultimately creating. I call this “Aparticipatory Delusional Syndrome,” or ADS for short (see “Delusions of Separation”). On the other hand, we break the spell of the demons when we realize that every moment of our experience is inseparable from our own consciousness, which is to recognize the fluid, non-objective and thus, “dreamlike nature” of reality. Just like figures in a dream, the demons are, ultimately speaking, our own energy, not separate from our own mind (see “God the Imagination”).
Just like a dream, the way we observe the world literally evokes the very world we are observing. This means that it is through our awareness itself that we can intervene in the underlying matrix of creation and find the leverage point where we can change the waking dream we are having, which is “evolution-in-action.” Interestingly, we wouldn’t have woken up and had this realization without the antagonistic co-operation of the demons, which is to say the demons are secretly allies in disguise, catalysts of consciousness appearing as adversaries, blessings in drag (see “The Light of Darkness”). NOT THE ONLY ONE
Jung writes, “The psychological rule says that when an inner situation is not made conscious, it happens outside, as fate.” To the extent that we are not consciously working on integrating, via the process of individuation, the unconscious contents and conflicts that are activated within us, is the extent to which these psychic contents will manifest externally and be unconsciously acted out collectively in a literal, concrete way on the world stage. Jung comments, “One shouldn’t evade this conflict by escaping into a premature and anticipated state of redemption, otherwise one provokes it in the outside world. And that is of the devil.” An activated psychic content not realized consciously in the course of individuation manifests externally, where it gets “dreamed up” in, as, and through the outer world. To use Jung’s metaphor, the sponsor of this project(ion) is “the devil.” Jung says, “The world powers that rule over all mankind, for good or ill, are unconscious psychic factors…We are steeped in a world that was created by our own psyche.” This brings to mind various quotes in the Bible about “powers and principalities” that rule over humanity, which is the metaphysically equivalent expression of our psychological situation. 1 The Gospel of Luke, for example, has the devil say that the kingdoms of the world are under his control (4:5-6). 2 The Gospel of John speaks of the devil as “the ruler of the world.” (14:30, 16:11) 3 The First Letter of John says that “the whole world lies under the power of the evil one.” (5:19) 4 Paul speaks of Satan as “the god of this world.” (Gal. 1:4; Cor. 4:4) Whether we call it a demon or an unconscious psychic factor, the force that rules over us is created by and an expression of our own psyche.
15,854 views 22 Dec 2024 For as long as humanity has existed, we have gazed at the stars, walked among forests, and stared into the vastness of oceans, all seeking answers to the same question: What lies beyond this world we see? Deep within, we’ve always felt it—a connection to something greater, something infinite. It’s a truth whispered by every tradition, etched into every culture, and carried through centuries: the spark of the divine isn’t outside us. It is within.
Transcript
The recognition of thought is not a thought the recognition of thought comes through awareness or presence and awareness or presence is the higher Consciousness for as long as Humanity has existed. We have gazed at the stars walked among forests and stared into the vastness of oceans all seeking answers to the same question what lies Beyond this world.
We see deep within we’ve always felt it a connection to something greater something infinite it’s a truth whispered by every tradition etched into every culture and carried through centuries the spark of the Divine isn’t outside us it is within the search for meaning.
The truth is both simple and profound what we seek has never been far from us it has all always been within we are not separate from the Divine we are the Divine fractals of an Infinite Source Sparks of a radiant light that permeates all things but here’s the challenge the Paradox that keeps so many trapped in cycles of suffering and yearning the divine within’s is like a sun obscured by thick clouds these clouds are not real in the truest sense they are Illusions formed by fear attachment and the stories we’ve told ourselves about who we are.
Liberation the ultimate Freedom does not come from acquiring more knowledge wealth or power it comes from stripping away the falsehoods peeling back the layers until what remains is pure and unshakable Truth.
At the core of our existence lies a tension between two aspects of being the lower self and the higher self the lower self is tied to the physical the fleeting the part of us that clings to material things seeks validation and fears loss it is ruled by the ego which thrives on the illusion of control and separateness.
The ego tells us you are what you own you are what people think of you your achievements your failures your past but the higher self knows the truth. The higher self Whispers you are Eternal you are love you are one with all things. This aspect of you is infinite and unshaken rooted in a reality far beyond the physical. It is the part of you that sees Beauty in a sunset feels compassion for a stranger and knows deep peace in Silence.
The path of Spiritual Awakening is the process of aligning with the higher self the Buddhists speak of Nirvana a state Beyond craving and aversion where the flame of Illusion is extinguished.
Jesus in his Timeless Parables invited us to enter the Kingdom of Heaven not as an external realm but as an experience of Oneness and love that begins in the heart.
The Sufi Mystics wrote of annihilation of dissolving the ego so completely that only Divine Love Remains these aren’t abstract concepts for Saints and sages they are road maps for you the first step and perhaps the hardest is to realize that everything you think you know about yourself might not be true.
You’ve been told that you are your name your job your successes and your failures but are you really?
Close your eyes and sit with this question for a moment who is the you that watches your thoughts who is the you that feels joy and sorrow who is the you who seeks something more beneath the noise of the mind? There is a silent witness that is where your Journey Begins fear often guards the gates to transformation. It Whispers that without your labels and attachments you will be nothing but the irony is that by clinging to these Illusions you already feel a deep emptiness a sense that something essential is missing the courage to confront this fear is what sets The Seekers apart from the sleepers. In the Bhagavad Gita Arjuna stands paralyzed on the battlefield overwhelmed by doubt and fear Krishna’s guidance to him is the same message given to all of us act from the soul not the ego the battle is not outside you it is within.
When you begin to strip away the Illusions something miraculous happens you start to feel lighter and Freer as though you’ve been carrying a heavy backpack your whole life and only now realized you can set it down you discover that the love peace and Clarity you’ve been chasing in the external world have always been your natural state.
They were simply buried beneath layers of conditioning and pain this is why the Mystic speak of Awakening not as a process of becoming something new but of remembering who you’ve always been this path is not about perfection you will stumble you will fall back into Old patterns that’s part of the process.
The Lotus a symbol of Spiritual Awakening grows in Muddy Waters it doesn’t avoid the mud it uses it as nourishment in the same way your struggles and wounds are not obstacles they are the raw material from which your transformation is shaped, the poet roomy wrote the wound is the place where the light enters you trust that even your pain serves a purpose one of the greatest obstacles on this path is attachment we cling to.
People possessions and identities believing they will complete us but as the Buddha taught attachment is the root of suffering this doesn’t mean you must renounce the world or stop loving others it means loving without grasping, living without needing things to be a certain way imagine holding water in your hands if you try to clutch it tightly it slips through your fingers but if you hold it gently it remains.
As you begin to let go you will notice that life flows more easily the synchronicities that once seemed like coincidences will become daily occurrences you’ll start to feel a connection to everything around you the rustling leaves the laughter of a child even the challenges you face this is the Divine reminding you that you are not separate that you are part of a vast and intricate play.
The ego’s Veil; The ego is not your enemy it’s a creation of the Mind born from the need to survive in a world that often feels chaotic and unpredictable it begins forming in childhood when you first learn to label yourself as good or bad worthy or unworthy based on the reactions of those around you over time it solidified into a narrative I am this but not that the ego thrives on separation defining itself in opposition to others and clinging to the illusion of control the ego is like a mask useful for navigating the world but not reflective of your true self the problem arises when you forget you’re wearing the mask.
You begin to believe the roles you play parent partner professional are the sum total of your identity this is why life often feels empty or unfulfilled no matter how much you achieve.
The mask can never satisfy the Soul’s longing for wholeness because the mask is an illusion and the Soul craves truth one of the most powerful Parables that speaks to the nature of the ego comes from ancient Indian philosophy imagine a rope lying on the ground in a dimly lit room in the half-light.
You mistake the Rope for a snake and recoil in fear the snake never existed it was only a projection of your mind the ego works in the same way it projects fears desires and insecurities 8:05 convincing you they are real but when you shine the light of awareness on these projections you see them for what they are just a rope to unravel the ego’s grip. You must first become aware of it this awareness is not about judgment or resistance it’s about observation.
The next time you feel anger jealousy or fear pause and ask s who is feeling this is it the infinite being within me or is it the ego reacting to a perceived threat you’ll begin to notice that most of your emotional turmoil stems from the ego’s need to defend its identity or control the uncontrollable. A key aspect of the ego is its attachment to the past and the Future, IT replays Old Wounds and imagined scenarios keeping you trapped in cycles of regret and anxiety but the past is gone and the future is not yet here the only reality is the present.
Moment where the ego has no power this is why mindfulness is such a transformative practice when you anchor yourself in the now you step out of the ego’s narrative and into the vast peaceful awareness that is your true self. Another tactic of the ego is comparison it constantly measures itself against others Whispering you’re better than them or you’ll never be good enough but this comparison is a trap designed to keep you locked in the illusion of Separation in truth there is no other.
Just as the waves are not separate from the ocean you are not separate from anyone or anything recognizing this dissolves the ego’s need to compete or prove itself you might wonder if the ego is an illusion why does it feel so real the answer lies in attention the ego feeds on your focus much like a fire feeds on oxygen when you believe its stories react to its fears or seek validation for its identity you fuel it. But when you withdraw your attention and observe the ego without attachment it begins to lose its power over time its grip loosens and you start to experience life from the perspective of your higher self this process of disidentification can feel disorienting at first the ego May resist fearing its death but remember the ego doesn’t truly die it simply takes its rightful place as a tool rather than a master. You don’t need to destroy it only transcend it in the words of the TA Ching when I let go of what I am I become what I might be. As you begin to unmask the ego you will notice a profound shift your reactions become responses your judgments give way to compassion the incessant chatter of the Mind quiets revealing a deep unshakable Stillness this is the space where the divine within you emerges not as a concept but as a living breathing reality.
The path to unraveling the ego is not linear there will be days when you feel free and expansive and others when the ego reasserts itself with a Vengeance be gentle with yourself during these moments every step even the challenging ones is part of the process remember the story of the butterfly before it can fly it must struggle to break free from its cocoon this struggle is not a setback it is what strengthens its wings you are in the midst of a profound transformation shedding the layers of Illusion. To reveal your true Essence trust that the Universe supports you in this process even when it feels messy or uncertain.
The art of surrender imagine standing on the shore of a vast power powerful River the current flows with effortless Grace carving paths through mountains and valleys nourishing everything in its wake now imagine fighting that current swimming against it with all your might convinced that your resistance will bring you to some distant shore of Happiness. Exhausting isn’t it this is how most of us live our lives gripping grasping and resisting the flow of life but true Freedom lies in surrender, is not about giving up or becoming passive it is not a sign of weakness but a profound Act of courage. Trust to surrender is to release the need to control to let go of the ego’s ceaseless demands and to align yourself with the natural flow of existence when you surrender you stop swimming against the current and allow the river to carry you this is the path to peace the way of the Divine all spiritual Traditions have celebrated the power of surrender.
In the bagavat Gita Krishna tells Arjuna to relinquish the fruits of his actions and Trust in the divine plan in Christianity Jesus’s words thy will be done Echo the same sentiment the taist Masters teach us to live in harmony with the tow the ever present flow of life’s energy these teachings Are Not Mere philosophy they are instructions for Liberation the first step towards surrender is recognizing that control is an illusion we spend so much of our lives trying to manipulate circumstances people and outcomes believing that if we can just get everything right we’ll finally be happy but think about it?
How often have your attempts at control truly brought you peace more often than not they lead to frustration and suffering because life is far too vast and complex to be contained by the mind’s limited perspective surrender begins with acceptance this doesn’t mean you have to like everything that happens but it does mean you stop resisting reality. Resistance is what creates suffering when you fight against what is you create a barrier between yourself and the present moment acceptance on the other hand allows you to flow with life rather than against it.
This is the essence of the Zen teaching let go or be dragged in moments of difficulty ask yourself can I let this be? Not forever not even for an hour but just for now can you release the need to fix change or resist and simply allow the moment to unfold as it is this practice of allowing is the gateway to surrender it. Softens the edges of your experience creating space for Grace to enter one of the greatest obstacles to surrender is fear the ego fears losing control because it equates surrender with Annihilation but here’s the Paradox what you’re surrendering is not your true self but the false self the part of you that clings to Illusions and Separation by letting go you are not losing anything real on the contrary you are gaining everything imagine holding on to a handful of sand the tighter you grip the more it slips through your fingers but when you open your hand the sand rests effortlessly in your palm.
Life works the same way when you let go you create space for a abundance love and Clarity to flow into your experience. The universe cannot fill a closed fist one of the greatest fears we carry is the fear of death but what if death is not an end but a doorway? Across Traditions the cycle of birth death and rebirth is seen not as punishment but as opportunity. In Buddhist philosophy it is called a samsara the endless cycle of suffering caused by attachment yet within this cycle lies the promise of Liberation Nirvana the state of ultimate Freedom think of the parable of the caterpillar and the Butterfly to the caterpillar the end of its life seems like a tragedy a finality but in surrendering to the unknown it transforms into something Beyond its wildest imagining death whether literal or metaphorical is not an end but a transformation a shedding of the old so the new can emerge so too must we die to our old selves to be reborn into the truth of who we are. Every fear we face every attachment we release is a small death that brings us closer to Liberation
Enlightenment is not about escaping life but about transcending the illusions that keep us bound the ultimate test of Detachment comes in facing death not just the death of the body but the small deaths we experience every day the end of a relationship the loss of a job The Fading of Youth all are forms of death yet each is also an opportunity for rebirth in the Tibetan Book of the Dead death is described as a passage not an end it is a transition from one state of being to another the same is true for the smaller deaths in life each loss each ending is a chance to let go of what no longer serves you and step into a new version of yourself to embrace death is to embrace life to its fullest.
It is to trust the flow of existence knowing that every ending is a beginning in Disguise to deepen your practice of surrender it helps to cultivate trust in yourself trust in life and Trust in the Divine this trust is not Blind Faith but an inner knowing that life is inherently intelligent and benevolent just as the seasons turn in their natural Rhythm life unfolds over time often beyond our control even the challenges you face are not random they are precisely what you need for your growth and Awakening.
One way to build this trust is through prayer or intention you don’t have to follow a specific religion to pray it’s simply a way of connecting with the divine within and around you in moments of Doubt or struggle try saying I don’t have all the answers but I trust that life is guiding me speak from your heart and then let go trust that the answer will come not always in the way you expect but in the way that deserves your highest good.
Surrender also requires patience the ego wants instant results but the soul understands that transformation takes time like a seed buried in the soil your. Awakening is unfolding beneath the surface even when it feels like nothing is happening trust the process the universe is never in a hurry yet everything is accomplished consider the story of the Chinese farmer when his horse ran away his neighbors said such bad luck the farmer replied maybe the next day the horse returned with three Wild Horses.
The Neighbors exclaimed how wonderful the farmer said maybe later his son broke his leg while trying to tame one of the wild horses again the neighbors lamented and the farmer simply said maybe soon after the Army came to recruit young men for war but left the farmer’s son because of his injury the lesson here is that we never know the full picture what seems like Misfortune today might be a blessing in disguise tomorrow. Surrender is not a one-time event it is a daily practice it is the art of saying yes to life even when it doesn’t look the way you expected.
It is the courage to let go of your plans and Trust the Divine flow as you surrender more deeply you will notice a profound shift, life becomes less of a struggle and more of a dance you stop striving and start living not from Fear or desire but from a place of love and presence.
The power of Stillness close your eyes for a moment and imagine a calm lake at dawn the surface is so still it reflects the sky perfectly as if there were no separation between Heaven and Earth now imagine a pebble being tossed into that Lake creating ripples that distort the reflection this is how the mind works in its natural state it is a mirror for the Divine but the endless of thoughts worries and distractions disrupt its Stillness to hear the whisper of the Divine you must first return to Stillness. Stillness is not just the absence of noise or activity it is a state of being where the mind quiets the heart opens and the Soul remembers its infinite nature in Stillness you are no longer chasing the future or replaying the past you are fully present awake and alive in the now this is where the sacred resides not in some distant place or future moment but here in the silence between breaths.
The world we live in is a storm of noise from the moment we wake we are bombarded with notifications obligations and endless streams of information it’s no wonder we feel disconnected and overwhelmed but Stillness is always available waiting patiently beneath the surface of the storm. It is your anchor your sanctuary and your Doorway to the Divine. According to Buddhist tradition the story of the Buddha’s Enlightenment illustrates the power of Stillness after years of aesthetic practices and searching for truth outside himself sidara gouta finally sat beneath the Bodi tree and made a vow I will not move from this spot until I find the truth. He didn’t strive or struggle he became still and in that Stillness the truth Revealed itself the same truth is available to you not through effort or seeking but through surrender to the present moment.
To cultivate Stillness Begin by creating space for it in your daily life this doesn’t mean you need to retreat to a monastery or spend hours in meditation. Stillness can be found in the simplest moments sitting quietly with your morning coffee walking in nature without your phone or even pausing for a single deep breath in the middle of a busy day the key is to be fully present in these moments allowing them to expand and deepen. Contemplative presence is one of the most powerful tools for cultivating Stillness but it doesn’t have to be complicated you don’t need to clear your mind completely or sit in a specific posture simply find a quiet place close your eyes and focus on your breath notice the sensation of the air entering and leaving your body when your mind wanders gently bring it back to your breath this practice of returning is not a failure it is the essence of meditation.
As you practice Stillness you may encounter resistance the mind will Rebel throwing up thoughts doubts and distractions this is natural. The mind has been in control for so long that it fears the silence but remember you are not your mind you are the awareness. Observing it instead of fighting the resistance welcome it treat each thought as a guest acknowledging its presence without letting it take over time the mind will settle and the Stillness will deepen in Stillness you may begin to notice a subtle almost imperceptible presence a sense of something vast and infinite yet intimate and familiar this is the divine within you the essence of who you truly are it is not something you need to achieve or attain it is already here waiting to be remembered. In the words of the Sufi poet roomi the soul has been given its own ears to hear things the Mind does not understand Stillness also reveals the interconnectedness of all things when the noise of the Mind quiets the illusion of Separation dissolves you begin to see yourself not as a separate being but as a wave in the ocean of existence Inseparable from the whole this realization brings a profound sense of peace because you no longer feel the need to control or defend your place in the world you are already home.
Another gift of Stillness is Clarity in the midst of noise and Chaos it’s easy to lose sight of what truly matters but in Stillness the fog lifts and you can see clearly answers to questions that have plagued you may arise effortlessly not from the mind but from the deep well of wisdom within this is the voice of your higher self guiding you with love.
And wisdom Stillness isn’t something you achieve permanently it’s a practice you revisit continuously there will be times when the ripples on the lake seem endless and when the storms of life feel overwhelming but even then remember that the Stillness is always there beneath the surface waiting for you to return the more you cultivate Stillness the more it permeates every aspect of your life it transforms the way you experience the world shifting your focus from doing to being from striving to allowing relationships become deeper because you are truly present with others challenges become opportunities because you see them through the lens of wisdom rather than fear.
Life itself becomes a meditation a dance with the Divine living as the true self becoming the light what happens after the storm has passed and the Stillness takes root what unfolds when the layers of Illusion fall away leaving nothing but the essence of who you are?
The final stage of Spiritual Awakening is not an ending but a beginning it is the dawn of living as your true self fully awake and aligned with the Divine flow of existence to live as your true self means to embody the realization that you are not a separate being struggling against the world you are the world you are the ocean not the wave you are the light not the shadow. It casts this understanding is not intellectual it is experiential it transforms the way you see feel and move through life when you live as the true self you no longer cling to false identities the roles labels and stories that once defined you these were never who you truly were only masks worn by the ego to feel safe in an unpredictable world.
The realization that you are beyond all these masks is Liberation itself you do not need to prove your worth or seek validation because your very existence is the proof of your divine nature consider the story of the prodigal son from the Bible after wandering far from home lost in Illusions and desires the son finally returns to his father who welcomes him with open arms this Parable is not just about returning to God but about returning to yourself the home you’ve been searching for is not somewhere out outside of you it is within.
Living as the true self means embracing each moment fully without resistance or judgment the present moment is no longer something to escape or endure it is the stage on which the Divine unfolds every breath becomes a prayer every action a meditation and every interaction an opportunity to express love when you are aligned with your true self. Fear loses its grip this does not mean you will never feel fear but you will no longer be ruled by it, fear arises when the ego feels threatened but when you know you are Eternal and infinite what is there to fear death loss and change are no longer enemies but natural parts of life’s dance you will find that love becomes your guiding force not the conditional love that depends on others. Meeting your needs or expectations but the boundless love that flows from your very being this love is not something you give or receive it is who you are when you live from this place of love you become a beacon of light in the world as you live as the true self you will notice that life becomes effortless this does not mean challenges disappear but your relationship with them changes instead of resisting or fighting you flow with what is trusting. That every experience serves your growth this is the essence of the Tower concept of woo way or effortless action you are no longer acting from the ego’s desires but responding to the wisdom of the moment one of the most profound aspects of living as the true self is the realization that you are not separate from others the boundaries that once divided you from the world dissolve revealing the interconnectedness of all life when you look into another’s eyes you see yourself when you give to another you are giving to yourself. This is the foundation of compassion the great Hindu Sage Raman mahashi said your own self-realization is the greatest service you can render the world your perspective on the world is often shaped by your inner State when you awaken to your true self you awaken the world your presence becomes a living reminder that peace love and freedom are not distant goals but present real realities living as the true self does not mean withdrawing from the world on the contrary it means engaging with life more fully bringing the light of your being into every corner of existence whether you are cooking a meal comforting a friend or working at your job you do so with the awareness that these moments are sacred.
Life itself becomes your spiritual practice this path will not always be easy there will be times when old patterns resurface when the ego tries to reclaim its Throne when the noise of the world threatens to drown out the whisper of the Divine but even in these moments remember that you are never truly lost The Light Within you cannot be extinguished only momentarily obscured as you continue to live as your true self you will inspire others not by preaching or persuading but by embodying the truth your presence will remind them of their own light their own divine nature this is the ripple effect of Awakening a single spark can ignite an entire forest and your light can illuminate countless lives.
The Soul’s ultimate purpose is not wealth fame or even happiness it is evolution it is the Awakening to our true nature and the realization that we are not separate from the Divine but a part of it like a wave is part of the ocean so too are we part of the infinite the Journey of Spiritual Awakening is not about becoming something new it is about remembering who you have always been.
The Divine is not separate from you it is you the light you have been seeking has been within you all along now as you step forward into the rest of your life carry this truth with you are the river and the ocean the drop and the wave the spark and the flame you are infinite Eternal and whole live from the place of knowing and let your life become the only thing anyone will ever need a testament to the power of Awakening the beauty of presence and the boundless love of the true self.
The journey does not end here it continues in every breath every moment and every step you are home you have always been home I hope you enjoyed this video if you did feel free to subscribe to the channel thanks for watching
I found some very interesting articles about chemtrails and the whole black agenda, which is upon the mankind:
Breaking News!The C.I.A. N.S.A.Darpa N.A.S.A. Nazi Secret Exposed
Written by Zakaos on Oct. 4 , 2015
Blog Intro . . .
Hi , I hope you are well today . Please take the time to listen to this Global mind control conference video in the links below . I am not going to say much about it other than these things really need to be known . The lead speaker , Nick Bagich makes one huge point that no one has ever said . He said the truth about what I do and how I live my life . Poverty and being gang stalked and targeted because I do not like rapist and evil and Nazi mind control and most of all people or entities that harm my home Earth . Nick said we really need to support the people on the front line exposing this terrorism .
He also said how we live very hard lives and make no money and are and people really need to understand what we do is so difficult because honestly .We as a freelance artist / truth shower can not hold down a decent job with out being harassed or targeted there . Please keep in mind even 5 dollars is better than nothing if you have anything to donate to me and what I do . I do not get paid and I am constantly moving around from place to place because of harassment and finding a place I can afford to live .
I also would humbly like to thank the people from my you tube and Face book for continuing to let me know my tones and the information I am putting out is helping people and some even say saving there lives .Thank you and I do this for you and Earth and the Gods good people and that is it . I really enjoyed what Nick said in this documentary and it needs to be heard and known .Enjoy the Article and thank you for your time and support .
It is the 14th of October 2015 . This date is the most valuable date to the occult future . At 12:00 all the oculist start what they call the gathering and the preparation for Hollows Eve . They are spaying spoofer spray all over the world in preparation for what they claim will be war .They kidnap , stalk and kill and prepare women and mostly children for the full moon sacrificial orgy . The same type orgies the beast AKA A. Crowley would practice monthly while sacrificing children . He was nicked named the beast by his Free Mason of his time because he bragged about sacrificing over 100 children in a year and never got caught . Hillary Clinton ( Oct 25, is her B Day ) is his evil spawn that was made in a ritual on Hallows Eve or for Hallows Eve October birth . All there most evil seeds are made this way and born 9 months from or before Hallows Eve . This is one of the best ways to identify the occult’s most prized spawns .
Spoofer spray is said to be used for fighter jets to avoid radar detection . It does do this but not all radio detection .They use the shadow ghost network frequencies with nano programmable goo particles to communicate . This is purely a evil network of the shadow Militarized occult . This is geo engineering terrorism and they have been getting worse and worse .
The first place spoofer spray / chem trails attacks in the hearts breathing function and breathing in heavy metals and toxins that turn you into a receiver and then they use a Lilly wave to hack into your magnetic filed and can give you a heart attack or many many other medical problems that so many doctors are paid to say look natural . There is nothing natural about this .It is clear depopulation and soft killing .Nazi Nasa and Darpa Face Book has to have spoofer spray in the air and in you to properly function and keep you under synthetic telepathy mentoring via cell phones , computers , and smart meters ext . I was going to just make a post about this and when I was writing it Facebook crashed my computer . I am posting this here . . . Please share … Thank you for your time The Face Book / Darpa C.I.A. , N.S.A. , Mi6 , H.A.A.R.P , Echelon , Tempest and all the satanic computing systems and synthetic A.I. technology . Governmental mind control is administered during a state of fear and pain . I mean extreme pain . The kind of pain that make a normal person pass out . When you pass out physiologically you fall or are pushed into what you call a safe zone away from the pain . This is called a psychological break . This is what the C.I.A. and the occult psychopaths do intentionally to administer a alter . A programmed non human personality that can be a accessed with triggers they make while your pushed down into what you can call your safe zone . Never ever go to your safe zone because you leave them basically a mental slate to be programmed . The smart meter network is based on this . The C.I.A. can deliver this form of pain remotely in the rage of 900 HZ with a micro Lilly wave beam . Yes they can do it while you sleep . And you would never know . the brain is forced into a degenerative state as they program triggers and trigger words to shut down parts of the mind and the heart . Love , real true love breaks mind control .
The C.I.A. program there female assets to never have a orgasms . Because if you can make a women happy or feel deep love in this way it could cause problems in the programming and the asset’s programming will break down . 1 0 10 10 1 0 is binural code . It is simply on and off on off . They program black gu / goo to shut down specific parts of the brain to control the assets from going to a deadly assassin to a seemingly normal civilian . This is called a sleeper . Gu is very old and you can find all the information on it from the Chinese Medicine publishing on Gu . Gu is a mind control sex slave / slowly killing you with poison that was used to kill many Chinese and Japanese Martial arts masters in the past . The C.I.A. and nazi scum made a hybrid of this Gu now called Black goo . This is C.I.A. mind control and as far as I know I am the leading person on breaking it and breaking it down in the most in dept simple way for normal people to really understand what is really going on .
Enjoy the video and find oneness of mind . Return to what we were meant to be . Free . . .
This is my new healing / protection tone I made . Zakaos XF. 5 Tone + V2k SD. Meter Block / Positive Cell Body Sound Healer . Have a listen while you read and heal your body and block out radiation and V2k ext .
I am going to explain the exact internal operation of the the Black Programmable Goo / Gu of the satanic occult . And how the occult use it on you and who ever they target . The Free Masonic Occult have been using black gu / goo as a biological weapon , brain mapping , human possession , mind control , remote mind control and targeting and assassination and ritualistic worship and murder . The base operation of the programming of the Gu is routed threw the U.S. Governments alien hybrid electrical system called Cobalt . Cobalt is the system that the Black gu / goo is run and maintained from . Cobalt was made from stolen technology from a crashed ship on the moon . Pink Floyd made a album about it , Transformers even poked at the truth about the moon ext . This technology was what we now know or call dark matter / black Gu / Goo . Cobalt was made to interface with it and program it for the occult military and shadow government . Or so they were all led to believe .
The C.I.A.’s most heavily used poison is GU or hybrid Goo . This is a demonic mind manipulation and demonic possession poison heavily used by the C.I.A. and .
It is made from putting a venomous snake in a bottle with a scorpion and a centipede and the one living has the strongest poison . Gu is as the verminous manifestation of evil that appears in a wide variety of toxic worms and insects are locked into a vessel ,where they naturally become one anther’s prey. GU in short is ancient Chinese symbol for extreme pathogen yin -the dark side of life , the worst nightmare of any human being it represent darkness, rottenness, slithering vermin, poisonous snakes, betrayal, black magic, pain and insanity. Gu hexagram 18 is entitled Gu ( the dark yin poison ) . Classical comments from Chinese medicine experts have remarked that this particular hexagram describes an energetic situation where an a feeble wind cannot penetrate the dense area at the mountains base, creating a gu syndrome that does not receive air and thus becomes decayed and rotten according to the movement. This is what they use to make the demonic gu poison. This is a old poison based in Chinese medicine. According to Chinese medicine one of the most effective cures is digestion of raw purple garlic . Also focusing on your breathing in your abdomen when you breath in and out. Visualize lightning and thunder in your stomach and it penetrating the darkest places of the body because this is were the gu parasites and flukes hide and tries to regenerate . Lighting and thunder are of the Yang energy of earth and the GU is of the dark / dark matter / light parasite and the negative energy of the yin . Chinese folklore-a gu spirit could transform into various animals, typically a worm, caterpillar, snake, frog, dog or pig . Black magic practice – such as manipulating sexual partners, creating malignant diseases and causing death. This gu was typically used by the wu and now still used by the free Masonic pedophile C.I.A. satanic occultist to kill innocent people and try to make it look natural or commit rape or typically what ever they do to gain control over the victims mind body and soul .
For the Wiki Pedia link on Gu and I also have the link to my research on the Chinese medicine remedies on Black Gu at the end of this blog.
Face Book , Darpa , N.S.A. , N.A.S.A. , C.I.A. , D.O.C. , M.I.6. , S.A.S. ext and all masonic shadow in-tell organization like Project Montauk , Blue Beam , Brain Gate , Remote Viewer Gate ( the original Star gate ) , Star Gate , Star Wars programs and all militarized space weapons and organizations . All of these organizations are all based on Black Gu and occult Vector science . And all there super computers including the German Bavarian Beast computer thought to be hidden in the German Bavarian Mountains all operate in unison with programmable black goo /gu .
Super German computer systems
These were thought to be the fastest computers in the world but are not and are no were close to what is coming for all of these occultist and pedophiles using dark matter to rape people minds and Earth secretly and openly .
Poison by chem trail Gu / Goo / G.M.O. smart meter soft kill and remote mind control . This is all regulated by Nasa , H.A.A.R.P. ,Tempest , Echelon , C.I.A. , N.S.A , Raytheon and Darpa .
This is Nazi N.A.S.A.’s Satan ( Satellite Automatic Tracking Antennas )
When you log on to Face book you are also logged onto Darpa / C.I.A. / N.S.A. and NASA . You are immediately being brain / body mapped and cataloged like cattle . What the evil system does is send magnetic electronic pulses that are piggy backed off your magnetic field into you body and key pressure points . The C.I.A. would normally have to kidnap you ( THIS IS WHY THE C.I.A. , Nasa .NSA cults ext … ARE HUGE CHILD AND HUMAN TRAFFICKERS ) Then they can administer one of these chips into the brain threw the nasal cavity or skin . Now they do it with nano particles and chem trails and remotely programmed with Tv , cell phones , computers ,web sites and new ways of chipping people with out them knowing it is being done or remembering it .
These are the true effects of chem trails on the body and unclassified Nasa documents to prove how they make Chem trails . Chem trails are taught in a U.S. military class called chem trails . This science is also used a the U.S. militarizes missile shield and was approved to poison our air and in the name of keeping us safe from a attack that never happened . If some one fires a missile at America and the chem trail poison is in the air . A radio compressed microwave is beamed around the missile and the missile is melted from the inside from compressed microwave heating of the chem trail particles . But who is to say they do not all ready do this to normal people at a much slower and controlled rate with chem trails and radioactive smart meters that are a huge part of this evil system . This technology is also used with Black Gu crystallization and nano technology crystallization / nano particle infections / soft kill / mind control technology .
This is the cover of nazi Nasa’s so called futuristic technologies document they claim is not in use and these technologies are futuristic and doable in 2025 .
Spoofer spray is standard for spy plains to use to avoid being detected by Radar . It is also used in chem trailing and in the air we breath . It has Aluminum coating , plastic and nylon .
Nano tags and Smart nano dust / particle dust is what is in Chem trails and the U.S. military knows all about it . This evil technology also kills insects and turns them into drones for nano particle Black Gu / Goo to become a spy or delivery system of a virus or Gu / Goo infection .
Swarm nano particle smart dust ( Nano weaponry ) is used by Nasa for many things but one of the major applications is targeting and keeping track of specific ( assets ) individuals to keep track of what they are thinking ext .
A sensor swarm is when they spray chem trails on a specific place or person they need immobilized or lit up for nano particle infiltration ext . These nano particles all coincide with nano Borg bots that Nasa claims is futuristic in these documents they have released . This is how they threaten and flaunt there evil science in the public domain.
This list of scientist publication below is the core scientist that create Morgellons ( AKA nano tags ) ( also known as Morgellon disease by chem trails ) from chem trailing . The function of Mogellons is to invade and clever the DNA and collect energy from the DNA create a light signal for satellites ext . Morgellons creates crystals in the body that make DNA / RNA antennas in the body that make readable light impulses that is detectable via satellite and ground stations from the host infected body . A ground station ( smart meter electrical Nazi Nasa hub hive mind station ) is a hive mind center in most neighborhoods that have installed smart meters in there home for continues monitoring . Once the subject is infected , this is what they called a reading unit that is clearly a infection leading to soft killing , remote mind control and unknown sickness . Then they make what is called a read out unit . It catalogs your emotions / anger and can make a duplicate alga rhythm and then feed it to a satellite or ground station . Lets say you get mad and your cataloged , digitized ( brain and body mapped and digitized and stored ) . With this anger a read out unit can be aimed at people who are not angry or happy . This anger can be used to target a group of people ( 100 ) and project this emotion via satellite or ground station antenna aimed onto the normal people and amplify it to the entire crowd or neighborhood . The hexagonal reading units reads Blue is the light processed for thinking and red is the light processed for sexuality . This is how there evil system is made to read you and catalog and digitize the human experience . They are trying to control our ego , our mind and our sexuality . This is the evil synthetic telepathy Nasa nazi Face book Darpa N.S.A. C.I.A system that is on line that is now breaking down permanently .
One more agricultural Earthly abomination of these evil scientist that they have created is when the Morgellons infects a bug . It eats the bug from the inside and replicates the DNA and sends a signal after death and the new fruited form is made the bugs eyes glow with this artificial light . Then a signal is sent to the hive mind and the bug is a instant drone waiting directions from the swarm or it is the key builder of a bug swarm programmed to infect bugs for a silent secret soft kill attack or operation .The infected bug can put out a fungus that attracts other bugs to be infected . This is called assimilation for military use for Nasa , D.O.C. .N.S.A. , Darpa , MI666 , S.A.S. Echelon , Tempest ext to control attack and spy or infect more civilians or who ever they deem a threat to the satanic occult . Who is to say they were not planing on doing this to us as we speak or your read this . This is the nature of what they thought was untraceable soft killing . Think again nazi scum . . . . .
This is a picture drawn by a infected remote viewer who is really good at what he does . This is of the creature that was trying to control him and that he believed was the controller the Morgellons /black gu /goo . Keep in mind this looks like a parasite nano spider with a developed face and the prominent third eye . These creatures are not visible to the human eye or micro scope .This came from the lower intestine growing in the intestine sophomoric mushroom . They have spider like sexual organs ( meaning they leave bags or sacks to be hatched at a latter date ) and are male and female . This evil abominations do not go into a fugal state after mating . It is more of a spider like state . This is another highly coveted trans Uguthian evil child sex magic demon they worship that no one is to see or know of the existence of . When you get to the Top of the Masonic Cult this is what you find out and who controls it ,or so they thought or were lead to believe until now . These things have been extracted from infected people . During the extraction from the lower intestines the victim a feeling of a tremendous energy rush from the frontal lobe is felt . This lead us to believe these things are basically feeding off your body energy consistently to grow and feed its off spring with in us as the victims energy is returned and the parasite spider killed off . The C.I.A. , Nasa , Darpa , MI666 , S.A.S. , N.S.A. ext all know this and covet it like dogs to a bone . This is a lower interdenominational / trans dimensional being abusing and feeding off humans to reproduce its own species . They assimilate enough bio photons from the frontal lobe then try to use this energy to ascend to another dimension to start trans inter dimensional communication . This is allowed and maintained by the psychopathic satanic nazi Nasa scientist and Governments of the world and its secret space programs who protect these occultist . This is because how can you target what is not known but now known and in the public domain . Happy hunting hybrid Sith killers !!!!!!!
Spider vampire Sith lord hybrid ( Killed and hunted down )
These are the list of scientist who hold the patent for the Morgellons crystallization quantum colors and quantum liquid ( patent black hybrid Gu ) . These are a list publications that were made public shortly after they sold there evil science to the military and shadow organizations . This is all mainly for trans humanistic research for the occult to make satanic clones and hybrids to eventually kill of Gods greatest gift and creation . You , humans . These are a list of trans humanistic researchers / scientist who also make what they call quantum liquid with chem trail materials . You can find there publications and see how these sick nazi trans humanist flaunt this degenerate evil diabolical eugenics / science in the scientific community .
Photonic crystals sole purpose is to create hexagonal plasma tonic crystals to collect your DNA and turn it into a readable light source signal to be read by at antenna ( Cell / TV / Phone Antenna ) for black Gu / Goo to connect to the read out stations and satellites .
This is how you get a read write unite to control emotions of the victim . This thing is controlled by microwaves sent into your home and cell phone and computers ext .
Here is the list of satanic psychopathic trans humanist scientist and there publications .
This is a brave female Berkly scientist who grew these in her and then ran test under a microscope in her lab . These were the results on the self replicating Morgellon nazi Nasa nano particles infection that are in chem trails ext.
This is Nano Technology no one can police and it is in the hands of psychopaths.
This is nano technology that live off blood but they call it plasma to cover up the parasitic vampirenism technology .
This is what Darpa ( nazi DNA / RNA brain grave robber psychopaths ) scientist use on mind control victims , assets / assassin for mind control tagging and soft kill targeting . This is some what what it looks like from a Nazi occultist computer or cell phone ext …
After they have altered your magnetic field by lowering your vibration with the installation of Black Gu into your system . A link is established with what they have called a transponder / transmitter ( a programmed black gu/ goo part ) that directly invades your third eye and attacks the back of your brain stem and up to your third eye gland and brain lobes . Then a signal with your altered magnetic field signature is beamed back to what they called Crono Vision / looking Glass / Looking window ext . It has been called by many many names . This signal is bounced to what was the remote Viewing program that turned into the Star Gate programs most highly encrypted satellite linked up to Echelon and Tempest .
The Nwo super spy computer networks . Then it is beamed to Nasa and then back to all the other low level in-tell ext after being filtered cataloged and mapped . They use what they call a command station as a command center for each asset or person they target and that is of that that is linked up to this evil system / network.
The command center is the place were the Free Masons / Cult / Rothschilds / Windsors / Khazars use digital silent sound to cast demons into every ones subconscious . This has been being done to people for a long time with music , Film , Tv , Cell Phones , Computers and any other way these witches can think to curse some one .
These two first pictures below are from the film that has to legally change the name of the film because they stole it from the ravers . Tomorrow land . This is what they called the Monitor in the film .
It is just another twist on what is a privacy invasion and time altering device for the nazi N.A.S.A. and the military . It is legally called Project Looking Window or Looking Glass that is maintained by Project Blu Beam . These projects were based off the remote viewing program and physiological warfare that is now the Star Gate program . The many remote viewing subjects were infected with black Gu / Goo and brain and body mapped in these programs that was the base of the projects and there functions and programming .
This led to advanced individual personal watching , targeting , stalking and assassination and time line altering and destroying by the ones who controlled this evil technology . Never forget Walt Disney was a 33 degree Free mason pedophile and all of Disney programming is satanic and all ways has been . This evil sadistic universal abomination and universe collapse machine has been destroyed and will never be again .
This is from Tomorrow land as they travel back to the past using what they coin as the Monitor .It It is known in the military as Project Looking Window or Looking Glass or Crono Vision in the Star gate program ext.. . This device is used to look at them selves in the past ( in the pictures ) as they punch holes in the fabric of time and the universe at a push of a button . This is also used to spy and steal people ideas ,watch people have sex and the list goes on and on when you are talking about the pedophile satanic nazi free masons all seeing eye of the devil these occultist worship in all they do .
Now the truth is in the public domain occult and not like you wanted it to be . The film is all about Nasa and the secret nazi world of Tomorrow land that will never be .
These are key attacks points on the brain by Black Gu / Goo and synthetic telepathy .
The N.S.A. R.F.I.D. satanic magnetic field altering , tracking soft kill system
The Nazi war criminals used Tv as a physiological weapon and still do . It was first used on nazi troops to administer massive mind control to regimes of troops at one time . The C.I.A. does not allow its assets to watch Tv or film . With in four seconds of turning on a Tv or looking at a Tv your mind and subconscious is put into a submissive programmable state . Tv is administering mass mind control low alpha wave signals that interferes with the assets personal mind control and these are known C.I.A. facts the occult and shadow government covet till this day .
This is the repetitive brain sequence of the V2k ( Voice to Skull or they call it the voice of god interface ) mental rape and mental theft programmed operation .
I just told you about the ” head command center ” and the operation it servers . Now I will talk about synthetic nano Black Gu anchors that are the root core of this satanic structural programming . The anchors are the sole key to defeating the Black Gu . What it does is this programmable hybrid Black Gu / Goo / black matter attacks your pressure points in your body , hands and feet . Every vital organ and joints have key pressure points in them and can be used to heal or kill . The Black gu / goo anchors its self in these places to maintain a hold on its subject or prey . Then it creates a network around the nerves and brains synapse and attacks the brain and body and starts transmitting to the hive mind silent sound or what you think is your subconscious . It is V2k and the base operation of this sadistic programming . The hive mind network are for the Sith ( parasitic Black Queen Gu Hybrids ) has been set up in most neighborhoods that have taken on the smart meter systems all around the world . This is a radiation microwave biological synthetic telepathy warfare system used and maintained for the vampire Free masonic occult who need to literally live off your life force and steal your creativity and what ever else you think and feel . While keeping you dumb down with black gu / goo , music , Tv and with drugs they claim are healing you but really are slowly killing you . This system was first used on mind control assassins to control , record and catalog all there mission and operations in what they called the Taj Mahal arena .
This is a picture of the real Taj Ma Hal . Not the V.R. holographic visual cortex infiltration system based of Blue Beam and micro blue beam Assassin Arena technology . You can kinda get some idea of what these sick minded pedophiles program to go on in this place of V.R. and V2k with no rules and one gate keeper ( who is no more and shall never ever be ).
The TaJ mahall was a compiled multiple brain alga rhythms compressed backed up network of assassins mission , kills , training , operatives , Top kills , Top Mission and Top Assassin techniques and kills ext . This was all cataloged and stored into a black gu / goo Super computer network . This was made to house what was called weapon X and what they called characters . A Taj mahall characters was a chopped up , slice / spliced up portion of this and that persons mental thoughts / actions ext , cataloged alga rhythms combined to make what they ( C.I.A. Nazi ext ) called a super soldier or super Man / Woman or super assassin ext . Today they were using this to create remote assassins and super soldiers secretly through Tv , cell phones , computers ext . Also this is why all C.I.A. agents and most Feds have been cataloged and gave blood to what is known as the C.I.A. bank . The D.N.A. / R.N.A. cloning bank . Every asset is cataloged before every operation encase they get killed . They can be cloned and now one was to ever know the facts of what really goes on and why these so called assets never really die . Or so they thought .
This is TV as a weapon and what it really is .
This form of digitized mental rape was secretly installed into the television system shortly after the Nazi War was thought to be over but was secretly brought to Americas under ground . The C.I.A. the pedophile nazi war criminals to America under Operation Paper clip and given new names and jobs in Texas at Nasa and the bases in San Antonio . These satanic pedophile occultist were allowed to continue to run secret human experimentation with micro wave weaponry and what they called silent sound , on the general public . This is now today called V2k ( voice to skull communication ) that was patent in 1974 by the U.S. military and used in Vietnam but was in use since 1954 ( Roswell ) . This was the real nazi hybrid program / clone and Black Gu / Goo synthetic telepathy take over of America and the military . This network was secretly fed to the American Military from nazi scientist / war criminals . It is what the C.I.A. used before this article came out . The Shadow network . It was also called the ghost network or Dead Zone communication witches used to talk to the dead and demons and conjure or recall evil spirits ext.
Every action has a Effect of negative and positive nothing else . By me releasing the most highly coveted secrets of Black Gu and the occult they will have no future . This is what effect i know this article will have of future justice and most of all injustice and the ways of wicked men .
The pictures are of reflexology healing points and Jujitsu / Bushido immobilization attack pressure points . These nazi scum have use for control over the mind and body along with deadly Jujitsu / Bushido pressures point attacks . These are were the Black Gu / Goo sets it evil key anchor key sets ( Systems lords / Set and its blood line Is Dead eternal ) its key sets anchors for the so called slaves / victims ore being broken in each one of us for good never ever to be reinstated in any way shape or form known or unknown .
Study and stay wise and heal your self and others the best way you can.
Government Technology to Read Your Thoughts and Implant New Ones
Breaking News ! The C.I.A. N.S.A. Darpa N.A.S.A. Nazi Secret Exposed .
Breaking news to take down the shadow government . Exclusive !!!!
Hey does any one want the highest C.I.A. N.S.A. Darpa Blue beam highest passwords to the highest order of the occult . The highest in the C.I.A ext do not even know this . Here they are . Pumpkin ( it is the pass word to activate Stephen Benion’s sexual intrusion alga rhythm that is linked to smart meters and cells ext . It is a sexually activated brain mapping pup. A C.I.A. Nazi A.I. information thief pup is short for , potentially unwanted program / Virus ) . Pumpkin , Benion , Parson minions . Nasa O.T.O. Darpa blue beam pass words used in a number of ways along with other satanic key passes names ext . Jack Parson and Stephen Benion are the same person and a genetic hybrid clone of Parson of the Nasa O.T.O. satanic cult based here in Houston Tx . The home of never tell the truth Nazi Nasa .Houston is were Parsons remains were buried before they were burned ( burned by satanic occult hunters ) . Stephen Benion is the satanic orders top / drug dealer / breeder / rapist / pedophile for genetic abomination and experimentation . He was also called satan him self among the occult for many many years before he was cloned and reemerged as Stephen Benion . His V.R. ( vertical reality , blue beam ext ) name is Jack O Lantern ( meaning the Lantern / light of satan and the Saturn Nazi Bell ) in short Pumpkin , idolizing Hallows eve pumpkin worship of October . October is all about worshiping Benion / the Lantern light of the Looser , satan and Lucifer . Pumpkin patch is how they fix breaks in the pup / programs ext . This is what the occult call Parson Benion in the synthetic telepathy world and is the most coveted name / and program and pass keys I just put in the public domain . Have fun stopping this chain reaction NWO . You have no chance in stopping the truth . They all meet in a synthetic telepathy induced place that is called the Taj mahal when they congregate or sleep ext and perform evil magic and sayaunces ext . . This is the major spirit gate meeting place for all the heads of the occult and remote assassins ext . . I just hung you head out to dry again .Yeah C.I.A. I took your Taj mahal and ended it so you know what that means for you synthetic telepathy .. lol .
I am so sick of these hacks . The pass words are to bedded C.I.A and Nazi Nasa and they are to old so you can not change them . Good luck occult . This is going to mess you up for good !!!!.
Cobalt ,The Alien Reversed Engineered Stolen System .
Cobalt stands for Concurrent Broadcast Array Logic Technology . Cobalt is the American shadow governments interface and adapter to alien technology . They use cobalt for reverse engineering stolen or alien technology and patent it and use the new applications in computers and the internet ext . Cobalt was first made to interface Americas electrical grid .
This was the first world wide introduction to this evil technology that was made shortly after area 51 Nazi Cern Bell crash in new Mexico . They upgraded the American grid with Cobalt and then used Operation Paper Clip to take place to protect the satanic Nazi order and the Nazi scum invaded America secretly with the help of the KKK , C.I.A. and Skull and Bones who created the C.I.A. shortly after Cobalt went online . This system is hooked up to all electrical grids and used to hack into peoples magnetic fields / body to soft kill ,gang stalk , idea theft , remote mind control for assassin operations , satellite recording ,targeting and tracking . This is one of , if not the most evil system ever created to digitally enslave humanity and the our Galaxies .
The N.S.A. body battery systems that you know as the nazi war criminals company IBM’s R.D.I.F. chip . I.B.M. created the nazi hole punch system to help the nazi satanist to keep track of all nazi prisoners and victims ext . Is also based on Cobalt technology along with Tempest , Echelon , drone and M.A.V ( Mini / Micro Assault vehicle ) systems . Cobalt is the base running system for these spy / soft kill super computer systems . This is Cobalt and I have some inside info that it is over and the N.W.O. are trying to fix it . You can not fix what you stole stupid degenerates Free masonic occult nazi Bolshevik Khazar Kanan satanist . Just letting more of your so called unstoppable unbreakable unbeatable bs systems in the public domain .
I.B.M. Nazi R.F.I.D. Vera Chip
This is a Alien ship ” crashed ” on the the dark side of the moon . Also Stolen alien reversed engineered alien tech that started the internet and Earths technology revolution came from this ship .
This is the Ship on the Dark Side of the Moon that everyone in the shadow government knows exist but kill to silence the truth about it . Even Pink Floyd made a album about the dark side of the moon and the Transformers film has a entire film about a crashed ship on the moon that had ancient technology . The C.I.A. occult run and operate Hollywood and use heavy mind control on the actors /assets and in film . Is it fact being turned into fictional films with half or full truths . Many many people have claimed this to be true but few listen to them because of the occult strong hold on you and the government and truth and fiction and what is really going on .
This is what the N.S.A. use to steal every ones thoughts and to soft kill the general public while spying on them internally . The E.B.L. system interacts with Chem trails ( Chem Trails have Metal nano particles you breath in ) and G.M.O. ( Genetically modified organism ) are the living micro organic builder that interacts with microwaves and the N.S.A. ( R.F.I.D.) source and base ,source codes ext . They build nano particle micro bots in the system of the victim and attack the body and brain and keep you linked up the the N.S.A. brain hacking mind control network and the E.B.L. system . This system turns you into a human battery that the nano bots get there ever lasting power from by attaching to you and your adrenaline in your spine to take over the strongest energy point and part of you while your at your weakest , when you sleep . They do this for spying , remote monitoring and mind control , induced sickness and soft kill nano tech .
N.S.A. soft Kill technology explained .
This is more information on Radiation / C.I.A. N.S.A. remote soft killing / mind control and magnetic field infiltration systems and how it is used to kill and alter your magnetic field and Earths . This is the core of satanic Masonic satellite terrorism and geo engineering .
(((((o0oOoO0o)))))
The bodies sacred magnetic field
This is a link to a ancient Chines tone I made based of the Pythagoras healing tone method ti heal DNA and realign the body and the chakras.
Ultraviolet Radiation mathematically broken down ( Governmental sponsored nazi C.I.A. soft killing ) .
2.2 Limits of exposure to UV radiation of wavelengths between 180 and 400 nm have been set by the International Radiation Protection Association (IRPA) (Health Physics, vol.49, pp.331-40, 1985). These limits are identical to the threshold limit values (TLVs) set by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) and very similar to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) exposure limits. Australia has formally accepted the IRPA limit through the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC – Occupational Standard for Exposure to Ultraviolet Radiation, 1985).
Visible Light
2.3 As the useful component of radiation emission from VDUs, visible light levels can be adjusted to suit the comfort of the operator. Although no formal national or international standards exist for this region of the electromagnetic spectrum, the ACGIH has given notice of intent to establish a TLV for visible light and near IR.
Infrared Radiation
2.4 The ACGIH and ANSI standards limit IR radiation exposure to less than 10 mW/cm2. No equivalent Australian standard exists.
Microwave Radiation
2.5 IRPA recently issued guidelines on limits of exposure to RF electromagnetic fields in the frequency range from 100 kHz to 300 GHz (Health Physics, vol.54, pp.115-23, 1988). In the microwave region (300 MHz to 300 GHz), this standard is very similar to Australian Standard AS 2772 ( Maximum exposure levels – Radio frequency radiation – 300 kHz to 300 GHz, Sydney, 1985), except in the GHz region where the latter’s power density limit is five times lower for occupational and general exposure than the IRPA standard.
Radiofrequency Radiation
2.6 Although the IRPA guidelines (1988) and Australian Standard AS 2772 (1985) cover part of this range, the limits do not apply to all of the low frequency region. However, a standard adopted by the ACGIH (1988) has TLVs for the frequency range down to 10 kHz. At this frequency the ACGIH allows a power density of 100 mW/cm2 or an electric field strength of 614 V/m or a magnetic field strength of 1.63 A/m. Low Frequency Fields
2.7 IRPA (1989) approved an interim guideline on limits of exposure to 50/60 Hz electric and magnetic fields (Health Physics in press). For 50 Hz the continuous exposure limit for the general public to electric fields is 5 kV/m and to magnetic fields is 0.1 mT (80A/m).
I made this tone to block out V2k and Smart meter attacks and to heal the body and mind .
ZAKAOS Tone + V2K Radiation Microwave Tone BLOCKER
I am so happy to announce people are really reading my article . It is up to over 7343 views as of Sunday night !!!! I started posting it last night and the hard work is paying off . . Thanks for you time a support . I love helping people and helping bring truth and understanding were it is most needed . Love , truth , justice can never be stopped .
Please Visit my web pages I run on my own Face book .
Most people do not know what this is but I can tell you now they ( Nazi C.I.AS. Darpa ext ) are so scared of this video and the public learnung about this one fact . The Lilly wave that was created by Mr lilly was stolen by the U.S. military . It is the base of all the C.I.A. N.S.A. mind control and they know it and they stole it and just realeased the paten back to the owner but failed to aloow him to know what and how much it is used for . This is the Lilly wave that they use to hack your magnetic field and stalk you and hack your brain ext .
Lilly Wave Mind Control Broadcasted in Homes Wall AC DC Outlets
Hershey / Nestle is a Rothschild GMO company they were using to by up and poison the worlds water and food . so know they were thying to force to us to drink there poison water . This is called soft killing . Now they are getting caught and hunted down . This is from the Law suits page . This is real and please stay informrmed .
Here is some information on the nazi satanic microwave weaponized cars . They claim does not exist . I call them H.A.A.R.P. cars an I exposed and stopped them in Paris in 2011 .
Audi employed thousands of concentration camp inmates during Second World War and was ‘firmly ensnared’ in Nazi regime, shocking investigation finds
If they think overpopulation is a problem,why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Index: please click on the link for the index please?
shame and guilt
Start over Here Guilt and shame are deadly roots that lead to bondage! Carefully read this page, because you can leave here today free from all guilt and shame.
Guilt and Shame what is it?
Hershey / Nestle is a Rothschild GMO company they were using to by up and poison the worlds water and food . So know they were thying to force to us to drink there poison water . This is called soft killing . Now they are getting caught and hunted down . This is from the Law suits page . This is real and please stay informed .
Here is some information on the nazi satanic microwave weaponized cars . They claim does not exist . I call them H.A.A.R.P. cars an I exposed and stopped them in Paris in 2011 .
Audi employed thousands of concentration camp inmates during Second World War and was ‘firmly ensnared’ in Nazi regime, shocking investigation finds
The Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH) — authors of “The Disinformation Dozen” — planned to “kill” X (Twitter), shut down popular social media accounts on other platforms, censor non-establishment voices and “bring back” attacks on “antivaxx” voices, according to internal documents leaked by CCDH insiders.
Investigative journalists Paul D. Thacker and Matt Taibbi on Tuesday released the documents on The Disinformation Chronicle and X.
Thacker told The Defender he spoke with “several CCDH insiders” who provided minutes from internal CCDH staff meetings that took place between January and early this month.
According to the documents, CCDH planned to organize “black ops” against Robert F. Kennedy Jr., chairman on leave from Children’s Health Defense (CHD), and pressure Substack to remove COVID-19 vaccine critics Dr. Joseph Mercola and Alex Berenson from its platform.
“Black ops” are defined as a “secret mission or campaign carried out by a military, governmental, or other organization, typically one in which the organization conceals or denies its involvement.
The minutes from CCDH’s Jan. 8 staff meeting included this:
“RFK — black ops being set up to look at RFK. Nervousness about the impact of him on the election. We may be asked to comment, particularly from antivaxx.”
1) EXCLUSIVE DOCUMENTS: Working w/ @mtaibbi we report on @CCDHate documents showing the Labour Party’s political front’s objective is “Kill Musk’s Twitter” thru “Advertising focus” meaning harass his advertisers.
CCDH previously included Kennedy and Mercola on its “Disinformation Dozen” list of the 12 “leading online anti-vaxxers,” published in March 2021.
Thacker said the “explosive leak” of the CCDH documents could affect the U.S. presidential election.
Thacker noted that CCDH’s founder is British political operative Morgan McSweeney, chief of staff to U.K. Prime Minister Keir Starmer and advisor to Kamala Harris’ presidential campaign. CCDH also maintains ties to key Democrats, including Sen. Amy Klobuchar (D-Minn.), “who has introducedmultiple bills to regulate online ‘misinformation.’”
“The CCDH documents carry particular importance because McSweeney’s Labour Together political operatives have been teaching election strategy to Kamala Harris and Tim Walz, leading Politico to call Labour and the Democrats ‘sister parties,’” Thacker and Taibbi wrote.
Thacker’s tweet announcing the leak had garnered over 35 million views as of press time, while BBC Radio 4’s “Today” aired a report on the leak today.
CHD CEO Mary Holland said:
“Kudos to Thacker and Taibbi for this important investigative report. To see ‘kill Musk’s Twitter’ as one of the primary objectives of CCDH, an intricately politically connected organization, is an outrage. We know for certain that ‘killing information’ was one of the critical ways people were indeed killed in the COVID era.
“CCDH’s effort is one of many to ‘kill free speech’ in the name of ‘eliminating misinformation.’ Without a doubt, the First Amendment’s freedom of speech and freedom of the press are on the ballot this November.
“Let’s remember German Jewish poet Heinrich Heine’s famous admonition of the 1820’s: ‘Where they burn books, they will also ultimately burn people.’”
Thacker and Taibbi also noted that CCDH’s focus on “Kill Musk’s Twitter” raises questions about the nonprofit’s tax-exempt status with the IRS.
Thacker told The Defender he is working with Taibbi to roll out more stories over the coming weeks.
CCDH lobbied for U.S. legislation to regulate social media platforms
CCDH has also attempted to hurt X financially by pressuring potential advertisers and lobbying politicians to enact laws regulating social media platforms.
Noting that CCDH previously “perfected” this tactic in the U.K. when targeting The Canary, Thacker and Taibbi said CCDH’s “growing Washington office is working on similar plans to ‘kill’ the online presence of … Musk.”
CCDH referred to this plan as “Advertising focus,” which was listed as an agenda item for at least 10 staff meetings this year. Advertising focus “likely references the group’s apparent strategy of publishing reports that claim Musk allowed hate to proliferate on X, followed by efforts to drive away the company’s advertisers,” Thacker and Taibbi wrote.
The leaked documents also show that “Kill Musk’s Twitter” was a top agenda item during those same CCDH staff meetings. One such document refers to “Meeting with 16 congressional offices over the next two weeks to give updates on the Elon lawsuit,” referencing Musk’s since-dismissed lawsuit against CCDH alleging the organization manipulated data to claim X hosts hate speech.
According to Thacker and Taibbi, CCDH lobbied for a proposal it calls the “STAR framework,” which would lead to the formation of an “independent digital regulator” that could “impose consequences for harmful content.” The “STAR Framework” was listed as an agenda item during at least 10 CCDH staff meetings this year.
“STAR’s core concepts are similar to Europe’s just-instituted Digital Services Act and Britain’s even more stringent Online Safety Act, which puts the national media regulator Ofcom in charge of determining fines for uncooperative platforms,” Thacker and Taibbi wrote, noting the U.K. threatened X with “strong action” under the act.
The internal CCDH documents draw a connection between the STAR proposal and overseas legislation. The minutes of the Jan. 8 CCDH meeting, in referencing plans to organize a “The State of STAR” conference, noted that “when we did the original conference, there was no legislation in [place], now [we have] EU, UK, Aus [Australia], CA [Canada], NZ [New Zealand].”
The minutes of CCDH’s May 23 meeting referenced possible contact with Thierry Breton, then-European Commissioner for Internal Market and Services. On Aug. 12, Breton posted a letter to Musk, warning that he has a “legal obligation” to censor “harmful content,” while in 2022, Breton said Twitter would have to “fly by our rules.”
CCDH ‘using politics’ to ‘weaponize’ misinformation
Thacker and Taibbi said CCDH, through its lobbying activities in the U.S., may be running afoul of tax regulations and its nonprofit status — perhaps knowingly.
The minutes of CCDH’s Jan. 22 staff meeting notes, in reference to efforts to promote the STAR framework, that “if it is anything that Congress could have a vote on, it counts as lobbying.”
During congressional testimony in July 2023, Kennedy said CCDH is “funded by dark money.”
Thacker told The Defender these new revelations show that CCDH is “using politics to weaponize the idea of what misinformation is.”
The Defender on occasion posts content related to Children’s Health Defense’s nonprofit mission that features Mr. Kennedy’s views on the issues CHD and The Defender regularly cover. Mr. Kennedy, an independent candidate for president of the U.S., is on leave from CHD. In keeping with Federal Election Commission rules, this content does not represent an endorsement of Mr. Kennedy’s candidacy or his support for President Donald Trump’s campaign.
Guilt usually comes when we engage in behaviors that go against our moral values and beliefs. People can also feel guilty about events for which they are not responsible, which is false guilt. Shame, on the other hand, emphasizes what is wrong with us.
It has a much more inward focus which leads people to feel poorly about themselves. Physical, emotional, and sexual abuses are also common sources of shame and guilt.
Most addictions, depression, irrational fears, anxiety attacks, psychological disorders and psychosomatic illnesses all have some unresolved guilt and shame as the root of their cause. Unfortunately these bondages become self-perpetuating and make us feel weaker, guiltier and more shameful just because we have them and are dealing with them.
This guilt and shame cycle is very difficult to break, because in a lot of cases we are not even aware we are dealing with guilt and shame.
People try to bury it by not thinking about it, keeping busy, or medicating themselves with drugs, alcohol, and sex, but no matter what they attempt to do it is still there hidden away in their subconscious.
As much as we try none of us have the power to get rid of the guilt and shame that subtly keeps us enslaved to bondages in our lives. But, don t be discouraged or think for a moment you are here now by chance, you could be destined for this moment.
If you are tired of being enslaved by addiction, prescription pills, depression, fear, and anxiety, we have great news for you, knowing the truth can set you free. The truth is you can t change your behavior until you have control of your emotions and feelings. You can’t control you emotions and feelings until you have control of your thoughts. You can’t control your thoughts until you have control of what you believe. WHAT YOU BELIEVE IS POWERFUL! IF YOU CAN CHANGE WHAT YOU BELIEVE, YOU CAN CHANGE YOUR LIFE!
Scott Ritter Drop Bombshell: U.S Orders Israel to Use Nuclear to END War – Iran Claims to Have Nukes
War Echo Zone 14.3K subscribers
Share
101,555 views 18 Oct 2024 #ScottRitter #IsraelIranConflict #NuclearTensions Scott Ritter Drop Bombshell: U.S Orders Israel to Use Nuclear to END War – Iran Claims to Have Nukes Scott Ritter discusses the escalating tensions between Israel, Iran, and the United States, emphasizing the potential for nuclear conflict. The video highlights serious concerns, including:
The US President’s suggestion that Israel may need to use nuclear weapons against Iran, stressing that conventional warfare might not be enough to defeat Iran. Iran’s claim of possessing nuclear weapons and their readiness to respond if attacked, posing a threat to Israel. The potential consequences of a US attack on Iran, which could lead to Israel’s destruction and result in massive casualties.
Ritter also analyzes the military dynamics between Israel and Hezbollah, pointing out:
Hezbollah’s extensive preparations, including deep tunnels into Israeli territory that have not been fully detected by Israel. Despite Israel’s air superiority, a ground war against Hezbollah would be extremely challenging. He draws a comparison to the Vietnam War, where the United States won many battles but failed to achieve its strategic goals, suggesting that Israel might face a similar outcome. The video also touches on the difficult conditions in Lebanon, with reflections on personal memories of family and friends in the war-torn region, highlighting the human toll of ongoing conflicts.
So here we have the president United States actively saying to Israel use nukes against Iran because he knows that we can’t destroy it without nukes and so Israel would have to use nuclear weapons to destroy it so he’s encouraging Israel to use nuclear weapons against Iran is aware of this which is why Iran has come out and said we have nuclear weapons now they haven’t said that straight up we have nuclear weapons but I’ve worked with the Israelis back in the in the 1990s I’m familiar with their analytical processes and how they extrapolate things how they think into it. And I can guarantee you they have analysts right now are saying the exact same thing Mr Prime Minister Iran has nuclear weapons and if we continue with this policy Iran will use these nuclear weapons against us our calculations are that three to five 15 to 20 kiloton devices will eliminate Israel and as Iran proved an operation true promise to they can deliver the missiles that will hit any part in Israel they want to.
Anytime they want to hit it and there’s nothing we can do to stop it if you attack Iran Mr President we are destroying Israel forever that’s the that’s the discussions that are taking place right now so this is we are at a very serious moment um in in world history right now where Iran where Israel is playing stupid games.
Netanyahu is literally gambling the lives of over a hundred million people uh because that that will be the casualties. I know Israel’s you know 12 million but when you talk about the damage that’ll take place uh over 100 million people will be killed by a nuclear conflict between Israel and Iran and um you know and this this is what we’re talking about but nobody’s talking about it right now we have a president joking about going you know hitting the nuclear. We have a prime minister that’s calling the bluff of the United States and we know we call the bluff because again Biden put some really good stuff on the table but just yesterday the US ambassador to the United Nations I believe it was yesterday might have been this morning I don’t know I’m getting tired but uh she basically said uh she said the United States is supporting two res Solutions one calling for the immediate provision of humanitarian Aid the other one calling for a ceasefire that the United States is blocked. She is blocked she is on record saying these are horrible resolutions America can never support this stuff and suddenly she has to eat crow and read her instructions from the state department; why because Joe Biden had a 30-minute conversation with Benjamin Netanyahu reading him the riot act and Netanyahu told him to pound sand he said no we are attacking and so Biden now is trying to put pressure on Israel demonstrating that the United States won’t have your back now. Israel has to calculate this but Netanyahu is desperate right now he’s failing in in in Gaza I mean how many times is Israel gonna have to go in and clean out um Gaza I mean they now have to go into the northern part of Gaza again why because Hamas hasn’t been defeated they’re there they’re resisting they’re killing Israelis they’re firing Rockets into Israel this is over a year into this into this war and Israel hasn’t defeated Hamas they will never defeat Hamas and in Hezbollah right now you know Israel is making some propaganda videos on the on the periphery but every time they penetrate deep they get hit hard by Hezbollah. They get you know they’re getting knocked out um they and now Iran if they bomb Iran it is the end of Israel literally Israel will be turned into the Stone Age and this will trigger an Israeli nuclear response which will R trigger an Iranian nuclear response that’s where we’re at right now it’s no joke time this is IND the world kind of stuff.
And yet we’re still playing stupid games yeah and maybe before we transition just your final comment on this contrast because you we’ve had as you said Joe Biden and the Biden Administration attempt in these recent weeks especially in the last couple days try to speak with the Israeli side lots of tensions between Netanyahu and B Gant and Biden and uh now it seems like there’s also I don’t think this is a coincidence that Vladimir Putin is taking time to go to Turkmenistan to meet with the Iranian president in the eve of what is coming from Israel. Wh what do you see as the differences here between you know what uh Russia and Vladimir Putin may be saying and communicating to Iran versus how the United States has gone about this because you called what the United States is doing and what Israel is doing too as stupid games because of the consequences but now you also have Vladimir Putin coming in and talking to the Iranian president I’m just curious about what you think might be said and how it might differ from how the United States is handling this all of this.
With the Israeli side well I think Russia and Iran are moving towards a strategic relationship that has teeth um a key problem for Russia and Iran is Iran’s or Russia’s longstanding um policies regarding the nuclear nonproliferation treaty um and you know Russia has historically supported sanctioning of Iran because of um you know its so-called violations of the safeguards agreement Etc.
You know but Russia decided you know signed on as part of the joint comprehensive program or plan of action the nuclear the Iran nuclear deal you know Trump pulled out of it America is not part of it Europe is not complied with it and Iran has you know gradually moved away from it because the actual agreement allows them to do. I can’t remember the article 24 and maybe article 36 or something like that uh if one side is in non-compliance the other side can stop adhering until the other side comes in this was actually something the United States negotiate is part of the uh sanctions Kickback you see uh we put it in there because we thought that Iran would be the ones cheating and therefore what we said if Iran cheats then we can you know bring Snap Back Our sanctions uh but it’s bit us because we with through Europe refuses to engage economically and so it’s Iran that is doing the Snapback and uh their Snapback is actually to back out of the uh additional protocols and things that were put in place by the um by the by the agreement um Russia has gradually um shifted its sense because it recognizes that the United States and NATO uh and the European Union have been using um the iaea and the nuclear nonproliferation treaty uh to um hamstring Nations like North Korea and uh and Iran um they saw how the United States abused the IAA in in Iraq creating a false U Spy of you know later in 2003 of a of a resurgent a revived Iraqi nuclear program that didn’t exist and holding Iraq accountable to things that that were fabricated.
We’ve seen Russia basically tell the world the United Nations and the world that with regard to North Korea which pulled out of the npt and has a viable nuclear weapons program that Russia is no longer going to hold North Korea accountable for that. That the day of trying to get North Korea to back away and disarm is over. Russia except STS North Korea as a nuclear power um I think the discussion that uh Putin and Iran are going to have is about Iran’s potential withdrawal from the nuclear nonproliferation treaty and how Russia and China and Bricks will deal with this.
What are the consequences of this uh you know what needs to happen um to trigger this what steps Iran needs to take um so that there isn’t you know because you have to be careful we have a bricks meeting coming up um that Russ has put a lot of time and effort into it and one of the key aspects of the bricks you know reason for existence is to reject the rules-based international order and Implement a law-based international order derived from an appreciation of international law.
The nuclear nonproliferation treaty is a treaty that serves as one of the foundations of international law and so Iran can’t just willingness. So I think one of the conversations that Russia is going to have with Iran is how to manage this crisis what can be done um you know to avoid this because I think the ideal for Russia would be to keep Iran in the nuclear nonproliferation treaty but um Russia understands the pressure that Iran is being put under and if it’s going to become an existential issue like it had been with North Korea then Russia will of course I believe advise Iran uh that if it’s going to withdraw these are the steps that need to be taken so that Russia can you know prevent a backlash that harms Iran that harms Russia that harms bricks and it comes down to a question of timing as well but the wild card in there is Israel’s uh actions uh Iran has promised an instant response uh if uh if Israel attacks um basically they’re saying that if Israel sends aircraft to attack Iran by the time those airplanes return to Israel there won’t be in Israel um that that’s how quick the response is s going to be. So again um very dangerous times very disconcerting um you know events that are taking place but I think that’s the direction that that Putin is going to be talking about this is about the future of Iran’s strategic relationship with Russia and Russia’s strategic relationship with Iran I think you’re going to see it get closer and I’m also I think you’re going to see that Russia is going to back Iran on this nuclear issue. But it has to be done properly it can’t just be a willy-nilly knee-jerk thing um that’s not how the Russians work the Russians do everything deliberately um and there has to be you know legality attached to everything. So I think Russia will work with Iran on the best way for Iran to pull out of the nuclear nonproliferation treaty and declare its new status as a power yes indeed uh those are a great Insight Scott.
Now I wanted to transition and I believe this is a good place of transition to the overall picture because you have been talking about what Israel has been doing to Lebanon its bombardment campaign its aerial Campaign which has escalated even as we speak now there have been strikes on Central Beirut so they’re going deep into Beirut in an attempt to uh assassinate another Hezbollah leader this time a negotiator failed to do this uh but killed upwards of 20 plus people now and counting in that strike.
I wanted to ask you though about this situation with the ground Invasion because uh with Israel it seems that yes Israel can bomb and bomb and bomb but according to recent reports Israel has not been able to penetrate up to two kilometers into Southern Lebanon and that now it’s been days and days more than a couple weeks now where they have been planning and now attempting to invade and you just wrote an article for Consortium news on the fall of Israel and I wanted you to talk about your thesis in that article in the context of this what seems to be a flailing and failing ground Invasion and how it relates this this failure how it relates to Israel ‘s overall picture as it pretends to its future a lot of confidence when it comes to striking Iran it’s going to surprise Iran.
You the golan are going to surprise and shock Iran and damage Iran it’ll be so devastating yet this ground Invasion isn’t going so well so I’m curious about this contradiction your opinion on it given what you’ve recently written in Consortium news well you know I’m somebody who has said all along that logically speaking Israel should never have gone in in a big way in Gaza that that it was never going to end well for them and unfortunately history is proven to me correct on this.
So we’re more than a year in and Gaza is not defeated I think I pointed out earlier the Hamas is reemerging in Northern uh in Gaza I mean Israel had built a a corridor in the middle of Gaza splitting it uh the goal was to basically totally pacify the north where the rocket attacks were primarily coming from that threatened Ash and other things. Hamas is back there coming out of the ground firing rockets and um Israel will never defeat them um they just they don’t understand what Hamas has accomplished here um and I’ve also said that I didn’t think Israel was going to go into Lebanon in a large way because the outcome is inevitable Israel will not win well the uh IDF has announced they’ve gone in with 20,000 troops that’s a significant number of troops um but mainly these are troops operating in on the on the on the you know immediate border area as you said the deepest penetration is under 2 kilometers um as they try to probe in deeper they’re getting hit they’re walking into ambushes they’re running into the teeth of the of the hola defenses and um this is a war that Israel wasn’t prepared to fight.
When you know if there was no other diversions uh with a fresh Army but now they’re bringing an army that’s been worn down by more than a years worth of fighting um you know that’s exhausted physically um the logistics are screwed up because they don’t have the spare parts uh you know required to sustain this effort um and you know they’re backing up with a lot of air strikes and everything they use some cute tricks assassinating leadership blowing up pagers that caused momentary disruption um but as both Hezbollah and Iran said that uh whatever Israel accomplished with these trick plays um and I call them trick plays because I’d like to point out that uh you know teams don’t win championships with trick plays.
You win championships with fundamentals and uh the fundamentals of war is that Israel will not Prevail in southern Lebanon the Hezbollah has had 18 years to prepare for this for this very thing.
Nothing Israel’s doing is taking Hezbollah by surprise nothing uh Hezbollah knows the kind of weapon systems Israel has they know uh the effect effects they’ve made preparations for this and they’re going to lure Israel in and kill them.
Remember the tunnels that Hamas has, has been digging similar tunnels the tunnels will be used when the time is right bring the Israelis in deep enough cut them off kill them and you’ll find uh that there’s far more tunnels that reach deeper inside Israel than Israel knows. Israel you know found a handful of them and blowing them up and talking about them but there’s more there’s always more because they’ve had 18 years to prepare you don’t think in 18 years all they did is put out three tunnels that uh crossed into the you know right across the border no they’ve put tunnels that go in deeper and just take a look at the scope and scale of some of the tunnels that existed in Gaza that Israel’s found uh one of them basically you could drive a tank all the way up through right to the uh to the border and that’s how big the tunnel was.
I would imagine the hezbo has tunnels of that size um all over the place but the ground war is not going to go well for his Israel here they have an air War but what they’re doing in the air war is they’re it’s a repeat of Gaza now they’re trading Beirut is an extension of Gaz it’s Collective punishment and it will just further alienate um Israel from you know from um from on the international community and here’s the key this is now we’re getting into the defeat you know Israel is going to be a lot like the United States and Vietnam. I mean study the war in Vietnam we won just about every tactical engagement there was I mean you know of course there’s a couple times you know platoon overrun here company overrun there but generally speaking when the Marines went out and hook and Jab with the NVA we won we killed them um they with through and then we with through from the hill that we just captured and the NBA came back and we had to go fight for that hill all over again we had to fight for the valley all over again um that’s the way.
And that’s what happened to that’s what’s happening to Israel in in Gaza right now they come in they take a piece to train they think they have it they don’t because they don’t know what’s going on underneath they withdraw. Hamas comes back and you have to come back and fight for the same terrain all over again. Well you know it’s the fourth or fifth time that Israel’s given up this territory and they pay they pay a price in Blood and Equipment each time uh and that’s going to happen to them in in Lebanon as well. C classwiz wrote; War is an extension of politics by other means I mean that’s sort of a synopsis of a longer phrase but what that means is that if we try to evaluate a conflict from you know military engagements Al we’re missing the big picture.
This conflict is; Israel has set u certain um goals and objectives for instance with Hamas Israel says that the goal is the physical destruction of Hamas is a resistance force meaning that Israel want to make sure Hamas will never again be able to launch an attack like they did on October 7th and the destruction of Hamas is a political force that means that Hamas will not play any role in the governing of whatever Palestinian entity exists. When this conflict is over Israel has failed on both accounts Hamas is powerful, sinir is the leader he hasn’t been killed um and the resistance Fighters you know are not only continuing the resistance but they’ve recouped many of their losses um one of the things about bombing civilian populations especially in a Guerilla type conflict is uh for every terrorist you kill um you end up killing a whole bunch of innocent civilians which means that you create new terrorists new resistance fighters who come out. And Hamas’s I think claim that they’ve uh you know brought in 3,000 recruits during this time um and they say well what about training well they resistance fighters in Gaza uh senoir talks about children of the camp these are all children of the camp every one of the fighters he has is a child of Camp what that means is that you were born and raised in Gaza you know Gaza like the back of your hand um and that’s the key they know Gaza like the back of their hand the Israelis don’t they’re coming in it’s foreign territory um and they’re never going to win that’s the same thing in in in uh in southern Lebanon hezb has spent 18 years preparing for this they’ve walked every inch of that ground they have everything predesignated they have their ambushes set up and Israel is just going to walk into one trap after another trap after another trap um it’ll go on forever Israel has said that their goal and objective Now with uh with Hezbollah is to eliminate it as a political entity and as a military entity.
They altered that there was simply to get him behind the latan river they’re not going to be physically able to do that but now they’ve said no we want to eliminate them well they’re not going to do that uh so Israel’s set unattainable goals what’s happened to Israel in setting these unattainable goals Israel’s destroying itself.
And this is why I the article is you know about the end of Israel um economically Israel is a basket case uh in September of 2023 September 9th. Joe Biden was in New Delhi India where he announced uh you know the this new initiative called the India Middle East economic middle India Middle East European economic Corridor this is a grand plan designed to um defeat the Chinese belts and Roads initiative to serve as a counter to uh the sus Canal route to serve as a counter to Russia’s uh St Petersburg to uh you know to the red uh to the to the Persian Gulf uh rail uh Network um and the key to this was Israel.
Israel’s the heart because the it goes from India to the United Arab Emirates up then through Rail lines that connected to Saudi Arabia into Jordan into Israel to hia and then from hia by containership to uh to a port in uh in Greece.
Benjamin Netanyahu that same day put out a press release he said this is the most important thing that’s happened to Israel ever he said this will change the face of the Middle East and Israel forever he said this is what makes Israel the you know the greatest economic um potential of the region.
Israel become the heartbeat of region a new reformed and revitalized uh Regional economy he was so happy about this is what Israel always been waiting for the chance to grow up into a mature Nation at peace with its neighbors dominating its neighbors economically being invited to the table.
Being you know having their voice listened to and obeyed by Arabs uh this was it this was the greater Israel that Netanyahu had always been dreaming of um after October 7th this initiative is dead in the water it’s just not going to happen I’ll tell you the main reason why is that uh a key aspect of the submiss was that Israel had to normalize relations with Saudi Arabia um they were on the cusp of doing this literally, they were very close to this normalization part of the Abrams Accords.
Saudi Arabia now has said that while they haven’t shut the door on normalization they will not normalize relations with Israel until which time there’s a Palestinian state and its capitals in Jerusalem Israel has said under Netanyahu that this will never happen
So if Israel says it’s never going to happen then relations will never be normalized which means the India Middle East European economic Corridor never going to happen the greatest thing ever to happen to Israel will never happen um and this is just the beginning of the bad economic news because now Israel will never have a chance to become this Powerhouse that it wanted to become. Instead it’s going to the reality sets in last year Israel took a$ 67 billion economic hit this doesn’t include the cost of the war this is just loss of Tourism um unemployment loss of jobs lack of investment nobody’s investing in Israel right now because it’s a horrible place to invest.
Israel’s become a place that isn’t many people don’t want to live in um it’s funny I wrote this article then almost immediately the BBC um played an interview with somebody who made the same arguments he said that nobody wants to raise children here nobody wants to this isn’t where your families come this isn’t where you come to retire this isn’t the land of milk and honey this is a place where every day you have to worry about missiles raining down on. People are fleeing their homes um you know that it’s completely unstable from a from an economic standpoint and that translates into societal instability uh there’s a significant percentage of Israelis who hold dual passports and it’s not just the physical holding of the passport but the fact that the vast majority of the Israelis come from Europe and the way European law is that if you can trace uh your lineage back to I think through your parents to your grandparents that you can claim citizenship and get your passport. And we’re starting to see Israelis flee Israel and when they start to flee in significant numbers you get a demographic shift um that’s not in favor of a greater Israel it’s in favor of a not just a two-state solution but a one-state solution called Palestine and this is this is the reality Israel is no longer a viable nation state.
They’re holding things together through military force and intimidation but at some point in time you know the Israel has to find a way to become economically viable it’s impossible the hoody have carried out an effective economic blade of Israel’s uh second largest port the port in the South uh no ships are coming through no economic activity, now under attack that’s the most important port and uh that’s going to shut down uh the world’s going to stop doing business with Israel because it’s been recognized internationally as an apartheid state. That’s carrying out genocide and violation of international law and slowly but surely Israel is going to become this isolated um non- entity nobody’s going to want to do business with it people are going to flee and uh again you get the demographics drop to a certain point and the Israeli State ceases to exist.
Just on its own vallation so this is the reality of losing this conflict Israel is in the process of not just losing the military aspect of this war but losing the political aspect it’s not Hamas and Hezbollah that’s uh being threatened with uh you know being eliminated as entities it’s the state of Israel.
Israel is an unsustainable entity given the current circumstances and there’s no reason to believe that the current circumstances are going to change to the betterment of Israel they can’t defeat Hamas they can’t defeat Hezbollah and if they try to attack Iran they will be eliminated yeah and you know I think all those points are important to take into account given what is going on right now in Lebanon.
There’s this a reality that is that is very striking you you’ve mentioned that Israel is living by The Sword and is now dying or perishing By The Sword. I’ve heard you say this and I think it’s so interesting that just one that one year after it ignited this genocidal campaign in Gaza that as you said has not been successful at least if we look at uh its stated aims with regard to Hamas and the Palestinian resistance. But now it feels like a an even bigger Quagmire is opening up that is very similar I think in many ways to your uh comparison to Vietnam where now they are fighting an even stronger more organized and more well equipped uh Guerilla force that also has a modum of political power and I wanted to get to this actually Scott because the Wall Street Journal has reported that and this is what’s I think is very important for people to understand that the United States is seeing Israel’s ground Invasion and overall campaign in Lebanon as an opportunity to displace an unseat AKA regime change.
Hezbollah in Lebanon so I wanted to ask you about this in the context of what you were saying in terms of how Israel is expanding this uh field of conflict but doing so not in an advantageous position actually quite the opposite I’m curious on your thoughts on this well it’s interesting that one of the go-to moves that Israel is considering right now as part of the heesa displacement is to breathe life back into what was called the southern uh the southern Lebanese Army SLA.
Israel created this after their invasion in 1982 and their occupation of Southern Lebanon they created the southern Lebanese Army um and it was a horrible group of um disaffected Muslims Christians who raped pillaged murdered they had no support and Hezbollah defeated them uh and kicked Israel out in 2000 and then the SLA ceased to exist. But Israel is going back to that model which means they’re that’s all they know um you know the United States has a policy that treats hezb as a terrorist organization and we have been trying for some time now by enacting sanctions that Target uh Lebanon um and sanctioning Hezbollah to split Hezbollah out of Lebanese the Lebanese body politic um but it hasn’t worked Hezbollah has actually become a viable political party uh one of the most powerful political forces in Lebanon. It is part of the Lebanese government um you know and you know what so what we’re saying is that you know when we say we want to you know push hezb side we’re declaring war against Lebanon and that’s the difference in the past you see in the past when Israel occupied Lebanon hezb was not considered an extension of Lebanon hezb was a resistance group primarily in the south of Lebanon but it was at odds with the Lebanese government and with other militias the Amal militia um you know hisb was derived from it but there were some clashes there definitely the Sunni Arabs the Drews the Christians um they were all opposed to Hezbollah um and you know many of them collaborated with the Israelis to take on Hezbollah or take on the Shia.
Today the dynamic has changed what we’ve seen uh before Israel went into Southern Lebanon were the various factions uh making it clear that they stood with hezb because they stood with Lebanon and they viewed hezb as part of Lebanon what we’re trying to do is Rec create the 1980s and 1990s um in Lebanon we’re trying to go back to a time where we had influence we had levers that we could control um but I think Lebanon has moved past that. I think it’s a mistake to believe that Lebanon will revert to you know the kind of Divisions that existed that could be exploited that we were exploiting Israel sought to exploit in the 1980s 1990s. I think Hezbollah now um is part of Lebanon um and that you can’t separate the two without destroying Lebanon that’s what Israel’s trying to do understand what’s happening here uh this this bombardment of uh of Lebanon is you know the D again.
I hope I pronoun I think it’s D dya dwa uh the the the name of the Southern um Beirut um I don’t know if you ever saw the meme I used to say have trouble pronouncing the Babel menb yeah I remember I it’s been on this show on record on this show that you’ve had yeah I mean it’s on and they showed they showed this meme that was hilarious because it showed me just screwing it up screwing it up and finally I said it right and they’re like whoow yay and so I know that I’m screwing up the name and I don’t mean to be humorous here but sometimes you have to have humor or else you get depressed.
Because what’s happening to Lebanon is depressing I have friends there I know everybody does but hor you know Imet this family they came to New York in uh in June and um and in a wonderful family and they came to remember when I used to talk about doing the Central Park uh Reviving the 1982 Central Park demonstration the million person March and I and I really was trying to do that but I ran into a reality check which said New York City was never going to allow this to happen um and so we moved away. To you know trying to create waging peace documentaries and all that but I guess I forgot to make the Public Announcement because when they heard it the first time uh the wife a wonderful lady she went to her husband said we’re taking vacation in June we’re going to New York City and we are going to be part of this demonstration and they did all the plans they bought the tickets they got everything locked up and she her husband and her daughter flew to New York City and then she’s like well there’s no meeting there’s no there’s no rally what happened and she contacted me through Jeff Norman my co-host on uh on ask the inspector and I said hey we’re here and I said well I’ll meet with you so I went down to New York City and had a wonderful lunch with them and talked with them and got to know them and they’re just fantastic people really the earth type of people they live in Beirut and uh every day every I hear the bombing I send them a message I just to making sure they’re okay because uh I’m very worried about them and I know there’s people that have loved ones there and friends and family and they’re worried about them and unfortunately uh many thousands of them have died and many thousands more are going to die because is Israel doesn’t give a damn about these people.
Israel is carrying out a policy of collective punishment and Israel knows it’s going to get away with it because it’s already slaughtered Palestinians committed genocide and it’s gotten away with it nobody’s doing anything to stop them so Israel’s now focused on bombing Lebanon in to the goal is to inflict so much pain on the Lebanese people that they rise up and reject Hezbollah but I have a feeling that it’s going to backfire that the people aren’t going to rise up against hewell because they consider hezb to be part of the Lebanese social and political Fabric and this will just Harden the resolve of Lebanese against Israel and against the United States it’s a it’s a horrific gamble on the part of the United States to use Israeli genocide. Because this is the genocide of the of the Lebanese people it is they’re treated as a as a subhuman class and they’re being murdered um with no consequence and America has attached itself to this policy because somehow we think through genocide we can achieve a policy objective VV Hezbollah. It’s a sickening um reality of American policy that I mean everybody says that they know this about America and we should know because we did it in Iraq we killed Millions uh we did it in Afghanistan killed Millions um we don’t care and we’ll do it again in Lebanon either directly uh with uh with our own bombs we’ve done that in the past or indirectly using Israel as a proxy but we’ll kill as many as necessary to achieve this. We don’t shed tears over dead Arabs we don’t shed tears over dead brown people uh that’s just a harsh reality of it.
Although I have to say that this family is whiter than I am so I you when I say when I say dead brown people it’s just stupid. I mean we don’t even know what we’re talking about when we talk about Arabs and the Lebanese and the Levant uh and the and the and the wonderful mix of you know. She’s a Russian she’s from lugans um she married her husband uh who is you know from Beirut but he’s a Christian I believe and um you know you I’m sure there in there there’s French blood and there might be other blood and it’s just all this wonderful mix that’s what makes Lebanon such a wonderfully diverse country is this blend of Mediterranean uh cultures and peoples and internationalism um and now they’re being bombed by this hate filled genocidal Maniac named Benjamin Netanyahu and they’re being supported Nyah is being supporting this by the ignorant Americans who are so indifferent to Arab um suffering that we’re willing to let Israel commit genocide of the Lebanese people so we can attain an unattainable objective uh with Hezbollah it’s not going to work America. America will fail on this like we failed on everything this is just open challenge I have for anybody you know and if you see an answer in there put it up there, and I I’d love to hear it, I challenge anybody in your audience right now to tell me one thing America has done since the end of the Cold War that’s been beneficial for mankind, one policy initiative because all I see is us uh bombing Serbia expanding NATO taking out mumar Gaddafi allowing Libya to collapse. Illegal war of aggression against Iraq and Saddam Hussein uh there I challenge anybody to give me one thing just one that America’s done that says oh America cares about the world.
We don’t all we do is death and destruction we have become literally the global Pariah we are the worst nation in the world when it comes to treating the world and it’s not just the big ticket stuff what have we said about Congo what about the Cobalt and all the other Rare Minerals that are pulled out of the ground in the Congo by little children who Rush down there with their hands and they do this poisoning their bodies and they’re going to die a miserable death uh with half the life expectancy what about the millions of Congolese who have died in the ongoing fighting that takes place which we facilitate because we want that kind of chaos so that we can gain access to these materials which we need for our cell phones. America has done that that’s what we do that’s what we’re all about we have done nothing good we have a military-industrial complex that can only exist when there are conative crises in the world so we facilitate the crises and the C when it sound might sound like a little policy thing that the stupid Georgetown postgraduate people talk about in their little seminars. But each one of these policy things about generating crisis results in dead human beings hundreds of thousands if not millions of them and it’s all America’s fault we haven’t done anything that’s good nothing everything we’ve done is bad and I hate to say that as an American but it’s the truth there’s not one single foreign policy initiative that we’ve undertaken that was done for the benefit of humanity. Yeah I mean as you were speaking about Lebanon in particular in your context uh you know I was thinking even just about the dangers that uh journalists and journalists that we know uh you know I can’t pronounce good Arabic either, So uh I won’t put you her name but Kate Francis who’s been on my show more than a few times I worry about if she’s gonna be alive uh the next time uh that uh you know I check social media la maruu going to have on this show very soon a friend of Garland Nixon as well I’m worried that he’s not going to be around to come on and talk about what’s going on the ground you know we can go on and on and on so you know this is a very real uh development that that includes very real people and I and I think you just summed up US foreign policy very well.
There Scott which gets me one more journalist we should talk about and that’s the grey Zone journalist that was um yes Jem fro right oh my yeah he’s was arrested I believe in in Tel Aviv or somewhere in Israel proper we could call. I don’t know if you wanted to say anything about him well it’s curious because to be to be honest when I first heard the story they said well he’s reporting you know he was trying to find out information about um the effectiveness of the Iranian missile attack and I went you know I can support a lot of Journalism but if it looks like uh battle damage assessment smells like battle damage assessment it might be perceived as battle damage assessment by the Israelis and therefore Espionage but then uh Max Blumenthal who was always on the ball came out and said the reporting he was doing was the exact same reporting that an NPR reporter did with the full approval of the Israeli government.
The same reporting that he wasn’t trying to do anything new is just the you know the same thing and so this is this is a targeted thing because I believe that uh NPR has uh you know drank the Israeli Kool-Aid whereas Max Blumthal in the gray zone haven’t and so I think this was a targeted attack by Israel against an American journalist who is not playing the game the way Israel wants it to play and the American government is silent on this issue.
If you imagine that the soul structure is a transparent swirling electromagnetic field (ball), then the human body is like a small, temporary, finger of biological tissue, inside and attached at different levels to that ball. ( In many way’s similar to our chakra. However it is this temporarily biological tissue that increases the spiritual capacity of spirit and soul thousand fold. Connected and an integral part of our big brain and genetically speaking part of the mammal structure.
Build around the concept of an individualized life-force or soul to be utilized. Resulting in free will and contrary to most other species like the reptiles and hive mind, part of a collective kind of intelligence and no free will. The current estimate is that only 50 % of the human DNA based biological bodies walking on earth now have been incarnated with a individualized life-force/spirit. We are now in the midst of an attempted coup to separate, lock-up and info-controlled kind of farm and be milked for certain electromagnetic frequencies and other biological produced substances by the collective/hive mind human looking predators.
Why, because we have something they want desperate from us being certain parts of our emotions which we can produce. hey with their Alien masters to sperate us, lock us up in a digital prison and be milked for abundance of these emotions.
So please fasten your seat-belt or leave now?
Until now, the concept and components of Emotion has been one of the most controversial topic in psychology and source of intense discussion and disagreement from the earliest philosophers to present day thinkers.
Basically the logic of the mind will bring you conclusions, whereas the logic of the emotions will bring you Cognition. Energy resonance is not a biological activities but part of the body/cells and can be enhanced using meditation. Every cell and some contain more than thousands of these tiny frequency sensitive and responding small horn like structures.
Some of these emotional vibrations are very important in everyday human life because it makes us differ from others and above all the connecting not only with the material world but the universe.
Our society puts great pressure on us to be “fine” and “work hard”. Not think, contemplate, study, play or otherwise.
Suppression of the emotion using chemicals; look at how many commercials on television encourage us to “take medicine” so that we can
ignore the messages from our body or emotions and continue to WORK.
Emotions are complex.
According to some theories, they are a state of feeling that results in physical and psychological changes that influence our behaviour. If we can perceive the small voice that reveals our true feelings about life, than we can make appropriate choices to deal with these feelings. The Emotions or the flow of information perceived to be essential for the survival or any particular state of consciousness are the strongest ones being observed because their hardwired roots in millions of years of our survival. On our earth the low frequency are dominant and containing fear, anger, calamities, treats, abuse, violent and other forms of primitive behaviour and most likely to be used to manipulate and control the masses.
The vibration of frequency of our earth have increased recently from 9 Hz to 12 Hz and more significant than most realise. And living in such a low frequency environment lead to changes in humans not for the better but for the worse. Low frequent emotions are repression, exploitation, aggression, violent behaviour, killing, rape, slavery just name them and you can see/experience your selves and witness all around you. High frequent type for example called awareness, consciousness, love. Because of our bodily responses leaves a stark impression there. These vibrations or frequencies are beneficial for real humans and do the opposite of the low frequent ones also known and listed as negative ones.
Love being a vibration in the high range does the opposite, happy, strong, healthy, vibrant to name a few. It is important to realise again that as result of living with these emotions that our own observations, perceptions, beliefs and notions of reality can be can switch around and changed.
These tiny frequency receptors picking up the different frequencies is one thing, transport and processing another. Similar again as above we do have 5 different brain parts, all with different properties and capacities. We as humans have several different capabilities which are located within different brain parts. Our 5 senses like eye, nose, feeling, hearing and are important and related to the small reptile brain and with awareness of our body/survival. The ability to detect or range is our senses are limited and can about detect 20% of all information out there or available, but our small brain working and responding very fast ( because of the pre-programming and much faster than the later added mammal brain parts, up to one thousand time. The the existing pre programming also known as sub-consciousness located mainly within in our small brain.(reptilian brain parts and part of our multi-brain complex).
In addition to our 5 senses there are other less well know for example the pineal gland located inside our brain and known as the third eye.
Most of the time not functioning properly due to fluoride which will calcinate it. Fluoride has been used in camps/gulags since 1900 by for example the communist and Hitler because it makes humans dull/docile and much easier to intimidate & control.
Despite this fact fluoride is still being used a lot, being it drinking water or medication. Because of this fast responses originating within the small brain but is also very limited and associated with the three dimensional material world only. Expressing it selves by its nature being collectivists, having hive type mind, big ego’s. Unsaturable. For the reptilian brain/wiring love/hate is the same or identical. If hungry will not consider fasting but eat his offspring/wife/family.
Looking at the wiring/responses of the mammal brain you either love, be indifferent or hate and act accordingly. From conducted research we do know that the reptilian based brain parts call the final shots. Also that the energy consumption is relative small compared to our big brain and when pressed for time will be bypassed. Most people do use only between 2-5 % of the capacity of the big brains.
To compensate and aid our biological limitations of the senses we have built and designed several technical devices like the microscope, camera, infrared to help being able to see in the dark like certain animals do, Radio and TV, mobile phones, frequency detectors, for x-ray and other applications.
In biological terms our nerve system is the antenna of our basic resonance system which allows our nerves to pick-up vibrations including energy from not only from our world and inside the body but also the universe. Everything vibrates from small to big and there are hardly any limitations in time and place. It is wired to the mammal brain and in this respect its ability to connect limitless and part of the universe.
Light for example is a vibration and can travel through the universe and be picked-up by us. Information or thought forms, energy, telepathic, aura, and almost any part of what we call the invisible or not-material world and as such much larger than the material world.
It manifest itself in feelings, dreams, thought forms and therefore called multidimensional and outside our time frame as well. The almost invisible aura that surrounds us but very advanced biological speaking.
In the West we are being trained from the beginning to ignore this parts and capabilities and stick with the so-called scientific script and has to be continuedly updated as result of inconsistencies. Not insight but trail and error and many books published about god like creature posing and got it wrong.
Because of the pre-programming as present in our small brain with it limitations and no free will; the mammal brain has to be much larger and has too because of the complex data processing with all these vibrations of energy around us and and some traveling at the speed of light.
Our mammal brain is contributed to the ability of logic thinking or thing outside the box, again a slow process but not the most important capacity of our mammal brain at all. Above all it is a frequency processor and our ability to communicate within our universe. Again, for most of our daily responses we do rely on our small brains but are all so stimulated to do so by our society and powers within.
The first is alright the second manipulative and bad. We are stimulated and set against each other continuously, instead of working together which is much more effective and peace like.
Craving for power, attention and greed?
(Creates mutual respect). In afterlife there is no hell because it was only introduced in the middle ages to try and make humanity (at least the religious part) more obedient. Hell is earth and the result of deliberately setting people and groups against each other. Associating and suggesting that it is vital to your survival, being right, creation of fear/guilt.
In reality part of a control strategy by the real rulers of this world. The greedy and the big ones. Greedy is asocial and does not take into account our inherited social culture and fabric, with a few exceptions: big might be impressive but not beautiful, it is intimidating and corrupting in nature. It size to impress and even to intimidate us. When you look at buildings it are the Banks, big corporations and the State. We as humans have been generally allowed very little room emotionally and have been encouraged to feel powerless or frightened and contained in this way, repressing our emotions. The strength of the Emotion allows certain energies to coalesce, fuse, bond, and come together in realization of themselves. Without emotion, that bond could not be. Therefore, we often ignore our bodily symptoms and emotions.
We do this because we need to survive in a competitive (crazy) world and because of its structure uncomfortable bodies and negative emotions are familiar. Satanic.
The link, the bridge between them that transforms one to the other, is the emotions. Where a wave or vibrations become matter. from invisible to visible (receptors, ligands, hormones and sudden expressions of gene programs as they vibrate in the quantum field, rewiring of our brain. Affects on programming of our subconscious, change in behaviour to mention a few. The Emotions or the flow of information perceived to be essential for the survival or any particular state of consciousness are the strongest ones being observed because their hardwired roots in millions of years of our survival. On our earth the low frequency are dominant and containing fear, anger, calamities, treats, abuse, violent and other forms of primitive behaviour and most likely to be used to manipulate and control the masses. The vibration of frequency of our earth has increased in the past from 9 Hz to 12 Hz and significant. And living in such environment lead to changes in humans not for the better but for the worse. Repression, exploitation, aggression, violent behaviour, killing, rape, slavery just name them. Love being a vibration in the high range does the opposite, happy, strong, healthy, vibrant to name a few. It is important to realise again that as result of living with these emotions that our own observations, perceptions, beliefs and notions of reality be can switch around. We also can but are most of the time manipulated by the Big Media/engaged with the Globalists& monopolists/banks, politicians.
Energy: The source of these much wanted riches are the result of our soul structure and include our biological fuel-cell or the mitochondria. ( an electricity generator within our body). It contains a big fuel-cell where atomise hydrogen and oxygen are bounded into water at low temperatures and creating an electro current.
The waves/vibration/frequencies generated (modulation) depended our mindset/feeling and emotions prior to emission. Unfortunately not just to communicate but also as a food/energy source for others and part of the trouble starts her. We live in what is called a physical universe and is energy based, the only one in this respect. There are many different universes but only one energy based. Also has by now proven to by vulnerable. Created by the life force which existed outside it and and where called immortals. Kind of thought forms. They where very bored and a kind of thought forms. There are many of them and differ in capabilities. Working together, competing, creating games/others visualisations just to be distracted. As soon as they stopped imagining things a kind of visualisations it would disappear. Until they started to add energy to it and resulted in a longer manifestation of the visualisation. We are all biological manifestations and as long as energy is being added will continue. These biological manifestations where first created in laboratories according to a kind of specifications.
A highly specialist undertaking and the spirits involved called creators. The real ones. Than long ago the inhibitor’s of the newly created physical universe decided to introduce the food chain as food as energy source combined with reproduction.
Suddenly our universe became predatory. A crack and the creators left due to the demand for their skills diminishing. The start of a new chain of event and resulting in polarisation.
Part of the agreement was now any manifestation would need energy to continue and not just us but also spirits/souls to continue.
The name they came up with is loosh.
Loosh is defined by the urban dictionary as “an energy generated by all organic life in varying degrees of purity, the clearest and most potent coming from humans – engendered by human activity”. What it tell us would be for many really shocking. Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it, nor the only ones but the favoured ones. When you look back and read the scriptures nor new either, the idea that man must sacrifice (must kill something or be killed in order to appease the gods) is apparently intrinsic to all the world’s root religions
Originally, to be able to play a game the immortals would have to pretend that they forgot who they were and powers in there possession. Than after the switch to use of food chain and reproduction another discovery or consequence was that it became known that a very high voltage charge would eliminate the memories of a spirit completely. By picking them up and reprogramming them to be turned into willing slaves. Most of use are not able to remember anything significant of our memories because we are after bodily passing lured into a high voltage plasma field ( emitting an intense form of white light.)
Electro shock treatment and re-programming. Now with an increasing number of people retaining some part of there memories the perpetrators increasingly into trouble and there lies exposed. Stories like we are the only highly developed civilisation within the by now almost infinite universe. Another one the search for the missing link between the Ape and humans, life was an accident. They did and could known that evolution is a slow process and the history of earth to short. Planet earth has not produced any highly developed civilisation.
There was a big bang and our physical universe.
As last picture I will show is Aldebaran a watery world in many way’s similar to planet earth but the land mass reaching the surface about 10%.
It was Hitler with a small staff of disk designers who left for Aldebaran in 1945 from Antarctic using the Odin disk using a wormhole.
Index: please click on the link for the index please?
TERRIFYING: What Edgar Cayce Predicted for the USA Has Already Begun!
Jesus Good News 431 subscribers
Transcript
16 Oct 2024 TERRIFYING: What Edgar Cayce Predicted for the USA Has Already Begun! Welcome to ‘Jesus News’! We are here to share God’s message and affirmations from the Bible, spreading His love, joy, and mercy. God’s Word has the power to bring positive transformation to your life, and His love for you is boundless. Thank you, God, for blessing us with so much grace and happiness. How this content was made Altered or synthetic content Sound or visuals were significantly edited or digitally generated. Learn more? Transcript Follow along using the transcript. Transcript
A terrifying Prophecy from Edgar Casey is now unfolding in the United States sending shock waves across the world. What he predicted decades ago is starting to come true and the consequences are alarming.
Could this be the beginning of the catastrophic changes he foresaw stay with us until the end of this video to uncover the chilling truth about what Casey predicted for America and how it’s already happening. Don’t miss these crucial signs that point to an un settling future.
Edgar Casey born in 1877 was a man who may have been chosen by God to guide us from a young age he devoted himself to the Bible and had visions that shaped his path at 11 he asked for the power to help others especially the sick could it be that God gave Edgar these abilities to reveal important signs to us. As it says in Amos 3:7 surely the Lord does nothing without revealing his plan to his servants, the prophets let us trust in God’s wisdom and seek his guidance through these Revelations. If you find this compelling be sure to like the video and subscribe to our channel for more eye-opening Revelations.
Before we reveal the frightening events now unfolding in America and the global catastrophes expected by 2025 let’s first look back at the shocking Prophecies of Edgar Casey that have already come true in the year 1902. Edgar Casey performed a reading that would become a key part of his remarkable Legacy a 5-year-old girl previously diagnosed with a terminal brain injury was brought to him by her desperate parents as a last resort. Casey through his spiritual Insight discovered that her true ailment was not in her brain but in her spine he recommended an adjustment to her vertebrae miraculously within a few months the girl had completely recovered leaving many in awe of Casey’s ability to heal through Divine Insight.
But Casey’s gifts extended far beyond Health readings he accurately predicted significant events in history 6 months before the infamous stock market crash of 1929. Casey advised his friends to sell their stocks those who ignored his warning ended up losing their wealth in 1933. Casey forecasted that the global economy would recover by the spring of 1933 and it did then in January 1934. He prophesied Hitler’s rise to power in Germany later that year Hitler became the furer in August Casey also foresaw that Hitler’s rule would last until an external War would overthrow him.
In 1935 Casey predicted the beginning of World War II envisioning an alliance between Austria Germany and Japan he also warned that many other countries would become involved in the conflict and that the US would enter the war in 1941.
Casey also predicted the deaths of prominent American leaders including John F Kennedy and Franklin D Roosevelt as well as the civil unrest and racial Strife that would shake the US in the 1960s. In 1938 Casey spoke of ancient temples submerged beneath the sea near bimin off the coast of Florida suggesting that this could be part of the lost city of Atlantis. 30 years later in 1968 the bimin road was discovered a mysterious underwater rock formation in the Bahamas. Casey described Atlantis as a massive civilization as large as Europe with advanced technology he said it disappeared into the Atlantic Ocean around 10,000 years ago possibly due to a great flood a story that mirrors flood myths in many ancient cultures. One of Casey’s most striking prophecies was that the 44th President of the United States would be African-American this prediction came true with the election of Barack Obama. Later in life Casey made a chilling prediction about his own death he prophesied that he would be buried 4 days after his passing and remarkably this came true adding an eerie final chapter to his extraordinary life.
Among Casey’s most alarming Visions were those that foresaw Global disasters that would reshape the geography and climate of the world. He predicted that Africa would eventually split into three parts due to the widening of the Nile and the growth of the Red Sea causing Cairo to sink beneath the waters.
Asia too would see massive changes with the Pacific Ocean covering large portions of land from the Philippines to Japan as the Pacific tectonic plate shifted. Most of Japan would sink leaving only a few small Islands while Taiwan and much of Korea would disappear Beneath the Sea. China’s Coastline would move far inland he also warned the people of India not to seek refuge in the highlands of their country as the land would Buckle but rather in the high mountains of Tibet and Nepal.
Casey also predicted that Antarctica known today for its ice covered landscape would transform into a fertile green land Australia would lose about a quarter of its land mass to flooding turning the Adelaide region into a sea and converting the Simpson and Gibson deserts into Farmland. New Zealand would grow larger and eventually connect to Australia becoming one of the safest places to live. Europe would face dramatic Transformations as well, according to Ca ey much of Northern Europe including Norway Sweden Finland and Denmark mark would sink Beneath the Sea leaving only small Islands large portions of the UK from Scotland to the English Channel would also be submerged with only small isolated land areas like London and Birmingham remaining above water. Ireland would nearly disappear leaving only a few Highland areas above the waves.
Russia Casey predicted would be separated from Europe by a new sea formed by the merging of the Caspian black and Baltic Seas extending into Siberia. Russia would become Europe’s primary food supplier as much of its land would turn fertile and productive. In North America Casey foresaw that the coastline of Canada would move 200 M Inland turning regions like Quebec Ontario Manitoba Saskatchewan and parts of Alberta into safe havens for refugees fleeing Global disasters.
The shifting of the North American tectonic plate would create about 150 new islands off the coast of California. The West Coast would move Eastward impacting states such as Nebraska Wyoming and Colorado the great lakes and St Lawrence River would merge and flow into the Mississippi River eventually draining into the Gulf of Mexico.
Major flooding would occur along the US East Coast from Maine to Florida submerging much of the coastal regions.
Mexico’s coasts would also be flooded and the Baja California Peninsula would fragment into several islands.
These cataclysmic changes Casey warned would displace billions of people and lead to mass casualties.
Edgar Casey’s prophecies while alarming and sometimes difficult to comprehend offer us a reminder of the divine power that governs the world and the importance of remaining rooted in faith in the face of such overwhelming challenges. We are called to turn turn our hearts to God to seek his mercy and to place our trust in his eternal plan. Casey’s Visions remind us that while the world may change God’s love and protection are steadfast offering hope and refuge in times of great uncertainty.
On March 18th 1877 in rural Kentucky Edgar Casey was born into a humble farming family from a young age he was unlike other children drawn to the mysteries of the Bible and spending time in the woods where he claimed to encounter Spirits resembling fairies. At at 11 Casey experienced a life-changing vision of a winged woman who asked him what he desired most he responded that he wanted to help others especially sick children.
Struggling in school Edgar was scolded by his father but after following the guidance of the winged woman he discovered an extraordinary ability to Remember Everything by sleeping with his head on his school books.
After a severe back injury he also revealed a healing recipe while half asleep and the next day he was miraculously healed this belief in his abilities LED Casey to offer psychic readings mainly for those suffering from illnesses though his predictions stirred debate some saw them as glimpses into the future others as mere guesses.
Casey’s work has left a lasting Legacy today his life and readings are studied by experts seeking to understand whether he tapped into something larger or simply possessed a unique gift. Edgar Casey remains a profound mystery a figure whose story continues to Fascinate and Inspire.
Here is the exciting part you have been waiting for, in these turbulent times Edgar Casey’s predictions about the future of the United States are becoming more relevant than ever, his prophecies spanning climate change social Transformations and technological advancements seem to be unfolding before our eyes for those who trust in God’s divine plan. Casey’s words are not merely warnings but reminders of the power of faith and the importance of turning to the Lord in challenging times.
These are Edgar Casey’s seven predictions for the United States that are already becoming a reality: number seven climate change and natural disasters. Casey foresaw major geological shifts including earthquakes floods and drastic climate changes that would impact different regions of the United States. He predicted that parts of California could be destroyed by earthquakes and that rising sea levels would flood coastal areas today the increasing frequency and intensity of extreme weather events hurricanes wildfires and floods particularly in California seen to Echo his predictions.
The global rise in temperatures and sea levels has also heightened concerns for coastal cities just as Casey foretold.
Number six social and spiritual Transformations Casey predicted that the United States would undergo significant social and spiritual Transformations driven by crises that would compel people to seek deeper meaning and spiritual renewal. He suggested that the nation would face turmoil offering a call for greater spiritual unity in the present day. We see political polarization social inequality and challenges surrounding racial Justice immigration and human rights, all part of the transformation process that Casey predicted however amid this unrest there is also a growing interest in spirituality holistic practices and philosophical discussions reflecting a collective yearning for Spiritual reconnection and meaning.
Number five Russia’s role in global relations one of Casey’s most famous predictions was that Russia would play a significant spiritual role in the future of the world he referred to Russia as the hope of the world suggesting that it would offer new forms of moral and spiritual leadership. Today the tense relations between the United States and Russia particularly regarding Global conflicts and Russia’s influence on the world stage have become a major focus in political discourse. Casey did not imply this path would be easy but he foresaw that through these challenges Russia would emerge as a key player in Humanity’s spiritual restoration
R of ancient knowledge Casey predicted that ancient knowledge such as that of Atlantis would be rediscovered and that ver word of ancestral and spiritual wisdom in the United States seems to align with the modern Roes in interest in ancient spiritual practices such as meditation yoga and the Revival of esoteric philosophies. Today more people are SE TCH and exploring spiritual Traditions reflecting our widespread dissolved Rec connected with the wisdom.
Number three economic crises and social inequality casy foresaw that the United States would face economic crisis leading to a redefinition of societal values he predicted that materialism and economic inequality would be challenged and that new models of social justice would emerge. The growing income and wealth inequality in the US combined with economic crises.
like the 20 8 Financial collapse and the current challenges stemming from the pandemic appear to be the early stages of the economic transformation. Casey predicted current discussions about economic reforms such as universal basic income may also align with his vision of new social systems.
Number two innovations in health and holistic healing Casey was well known for his predictions regarding medical advancements and the importance of holistic healing he spoke of the connection between the mind body and spirit predicting that the future of medicine would focus on treating the whole person rather than just physical symptoms. The current Trend toward Integrative Health Care and holistic medicine combining conventional therapies with natural alternatives reflects this Vision. Recent medical breakthroughs such as gene therapy personalized medicine and advances in mental health treatments all point to a more comprehensive approach to Healing As Casey envisioned number one technological advancements and the connection to spirituality; Casey predicted that technological advancements would profoundly affect human life but he also warned that without spiritual growth these Technologies could lead to destruction rather than progress. He believed that technology must be balanced with a strong spiritual Foundation. To today the rapid evolution of Technology artificial intelligence Automation and the digitization of almost every aspect of daily life raises questions about this balance. Concerns about the effects of social media digital isolation and the impact of AI on jobs and human interaction resonate with Casey’s warnings as Society continues to push technological boundaries. The search for balance between spiritual values and technological progress has become more critical than ever these events and Trends are early manifestations of the predictions Edgar Casey made for the United States in a world filled with upheaval. His call for Faith repentance and spiritual balance holds deep significance for all of us as we Face the challenges of the modern era Casey’s words remind us to seek God’s guidance Embrace compassion and hold fast to our spiritual foundations no matter how unpredictable the future may seem.
God’s Love Remains our constant offering hope and light in the darkest of times now here’s where things get even more interesting? One of the most striking aspects of Edgar Casey’s predictions about changes in the world concerned Africa he foresaw that the continent would eventually be divided into three distinct Parts with several cities destroyed by the emergence of a massive Waterway this phenomenon would occur as the Nile River expanded and the Red Sea increased significantly according to Casey.
This transformation could even submerge the City of Cairo leaving it underwater.
Asia would also face major changes Casey predicted that countries like India China Japan Korea and the Philippines would undergo profound geographical Transformations.
He said that the Pacific Ocean would Advance over vast areas swallowing parts of the Philippines and Japan leaving much of the country submerged with only a few Islands remaining the Korean Peninsula and coastal regions of China would also be severely impacted by rising sea levels.
As for India Casey warned that seeking refuge in higher areas could be risky suggesting that the Himalayas in Tibet and Nepal would be a safer region for the Indian population.
Regarding Antarctica Casey made a rather curiousious prediction despite being known for its extreme conditions and the abundance of wildlife like penguins and whales he said that the continent’s ice sheet would melt this would turn the region into a green area suitable for agriculture.
On the other hand Casey predicted that Australia wouldn’t share the same fate he said that floods would cover a quarter of the country. Submerging cities like Adelaide and that dry deserts such as the Simpson and the Gibson would become fertile land.
Hands New Zealand according to him would hardly be affected by these changes and would even grow in size eventually connecting to Australia becoming a refuge for those affected by the changes on the planet.
In Europe Casey’s predictions were also intense he said that much of the northern part of the continent including Norway Sweden Finland and Denmark would be overtaken by the Sea leaving only small scattered Islands. The United Kingdom would would also be heavily impacted with large areas from Scotland to the English Channel being submerged even so he mentioned that some higher regions like London and Birmingham might survive.
lastly Casey predicted that almost all of Ireland would be flooded with only the highest points remaining above water for ocean lovers Edgar Casey’s predictions might seem exciting as he said the seas around the world would expand he predicted that a new sea would form from the merging of the Caspian black and Baltic Seas which would end up separating Russia from the rest of Continental Europe this new sea would extend into Siberia turning a large part of Russian territory into fertile land and transforming the country into an important agricultural Powerhouse to feed Europe.
Dear brothers and sisters in God predictions of natural disasters Wars social unrest and economic instability can fill our hearts with fear and uncertainty. We see these upheavals unfolding Across America and around the world yet in these dark and troubling times we are reminded that God is always with us he is the almighty our protector and refuge.
God never abandons his children he has promised that if we turn to him repent and pray with sincerity he will hear us and bring healing as scripture tells us in second Chronicles 7:14
If my people who are called by my name will humble themselves and pray and seek my face and turn from their Wicked Ways then I will hear from heaven and I will forgive their sin and will heal their land. Now more than ever we must unite in prayer and return to God trust that he is with us no matter the chaos in the world. He is our Eternal hope and he will guide and shelter us through every storm storm. Let us hold firm to our faith in his love and protection even when disasters come. We can find peace in the arms of the almighty pray repent and Trust in the infinite power and mercy of God. He will save and protect his flock.
If this video has inspired you and deepened your curiosity about the mysteries of the past the incredible capabilities God has placed within us and the prophetic insights that point us toward the future I invite you to like this video And subscribe to the channel.
Together we can explore more of God’s Revelations and the Wonders he has in store for Humanity.
Please leave a comment below; what are you hoping to see in our future videos. Let us continue this journey in faith as we seek to understand the divine plan unfolding before us. Click on the next video now and may God’s wisdom continue to guide us.
It’s easy to understand the Edgar Cayce prophecy maps and the land transformations they indicate due to polar shifts and changing weather patterns. Cayce’s readings about Earth changes spawned all kinds of speculation about future natural disasters and apocalyptic events.
Earth Changes From Cayce Readings
According to the Edgar Cayce Earth change readings, there were three kinds of changes that are expected in the future. These include weather pattern changes around the globe, a major pole shift, and an increase in volcanic and earthquake activity.
Weather Patterns Cause Catastrophic Earth Changes
Edgar Cayce’s predictions gave a single cause for the changes in weather patterns. The A.R.E. website states, “There are predictions of temperature changes in the deep waters which impact weather patterns, earthquakes, pole shifts, and volcanic eruptions.”
When Cayce was asked how weather patterns would impact future wheat crops, he described (reading 195-29) changes that cause the Pacific Ocean’s deep currents to run warmer than normal. This pattern is known as El Niño (discovered by fishermen in South America hundreds of years ago). La Niña causes the ocean currents to turn colder. These weather changes occur every three to seven years, and artificial intelligence (AI) has finally caught up with Cayce’s reading about the cause of El Niño and can predict it 18 months before it happens.
Cayce was asked to conduct a reading (195-29) on the validity of a solar theory report written by Herbert Janvrin Browne on Long Range Weather Forecast. Browne’s theory hypothesized that solar radiation is responsible for climate changes. In response, Cayce’s reading contradicted the report. Cayce said, “…emphasis be placed in the condition of density, or population, combined with the solar conditions to bring about certain changes in the sea and the currents…”
Cayce went on to indicate that the rising ocean heat is directly related to the size of sunspots. He was emphatic that it was the reflection of the sun in the earth’s atmosphere and not the sun’s radiation that causes the currents to grow warmer.
Polar Shift Cayce Predicted Happening
The Magnetic Storm episode of the television show Nova can be connected to a Cayce prophecy. During the show, scientists discuss the magnetic force field that protects the Earth. This field is generated by the Earth’s molten core of liquid iron some 2,000 miles beneath the surface. This magnetic force protects the Earth and every living thing from radiation storms that regularly sweep across the planet and the rest of the universe. The alarming news revealed in the episode is how the magnetic force field is weakening. Cayce predicted this weakening in reading 826-8.
Edgar Cayce was asked if there’d be any great Earth changes in 2000-2001. He answered that there would be “a shifting of the poles” to herald the dawning of a New Age. According to the scientists in the Nova episode, the change began in the South Atlantic Ocean between Africa and South America. The fluctuations in polarity impacted the magnetic field that shields the Earth.
When the magnetic shield is weakened, the solar winds that ordinarily are funneled to the two poles are no longer capable of this diversion. This shift caused the phenomena of the Northern and Southern Lights to become visible from new places in the world. It’s from this weakened protective shield that the Earth’s poles are currently shifting and exposure to the sun’s radiation is increasing.
It is a scientific fact that the Earth’s magnetic poles constantly move, but over the past decades, the rate of movement has vastly increased. According to NASA, the rate of movement has gone from 10 km a year to a startling 40 km per year. Scientists conclude, “At this rate, it will exit North America and reach Siberia in a few decades.”
An excellent example that this Cayce shift is underway happened in 2011. The magnetic field decreased over 10% during the past decade and the shifting of the poles began to cause inaccuracies in GPS (Global Positioning Systems). In 2011, the GPS coordinates had to be recalibrated. Tampa International Airport closed the main runway for a week in order to adjust taxiways and signage to reflect the new magnetic pole direction. Other airports in America and around the world also adjusted their flight paths and runways.
You can find maps online that claim to represent Cayce’s prediction of the world’s landmasses changes after the pole shifts. Some of these are also listed as a Navy and Cayce map, implying that the Navy created a map predicting a pole shift and geographical changes. This map is more likely a creation based on Cayce’s pole shift prediction. A psychic named Gordon-Michael Scallion produced a pole shift map that is often confused with Cayce’s prediction and used as an example of Cayce’s pole shift map. You should take some of these examples with a grain of salt and refer to Cayce’s reading on how the geography of continents, countries, and states will be reconfigured.
Changes in U.S. Coastlines and Great Lakes
In a prophetic dream of his next incarnation (2100 AD), Cayce lived in a coastal town in Nebraska since the western portion of the US was gone and covered by the ocean. Within the 1152-11 reading, Cayce foretold of areas that would be safe.
While Cayce never gave specific dates for Earth changes, he did map out a timeline of events (reading 1152-11) that you can follow. Special attention was given in the readings that it would require “another generation” and often foretold which event would precede another one. It is clear that based on his readings, the geography of the entire world will change, and it all begins with the polar shift.
Reading 152-11 was a response to a client’s concern about safe areas to move to in order to be prepared for future geographical changes. Cayce gave the future U.S. map regions. Many portions of the east coast would be disturbed and many portions of the west coast and central portion of the U.S would shift. With the disappearance of current coastlines, new lands in the Atlantic and Pacific would emerge. Many of the battlefields would be transformed into oceans, and new bays would form as new trade ports.
He stated in the reading that the coastline of New York would disappear and along with it, New York City would slip into the ocean. This is one of the changes that would require another generation. However, the southern portions of the Carolinas and Georgia would disappear sooner. The shifts in the southern coastlines have accelerated over the past 20 years in part due to currents shifting and devastating hurricanes. Along the North Carolina beaches, many second and third row houses are now oceanfront homes.
In another part of the reading, Cayce states that the Great Lakes will empty into the Gulf. When asked if Virginia Beach will be a safe place to live during the Earth changes, Cayce confirmed that it was a safe zone. Some areas of Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois will also be safe. The southern and eastern portions of Canada will be safe. However, the western lands will be disturbed. Cayce doesn’t indicate if the western lands mean Canada, the U.S. or both.
When he was asked about California, Cayce stated that Los Angeles and San Francisco will disappear first, then followed by the disappearance of New York City into the Atlantic.
Japan and Parts of Europe Underwater
Many of the Cayce readings are archived as reports. The report of reading 3651-1 details the fate of Japan and part of Europe. Cayce states that Japan will sink into the sea. The fate of the upper portion of Europe is devastating since it will change instantaneously with the oceans and rivers being displaced with the pole shift.
Earthquake Activity Increases
Along with the pole shift, earthquake activity will also increase. Cayce was specific about certain U.S. regions that will see such an increase in earthquakes. In his January 1936 reading 270-35, he stated when Vesuvius or Pelee volcanoes erupt, then within the following three months, the southern coast of California and the areas between Salt Lake and the southern portions of Nevada can expect an inundation of earthquakes. He also stated that the earthquake activity will be much stronger in the Southern Hemisphere than in the Northern Hemisphere.
Two Signals of Catastrophic Earth Changes
The two signals Cayce researchers have attributed to the beginning of the major Earth changes. Cayce predicted that the simultaneous eruption of two famous volcanoes would herald the final shifting of the poles.
Mount Pele
Mount Pelee is located on the French Caribbean Island of Martinique. Mt. Pelee last erupted in 1932 and is an active volcano that is closely watched for any signs of eruption.
Mount Etna
Located in NE Sicily, Italy, Mount Etna is an active volcano. It’s the largest one currently active in Europe. A major eruption occurred in July 2001 and in 2017, Mount Etna erupted. In February 2021, the volcano explosions lasted for days with lava fountains and smoke plumes spewing from the volcano. Then in May 2021, multiple lava displays began and continue.
According to researchers of Cayce’s readings, when both volcanoes erupt together, there will be approximately 90 days to evacuate the west coast before the massive flood claims the coastline.
Edgar Cayce Maps and a Message of Hope
In Cayce’s readings about the impending polar shift and climate changes, he was very emphatic that nothing was written in stone. During his readings, Cayce constantly reminded that prayer and right thought of consciousness could alter the dire future he foresaw. He mentions in readings 364-23 and 440-5 that in the aftermath of the shift, hidden knowledge will be unearthed in Egypt, the Yucatan and the Bimini sector that will explain Atlantis and can also help humankind advance to the next spiritual level
———————————————
—————————————–
You Won’t Believe What Baba Vanga Predicted For 2025!
You Won’t Believe What Baba Vanga Predicted For 2025! Welcome to ‘Jesus News’! We are here to share God’s message and affirmations from the Bible, spreading His love, joy, and mercy. God’s Word has the power to bring positive transformation to your life, and His love for you is boundless. Thank you, God, for blessing us with so much grace and happiness.
Transcript
Imagine a world where the future is already written and its author is a blind Mystic whose predictions have sent shock waves Through Time.
Baba vanga the famed Seer whose Visions have baffled experts and Skeptics alike left behind a haunting prophecy for 2025 one that seems to be unraveling before our very eyes. As we inch closer to the heart of her chilling Vision many are left wondering what terrifying events await us could her predictions hold the key to an impending catastrophe.
Stay with us as we delve into the unsettling truth behind Baba vanga’s most disturbing forecast yet and uncover what 2025 may have in store for Humanity Brothers and Sisters in Christ.
Don’t forget to like And subscribe to the channel so we can spread God’s message of love and hope to even more people. May God bless you.
All examination of specific prophecies for 2025 several of Baba vanga’s prophecies have increased renewed interest among these her predictions about environmental catastrophes and significant Global Diplomat shifts are particularly noteworthy.
According to interpretations of her Visions 2025 is expected to witness severe climatic events and a remarkable incident in global politics involving major Powers. These events are said to be pivotal aligning with her long-standing warnings about the Earth’s health and Humanity’s impact on it.
One of the most striking prophecies attributed to Baba vanga for 2025 is the supposed great shaking a term that has been interpreted to mean either a significant earthquake or a metaphorical shaking of the global political landscape.
While her prophecies are often cryptic the implication is that this event will bring about a profound re-evaluation of how Nations interact and govern and now dear listeners the most striking examples of Baba vanga’s prophecies is her prediction about the Russian submarine ksk in 1980. She foretold at the turn of the century ksk will be covered with water and the whole world will weep over it at the time this prediction was confusing ksk was a city far from the sea. However in August 2000 a Russian submarine named ksk tragically sank in the baren sea killing all 118 crew members. This event shocked the world and Baba vanga’s prophecy came to pass in a way that few could have imagined.
Was this a mere coincidence or could it be that Baba vanga was given this Vision by God as a way to show his omniscience and warn the world.
Similarly Baba vanga made a haunting prediction in 1989 about the attacks on September 11th 2001 she foretold horror the American Brethren will fall after being attacked by Steel Birds the Wolves will be howling in a bush and innocent blood will be gushing. Many of her followers believe that the steel Birds symbolized the airplanes that were hijacked to attack the World Trade Center and the reference to Bush was a veiled prediction of President George W bush who would lead the country in the aftermath of the attacks. This prophecy uttered more than a decade before the tragedy reflects the kind of symbolic visions that often appear in the Bible where God’s messages are delivered through signs and metaphors.
Baba vanga the blind Mystic from Bulgaria has captured the world’s attention for her uncanny ability to predict future events with many believing her Visions were divinely inspired.
As Christians we know that God sometimes chooses certain individuals to deliver his warnings guiding Humanity through times of trial and uncertainty. Could Baba vanga have been one of those chosen by God to reveal the future. Much like the prophets of old her life was marked by both suffering and Revelation. Born in 1911 Baba vanga lost her sight in a fierce storm when she was only 12 years old many believe this moment was not merely a tragic accident but a divine intervention that granted her the gift of foresight although she could no longer see with her physical eyes. She was given the ability to see with her spiritual eyes revealing events yet to come for many of Faith this type of gift can only be explained as a blessing from God intended to warn and protect his people. In reflecting on these fulfilled prophecies it becomes clear that Baba vanga was not simply foretelling events for the sake of curiosity her predictions seem to carry a deeper purpose one of warning perhaps even urging Humanity to return to God just as the Old Testament prophets warned of coming disasters unless people repented. Baba vanga’s Visions could be seen as Divine messages meant to call people back to righteousness and prepare for difficult times.
One of her lesser known but highly relevant predictions for our times concerns the rise of cyber threats long before the internet became central to Modern Life. Baba vanga predicted an increase in hacker attacks targeting critical infrastructure such as power grids and Water Systems she foresaw that the digital world would create vulnerabilities that could lead to Global crises a vision that resonates strongly today. Recently companies like AT&T Apple meta and others have suffered significant cyber security breaches in a notable case AT&T reported that a data set containing sensitive information such as Social Security numbers and passwords was found on the dark web affecting millions of customers. This incident underscores just how vulnerable our interconnected world has become echoing Baba vanga’s prophetic warning as the internet continues to evolve the growing threats to our security and privacy remind us of the foresight she had long before these dangers were widely understood.
What are we to make of these predictions from a Christian perspective. Baba vanga’s Visions may be viewed as God’s way of communicating with Humanity just as he worked through the prophets to warn Israel of coming trials perhaps he has used individuals like Baba vanga to offer glimpses of the future urging us to remain Vigilant and faithful. Her prophecies though often unsettling serve as a reminder that the future is in God’s hands and he alone knows the path ahead. Baba vanga’s ability to foresee such events should Inspire us to reflect on our relationship with God in times of uncertainty. We are called to trust in him knowing that his wisdom and power surpass all understanding as we navigate the challenges of this world. Whether they be political upheaval natural disasters or the rise of digital threats let us remember that God’s warnings are not to frighten us but to prepare us. By turning our hearts to him we can face the future with Faith and Hope one of the most striking examples of her prophetic Insight was the exact date of her own death. In a 1990 interview she foretold that she would die on August 11th 1996 true to her prediction she passed away on that very day although the precise details of what she said are often clouded by mystery and folklore.
This event adds to the profound sense of intrigue surrounding her abilities could it be that Baba vanga like the prophets of old was given a glimpse into her own future through divine revelation in the political realm. Baba vanga’s predictions were equally compelling she famously foretold that the 44th President of the United States would be black this prophecy was validated when Barack Obama was elected as the first african-amer American president in US history.
However she also predicted that this President would be the last a statement that has fueled ongoing speculation about its deeper meaning furthermore there are claims that Baba vanga predicted the rise of Donald Trump suggesting that while many would look to him for positive change his presidency would instead deepen divisions within the United States.
While these political prophecies provoke a range of reactions from belief to skepticism they are undeniably a significant part of her Legacy sparking both Intrigue and contemplation.
Another haunting prophecy that came true was made in 1969 When Baba vanga whispered a chilling prediction about a prime minister saying the dress will destroy her. She envisioned an orange yellow dress amid smoke and fire a cryptic message that would come to terrify Y in fruition decades later. In 1984 Indian Prime Minister Indira Gandhi was assassinated by her own seik bodyguards in the wake of her controversial military orders against the sik’s golden temple. On the day of her death Indira Gandhi was wearing a saffron colored sari eerily aligning with Baba vanga’s Prophecy of the orange yellow dress the smoke and fire that vanga foresaw can be understood as symbolic of the political turmoil and violence that surrounded her death. This tragic event foretold so precisely adds to the Mystique of Baba vanga’s Visions making it hard to dismiss the spiritual nature of her gift. Baba vanga’s prophecies often delve into apocalyptic and catastrophic events particularly those that speak to natural disasters and man-made crises.
Her visions of devastating tsunamis earthquakes and hurricanes are some of the most Vivid and alarming for example she predicted that a catastrophic earthquake would one day strike the United States so powerful that it would alter the course of the Mississippi River and result in widespread Devastation.
While this particular disaster has not yet come to pass recent seismic activity has sparked fears that such a prophecy could still be realized. On April 5th 2023 a 4.8 magnitude earthquake near New New York City shook the region although it fortunately did not fulfill Baba vanga’s dire prediction of a river altering catastrophe. Nevertheless as we progress through 2025 the possibility of such an event continues to weigh heavily on the minds of those familiar with her Visions.
Her predictions were not limited to terrestrial disasters Baba vanga also foresaw a colossal tsunami poised to strike Asia one that would surpass all previous natural disasters in scale and destruction.
The recent 7.6 magnitude earthquake in Japan which raised fears of an ensuing tsunami eerily Echoes her ominous Vision These Warnings along with her forboding vision of an impending nuclear disaster underscore the gravity of her prophecies.
The idea that a nuclear catastrophe could shift the global balance of power destabilizing international relations and igniting conflicts is a chilling thought that continues to provoke speculation and debate. However it is important to approach Baba vanga’s predictions with an open mind as with many prophets her words may carry symbolic or metaphorical meanings that are not immediately obvious.
A literal interpretation of every prophecy may lead to misunderstanding while a more nuanced approach invites deeper reflection. In considering her predictions we must be mindful of the complexities they contain viewing them not only as potential warnings but also as calls for greater awareness of the world around us.
Her prophetic gift whether divinely inspired or a product of extraordinary intuition challenges us to remain Vigilant and prepared for whatever the future may hold let’s take a look back at the life story of the famous Prophet Baba vanga
Before coming to the next terrifying expectations Baba vanga a blind Mystic with extraordorary prophetic abilities Left Behind predictions that have shaken the world born on January 31st 1911 in the village of Struma within the Ottoman Empire now Bulgaria. Velia Pandeva Dimitrova later known as Baba vanga came from humble beginnings. Her life started in a small impoverished village where her family like many others struggled to make ends meet. As the daughter of simple Farmers Baba banga and her siblings endured many hardships but from those challenges she developed a deep faith in God and a belief and the miraculous power he could bestow upon Humanity. A pivotal event in Baba vanga’s life occurred when she lost her sight at the age of 12, she was caught in a violent storm which some have described as a freak tornado after being found buried under dirt and Stones doctors were unable to save her eyesight despite the tragedy this loss became a turning point that many believe was divinely orchestrated. Though she could no longer see with her physical eyes Baba vanga seemed to gain an extraordinary inner Vision a gift from God that would allow her to see what others could not. Following this life-altering event Baba vanga began to make small predictions about her Village helping people find lost animals or foresee minor illnesses. Her abilities quickly gained the attention of those around her marking the beginning of her rise as a Mystic.
Many believe that Baba vanga’s ability to foresee the future was a gift from God given to her as compensation for her blindness she was not only able to predict personal events for those who visited her but also prophesied Global events of great significance some of her most well-known predictions include the Chernobyl disaster the collapse of the Soviet Union the 911 terrorist attacks and the rise of global terrorism. These prophecies many of which came true have convinced people around the world that Baba vanga’s abilities were not of human origin but came from a Divine Source.
Among her most chilling prophecies is her prediction for the year 2025; Humanity will witness great changes Global crises and unprecedented natural disasters. She warned causing widespread fear about what might lie ahead many believe that current issues such as climate change political turmoil and social unrest are part of the series of events Baba vanga predicted for 2025.
Some Christians believe that Baba vanga’s prophetic abilities point to a special connection with God the almighty.On numerous occasions she claimed that her messages came from God himself offering them as warnings to humanity to change their ways. I do not see with my eyes but God has opened a window for me to see what must happen to remind Humanity to turn back to his Mercy.
Baba vanga once shared with someone who sought her guidance her prophecies particularly regarding 2025 compel us to reflect deeply on our existence and our relationship with God. She didn’t merely predict disasters and destruction but also urged Humanity to find faith to live more righteously and to heed the signs God is sending through people like her. For many Believers these are not just predictions of future events but a Divine call to prepare for a new world where only those who live according to God’s teachings will be able to endure the trials to come. While we cannot be certain of what will happen in 2025 Baba vanga’s prophecies remind us that in all things God may be sending us warnings the question is will we listen and change. Baba vanga’s prophetic insights extend deeply into the Realms of political and Global Affairs forming a significant part of her enduring Legacy. She often spoke of the rise and fall of Nations the emergence of new Global powers and seismic shifts in international diplomacy.
Her predictions reflect a profound understanding of History’s cyclical nature where no Empire remains ET etal and Global Order constantly shifts for instance her prophecies about 2025 hint at turbulent times ahead with major Global changes that could reshape the world’s balance of power.
One of her most startling predictions concerns the possible assassination of Russian President Vladimir Putin by a fellow Countryman a prophecy that looms as tensions surrounding Russia’s involvement in Ukraine escalate. Babaa believed that such an event event could thrust the world into even deeper instability alongside this she foresaw an increase in Terror attacks throughout Europe and even suggested that a significant Global power could be involved in the testing or use of biological weapons within the same year. These ominous predictions align with current geopolitical conflicts such as Russia’s ongoing war with Ukraine and the escalating conflict between Israel and Hamas painting a picture of a world teetering on the edge of significant upheaval.
Meanwhile Baba vanga’s insights into the world of health and Medicine are equally fascinating she predicted advances that would revolutionize Medical Science particularly breakthroughs in treating previously incurable diseases like cancer and Alzheimer’s. Remarkably these predictions are starting to gain credibility recently President Vladimir Putin announced that Russian scientists are nearing a breakthrough in the development of a cancer vaccine a Monumental step in the fight against this devastating disease additionally in the UK a lung cancer vaccine is under development funded by the government and supported by institutions like the University of Oxford. This progress aligns with Baba vanga’s hopeful vision of extending human lifespans and eradicating diseases once considered insurmountable.
As we look ahead Baba vanga’s warnings about the rise of new pandemics and diseases also underscore the importance of staying prepared her foresight suggests that medical advancements will play a crucial role in shaping the future of humanity both in combating current health crises and preparing for unforeseen threats.
Her prophecies though often cryptic continue to resonate reminding us of the delicate balance between hope and caution in our ever evolving world. Baba vanga’s terrifying prophecy for 2025 a Christian reflection as we step into 2025 Baba vanga’s chilling prophecy for this year seems to be unfolding before our eyes and the consequences are deeply troubling. Known for her unsettling accuracy Baba vanga predicted a wave of natural disasters and extreme weather patterns with the world already facing unprecedented climate crises many are left wondering if her foresight was divinely inspired could it be that God In His Infinite Wisdom granted her a vision to warn us of what is to come.
Recent Studies have shown a 67% increase in the frequency of global heat waves with temperatures surpassing records set decades ago the increasing intensity of these events mirrors Baba vanga’s warnings calling us to reflect on our role as stewards of God’s creationation. The World Meteorological organization predicts that 2025 could set new heat records aligning with vanga’s prophecy of an orbital change that might bring even greater catastrophe. But vanga’s visions do not only speak of Doom she also foresaw a future where Humanity would transcend reaching a state of immortality making contact with extraterrestrial beings and ultimately communicating with God himself. While these Visions may seem far-fetched they remind us of the mysteries of God’s plan for creation and the Eternal Destiny. He has prepared for us let us remember that through prayer faith and care for God’s Earth we can face the future with hope trusting in his Divine Providence dear brothers and sisters.
In these challenging times let us kneel in prayer asking God for forgiveness and protection repent and place your unwavering faith in the almighty for he is always with us. Shielding us his flock the return of Our Lord will bring peace and salvation to all who trust and follow him.
Let us turn our hearts to God believing in his infinite love and grace.
Thank you for watching don’t forget to like comment and subscribe to the channel for more uplifting videos
Time.
Our perception of time/reality.
Time as you perceive it is a construct that exists only in your physical reality in broader terms all time is simultaneous past present and future all exist at the same time what you call now.
Is simply the point of focus of your Consciousness within the vast field of temporal possibilities your perception of time as something linear is an illusion created by the structure of your physical Consciousness in reality you experience a psychological time that is much more flexible and multi-dimensional.
You can mentally travel to any point in time and influence both your past and future from the present in the present moment. Your true power is realized although your perception of time divides it into past present and future in reality everything happens in an eternal now
Your decisions in the present have the power to influence not only your future but also to reinterpret and transform your past. Time is a characteristic of your physical reality that enables you to experience events sequentially however outside of this reality time doesn’t have the same structure experiences happen simultaneously and what you perceive as a complete life is in essence a series of Now’s that coexist.
From a broader perspective all your past present and future lives exist simultaneously what you experience as sequential is actually a limited perception of a much more complex and expansive Reality. By expanding your Consciousness you can access these other Now’s and gain a deeper understanding of the totality of your being.
Time is to a large extent a framework created by human consciousness to to understand change and experience as you spiritually evolve you realize that you can move through time with your mind exploring possibilities that are not limited by the chronological sequence.
What you perceive as the future is not a fixed Destiny but a series of probabilities that continuously shift based on your choices. In the present time is fluid and malleable and by changing your beliefs and attitudes you can literally alter the course of your future. It serves as a tool to focus your experience and organize your perceptions in physical reality.
WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom GhebreyesusYouTube screenshot
The vibration of frequency of our earth have increased recently from 9 Hz to 12 Hz
